
ROTANTA 460 | 460R – Benchtop Centrifuges
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Data Sheet" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-chevron-circle-right" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.hettichlab.com%2Fdownloadcenter%2FProducts%2FDatasheets%2FROTANTA460-460R_EN.pdf|title:Data%20Sheet%20-%20HETTICH%20ROTANTA%20460-460R|target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
BENCHTOP CENTRIFUGES ROTANTA 460 | 460R
SUPERIOR BENCHTOP FOR MULTI-PURPOSE USE[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]This powerful unit is capable of virtually any application you choose. It is able to spin high sample volumes of blood tubes, conical tubes, plates and bottles. Speciality buckets are able to accommodate 450 ml blood bags. This unit is available with refrigeration and a temperature range from -20 °C to +40 °C (ROTANTA 460 R). HIGHLIGHTS - RPM: 50 - 15,000 min -1, adjustable in increments of 10 - RCF: 50 - 24,400, adjustable in increments of 1 - max. Capacity: 4 x 1,000 ml - choice of 8 rotors - Medical Device according to directive 93/42/EC - 28 individual acceleration and deceleration stages - easy operation with keypad and control knob - 98 program memories for more individuality - model 460 R coolable from -20 to +40 °C with pre-cooling function FEATURES - metal housing and lid - viewing port in the lid - powered one-hand lid lock - lid dropping protection - emergency lid lock release - stainless steel chamber - automatic rotor recognition - brushless drive - error display - display in °C and °F possible - imbalance monitoring and switch-off - backlit panel with actual values of all parameters - auditory message after completion of the centrifugation run[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL DATAROTANTA 460 non-refrigerated | ROTANTA 460R refrigerated | |
Order No. | 5650 | 5660 |
voltage | 220-240V 1 ~ | |
frequency | 50-60 Hz | 50Hz |
consumption | 1,000 VA | 1,800 VA |
emission, immunity | EN / IEC 61326-1, class B | |
max. capacity | 4 x 1,000ml | |
max. RPM | 15,000 min-1 | |
max. RCF | 24,400 | |
running time | 1-99h: 59min: 59s, continuous run, short cycle mode | |
dimensions (WxDxH) | 554x706x456mm | 770x706x456mm |
weight | approx. 101kg | approx. 141kg |
noise level | <=46dB(A) with rotor 4474 | <=58dB(A) with rotor 4474 |
temperature control, infinitely variable | from -20 to +40°C |

ROTOLAVIT II – Cell Wash Centrifuge
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Data Sheet" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-chevron-circle-right" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.hettichlab.com%2Fdownloadcenter%2FProducts%2FDatasheets%2FROTOLAVITII_EN.pdf|title:Data%20Sheet%20-%20HETTICH%20ROTOLAVIT%20II|target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
CELL WASH CENTRIFUGE ROTOLAVIT II
USER FRIENDLY SEROLOGY SOLUTIONS[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]The ROTOLAVIT II cell washing system facilitates routine tasks in transfusion centre laboratories. It was developed for crossmatching, as well as antibody search and differentiation, and for cell washing in TB tests. Its modern touch screen enables the simple and rapid input of up to 24 different programs. The centrifuge has a small footprint and delivers reliable results at low costs for consumables. HIGHLIGHTS - max. RPM: 3,500 min -1 - max. RCF: 1,438 - max. Capacity: 24 x 5 ml - automatic cell washing system for serological testing - choice of 2 rotors 12-place or 24-place - IVDR-conform according to regulation (EU) 2017/746 - maximum noise level of ≤ 49 dB (A) - easy operation with intuitiv touch screen - 24 program memories for more individuality - 7 pre-installed application programs FEATURES - metal housing and lid - viewing port in the lid - one-hand lid lock - lid dropping protection - emergency lid lock release - brushless drive - error display - imbalance switch-off - color touch screen with actual values of all parameters - auditory message after completion of the centrifugation run[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL DATAROTOLAVIT II | |
Order No. | 1008-00 |
voltage | 100-240V 1 ~ |
frequency | 50-60 Hz |
consumption | 144 VA |
emission, immunity | EN / IEC 61326-3-2 / FCC CFR47 part 15, ed 2015-04-21 (e-CFR) class B |
max. capacity | 24 standard tubes (10 x 75 mm or 12 x 75 mm) |
max. RPM | 3,500 min-1 |
max. RCF | 1,438 |
radius (both rotors) | 105 mm |
dimensions (WxDxH) | 330 x 480 x 280mm |
weight | approx. 24.5kg |
noise level | <=49 dB(A) |

UNIVERSAL 320 | 320R – Benchtop Centrifuges
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Data Sheet" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-chevron-circle-right" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.hettichlab.com%2Fdownloadcenter%2FProducts%2FDatasheets%2FUNIVERSAL320-320R_EN.pdf|title:Data%20Sheet%20-%20HETTICH%20UNIVERSAL%20320-320R|target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
BENCHTOP CENTRIFUGES UNIVERSAL 320 | 320R
A UNIVERSAL CHOICE[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]The UNIVERSAL 320 is a compact, versatile and indispensable general purpose centrifuge. Excellent performance and a comprehensive range of accessories enable the UNIVERSAL 320 to carry out virtually any centrifuging tasks including plates, blood tubes, cell culture, microliter and cytology. This unit is available with refrigeration and a temperature range from -20 °C to +40 °C (UNIVERSAL 320 R). HIGHLIGHTS - RPM: 500 - 16,000 min -1, adjustable in increments of 10 - max. RCF: 24,900 - max. capacity: 4 x 200 ml / 6 x 94 ml - the universal choice among the benchtop centrifuges - choice of 18 rotors - IVDR-conform according to regulation (EU) 2017/746 - noise level of 48 dB(A) with angle rotor 1611 - impulse button for short centrifugation - easy operation with keypad and control knob - impulse key for short cycle mode - 9 program memories - 9 individual acceleration and 10 deceleration stages - model 320 R coolable from -20 to +40 °C with pre-cooling function FEATURES - metal housing and lid - viewing port in the lid - powered lid lock - lid dropping protection - emergency lid lock release - stainless steel chamber - automatic rotor recognition - brushless drive - error display - imbalance switch-off - backlit panel with actual values of all parameters - auditory message after completion of the centrifugation run [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL DATAUNIVERSAL 320 non-refrigerated | UNIVERSAL 320R refrigerated | |
Order No. | 1401 | 1406 |
voltage | 200-240V 1 ~ | |
frequency | 50-60 Hz | 50-60 Hz |
consumption | 400 VA | 800 VA |
emission, immunity | EN / IEC 61326-1, class B | |
max. capacity | 4 x 200ml / 6 x 94ml | |
max. RPM | 16,000 min-1 | |
max. RCF | 24,900 | |
running time | 1sec-99 min:59s, continuous run, short cycle mode (impulse button) | |
dimensions (WxDxH) | 401x529x346mm | 407x698x346mm |
weight | approx. 31kg | approx. 52kg |
noise level | <=48dB(A) with rotor 1611 | <=50dB(A) with rotor 1611 |
temperature control, infinitely variable | from -20 to +40°C |

ROTOFIX 32A – Benchtop Centrifuge
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Data Sheet" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-chevron-circle-right" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.hettichlab.com%2Fdownloadcenter%2FProducts%2FDatasheets%2FROTOFIX32A_EN.pdf|title:Data%20Sheet%20-%20HETTICH%20ROTOFIX%2032A|target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
BENCHTOP CENTRIFUGE ROTOFIX 32A
RUGGED AND INDISPENSABLE[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]For decades, the ROTOFIX 32 A has set the standard in daily lab routine thanks to its versatility and solid construction. The benchtop centrifuge spins sample volumes up to 6 x 94 ml, 40 blood collection tubes or 8 x 50 ml conical tubes with a simple user interface. Hettich’s cytology rotors are compatible with most existing funnel/slide systems and have bio-containment lids. HIGHLIGHTS - RPM: 500 - 6,000 min -1, adjustable in increments of 100 - max. RCF: 4,226 - max. capacity: 4 x 100 ml / 6 x 94 ml - choice of 9 rotors - easy operation with keypad - 2 individual deceleration stages - IVDR-conform according to regulation (EU) 2017/746 FEATURES - metal housing and lid - viewing port in the lid - one-hand lid lock - lid dropping protection - emergency lid lock release - stainless steel chamber - automatic rotor recognition - brushless drive - error display - imbalance monitoring and switch-off - control panel with actual values of all parameters - auditory message after completion of the centrifugation run[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL DATAROTOFIX 32A | |
Order No. | 1206 |
voltage | 208-240V 1 ~ |
frequency | 50-60 Hz |
consumption | 300 VA |
emission, immunity | EN / IEC 61326-1, class B |
max. capacity | 4 x 100ml / 6 x 94ml |
max. RPM | 6,000 min-1 |
max. RCF | 4,226 |
running time | 1-99 min, continuous run, short cycle mode (impulse button) |
dimensions (WxDxH) | 366x430x257mm |
weight | approx. 23kg |
noise level | 52 dB(A) with rotor 1628 |

MIKRO 200 | 200R – Microlite Centrifuges
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Data Sheet" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-chevron-circle-right" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.hettichlab.com%2Fdownloadcenter%2FProducts%2FDatasheets%2FMIKRO200-200R_EN.pdf|title:Data%20Sheet%20-%20HETTICH%20MIKRO%20200-200R|target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
MICROLITRE CENTRIFUGES MIKRO 200 | 200R
FASTER RESULTS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]The MIKRO 200 are amongst the highest-speed microliter centrifuges in their class. Rotors are designed to spin microliter and PCR tubes. MIKRO 200 achieves a maximum RCF of 21,382 with up to 30 tubes, enabling rapid processing of samples and optimal separation, at low noise levels of 54dB(A). This unit is available with refrigeration and a temperature range from -10 °C to +40 °C (MIKRO 200 R). HIGHLIGHTS - RPM: 500 - 15,000 min -1, adjustable in increments of 10 - max. RCF: 21,382 - max. capacity: 30 x 2.0 ml - Choice of 4 rotors - IVDR-conform according to regulation (EU) 2017/746 - impulse key for short cycle mode - easy operation with keypad and control knob - 4 program memories for more individuality - 9 individual acceleration and deceleration stages - model 200 R coolable from -20 to +40 °C with pre-cooling function FEATURES - metal housing and lid - viewing port in the lid - powered one-hand lid lock - lid dropping protection - emergency lid lock release - stainless steel chamber - automatic rotor recognition - brushless drive - error display - display in °C and °F possible - imbalance switch-off - backlit panel with actual values of all parameters - audio message after completion of the centrifugation run[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL DATAMIKRO 200 non-refrigerated | MIKRO 200R refrigerated | |
Order No. | 2400 | 2405 |
voltage | 200-240V 1 ~ | |
frequency | 50-60 Hz | 50 Hz |
consumption | 240 VA | 450 VA |
emission, immunity | EN / IEC 61326-1, class B | |
max. capacity | 30 x 1.5 / 2.0ml | |
max. RPM | 15,000 min-1 | |
max. RCF | 21,382 | |
running time | 1-99 min:59s, continuous run, short cycle mode (impulse button) | |
dimensions (WxDxH) | 275x344x260mm | 281x553x260mm |
weight | approx. 11.5kg | approx. 28kg |
noise level | <=58dB(A) | <=51dB(A) |
temperature control, infinitely variable | from -10 to +40°C |

MIKRO 185 – Microlite Centrifuge
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Data Sheet" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-chevron-circle-right" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.hettichlab.com%2Fdownloadcenter%2FProducts%2FDatasheets%2FMIKRO185_EN.pdf|title:Data%20Sheet%20-%20HETTICH%20MIKRO%20185|target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
MICROLITRE CENTRIFUGE MIKRO 185
SMALL FOOTPRINT WITH UNMATCHED CAPACITY[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]The MIKRO 185 accommodates 12, 18 or 24 samples and is suitable for a wide range of tasks, thanks to a maximum RCF of 18,845 and a choice of four rotors. Spin column kits (minipreps) can also be used thanks to the special design of the 1213-A rotor. HIGHLIGHTS - RPM: 200 - 14,000 min -1, adjustable up to 10,000 RPM in increments of 10, above in increments of 100 - max. RCF: 18,845 - max. capacity: 24 x 2.0 ml - compact, high-performance microlitre centrifuge - choice of 4 rotors - IVDR-conform according to regulation (EU) 2017/746 - noise level of ≤ 54 dB (A) with rotor 1252-A - impulse button for short centrifugation - easy operation with keypad FEATURES - plastic housing - metal lid - viewing port in the lid - one-hand lid lock - lid dropping protection - emergency lid lock release - light alloy chamber - brushless drive - error display - imbalance monitoring and switch-off - backlit panel with actual values of all parameters - 3 adjustable messages after completion of the centrifugation run (audio + visual)[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL DATAMKIRO 185 | |
Order No. | 1203 |
voltage | 200-240V 1 |
frequency | 50-60Hz |
consumption | 330 VA |
emission, immunity | EN/IEC 61326-1, class B |
max.capacity | 24 x 1.5ml / 2.0ml |
max. RPM | 14,000 min-1 |
max. RCF | 18,845 |
running time | 1 - 99 min: 59 s, continuous run, short cycle mode (impulse button) |
dimensions (WxDxH) | 261 x 353 x 228mm |
weight | approx. 11 kg |
noise level | <= 54 dB (A) with rotor 1252-A |

SmartDrop Nano Spectrophotometers
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" shape="square" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Faccuris-usa.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2022%2F08%2FNS1000-Series-Literature.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
The Accuris SmartDrop™ series of nano spectrophotometers provides quick and easy quantification of small samples. Utilizing a small sample volume eliminates the need for dilutions, providing more accurate results.
A full color, 7” touchscreen with icon-driven menus and preprogrammed protocols gets users up and running quickly. No external computer is required. Each unit features a quartz pedestal onto which a drop of sample is placed. The arm is lowered and the drop is stretched into a liquid column of specificed length for spectral analysis. DNA, RNA and protein concentrations and purity numbers are displayed in a matter of seconds.
The resulting data can be printed, saved in the SmartDrop’s onboard memory or exported via USB as an Excel file. All SmartDrop models include an integrated printer. For OD600 readings, each model includes a cuvette port and two optical glass cuvettes. Three SmartDrop models are available to meet a range of applications and budgets.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Microvolume Analysis of DNA, RNA and Proteins
- Quick and accurate results from a sample droplet
- Touch screen control panel, no PC or software required
- Built-in printer and cuvette port for OD600 readings
- XF model includes fluorometer for sensitive DNA quantification




SmartDrop L
- Ideal for basic DNA/RNA/protein quantification and purity
- Affordable LED and silicon detector technology
- Fixed 0.5mm path length, detect up to 2500ng/µl of dsDNA

SmartDrop X
- Full-spectrum absorbance scans from 200 to 800nm
- Quickly calculates and displays 260/280 and 260/230 ratios
- Long-life Xenon lamp with precision monochromator
- Auto-ranging path lengths of 0.2mm and 1.0mm
- Detect up to 4,500 ng/µl of dsDNA without dilution

SmartDrop XF – Spectrophotometer + Fluorometer
- Full-spectrum absorbance scanning and calculations of 260/280 and 260/230 ratios
- Long-life Xenon lamp with precision monochromator
- Auto-ranging path lengths of 0.05mm, 0.2mm and 1.0mm
- Detect up to 15,000ng/µl of dsDNA without dilution
- Integrated fluorometer for sensitive quantitation of low concentration nucleic acids
Accuris DNA Quantification Kits
Accuris DNA Quantification Kits are designed for accurate fluorescent quantification of dsDNA using an instrument such as the Qubit™, SmartDrop™ XF, or Accuris™ Fluorometer. The reagents are highly selective for double-stranded DNA (dsDNA), so quantification results will not be skewed by single-stranded DNA (ssDNA), RNA, protein, or nucleotides in a sample. Included with each kit are a concentrated fluorescent assay reagent, dilution buffer, and ready-to-use DNA standards. The assay reagent is diluted using the buffer provided, sample is added (1 µL to 20 µL), and the concentration can be determined using an appropriate fluorometer instrument that utilizes blue excitation and measures green fluorescence. High Sensitivity dsDNA Assay Kit The Accuris High Sensitivity Kit provides an accurate method for quantitation of dsDNA samples of low concentration. Depending on sample volume, the assay kit is designed to be accurate for initial DNA sample concentrations of 0.005–120 ng/µl, providing a detection range of 0.1–120 ng. Broad Range dsDNA Assay Kit The Accuris Broad Range Kit provides an accurate method for quantitation of dsDNA in samples that have a wide concentration range starting at 0.2 ng/µL . Depending on sample volume, the assay kit is designed to be accurate for initial DNA sample concentrations of 0.2 to 2,000 ng/µL, providing a detection range of 4−2,000 ng.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_separator][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]Specifications:Model | SmartDrop L (NS1000) | SmartDrop X (NS1010) | SmartDrop XF (NS1020) |
Display | 7-inch touch screen | 7-inch touch screen | 7-inch touch screen |
Minimum sample size | 1.0µl – 2.0µl | 0.5µl – 2.0µl | 0.5µl – 2.0µl |
Path length | 0.5mm | 0.2mm, 1.0mm | 0.05mm, 0.2mm, 1.0mm |
Light source | UV LED | Xenon Flash Lamp | Xenon Flash Lamp |
Detector | UV Silicon Photocell | 2048 Element Linear Silicon CCD Array | 2048 Element Linear Silicon CCD Array |
Wavelength | 260, 280, & 600nm | 200 – 800nm (1nm steps) | 200 – 800nm (1nm steps) |
Absorbance range | 0.2 – 50 A (10mm equivalent) | 0.04 – 90 A (10mm equivalent) | 0.04 – 300 A (10mm equivalent) |
Absorbance precision | 0.005 A | 0.003 A | 0.003 A |
Lower limit of detection | dsDNA: 10ng/µl | dsDNA: 2ng/µl; BSA: 0.1mg/ml | dsDNA: 2ng/µl ; BSA: 0.1mg/ml |
Upper limit of detection | dsDNA: 2,500ng/µl | dsDNA: 4,500ng/µl; BSA: 135mg/ml | dsDNA: 15,000ng/µl; BSA: 360mg/ml |
Detection time | < 6 seconds | < 5 seconds | < 6 seconds |
Communication ports | USB for data export | USB for data export | USB for data export |
Voltage input | DC 24V, 2A | DC 24V, 2A | DC 24V, 2A |
Power | 25W | 25W | 25W |
Dimensions (WxDxH) | 20.8 x 8.0 x 18.6 cm / 8.2 x 11.0 x 7.3 in. | 20.8 x 8.0 x 18.6 cm / 8.2 x 11.0 x 7.3 in. | 20.8 x 8.0 x 18.6 cm / 8.2 x 11.0 x 7.3 in. |
Weight | 3.6 kg / 7.9 lbs | 2.8 kg / 6.2 lbs | 3.6 kg / 7.9 lbs |
Cuvette OD600 detection | |||
Absorbance range | 0.0 – 4.0 A | 0.0 – 4.0 A | 0.0 – 4.0 A |
Absorbance stability | [0,3) ≤ 0.5%, [3,4) ≤ 2% | [0,3) ≤ 0.5%, [3,4) ≤ 2% | [0,3) ≤ 0.5%, [3,4) ≤ 2% |
Absorbance repeatibility | [0,3) ≤ 0.5%, [3,4) ≤ 2% | [0,3) ≤ 0.5%, [3,4) ≤ 2% | [0,3) ≤ 0.5%, [3,4) ≤ 2% |
Absorbance precision | [0,2) ≤ 0.005 A, [2,3) ≤ 1%, [3,4) ≤ 2% | [0,2) ≤ 0.005 A, [2,3) ≤ 1%, [3,4) ≤ 2% | [0,2) ≤ 0.005 A, [2,3) ≤ 1%, [3,4) ≤ 2% |
Fluorescence detection | |||
Excitation/Emission | N/A | N/A | 460 ± 20nm / 525-570nm |
Sensitivity | N/A | N/A | dsDNA: 0.5pg/µl |
Linearity | N/A | N/A | R² ≥ 0.995 |
Repeatibility | N/A | N/A | ≤ 1.5% |
Stability | N/A | N/A | ≤ 1.5% |
Cat No. | Description |
NS1000 | SmartDrop™ L Nano Spectrophotometer |
NS1010 | SmartDrop™ X Nano Spectrophotometer |
NS1020 | SmartDrop™ XF Nano Spectrophotometer |
NS1020-HS-100 | High Sensitivity DNA Quantification Kit, 100 assays |
NS1020-BR-100 | Broad Range dsDNA Quantification Kit, 100 assays |
NS1020-T | 0.5mL Fluorescence Detection Tubes, pack of 250 |
NS1000-C | Additional Standard-Size Cuvettes, pack of 2 |
NS1000-PA | Extra paper roll for SmartDrop internal printer, Pk 3 |

Multitherm Shaker Touch
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Like the popular MultiTherm, the MultiTherm Touch features a broad temperature range to meet applications from denaturation of DNA to keeping samples cold (4°C) at the end of a protocol. An expanded speed range (to 3,000rpm), full-color touch screen, greater flexibility in programming and heated lid option set this new unit apart.
All operating parameters are easily entered and viewed on the large, full color, touch screen. Fifty programs can be stored, each including up to 5 steps. Programming features such as adjustable ramp rates, interval and directional mixing and preheat options can be set. A “short” button allows for immediate mixing at maximum speed. Fifteen block choices accommodate samples from 0.2ml to 50ml as well as a variety of plates. Blocks are quickly and easily interchanged without the use of tools and are automatically recognized by the software. Insulation protects the users from hot surfaces and helps to maintain block temperature.
Condensation can have negative effects on delicate samples and reactions by changing the concentration of reactants. The heated lid option, available for use with tubes up to 5ml and microplates, protects samples by warming the air in the tube and preventing condensation. Easy to use and reliable in operation, the MultiTherm Touch is covered by a 1 year warranty. Blocks and heated lid are sold separately.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
- Large touch screen for simple and easy programming and viewing of status
- Advanced programming features include adjustable ramp rates, preheat and clockwise/counterclockwise mixing
- Multiple block options for plates and tubes up to 50ml
- Broad temperature and speed range to meet a variety of applications
Display: | 4.3 inch color touch screen with graphical interface |
Speed: | 200 to 3000 rpm (block dependent) |
Orbit: | 3mm |
Temp. Range: | Ambient -20 to 105°C |
Temperature Uniformity: | ±0.5°C |
Timer: | 1s-99h:59m:59s or continuous |
Program Memory: | 50 programs |
Steps/Program: | 5 steps/program |
Programming Features: | Adjustable ramp rate, mix mode, mix start, power failure restart, and heated lid temp |
Additional Features: | Quick button, pause, import/export data and programs, automatic block recognition |
Dimensions: (w x d x h) | 6.3 x 12.6 x 8.7 in. / 16 x 32 x 22 cm |
Weight: | 22 lbs/10kg |
Electrical: | 110 to 240V 50-60Hz |







H5100-HCT | MultiTherm Touch, Heating/Cooling Vortexer, blocks sold separately |
H5100-HL | Heated lid for above |
Available blocks (max speed) | |
H5100-05 | 24 x 0.5ml (2,000rpm) |
H5100-15 | 35 x 1.5ml (2,000rpm) |
H5100-20 | 35 x 2ml (2,000rpm) |
H5100-CMB | 15 x 0.5ml and 20 x 1.5ml (2,000rpm) |
H5100-5MT | 8 x 5ml (1,000rpm) |
H5100-12 | 24 x 12mm dia. tube (2,000rpm) |
H5100-2CR | 24 x 1.5/2ml cryovials (2,000rpm) |
H5100-150 | 8 x 15ml (1,000rpm) |
H5100-500 | 4 x 50ml (1,000rpm) |
H5100-MP | Standard microplate (3,000rpm) |
More blocks are available … |

BEADBLASTER 24 MICROTUBE HOMOGENIZER
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="6197,6199,6196,6198" img_size="250x250" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]The BeadBlaster™ 24 completely lyses, grinds and homogenizes a broad variety of biological samples. Even the most difficult and resistant samples are fully homogenized, often in 35 seconds or less.
The stainless steel tube carrier subjects up to 24 samples to an optimized, high speed, 3D motion, producing high energy impacts between the samples and micro-beads to release cellular contents. After homogenization, samples can be centrifuged and the supernatant collected for further processing.
Operating parameters for the BeadBlaster 24 are set and displayed digitally. To protect fragile, heat sensitive samples, the unit can be programmed to operate in shortened consecutive cycles with a rest period in between. Up to 50 such programs can be stored in memory and recalled for future use. A transparent lid allows for visualization of samples, and features a mechanical lid lock that prevents opening the lid when the BeadBlaster is in operation. A brushless motor reduces motor noise and provides maintenance free operation.
Benchmark offers an assortment of prefilled tube kits for a variety of sample types. The popular Triple-Pure™ kits include acid washed, heat treated, zirconium beads. The beads are tested to be free of nucleases, making them ideal for molecular biology applications. A convenient starter kit (D1032-SK) is available to accommodate a broad range of sample types and optimize applications.
- Fast, efficient homogenization in about 35 seconds
- For all sample types, from soft tissue to bone
- Mix up to 24 tubes simultaneously
- Sealed 2.0ml tubes – eliminates cross contamination
- Full range of beads in prefilled tubes and bulk available
Speed Range | 4.0-7.0 m/s (in 0.05 m/s increments) |
Capacity | 24 x 2.0ml |
Cycle Time | 1 to 90 sec. (up to 90 sec.) |
Pause between cycles | 0 to 2 min. (1 sec. increments) |
Max. cycles per program | 10 |
Program Memory | up to 50 |
Accel./Decel Time | <2 sec. / <2 sec. |
Noise Level | <68db |
Dimensions | 11 x 14.2 x 15.2 in. / 28 x 36 s 38.5 cm |
Weight | 55 lbs / 25 kg |
Electrical | 100 to 240V 50-60 Hz |
D2400-E | BeadBlaster 24 place Microtube Homogenizer |
D2400-R5 | Optional tube holder for 12x5ml tubes |
Pre-filled Tube Kits: | |
D1031-01 | Standard glass beads, dia. 0.1mm, 50pk |
D1031-05 | Standard glass beads, dia. 0.5mm, 50pk |
D1031-10 | Standard glass beads, dia. 1.0mm, 50pk |
D1032-01 | Triple-Pure, High Impact zirconium beads, dia. 0.1mm, 50pk |
D1032-05 | Triple-Pure, High Impact zirconium beads, dia. 0.5mm, 50pk |
D1032-10 | Triple-Pure, High Impact zirconium beads, dia. 1.0mm, 50pk |
D1032-15 | Triple-Pure, High Impact zirconium beads, dia. 1.5mm, 50pk |
D1032-30 | Triple-Pure, High Impact zirconium beads, dia. 3.0mm, 50pk |
D1032-SK | Starter Kit, 10 each of dia. 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 & 3.0 Triple-Pure Zirconium |
D1033-28 | Stainless Steel Beads, dia. 2.8mm, 50pk (acid washed) |
D1031-T20 | Empty Tubes (2.0ml), pk/1000 |

Omnia XS Touch Blueline (Compact+Touch)
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Omnia xs touch Blueline Pure and Ultra water systems Space-saving. Flexible. Intuitive. Resource-saving.
Work space in laboratories must be used efficiently. The Omnia xs system frees up space on the lab bench and makes work more efficient. Despite the extremely compact design in xs format, the system is exemplary in its resource-saving and completely autonomous operation. Accessories such as a leakage sensor, pressure reducer, and pre-treatment cartridges are already integrated in the compact housing. This saves space in the laboratory and also ensures exceptional operational and work safety.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]The Omnia Optifill touch dispenser
Intuitive. Convenient. Flexible.
The Omnia xs touch series is extremely convenient to use. All devices are fitted with the OptiFill touch OneHandOperation-Dispenser with intuitive control- and monitoring unit. One-handed operation, removable, rotatable and swiveling with flexible connection for easy water dispensing into any type of container.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]


OmniaPure xs touch Blueline
The specialist. For H2O pure type I.
When your need is for highest quality pure water that fulfils the demands of analytical and life science laboratory requirements, then one of these OmniaPure systems will be the right choice for you. The incorporated pre-treatment constantly ensures the reliability of your experimental results and reduces running costs. Features • OptiFill touch dispenser is standard • Spent filters are simply and quickly exchanged • Leakage sensor is standard • Integrated pressure reducer is standard • Resource-saving filter volume • Very space saving • Ready-to-use, including filter cartridges[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Model no. | System type | Typical applications |
18100004 | OmniaPure xs UV-TOC (standard dispenser) | Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis |
18100014 | OmniaPure-W xs UV-TOC (wall dispenser) | Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis |
18100024 | OmniaPure-T xs UV-TOC (bench dispenser) | Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis |
18100005 | OmniaPure xs UV-TOC/UF (standard dispenser) | Life science and microbiology, cell culture media |
18100015 | OmniaPure-W xs UV-TOC/UF (wall dispenser) | Life science and microbiology, cell culture media |
18100025 | OmniaPure-T xs UV-TOC/UF (bench dispenser) | Life science and microbiology, cell culture media |
Specifications | OmniaPure xs touch UV-TOC | OmniaPure xs touch UV-TOC/UF |
Ultrapure water values type I | ||
Conductivity at 25 °C [μS/cm] | 0.055 | 0.055 |
Resistance at 25 °C [MΩ x cm] | 18.2 | 18.2 |
TOC-value* [ppb] | <2 | <5 |
TOC monitor | yes | yes |
Dispensing performance [l/min.] | up to 2 | up to 2 |
Individually adjustable dispensing volume [liters] | 0.05 up to 25 | 0.05 up to 25 |
Particles** > 0.2 μm [1/ml] | <1 | <1 |
Bacteria** [KBE/ml] | <0.01 | <0.01 |
Pyrogens (Endotoxins)*** [EU/ml] | - | <0.001 |
RNase*** [pg/ml] | - | <1 |
DNase*** [pg/ml] | - | <5 |
Proteases*** [μg/ml] | - | <0.15 |

OmniaTap xs touch Blueline
The Allrounder. For H2O pure types I+II .
OmniaTap xs touch is the ideal system when both pure water and ultrapure water are required, but in relatively small amounts. The ability to provide both types from a single system results from the combination of ultramodern purification technologies. These also make it possible to connect the system directly to tap water. A press on the dispenser button activates dispensing of ultrapure water type I via the digital dispenser control. The recirculation of the pure water held in the installed 7 litre tank keeps it permanently at type II quality. The pure water tank provides a second outlet for feeding downstream end users. Features • OptiFill touch dispenser is standard • Spent filters are simply and quickly exchanged • Leakage sensor is standard • Integrated pressure reducer is standard • Precise volume control • Ready-to-use, including filter cartridges[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Flow Chart
Model no. | System type | Typical applications |
18110084 | OmniaTap xs 8 UV-TOC (standard dispenser) | Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis |
18111084 | OmniaTap-W xs 8 UV-TOC (wall dispenser) | Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis |
18112084 | OmniaTap-T xs 8 UV-TOC (bench dispenser) | Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis |
18110085 | OmniaTap xs 8 UV-TOC/UF (standard dispenser) | Life science and microbiology, cell culture media |
18111085 | OmniaTap-W xs 8 UV-TOC/UF (wall dispenser) | Life science and microbiology, cell culture media |
18112085 | OmniaTap-T xs 8 UV-TOC/UF (bench dispenser) | Life science and microbiology, cell culture media |
Specifications | OmniaTap xs touch 8 UV-TOC | OmniaTap xs touch 8 UV-TOC/UF |
Ultrapure water values type II | ||
Pure water performance at 15 °C [l/h] | 8 | 8 |
Conductivity at 25 °C [μS/cm] | 0.067 up to 0.1 | 0.067 up to 0.1 |
Resistance at 25 °C [MΩ x cm] | 15 up to 10 | 15 up to 10 |
Ultrapure water values type I | ||
Conductivity at 25 °C [μS/cm] | 0.055 | 0.055 |
Resistance at 25 °C [MΩ x cm] | 18.2 | 18.2 |
TOC-value* [ppb] | < 2 | < 5 |
TOC monitor | yes | yes |
Dispensing performance [l/min.] | up to 2 | up to 2 |
Individually adjustable dispensing volume [liters] | 0.05 up to 25 | 0.05 up to 25 |
Particles** > 0.2 μm [1/ml] | < 1 | < 1 |
Bacteria** [KBE/ml] | < 0.01 | < 0.01 |
Pyrogens (Endotoxins)*** [EU/ml] | < 0.001 | |
RNase*** [pg/ml] | < 1 | |
DNase*** [pg/ml] | <5 | |
Proteases*** [μg/ml] | < 0.15 |

Omnia XS Basic (Compact)
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.stakpure.de%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2Fstakpure_Omnia_xs_basic_EN.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
OmniaPure XS Basic
The specialist. For H2O pure type I .
When your need is for highest quality pure water that fulfils the demands of analytical and life science laboratory requirements, then one of these OmniaPure systems will be the right choice for you. The incorporated pre-treatment constantly ensures the reliability of your experimental results and reduces running costs.Features
• OptiFill basic dispenser is standard • Spent filters are simply and quickly exchanged • Leakage sensor is standard • Integrated pressure reducer is standard • Very space saving • Ready-to-use, including filter cartridges[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]One hand operation
Easy water dispensing
Flexible on a work surface

Model no. | System type | Typical applications |
18000004 | OmniaPure xs basic | AAS, IC, ICP, buffers and media preparation |
18000005 | OmniaPure xs basic UV | Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis |
Specifications | OmniaPure xs basic | OmniaPure xs basic UV |
Ultrapure water values type I | ||
Conductivity at 25 °C [μS/cm] | 0.055 | 0.055 |
Resistance at 25 °C [MΩ x cm] | 18.2 | 18.2 |
TOC-value* [ppb] | <5 | <2 |
Dispensing performance [l/min.] | up to 2 | up to 2 |
Dispensing preset volumes | optional | optional |
Particles** > 0.2 μm [1/ml] | <1 | <1 |
Bacteria** [KBE/ml] | <0.01 | <0.01 |


OmniaTap XS Basic
The Allrounder. For H2O pure types I+II .
OmniaTap xs basic is the ideal system when both pure water and ultrapure water are required, but in relatively small amounts. The ability to provide both types from a single system results from the combination of ultramodern purification technologies. These also make it possible to connect the system directly to tap water. A press on the dispenser button activates dispensing of ultrapure water type I via the digital dispenser control. The recirculation of the pure water held in the installed 7 litre tank keeps it permanently at type II quality. The pure water tank provides a second optional outlet for feeding downstream end users.Features
• OptiFill basic dispenser is standard • Spent filters are simply and quickly exchanged • Leakage sensor is standard • Ready-to-use, including filter cartridges[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]One hand operation
Easy water dispensing
Flexible on a work surface

Model no. | System type | Typical applications |
18110051 | OmniaTap xs basic 5 | AAS, IC, ICP, buffers and media preparation |
18110052 | OmniaTap xs basic 5 UV | Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis |
Specifications | OmniaTap xs basic 5 | OmniaTap xs basic 5 UV |
Ultrapure water values type II | ||
Pure water performance at 15 °C [l/h] | 5 | 5 |
Conductivity at 25 °C [μS/cm] | 0.067 up to 0.1 | 0.067 up to 0.1 |
Resistance at 25 °C [MΩ x cm] | 15 up to 10 | 15 up to 10 |
Ultrapure water values type I | ||
Conductivity at 25 °C [μS/cm] | 0.055 | 0.055 |
Resistance at 25 °C [MΩ x cm] | 18.2 | 18.2 |
TOC-value* [ppb] | <5 | <2 |
Dispensing performance [l/min.] | up to 2 | up to 2 |
Dispensing preset volumes | optional | optional |
Particles** > 0.2 μm [1/ml] | <1 | <1 |
Bacteria** [KBE/ml] | <0.01 | <0.01 |

“Anaerobic Chamber”
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
"Anaerobic Chamber"855-Series
The 855-AC (Anaerobic Chamber) has been designed for manually controlling your atmosphere when working with Oxygen sensitive materials. It is perfect for working in situations requiring low levels of Oxygen during critical isolation of the operator or your research materials. Any inert gas may be used. Its main advantage is minimizing the risk of Oxygen entry into the main working chamber. If trace amounts of Oxygen happen to enter the main chamber, the Catalyst Heater reduces it to water vapor. The drying train can then be activated to remove any excess water vapor. The 855-AC is offered as a complete system ready to use. There are no other components required. All you need to add are your work samples and gas of choice. This glove box has a capacity of 348 culture plates when using our suspended shelf accessory. Please refer to the Accessories Section (800-SHELF-1). The Basic Chemical Reaction. The internal atmosphere is drawn off the floor of the glove box and is pushed up through the heating elements and the warm Palladium (Pd) pellets. The Hydrogen in the special gas mixture then reacts with trace amounts of Oxygen to create water vapor. The excess water vapor is then absorbed by the Molecular Sieve™ in the three drying train canisters. The canisters are re-chargeable. Common anaerobic chamber applications: - Chemistry - Stem Cell Research - Microbiology - Clostridium difficile - Cancer Cell Research - Anaerobic Research - Life Science - Clinical[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Standard Features of the "Anaerobic Chamber":- Standard 24 month warranty (not gloves or consumables.)
- No installation. Comes ready to use.
- Over 50 years of anaerobic chamber manufacturing.
- Completely sealed design requires lower gas consumptions, lower operating costs.
- Formed one-piece clear plastic top section with “Easy Clean” corners.
- Matched Die-Molded white thermoset bottom with “EasyClean” corners.
- Two vacuum diaphragm pumps, one each for the drying train and the transfer chamber (purging).
- Drying train includes three (3) clear plastic canisters filled with Molecular Sieve.
- All controls are illuminated.
- “Bright Light” system (40,000 hour lamp guarantee).
- White ambidextrous Hypalon gloves.
- All clamps are adjustable to compensate for wear.
- Adjustable vacuum gauge on transfer chamber.
- Four (4) ground key-cock valves for purging.
- Transfer chamber is 12” (305mm) long x 11” (280mm) I.D.
- Electrical outlet (socket) strip (UL, CSA, & CE).
- Self sealing quick disconnects allow changing of the drying train without disturbing the internal atmosphere.

855-AC

855-ACB
- Two (2) pairs of white ambidextrous Hypalon gloves.
- Two (2) vacuum pressure pumps. One each for the drying train and the transfer chamber purging cycle.
- Two (2) Catalyst Heaters and four (4) Palladium canisters.
- Manual controls for purging, lights, and drying train operation.
- A “Bright Light” illumination system with a 40,000 hour lamp guarantee.
- Hospital grade multiple electric outlet (socket) strip.
- Optically clear plastic top and bottom sections with “Easy Clean” corners.
- Transfer chamber size 12” long X 11” I.D. (305mm X 280 mm I.D).
- Two year (24 month) standard warranty (Not gloves or consumables).

“University” Glove Box
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
"University" Glove Box 810-Series
Completely sealed glove box for basic isolation and/or containment!
The 810-SG Series by PLAS-LABS are constructed of an optically clear material, developed for isolation and / or containment. All units feature a high visibility of the interior, cleanliness, safety, complete containment, portability and a draft-free atmosphere. The installed purging valves are ideal for lowering oxygen and humidity levels. Transfer chamber AND flat access door included to easily introduce larger equipment into the glove box. [/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/6VlTjWz3CvU" title="``Compact`` Glove Box"][vc_column_text]Standard Features of the "University" Glove Box:- Completely sealed glove box requires less gas. Lower operational expenses.
- Transfer chamber with purging valves and vacuum gauge.
- Flat side access door for easily introducing larger equipment.
- Four (4) key cock valves for purging.
- Hospital grade outlet strip.
- Pressure relief valve with small HEPA canister.
- Standar twenty-four (24) month warranty. (Not on consumables).
- White ambidextrous gloves.
- Flat side access door for introducing larger equipment into the glove box.
- Four (4) standard sizes available. Customization is also available.

810-SG10

810-SG20
810-SG30

810-SG40

“La Petite” Glove Box
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
"La Petite" Glove Box 815-Series
PLAS-LABS,INC.® is proud to offer a new concept in small glove boxes. The #815-PGB “Petite Glove Box” is comprised of essentially two (2) components. The top and bottom sections are sealed using a revolutionary new gel system commonly used in the clean room industry for sealing HEPA filters. The La Petite is only two-thirds the size of our #818-GB Basic Glove Box. It has been designed to be ergonomically correct for the average person. Careful attention to research requirements and our over forty-five (45) years of experience helped make this glove box very user friendly and inexpensive. Standard Features of the "La Petite" Glove Box:- Lightweight and easy to move from lab to lab.
- Optically clear, one piece formed top is unbreakable.
- Bright white one piece bottom formed out of high temperature Noryl™ and has “easy clean” corners.
- Large access door (12” inch Ø [305 mm] opening).
- Vacuum gauge on transfer chamber.
- All stainless steel clamps are adjustable and have security locking capabilities.
- White leveling tray for transferring liquids.
- Modern, Gel Sealant (Refer to Gel data below).
- Large, interior Rh gauge.
- Four (4) ground key cock valves for purging and gas entry.
- Hospital grade multiple electrical outlet (socket) strip.
- Latex gloves 7ӯ (175 mm). Neoprene or HypalonTM also available (Special order).
- Transparent and vacuum capable transfer chamber size 10”long (254 mm) x 9.75”I.D (245 mm).
- Standard twenty-four (24) month warranty (Not gloves).


“Basic” Glove Box
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
"Basic" Glove Box 818-Series
Our catalog #818-Series style glove boxes are designed to be just what they are named, “Basic.” This is a simple enclosure that can be used for general isolation or containment work. They are very useful for isolating sensitive research materials from a hostile exterior environment. These units are engineered to fit general laboratory research situations. They can be easily modified for specific research projects. These are “starter” glove boxes upon which many accessories can be attached allowing for specific research projects. These units are compact, portable, light weight, and can easily be moved from lab to lab. Standard Features of the "Basic" Glove Box:- Optically clear, one piece acrylic top.
- Matched die molded thermoset, bright white bottom (818-GB only).
- Coved, easy to clean corners with no hidden dark spots.
- Double layered, closed cellular neoprene gasketing system.
- Ambidextrous, white Hypalon gloves for superior chemical and U.V. resistance.
- Adjustable vacuum gauge on transfer chamber. Four ground key cock valves for purging.
- White leveling tray for transferring liquids through the transfer chamber.
- Stainless steel "0" rings for gloves.
- Transparent transfer chamber 12" long by 11" diameter (l.D.).
- Standard warranty (12 months).
- All clamps fully adjustable to compensate for wear.
- Hospital grade multiple electrical outlet strip U.L.-C.S.A. approved 110-120 volt U.S.A. (220-240 volt export).
- Optional vacuum pump. 800-PUMP

818-GB

818-GBB

WS 8210 – WERKSTAR
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
WERKSITZ WERKSTAR
SWIVEL CHAIR WITH GLIDES
with PUR integral foam backrest and seat
WS 8210
- PUR integral foam backrest and seat
- Height adjustment with safety gas spring
- Polished diecast aluminium five-star base with glides
- Also available as conductive version
General |
|
---|---|
Seat and backrest | PU integral foam |
Five-star base xx10 Ø 690mm | Diecast aluminium |
Column xx10 | Steel, chrome |
Backrest bow | Diecast aluminium |
Total height | 1020-1225mm |
Material thickness |
|
---|---|
Seat | 40mm |
Backrest | 30/55mm |
Weight 17.00kg |
|
---|---|
Load capacity | Up to 120kg |
Adjustment options |
|
---|---|
Seat height | 485 - 630mm |
Seat tilt | 0° to +5° |
Seat lock | Infinitely variable |
Backrest tilt | 0° to -20° |
Details |
|
---|---|
Seat width | 465mm |
Seat depth | 460mm |
Backrest height | 500mm |
Backrest width top / bottom | 210/400mm |
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Laminar Flow Cabinets



Ultra Torque 1850
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Model BDC1850 Ultra Torque Overhead Stirrer
Power to mix high viscous/high volume batches in lab or pilot plant applications. Caframo’s Ultra Torque offers the greatest torque capabilities available in a bench top stirrer. The unique two speed transmission transfers the motor’s power to the chuck with 95% efficiency. Rugged construction including a brushless DC motor, TENV metal housing and clear chemical resistant chuck guard make the Ultra Torque the perfect match for the toughest environments. Key Specifications: Speed Range rpm: 12 - 1800 rpm Max Torque: 565 Ncm Max Viscosity: 90,000 cP Output Power: 1/5 hp, 150 watts Max Volume: 80 litres[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Product Datasheet" style="flat" shape="square" color="chino" size="sm" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2022%2F02%2FCaframo-1850-Datasheet.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Universal BDC3030
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Model BDC3030 Universal Overhead Stirrer
Accomodate changing application needs with power and control offered in Caframo’s Universal significant torque and speed capabilities. A great fit for viscous mixing at higher speeds. High performance brushless DC motor provides maintenance free operation. Track a change in viscosity throughout the mixing process with the unique torque zero feature. The Universal offers versatile features for success in a range of applications. Key Specifications: Speed Range: 20 - 3000 rpm Max Torque: 339 Ncm Max Viscosity: 50,000 cP Output Power: 1/5 hp, 150 watts Max Volume: 60 litres[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Product Datasheet" style="flat" shape="square" color="chino" size="sm" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2022%2F02%2FCaframo-3030-Datasheet.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Ultra Speed BDC6015
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Model BDC6015 Ultra Speed Overhead Stirrer
Create accurate repeatable results through high speed mixing and precision with Caframo’s Ultra Speed. Maintain consistent set speeds up to 6000 rpm under changing viscosities with digital display and control. Depend on the quiet, high efficiency brushless DC motor. Benefit from the Ultra Speed’s built in safety features including a clear chemical resistant chuck guard and overload protection. Key Specifications: Speed Range: 40 - 6000 rpm Max Torque: 170 Ncm Max Viscosity: 20,000 cP Output Power: 1/5 hp, 150 watts Max Volume: 25 litres [/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Product Datasheet" style="flat" shape="square" color="chino" size="sm" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2022%2F02%2FCaframo-6015-Datasheet.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Compact Digital BDC2002
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Model BDC2002 Compact Digital Overhead Stirrer
The 2002 maximizes productivity fitting into any area of the laboratory including a fume hood or enclosed workstation, giving accurate, repeatable results. The unique push button Stirlight™ allows solutions to be seen clearly. Like other Caframo stirrers, the CompactDigital™ is powered by a brushless DC motor to stir larger batches longer at higher speeds. The belt driven transmission is smooth and quiet offering high power efficiency. The four button touch control (power on/off, speed increase, speed decrease, light on/off) is easy to use. Key Specifications: Speed Range: 40 - 2000 rpm Max Torque: 70 Ncm Max Viscosity: 15,000 cP Output Power: 1/18 hp, 40 watts Max Volume: 25 litres[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Product Datasheet" style="flat" shape="square" color="chino" size="sm" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2022%2F02%2FCaframo-2002-Datasheet.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]
MKUv 1610 (Solid Door)
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Pharmacy Refrigerator for medicine and vaccine storage
Pharmaceutical storage: DIN 58345 All Liebherr medical storage appliances comply with the DIN standard “Fridges for drugs DIN 58345”. DIN 58345 currently reflects the latest technological advances and establishes precisely formulated requirements in relation to pharmaceutical refrigerators. This guarantees that the appliances are particularly suitable for medicine storage and that they offer the highest standard for conscientious users. DIN 58345 includes the following basic requirements: ‧ Maintenance of an operating temperature from +2C to +8C ‧ Can be used in ambient temperatures from +10C to +35C ‧ Noise emission less than 60 dB(A) ‧ Visual and audible warning installation for high and low temperature alarms ‧ Preparation of operating temperature recording ‧ Visual and audible power failure alarm for at least 12h ‧ Safety thermostat to avoid temperatures below +2C ‧ Mechanical resistance of internal fittings at least 100 kg/m ‧ Lockable door Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-stop" add_icon="true" title="MKUv 1610 (Solid door)" tab_id="mkuv1610"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
MKUv 1610 MediLine (Solid door)
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Pharmacy refrigerator with Comfort controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption per year | 273.00 kWh/a |
Noise level | 47 dB |
Net capacity, total | 109 l |
Gross capacity, total | 142 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.0 A |
Refrigerator compartment | 142 l |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 82 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm |
Insulation | 40 - 40 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 42.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 39.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Temperature range | +5°C (fixed) |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for min. 12h |
Maximum fluctuation | 4.6 °C |
Gradient | 4.3 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

MKUv 1613 (Glass Door)
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Pharmacy Refrigerator for medicine and vaccine storage
Pharmaceutical storage: DIN 58345 All Liebherr medical storage appliances comply with the DIN standard “Fridges for drugs DIN 58345”. DIN 58345 currently reflects the latest technological advances and establishes precisely formulated requirements in relation to pharmaceutical refrigerators. This guarantees that the appliances are particularly suitable for medicine storage and that they offer the highest standard for conscientious users. DIN 58345 includes the following basic requirements: ‧ Maintenance of an operating temperature from +2C to +8C ‧ Can be used in ambient temperatures from +10C to +35C ‧ Noise emission less than 60 dB(A) ‧ Visual and audible warning installation for high and low temperature alarms ‧ Preparation of operating temperature recording ‧ Visual and audible power failure alarm for at least 12h ‧ Safety thermostat to avoid temperatures below +2C ‧ Mechanical resistance of internal fittings at least 100 kg/m ‧ Lockable door Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square-o" add_icon="true" title="MKUv 1613 (Glass door)" tab_id="mkuv1613"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
MKUv 1613 MediLine (Glass door)
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Pharmacy refrigerator with Comfort controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption per year | 369.00 kWh/a |
Noise level | 47 dB |
Net capacity, total | 109 l |
Gross capacity, total | 152 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.5 A |
Refrigerator compartment | 152 l |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 82 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm |
Insulation | 40 - 40 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 48.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 45.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Temperature range | +5°C (fixed) |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for min. 12h |
Maximum fluctuation | 4.9 °C |
Gradient | 5.1 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Insulated glass |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

MKv 3910 (Solid Door)
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Pharmacy Refrigerator for medicine and vaccine storage
Pharmaceutical storage: DIN 58345 All Liebherr medical storage appliances comply with the DIN standard “Fridges for drugs DIN 58345”. DIN 58345 currently reflects the latest technological advances and establishes precisely formulated requirements in relation to pharmaceutical refrigerators. This guarantees that the appliances are particularly suitable for medicine storage and that they offer the highest standard for conscientious users. DIN 58345 includes the following basic requirements: ‧ Maintenance of an operating temperature from +2C to +8C ‧ Can be used in ambient temperatures from +10C to +35C ‧ Noise emission less than 60 dB(A) ‧ Visual and audible warning installation for high and low temperature alarms ‧ Preparation of operating temperature recording ‧ Visual and audible power failure alarm for at least 12h ‧ Safety thermostat to avoid temperatures below +2C ‧ Mechanical resistance of internal fittings at least 100 kg/m ‧ Lockable door Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-stop" add_icon="true" title="MKv 3910 (Solid door)" tab_id="mkv3910"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
MKv 3910 MediLine (Solid door)
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Pharmacy refrigerator with Comfort controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption per year | 309.00 kWh/a |
Noise level | 48 dB |
Net capacity, total | 280 l |
Gross capacity, total | 361 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.5 A |
Refrigerator compartment | 361 l |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 184 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm |
Insulation | 40 - 40 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 73.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 67.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Temperature range | +5°C (fixed) |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for min. 12h |
Maximum fluctuation | 3.6 °C |
Gradient | 4.1 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

MKv 3913 (Glass Door)
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Pharmacy Refrigerator for medicine and vaccine storage
Pharmaceutical storage: DIN 58345 All Liebherr medical storage appliances comply with the DIN standard “Fridges for drugs DIN 58345”. DIN 58345 currently reflects the latest technological advances and establishes precisely formulated requirements in relation to pharmaceutical refrigerators. This guarantees that the appliances are particularly suitable for medicine storage and that they offer the highest standard for conscientious users. DIN 58345 includes the following basic requirements: ‧ Maintenance of an operating temperature from +2C to +8C ‧ Can be used in ambient temperatures from +10C to +35C ‧ Noise emission less than 60 dB(A) ‧ Visual and audible warning installation for high and low temperature alarms ‧ Preparation of operating temperature recording ‧ Visual and audible power failure alarm for at least 12h ‧ Safety thermostat to avoid temperatures below +2C ‧ Mechanical resistance of internal fittings at least 100 kg/m ‧ Lockable door Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square-o" add_icon="true" title="MKv 3913 (Glass door)" tab_id="mkv3913"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
MKv 3913 MediLine (Glass door)
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Pharmacy refrigerator with Comfort controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption per year | 480.00 kWh/a |
Noise level | 48 dB |
Net capacity, total | 278 l |
Gross capacity, total | 386 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.5 A |
Refrigerator compartment | 386 l |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 184 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm |
Insulation | 40 - 40 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 91.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 85.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Temperature range | +5°C (fixed) |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for min. 12h |
Maximum fluctuation | 3.9 °C |
Gradient | 6.1 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Insulated glass |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

Laboratory Freezer with electronic control
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Laboratory Freezer with electronic control
Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored. Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3 All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LGv 5010 (478 Litres)" tab_id="lgv5010"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

LGv 5010 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab freezer with comfort electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 3.410 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 1,245 kWh/a |
Noise level | 55 dB |
Net capacity, total | 337 l |
Freezer compartment | 337 l |
Refrigerant | R 290 |
Cooling system, freezer compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting freezer compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 3.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 184.4 / 75.1 / 75.0 cm |
Insulation | 70 - 70 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 124.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 114.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Adjustable temperature range | -9 °C to -35 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | when mains power returns |
Maximum fluctuation | 4.9°C |
Gradient | 5.8 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear |
Water drain | ✔ |
Drawers in freezer compartment | 8 |
Baskets in freezer compartment | 2 |
Shelf material | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 60 kg |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

Spark-free Freezer with electronic control
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Laboratory Freezer with electronic control and spark-free interior
Explosion protection: ATEX 95
The Atex 95 certification confirms that Liebherr laboratory fridges and freezers with explosion protection are appropriate for the storage of explosive and highly flammable materials within the meaning of EU Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX).
Alarm test function
This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.
Efficient refrigeration system
Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced.
Temperature alarm
The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored.
Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3
All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LGex 3410 (310 Litres)" tab_id="lgex3410"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
LGex 3410 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab freezer with Comfort electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 1.309 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 478 kWh/a |
Noise level | 45 dB |
Net capacity, total | 284 l |
Freezer compartment | 284 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, freezer compartment | static |
Defrosting freezer compartment | manual |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.5 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 184 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm |
Insulation | 77 - 65 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 91.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 86.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | -9 °C to -30 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | when mains power returns |
Maximum fluctuation | 4.2 °C |
Gradient | 6.9 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Water drain | — |
Drawers in freezer compartment | 8 |
Storage shelves freezer compartment | 8 |
Shelf material | Evaporator plates |
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment | 24 kg |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LGUex 1500 (139 Litres)" tab_id="lguex1500"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
LGUex 1500 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab freezer with Comfort electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 0.803 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 294 kWh/a |
Noise level | 45 dB |
Net capacity, total | 129 l |
Freezer compartment | 129 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, freezer compartment | static |
Defrosting freezer compartment | manual |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 82 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm |
Insulation | 55 - 55 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 45.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 42.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | -9 °C to -26 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | when mains power returns |
Maximum fluctuation | 3.3 °C |
Gradient | 6.6 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Water drain | — |
Drawers in freezer compartment | 3 |
Baskets in freezer compartment | 1 |
Shelf material | Evaporator plates |
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment | 24 kg |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heavy-duty Freezer (597 Litres)
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Heavy-duty Freezer for Research and Laboratory
Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored. Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3 All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-stop" add_icon="true" title="LGPv 6520 (597 Litres) " tab_id="lgpv6520"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
LGPv 6520 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab Freezer with profi electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 3.743 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 1,367 kWh/a |
Noise level | 60 dB |
Net capacity, total | 430 l |
Freezer compartment | 430 l |
Refrigerant | R 290 |
Cooling system, freezer compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting freezer compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 4.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 216.0 / 70.0 / 83.0 cm |
Insulation | 83 - 60 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 158.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 133.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Adjustable temperature range | -9 °C to -35 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for 72h |
Maximum fluctuation | 3.6 °C |
Gradient | 2.9 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Chrome-nickel-steel |
Type of castors | Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear |
Water drain | ✔ |
Drawers in freezer compartment | 0 |
Storage shelves freezer compartment | 4 |
Shelf material | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment | 60 kg |
of which height-adjustable | 4 |
Door design | SwingLine design |
Handle | Handle moulding |

Heavy-duty Freezer (596 Litres, 2 doors)
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Heavy-duty Freezer for Research and Laboratory
Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored. Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3 All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-pause" add_icon="true" title="LGPv 6527 (596 Litres) (1 compartment with 2 doors)" tab_id="lgpv6527"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

LGPv 6527 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab Freezer with profi electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 5.529 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 2,019 kWh/a |
Noise level | 60 dB |
Net capacity, total | 429 l |
Freezer compartment | 429 l |
Refrigerant | R 290 |
Cooling system, freezer compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting freezer compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 4.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 216.0 / 70.0 / 83.0 cm |
Insulation | 83 - 60 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 162.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 136.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Adjustable temperature range | -9 °C to -35 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for 72h |
Maximum fluctuation | 3.6 °C |
Gradient | 2.9 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Chrome-nickel-steel |
Type of castors | Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear |
Water drain | ✔ |
Drawers in freezer compartment | 0 |
Storage shelves freezer compartment | 4 |
Shelf material | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment | 60 kg |
of which height-adjustable | 4 |
Door design | SwingLine design |
Handle | Handle moulding |

Heavy-duty Freezer (856 Litres)
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Heavy-duty Freezer for Research and Laboratory
Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored. Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3 All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LGPv 8420 (856 Litres)" tab_id="lgpv8420"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
LGPv 8420 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab Freezer with profi electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 4.762 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 1,739 kWh/a |
Noise level | 60 dB |
Net capacity, total | 629 l |
Freezer compartment | 629 l |
Refrigerant | R 290 |
Cooling system, freezer compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting freezer compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 4.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 216.0 / 79.0 / 98.0 cm |
Insulation | 83 - 60 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 183.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 151.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Adjustable temperature range | -9 °C to -35 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for 72h |
Maximum fluctuation | 5.7 °C |
Gradient | 4.5 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Chrome-nickel-steel |
Type of castors | Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear |
Water drain | ✔ |
Drawers in freezer compartment | 0 |
Storage shelves freezer compartment | 4 |
Shelf material | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment | 60 kg |
of which height-adjustable | 4 |
Door design | SwingLine design |
Handle | Handle moulding |

Heavy-duty freezer (1361 Litres)
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Heavy-duty Freezer for Research and Laboratory
Alarm test function
This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.
Forced air cooling
Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior.
Efficient refrigeration system
Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced.
Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover
The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance.
Temperature alarm
The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored.
Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3
All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-pause" add_icon="true" title="LGPv 1420 (1361 Litres)" tab_id="lgpv1420"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
LGPv 1420 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab Freezer with profi electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 7.271 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 2,654 kWh/a |
Noise level | 60 dB |
Net capacity, total | 980 l |
Freezer compartment | 980 l |
Refrigerant | R 290 |
Cooling system, freezer compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting freezer compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 4.5 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 216.0 / 143.0 / 83.0 cm |
Insulation | 83 - 60 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 253.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 207.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Adjustable temperature range | -9 °C to -26 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for 72h |
Maximum fluctuation | 6.7 °C |
Gradient | 4.3 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Left or right |
Material of interior containers | Chrome-nickel-steel |
Type of castors | Castors with arrestor at the front, castors at the rear |
Water drain | ✔ |
Drawers in freezer compartment | 0 |
Storage shelves freezer compartment | 8 |
Shelf material | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment | 60 kg |
of which height-adjustable | 8 |
Door design | SwingLine design |
Handle | Handle moulding |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Laboratory Refrigerator with electronic control
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Laboratory Refrigerator with electronic control
Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKv 5710 (583 Litres)" tab_id="lkv5710"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

LKv 5710 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with comfort electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 1.200 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 438 kWh/a |
Noise level | 52 dB |
Net capacity, total | 540 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 540 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.5 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 184.4 / 75.1 / 75.0 cm |
Insulation | 40 - 40 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 100.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 91.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | +3 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | when mains power returns |
Maximum fluctuation | 3.1°C |
Gradient | 3.8 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 6 |
of which height-adjustable | 5 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 60 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

LKv 3910 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with comfort electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 0.846 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 309 kWh/a |
Noise level | 48 dB |
Net capacity, total | 333 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 333 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.5 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 184 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm |
Insulation | 40 - 40 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 70.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 65.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | +3 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | when mains power returns |
Maximum fluctuation | 3.6 °C |
Gradient | 4.1 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 6 |
of which height-adjustable | 5 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 45 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

LKv 3913 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with comfort electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 1.315 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 480 kWh/a |
Noise level | 48 dB |
Net capacity, total | 332 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 332 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.5 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 184 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm |
Insulation | 40 - 40 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 88.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 82.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | +3 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | when mains power returns |
Maximum fluctuation | 4.7 °C |
Gradient | 5.6 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Insulated glass |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 6 |
of which height-adjustable | 5 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 45 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

LKUv 1610 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with comfort electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 0.747 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 273 kWh/a |
Noise level | 47 dB |
Net capacity, total | 133 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 133 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 82 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm |
Insulation | 40 - 40 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 40.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 37.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | +3 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | when mains power returns |
Maximum fluctuation | 4.6 °C |
Gradient | 4.3 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 4 |
of which height-adjustable | 3 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 45 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

LKUv 1613 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with comfort electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 1.010 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 369 kWh/a |
Noise level | 47 dB |
Net capacity, total | 132 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 132 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 82 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm |
Insulation | 40 - 40 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 45.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 43.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | +3 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | when mains power returns |
Maximum fluctuation | 4.9 °C |
Gradient | 5.1 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Insulated glass |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 4 |
of which height-adjustable | 3 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 45 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | Separate connection, LED light |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

Spark-free Refrigerator with analogue control
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Laboratory Refrigerator with analogue control and spark-free interior


LKexv 5400 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with mechanical control system |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 0.983 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 359 kWh/a |
Noise level | 48 dB |
Net capacity, total | 520 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 520 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.5 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 164 / 75.0 / 72.9 cm |
Insulation | 50 - 50 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 84.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 77.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Mechanic control system |
Control unit | Drehregler |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | +1 °C to +15 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | — |
potential-free contact | — |
Power failure alarm | — |
Maximum fluctuation | 5.8 °C |
Gradient | 6.9 °C |
SmartMonitoring | — |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | — |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 6 |
of which height-adjustable | 5 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Glass |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 40 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

LKexv 3600 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with mechanical control system |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 0.947 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 346 kWh/a |
Noise level | 48 dB |
Net capacity, total | 307 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 307 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.5 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 164.1 / 60.0 / 61.0 cm |
Insulation | 32 - 52 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 64.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 59.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Mechanic control system |
Control unit | Drehregler |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | +1 °C to +15 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | — |
potential-free contact | — |
Power failure alarm | — |
Maximum fluctuation | 3.0 °C |
Gradient | 4.8 °C |
SmartMonitoring | — |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | — |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 6 |
of which height-adjustable | 5 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Glass |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 40 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

LKexv 2600 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with mechanical control system |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 0.786 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 287 kWh/a |
Noise level | 48 dB |
Net capacity, total | 221 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 221 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 125 / 60.0 / 61.0 cm |
Insulation | 32 - 52 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 53.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 49.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Mechanic control system |
Control unit | Drehregler |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | +1 °C to +15 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | — |
potential-free contact | — |
Power failure alarm | — |
Maximum fluctuation | 5.5 °C |
Gradient | 6.4 °C |
SmartMonitoring | — |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | — |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 5 |
of which height-adjustable | 4 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Glass |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 40 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

LKexv 1800 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with mechanical control system |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 0.898 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 328 kWh/a |
Noise level | 47 dB |
Net capacity, total | 160 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 160 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 86.0 / 60.0 / 60.0 cm |
Weight (with packaging) | 41.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 38.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Mechanic control system |
Control unit | Drehregler |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | +1 °C to +15 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | — |
potential-free contact | — |
Power failure alarm | — |
Maximum fluctuation | 7.4 °C |
Gradient | 10.2 °C |
SmartMonitoring | — |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | — |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 4 |
of which height-adjustable | 3 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Glass |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 40 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

Spark-free Refrigerator with electronic control
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Laboratory Refrigerator with electronic control and spark-free interior


LKexv 3910 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with Comfort electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 0.865 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 316 kWh/a |
Noise level | 48 dB |
Net capacity, total | 344 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 344 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.5 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 184 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm |
Insulation | 40 - 40 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 74.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 68.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | +3 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | when mains power returns |
Maximum fluctuation | 5.1 °C |
Gradient | 5.5 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 6 |
of which height-adjustable | 5 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Glass |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 40 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

LKUexv 1610 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with Comfort electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 0.863 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 315 kWh/a |
Noise level | 47 dB |
Net capacity, total | 130 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 130 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 82 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm |
Insulation | 40 - 40 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 41.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 38.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | +3 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | when mains power returns |
Maximum fluctuation | 4.8 °C |
Gradient | 3.9 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 4 |
of which height-adjustable | 3 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Glass |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 40 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

Spark-free Fridge-Freezer combination
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Laboratory fridge-freezer with electronic control and spark-free interior


LCexv 4010 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab combination with Comfort electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 1.800 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 657 kWh/a |
Noise level | 52 dB |
Net capacity, total | 345 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 240 l |
Freezer compartment | 105 l |
Refrigerant | R 600a |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Cooling system, freezer compartment | static |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Defrosting freezer compartment | manual |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 1.5 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 200.3 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm |
Insulation | 70 - 70 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 92.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 87.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | +3 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature setting range freezing | -9°C to -30°C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | when mains power returns |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Freezer compartment | |
No. of drawers in freezer compartment | 3 |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Plastic white |
Type of castors | — |
Storage shelves in freezer compartment | 0 |
Material adjustable shelves freezer compartment | Glass |
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment | 24 kg |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 5 |
of which height-adjustable | 4 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Glass |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 40 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | HardLine |
Handle | Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism |

Heavy-duty Refrigerator 856L
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Heavy-duty Fridges for Research and Laboratory
Alarm test function
This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.
Digital temperature display
The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance.
Forced air cooling
Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior.
Efficient refrigeration system
Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced.
Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover
The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKPv 8420 (Solid Door)" tab_id="lkpv8420"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
LKPv 8420 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with profi electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 1.650 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 603 kWh/a |
Noise level | 58 dB |
Net capacity, total | 629 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 629 l |
Refrigerant | R 290 |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 2.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 216.0 / 79.0 / 98.0 cm |
Insulation | 83 - 60 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 175.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 145.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | -2 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for 72h |
Maximum fluctuation | 1.8 °C |
Gradient | 2.1 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Chrome-nickel-steel |
Type of castors | Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 4 |
of which height-adjustable | 4 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 60 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | SwingLine design |
Handle | Handle moulding |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heavy-duty Refrigerator 597L
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Heavy-duty Fridges for Research and Laboratory
Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKPv 6520 (Solid Door)" tab_id="lkpv6520"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
LKPv 6520 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with profi electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 1.361 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 497 kWh/a |
Noise level | 58 dB |
Net capacity, total | 430 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 430 l |
Refrigerant | R 290 |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 2.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 216.0 / 70.0 / 83.0 cm |
Insulation | 83 - 60 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 152.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 126.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | -2 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for 72h |
Maximum fluctuation | 1.0 °C |
Gradient | 1.8 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Chrome-nickel-steel |
Type of castors | Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 5 |
of which height-adjustable | 4 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 60 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | SwingLine design |
Handle | Handle moulding |

LKPv 6523 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with profi electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 1.563 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 571 kWh/a |
Noise level | 58 dB |
Net capacity, total | 430 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 430 l |
Refrigerant | R 290 |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 2.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 216.0 / 70.0 / 83.0 cm |
Insulation | 83 - 60 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 163.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 136.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | 0 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for 72h |
Maximum fluctuation | 1.6 °C |
Gradient | 2.0 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Insulated glass |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Chrome-nickel-steel |
Type of castors | Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 4 |
of which height-adjustable | 4 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 60 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | Separate connection, LED light |
Door design | SwingLine design |
Handle | Handle moulding |

LKPv 6527 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with profi electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 1.883 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 688 kWh/a |
Noise level | 58 dB |
Net capacity, total | 429 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 429 l |
Refrigerant | R 290 |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 2.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 216.0 / 70.0 / 83.0 cm |
Insulation | 83 - 60 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 155.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 129.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | -2 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for 72h |
Maximum fluctuation | 1.0 °C |
Gradient | 1.8 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel (1 compartment with 2 doors) |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Right replaceable |
Material of interior containers | Chrome-nickel-steel |
Type of castors | Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 5 |
of which height-adjustable | 4 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 60 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | SwingLine design |
Handle | Handle moulding |

Heavy-duty Refrigerator 1361L
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Heavy-duty Fridges for Research and Laboratory
Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKPv 1420 (Solid Door)" tab_id="lkpv1420"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
LKPv 1420 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with Profi electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 1.956 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 714 kWh/a |
Noise level | 58 dB |
Net capacity, total | 980 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 980 l |
Refrigerant | R 290 |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 2.5 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 216.0 / 143.0 / 83.0 cm |
Insulation | 83 - 60 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 247.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 201.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | -2 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for 72h |
Maximum fluctuation | 2.9 °C |
Gradient | 3.6 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Steel |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Left or right |
Material of interior containers | Chrome-nickel-steel |
Type of castors | Castors with arrestor at the front, castors at the rear |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 8 |
of which height-adjustable | 8 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 60 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | — |
Door design | SwingLine design |
Handle | Handle moulding |

LKPv 1423 MediLine
General product information |
|
Product group output channels | Lab refrigerator with profi electronic controller |
Output and consumption | |
Energy consumption in 24h | 2.245 kWh / 24h |
Energy consumption per year | 820 kWh/a |
Noise level | 58 dB |
Net capacity, total | 980 l |
Refrigerator compartment | 980 l |
Refrigerant | R 290 |
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment | dynamic |
Defrosting cooling compartment | automatic |
Voltage | 220-240 V ~ |
Frequency | 50 Hz |
Connection rating | 3.0 A |
Dimensions and weight | |
Product dimensions (H/W/D) | 216.0 / 143.0 / 83.0 cm |
Insulation | 83 - 60 mm |
Weight (with packaging) | 266.00 kg |
Weight (without packaging) | 221.00 kg |
Control and functions | |
Control | Electronic control system |
Control unit | Tasten |
Temperature range refrigerator compartment | 0 °C to +16 °C |
Temperature display | external digital |
Malfunction: Warning signal | optical and acoustical |
potential-free contact | ✔ |
Power failure alarm | immediately upon power failure for 72h |
Maximum fluctuation | 3.9 °C |
Gradient | 3.8 °C |
SmartMonitoring | retrofittable, connectivity application available as option |
Design and features | |
Side wall material | steel |
Colour | white |
Door/Cover material | Insulated glass |
Lock | fitted |
Self-closing door | ✔ |
Door hinges | Left or right |
Material of interior containers | Chrome-nickel-steel |
Type of castors | Castors with arrestor at the front, castors at the rear |
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment | 8 |
of which height-adjustable | 8 |
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment | Plastic-coated grids |
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment | 60 kg |
Illumination cooling compartment | Separate connection, LED light |
Door design | SwingLine design |
Handle | Handle moulding |

No.3 Fitment Surgical Blades
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_btn title="Download Catalogue" style="flat" color="info" align="right" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-file" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2021%2F02%2FSwann-Morton_all.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]
No.3 Blades




No.4 Fitment Surgical Blades
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_btn title="Download Catalogue" style="flat" color="info" align="right" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-file" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2021%2F02%2FSwann-Morton_all.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]
No.4 Blades



MAGIO Laboratory Circulators
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
MAGIO laboratory circulators

Powerful pump
With an extremely powerful pressure/suction pump with performance values up to 31 l/min or 0.92 bar (pressure) and -0.4 bar (suction), the MAGIO series offers the strongest pump in its class and is therefore perfectly suited for challenging external temperature tasks. To ensure maximum resistance against chemical substances, all wetted parts are made from stainless steel.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
Modern touch display
The high resolution, modern TFT touch display has a multi-lingual user interface and shows all important information at a glance. Three large, predefined main screens clearly display data and graphics with various application priorities. All display functions are easy to operate with a fingertip.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
External temperature control
MAGIO refrigerated circulators are perfect for external temperature tasks thanks to their powerful pumps and wide temperature range. Extensive accessories and excellent dynamics mean that the MAGIO circulators can be modularly and individually adapted to the most challenging applications.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
Simple data exchange
Modern interfaces make easy remote control and practical data management possible as well as allowing integration into process structures. All MAGIO units come with integrated Pt100 connection, USB interface, RS232 and Ethernet. Analog interfaces are optionally available as accessories.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
MAGIO MS Refrigerated / Heating circulator
with extremely powerful pressure/suction pump and intuitive touch display
As with all circulators from the MAGIO range, the refrigerated circulators stand out thanks to their premium quality, high performance and intuitive operation. The devices offer extra strong pressure and suction pumps, thus fulfilling the highest demands for temperature control of external applications. Whether in basic research, material testing or technical systems – the MAGIO refrigerated circulators offer high-tech solutions for high customer requirements.Model | MAGIO MS-600F | MAGIO MS-601F | MAGIO MS-900F | MAGIO MS-1000F |
---|---|---|---|---|
Order No. | 9 032 704 | 9 032 705 | 9 032 706 | 9 032 707 |
Working temperature range (°C) | -35 ... +200.0 | -35 ... +200.0 | -38 ... +200.0 | -50 ... +200.0 |
Temperature stability (°C) | +/-0.01 | +/-0.01 | +/-0.01 | +/-0.01 |
Cooling capacity (kW) | 0.6 | 0.6 | 0.9 | 1 |
Heating capacity (kW) | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) | 16 ... 31 | 16 ... 31 | 16 ... 31 | 16 ... 31 |
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) | 0.24 ... 0.92 | 0.24 ... 0.92 | 0.24 ... 0.92 | 0.24 ... 0.92 |
Model | MAGIO MS-310F |
---|---|
Order No. | 9 032 713 |
Working temperature range (°C) | -30.0 ... +200.0 |
Temperature stability (°C) | +/-0.01 |
Cooling capacity (kW) | 0.33 |
Heating capacity (kW) | 2 |
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) | 16 ... 31 |
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) | 0.24 ... 0.92 |
MAGIO MS and MX Bridge Mounted Circulators
with extremely powerful pump and intuitive touch display
MAGIO bridge mounted circulators combine high temperature control performance with maximum flexibility. The adjustable bridge means that the circulators can be used with bath tanks up to a filling volume of 100 liters.Model | MAGIO MS-Z | MAGIO MX-Z |
---|---|---|
Order No. | 9 032 201 | 9 033 201 |
Working temperature range (°C) | +20.0 ... +300.0 | +20.0 ... +300.0 |
Temperature stability (°C) | +/-0.01 | +/-0.01 |
Heating capacity (kW) | 2 | 3 |
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) | 16 ... 31 | 16 ... 31 |
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) | 0.24 ... 0.92 | 0.24 ... 0.92 |
MAGIO MS / MX Heating Circulators
with extremely powerful pumps, intuitive touchscreen displays
Like all circulators in the MAGIO range, the heating circulators are characterised by premium quality and high performance combined with intuitive usability. The devices offer extra powerful pressure and suction pumps to meet the most challenging demands for temperature control of external applications. Samples can also be temperature controlled in the internal bath of the high-quality, insulated and closed bath tank.Model | MAGIO MS-BC4 | MAGIO MX-BC6 | MAGIO MX-BC12 | MAGIO MX-BC26 |
---|---|---|---|---|
Order No. | 9 032 504 | 9 033 506 | 9 033 512 | 9 033 526 |
Working temperature range (°C) | +20.0 ... +300.0 | +20.0 ... +300.0 | +20.0 ... +300.0 | +20.0 ... +300.0 |
Temperature stability (°C) | +/-0.01 | +/-0.01 | +/-0.01 | +/-0.01 |
Heating capacity (kW) | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) | 16 ... 31 | 16 ... 31 | 16 ... 31 | 16 ... 31 |
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) | 0.24 ... 0.92 | 0.24 ... 0.92 | 0.24 ... 0.92 | 0.24 ... 0.92 |

Sterile Disposable Surgical Scalpels
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Description
Swann-Morton sterile disposable scalpels, sealed individually in trays and boxed in units of 10, are fitted with the following blades: 6, 9, 10, 10A, 11, E/11, 11P, 12, 12D, 14, 15, 15A, 15C, 15T, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 22A, 23, 24 and 36. The scalpel carries a graduated measure on the reverse of the handle (for indication only) to mirror our range of metal stainless handles and is marked with the CE symbol which previously only appeared on the outer product packaging. The sterile scalpels are individually packaged into a transparent thermos-formed tray providing improved product visibility and developed to assist in safe passing techniques. When peeling the packet the seal changes colour thus indicating if the integrity of the packet has been breached and assuring the user of sterility up to the point of usage.
Disposable Scalpels are seen as a convenient alternative to the traditional blade fitted to a metal handle yet do not offer the same feel and lateral stability when incising hence why they tend to be used for minor procedures outside of the main operating theatre and on the Hospital wards. They can also be seen in the Accident and Emergency department (Emergency Room) where time may be of the essence especially when treating serious trauma victims.
Disposable Scalpels increasingly appear as an essential component of procedure trays and custom packs as well as within GP practice and specialised community based surgery centres as more minor procedures are completed within the non-acute homecare market and away from the main hospitals.[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download Catalogue" style="flat" color="info" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-file" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2021%2F02%2FSwann-Morton-Disposal-Scalpel.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Premium Stackable Shaking Incubator
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
ZWYR-D2402
ZWYR-D2401 with P5010-50

ZWYR-D2403 with P5017
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
ZWYR-D2401 with P5010-35
[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download Brochure" style="flat" shape="square" color="chino" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.labwit.com.au%2Ffiles%2FPremium%2520Stackable%2520Shaking%2520Incubators%2520V2020.1.0.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
- Single unit of 190L, shaking tray 800x430mm
- All premium features apply
- Full temperature control with cooling for 4-60ºC operation
- Orbital movement with shaking diameter of 1-50mm stepless adjustable
- Fold-down front door and sliding tray designed for easy operation
- UV light reduces the air burden, keeping the chamber contamination free.
- *H35cm & H50cm base option available
- Doubled volume, 190Lx2, Shaking tray 800X430mm
- All premium features apply
- Full temperature control with cooling for 4-60ºC operation
- Orbital movement with shaking diameter of 1-50mm stepless adjustable
- Fold-down front door and sliding tray designed for easy operation
- UV light reduces the air burden, keeping the chamber contamination free.
- Tripled volume, 190Lx3, Shaking tray 800X430mm
- All premium features apply
- Full temperature control with cooling for 4-60ºC operation
- Orbital movement with shaking diameter of 1-50mm stepless adjustable
- Fold-down front door and sliding tray designed for easy operation.
- Fold-up door option (#P5017) available for ZWYR-D2403 for easy loading on the top unit.
- UV light reduces the air burden, keeping the chamber contamination free.
Flask (ml) | 50ml | 100ml | 250ml | 500ml | 750ml | 1000ml | 2000ml | P8010 | P8012 |
ZWYR-D2401 | 91 | 50 | 38 | 26 | 15 | 15 | 8 | 8 | 19 |
ZWYR-D2402 | 180 | 100 | 76 | 52 | 30 | 30 | 16 | 16 | 38 |
ZWYR-D2403 | 270 | 150 | 114 | 78 | 45 | 45 | 24 | 24 | 57 |
Model | ZWYR-D2401 | ZWYR-D2402 | ZWYR-D2403 |
Control | P.I.D. Microprocessor | ||
Control Mode | Fix Value or Program (up to 9 Segments) | ||
Control Panel | LCD Touch Screen | ||
Air Convection | Forced | ||
Shaking Mode | Orbit | ||
Volume/Compartment (L) | 190 | ||
Ambient Temperature(ºC) | Oct-35 | ||
Shaking Speed (rpm) | 30-300 | ||
Stroke (mm) | Ø1-50 Stepless Adjustable | ||
Temperature Range (ºC) | Apr-60 | ||
Temperature Accuracy (ºC) | 0.1 | ||
Temperature Uniformity (ºC) | ±0.5ºC@37℃ | ||
Timer | 1 to 9999 mins | ||
Tray (mm) (WxD) | 800×430 | ||
Tray Included | 1 | 2 | 3 |
Inner Dimensions (mm) (WxDxH) | 920x532x395 | ||
Exterior Dimensions (mm) (Wx Dx H) | 1300x930x735 | 1300x930x1315 | 1300x930x1895 |
Net/Gross Weight (kg) | 250/290 | 430/500 | 630/730 |
Power (W) | 1200 | 2400 | 3600 |
Electricity | 220-240V 50/60Hz | ||
Approval | CE, ISO | ||
Security | Over-temperature Protection, Compressor Overload Protection, Electrical Leakage Protection | ||
Additional | Built-in Printer, RS485 Interface (Option), LED Lighting Control Kit (Option), Base Stand(Option) |

BROEN three valve water fitting
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]
S P E C I F I CATIONS
Handle: Plastic, with media indication according to EN13792
Spout: Full swivel action
Hose nozzle: Fixed plastic (can be unscrewed by hand from
angle valves, thread: male G3/8)
Headwork: Rubber (wrist action lever: ceramic)
Opening/closing function: 2 x 360° (wrist action lever: 90°)
Temperature range: 0-65°C
Max. working pressure: 10 bar / 147 psi
Test pressure: 1 x working pressure
Weight: 3 kg
MATERIALS WITH MEDIA CONTACT
Metals: Brass
Plastics: PP, SPX (hose)
Sealing: EPDM
Lubricant: Silicone based
Ceramics: Al2O3 96% (wrist action lever only)
Solder: DIN L-Ag55:Sn
ORDERING INFORMATION
For standard configuration please refer to the item numbers below.
Other options:
- aerator
- removable plastic hose nozzle
- integrated non-return valve
- alternative hose inlet connection / without a hose
- other inlet options (type, length)
- national approvals
- WPH (Water Potable Hot)
- WNH (Water Non-Potable Hot)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Ordering Information
![]() |
|
Media | S = 150mm |
Potable water, cold | 2533 094 1001-52B |
Non-potable water, cold | 2533 094 1007-52B |
![]() |
|
Media | S = 150mm |
Potable water, cold | 2533 096 1001-52B |
Non-potable water, cold | 2533 096 1007-52B |

BROEN two handle one hole mixer with swivel spout
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]
S P E C I F I CATIONS
Handle: Plastic, with media indication according to EN13792
Spout: Full swivel action
Hose nozzle: Fixed plastic (can be unscrewed by hand,
thread: male G3/8)
Headwork: Rubber (wrist action lever: ceramic)
Opening/closing function: 2 x 360° (wrist action lever: 90°)
Temperature range: 0-65°C
Max. working pressure: 10 bar / 147 psi
Test pressure: 1 x working pressure
Weight: 1.8 kg
MATERIALS WITH MEDIA CONTACT
Metals: Brass
Plastics: PP, SPX (hose)
Sealing: EPDM
Lubricant: Silicone based
Ceramics: Al2O3 96% (wrist action lever only)
ORDERING INFORMATION
For standard configuration please refer to the item
numbers below.
Other options:
- aerator
- removable plastic hose nozzle
- integrated non-return valve
- fixed spout
- alternative hose inlet connection / without a hose
- OD 10mm Cu pipes
- other inlet options
- national approvals[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Ordering Information
![]() |
||||
Media | S = 150mm | S = 200mm | S = 250mm | S = 300mm |
Potable water, cold/hot | 2536 039 1039-52B | 2536 045 1039-52B | 2536 046 1039-52B | 2536 047 1039-52B |
Non-potable water, cold/hot | 2536 039 1040-52B | 2536 045 1040-52B | 2536 046 1040-52B | 2536 047 1040-52B |
![]() |
||||
Media | S = 150mm | S = 200mm | S = 250mm | S = 300mm |
Potable water, cold/hot | 2536 041 11039-52B | 2536 048 11039-52B | 2536 049 11039-52B | 2536 050 11039-52B |
Non-potable water, cold/hot | 2536 041 11040-52B | 2536 048 11040-52B | 2536 049 11040-52B | 2536 050 11040-52B |

BROEN water fitting with swivel spout
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]
S P E C I F I CATIONS
Handle: Plastic, with media indication according to EN13792
Spout: Full swivel action
Hose nozzle: Fixed plastic (can be unscrewed by hand,
thread: male G3/8)
Headwork: Rubber (wrist action lever: ceramic)
Opening/closing function: 2 x 360° (wrist action lever: 90°)
Temperature range: 0-65°C
Max. working pressure: 10 bar / 147 psi
Test pressure: 1 x working pressure
Weight: 1.4 kg
MATERIALS WITH MEDIA CONTACT
Metals: Brass
Plastics: PP, SPX (hose)
Sealing: EPDM
Lubricant: Silicone based
Ceramics: Al2O3 96% (wrist action lever only)
ORDERING INFORMATION
For standard configuration please refer to the item numbers below.
Other options:
- aerator
- removable plastic hose nozzle
- integrated non-return valve
- fixed spout (rear, left or right)
- alternative hose inlet connection / without a hose
- other inlet options (type, length)
- national approvals
- WPH (Water Potable Hot)
- WNH (Water Non-Potable Hot)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Ordering Information
![]() |
||||
Media | S = 150mm | S = 200mm | S = 250mm | S = 300mm |
Potable water, cold | 2534 008 1001-52B | 2534 084 1001-52B | 2534 085 1001-52B | 2534 086 1001-52B |
Non-potable water, cold | 2534 008 1007-52B | 2534 084 1007-52B | 2534 085 1007-52B | 2534 086 1007-52B |
![]() |
||||
Media | S = 150mm | S = 200mm | S = 250mm | S = 300mm |
Potable water, cold | 2534 087 1001-52B | 2534 088 1001-52B | 2534 089 1001-52B | 2534 083 1001-52B |
Non-potable water, cold | 2534 087 1007-52B | 2534 088 1007-52B | 2534 089 1007-52B | 2534 083 1007-52B |

WS 1220 E – CLASSIC
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
WERKSITZ CLASSIC SWIVEL CHAIR WITH CASTORS with PUR integral foam backrest and seat
WS 1220E
- PUR integral foam backrest and seat
- Height adjustment with safety gas spring
- Polished diecast aluminium five-star base, with five star base with castors
General |
|
---|---|
Seat and backrest | PU integral foam |
Five-star base xx20 Ø 655mm with dual castors ( Ø 65mm ) | Diecast aluminium unloaded braked - loaded unbraked |
Column xx20 | Safety gas spring, Steel, chrome |
Backrest frame | High-precision steel pipe Ø 26 x 1.5mm |
Total height | 745 - 1020mm |
Material thickness |
|
---|---|
Seat | 35mm |
Backrest | 35mm |
Weight 11.30kg |
|
---|---|
Load capacity | Up to 120kg |
Adjustment options |
|
---|---|
Seat height | 460 - 640mm |
Seat tilt | -4° to +10° |
Seat lock | Infinitely variable |
Backrest tilt | -10° to +8° |
Details |
|
---|---|
Seat width back/front | 460mm |
Seat depth | 436mm |
Backrest height | 300mm |
Backrest width top / bottom | 420mm |

WS 2211 – ECONOLINE
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
WERKSITZ ECONOLINE SWIVEL CHAIR High chair with PUR integral foam backrest and seat
WS 2211
- High chair
- PUR integral foam backrest and seat
- Height adjustment with safety gas spring
- Foot ring*
- Plastic five-star base with glides
Economical
ECONOLINE is a chair concept developed according to the industry standard. It promotes a healthy, ergonomic sitting posture even under the toughest work conditions.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
General |
|
---|---|
Seat and backrest | PU integral foam |
Five-star base xx11 Ø 660mm | Diecast plastic |
Column xx11 | Steel, chrome |
Backrest frame | Precision steel pipe Ø 40 x 2.0mm |
Total height | 1035 - 1320mm |
Material thickness |
|
---|---|
Seat | 35mm |
Backrest | 35mm |
Weight kg |
|
---|---|
Load capacity | Up to 120kg |
Adjustment options |
|
---|---|
Seat height | 650 - 860mm |
Seat tilt | -4° to +6° |
Seat lock | Infinitely variable |
Backrest tilt | -18° to +10° |
Details |
|
---|---|
Seat width | 443mm |
Seat depth | 420mm |
Backrest height | 300mm |
Backrest width | 420mm |

WS 4011 – CLASSIC
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
WERKSITZ CLASSIC STANDING SUPPORT
WS 4011
- PUR integral foam seat
- Standing support-seat support
- Height adjustment with safety gas spring
- Polished diecast aluminium five-star base with glides
General |
|
---|---|
Seat | PU integral foam |
Five star base xx10 Ø610mm •with glides | Diecast aluminium |
Column xx4010 | Safety gas spring, chrome-plated |
Total height | 700 to 910mm |
Material thickness |
|
---|---|
Seat | 30mm |
Weight 8.30kg |
|
---|---|
Load capacity | Up to 120kg |
Adjustment options |
|
---|---|
Seat height | 620 to 830mm |
Seat tilt | +2° to +28° |
Seat lock | continuous |
Details |
|
---|---|
Seat width | 360mm |
Seat depth | 310mm |

WS 4021 – CLASSIC
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
WERKSITZ CLASSIC SWIVEL STOOL WITH CASTORS
WS 4021
- PUR integral foam seat
- Standing support-seat support
- Height adjustment with safety gas spring
- Polished diecast aluminium five-star base with dual castors
General |
|
---|---|
Seat | PU integral foam |
Foot Cross xx10 Ø610mm •with double rollers (Ø 65mm) | Diecast aluminium •unloaded braked - loaded unbraked |
Column xx4010 | Safety gas spring, chrome-plated |
Total height | 565 to 710mm |
Material thickness |
|
---|---|
Seat | 30mm |
Weight 10.20kg |
|
---|---|
Load capacity | Up to 120kg |
Adjustment options |
|
---|---|
Seat height | 485 to 630mm |
Seat tilt | +2° to +28° |
Seat lock | continuous |
Details |
|
---|---|
Seat width | 360mm |
Seat depth | 310mm |

WS 8220 – WERKSTAR
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
WERKSITZ WERKSTAR SWIVEL CHAIR WITH CASTORS with PUR integral foam backrest and seat
WS 8210
- PUR integral foam backrest and seat
- Height adjustment with safety gas spring
- Polished diecast aluminium five-star base with castors
General |
|
---|---|
Seat and backrest | PU integral foam seat and backrest |
Five-star base xx20 Ø 690mm | Diecast aluminium |
Column xx20 | Steel, chrome |
Backrest bow | Diecast aluminium |
Total height | 1030 - 1235mm |
Material thickness |
|
---|---|
Seat | 40mm |
Backrest | 30/55mm |
Weight 17.50kg |
|
---|---|
Load capacity | Up to 120kg |
Adjustment options |
|
---|---|
Seat height | 495 - 640mm |
Seat tilt | 0° to +5° |
Seat lock | Infinitely variable |
Backrest tilt | 0° to -20° |
Details |
|
---|---|
Seat width | 465mm |
Seat depth | 460mm |
Backrest height | 500mm |
Backrest width top / bottom | 210/400mm |

WS 9220 – KLIMASTAR
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
WERKSITZ KLIMASTAR SWIVEL CHAIR WITH CASTORS with PUR integral foam cushions
WS 9220 black (RAL 9005)
- PUR integral foam backrest and seat
- Chrome-plated armrests* with PUR integral foam covers
- Chrome-plated cover tube*
- Height adjustment with safety gas spring
- Polished diecast aluminium five-star base with load-dependent braking castors
General |
|
---|---|
Seat and backrest | PU integral foam seat and backrest |
Five-star base xx11 Ø 713mm | Diecast aluminium |
Column xx11 | Steel, chrome |
Backrest frame | Precision steel pipe Ø 20 x 2.0mm |
Total height | 930 - 1215mm |
Material thickness |
|
---|---|
Seat | 50mm |
Backrest | 50mm |
Weight 11.65kg |
|
---|---|
Load capacity | Up to 120kg |
Adjustment options |
|
---|---|
Seat height | 450 - 620mm |
Seat tilt | –8° to +1° |
Seat lock | Infinitely variable |
Backrest tilt | -18° to +11° |
Details |
|
---|---|
Seat width | 470mm |
Seat depth | 457mm |
Backrest height | 433mm |
Backrest width bottom | 400mm |

Auto Dry ED series (20~50%RH)
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
[Humidity Control: 20~50%RH]
Totech Auto Dry ED series is engineered for long-term storage of 20%~50%RH. The circulation of air in the cabinet is regulated by an internal fan. Hygrometer is battery operated.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Features:- Modular design: Totech Auto Dry is modularly designed dry cabinet. The main modules include dry unit, shelves, castors, hygrometer. All of the modules can be replaced easily. Totech dry cabinet can be used as long as the cabinet structure is in good condition. Most of our customers can use the Totech dry cabinets for more than 10 years without any problem.
- Dry units: ≤20%RH, made in Japan.
- ED-138 works automatically and continuously, and it is “plug and play” cabinet. Humidity is shown on hygrometer.
- Totech Super Dry relies on dry units to control humidity levels, and the dry unit will be recycled every several hours to discharge the moisture absorbed through shutter to outside the cabinet. After recycling, the shutters will close and moisture inside dry cabinet will once again be absorbed by refreshed drying agent.
- This dehumidification cycle will continue until the set humidity value is achieved. Once the humidity level exceeds the setting level, this dehumidification cycle will start again.
- Micro-films and positive/negative films.
- Antiques and ancient documents.
- Electronic devices, PCBs and IC packages before removing from moisture barrier bags.
- Powered medicines.
- Micro-lens and microscope lens, etc.

Model | ASD-1006 | ED-508 | ED-268 | ED-138 |
External WxHxD(cm) | 120x184x69 | 88x90x76 | 88x90x40 | 44x90x40 |
Internal WxHxD(cm) | 119x156x62 | 87x84x70 | 87x84x34 | 42x84x29 |
Capacity(L) | 1160 | 510 | 252 | 121 |
Weight(kg) | 155 | 58 | 33 | 21 |
Power Consumption | 12.6W/h | 6.3W/h | 6.3W/h | 1.9W/h |
Voltage | AC220V, 50/60Hz | |||
Material | Steel body with gray painting | |||
Steel Shelves | 5 pcs | 3 pcs |

Super Dry 20 series (20~50%RH)
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
[Humidity Control: 20~50%RH]
SUPER DRY 20 series is engineered for long-term storage of 20%~50%RH. The circulation of air in the cabinet is regulated by an internal fan. Hygrometer is battery operated.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Features:- Modular design: Totech Super Dry is modularly designed dry cabinet. The main modules include dry unit, shelves, castors, hygrometer. All of the modules can be replaced easily. Totech dry cabinet can be used as long as the cabinet structure is in good condition. Most of our customers can use the Totech dry cabinets for more than 10 years without any problem.
- Dry units: ≤20%RH, made in Japan.
- works automatically and continuously, and it is “plug and play” cabinet. Humidity is shown on hygrometer.
- Totech Super Dry relies on dry units to control humidity levels, and the dry unit will be recycled every several hours to discharge the moisture absorbed through shutter to outside the cabinet. After recycling, the shutters will close and moisture inside dry cabinet will once again be absorbed by refreshed drying agent.
- This dehumidification cycle will continue until the set humidity value is achieved. Once the humidity level exceeds the setting level, this dehumidification cycle will start again.
- Micro-films and positive/negative films.
- Antiques and ancient documents.
- Electronic devices, PCBs and IC packages before removing from moisture barrier bags.
- Powered medicines.
- Micro-lens and microscope lens, etc.

Model | CSD-1106-20 | CSD-1104-20 | CSD-702-20 | CSD-302-20 | CSD-502-20 | CSD-252-20 | CSD-151-20 |
External WxHxD(cm) | 120x184x67 | 120x184x67 | 62x184x78 | 50x123x64 | 88x90x74 | 88x90x38 | 50x63x58 |
Internal WxHxD(cm) | 119x156x62 | 119x156x62 | 61x156x73 | 49x116x59 | 87x83x69 | 87x83x33 | 49x56x53 |
Capacity (L) | 1160 | 1160 | 680 | 340 | 510 | 252 | 145 |
Weight (kg) | 160 | 155 | 110 | 60 | 60 | 39 | 29 |
Voltage | AC220V, 50/60Hz | ||||||
Material | Steel body & shelves | ||||||
Shelves | 5 pcs | 7 pcs | 3 pcs |

Super Dry 03 series (<3%RH)
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
[Humidity Control: small than 3%RH]
SUPER DRY 03 series is engineered for medium to long-term constant low humidity storage smaller than 3%RH. The circulation of air in the cabinet is regulated by an internal fan. All surfaces are ESD coated in conformity with current ESD 61340-5-1 standard. It is ideal for the moisture-proof and anti-oxidation storage of wide-ranging technologies and conforms with IPC / JEDEC J-STD 033C. Hygrometer is battery operated.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Features:- Modular design: Totech Super Dry is modularly designed dry cabinet. The main modules include dry units, control box, sensor, shelves, castors, humidity and temperature monitoring module. All of the modules can be replaced easily. Totech dry cabinet can be used as long as the cabinet structure is in good condition. Most of our customers can use the Totech dry cabinets for more than 10 years without any problem.
- Dry units: ≤3%RH, made in Japan.
- ESD safe design: Cabinet is with ESD metal painted steel body(106Ω/sq), Dissipative glass windows(in- and outside 108Ω/sq), stainless steel shelves and ground wire, well comply with IEC 61340-5-1.
- Convenient Operation: works automatically and continuously. Humidity is shown on hygrometer.
- Totech Super Dry relies on dry units to control humidity levels, and the dry unit will be recycled every several hours to discharge the moisture absorbed through shutter to outside the cabinet. After recycling, the shutters will close and moisture inside dry cabinet will once again be absorbed by refreshed drying agent.
- This dehumidification cycle will continue until the set humidity value is achieved. Once the humidity level exceeds the setting level, this dehumidification cycle will start again.
- All kinds of Integrated Circuits(IC), like Monolithic, BGA, QFP; PLCC, Bipolar etc.
- Silicon Wafers.
- Aerospace related Instruments and Tools.
- Optical Equipment and Machine Tools.
- Watches.
- PDP Inspection Equipment, Liquid Crystal Cleaning Equipment, LCD’s, TAC’s etc.
- LED’s and LD’s.

Model | CSD-1106-03 | CSD-1104-03 | CSD-702-03 | CSD-302-03 | CSD-502-03 | CSD-252-03 | CSD-151-03 |
External WxHxD(cm) | 120x184x67 | 120x184x67 | 62x184x78 | 50x123x64 | 88x90x74 | 88x90x38 | 50x63x58 |
Internal WxHxD(cm) | 119x156x62 | 119x156x62 | 61x156x73 | 49x116x59 | 87x83x69 | 87x83x33 | 49x56x53 |
Capacity (L) | 1160 | 1160 | 680 | 340 | 510 | 252 | 145 |
Weight (kg) | 160 | 155 | 110 | 60 | 60 | 39 | 29 |
Voltage | AC220V, 50/60Hz | ||||||
Material | ESD safe steel body & shelves, and conductive doors | ||||||
Shelves | 5 pcs | 7 pcs | 3 pcs |

Medical Non-Contact Forehead Infrared Thermometer
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" shape="square" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2020%2F04%2FCEM-DT-8806H-Forehead-Thermometer.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
非接觸紅外線額溫計 Model: DT-8806H Ideal for Quickly Detecting Elevated Body Temperature
DT-8806H Clinical Forehead Infrared Thermometers ensure accurate and stable body temperature readings, which is particular efficient for taking the temperature of newborn babies and very young children. From a distance of around 5cm, all you have to do is pointing it towards the forehead to read the temperature shown on the LCD screen. 8806H is portable and easy to take the measurements and store 32 readings. Safety Conformance • ASTM E1965-1998 • EN 980: Graphical symbols for use in the labeling of medical devices • EN 1041:Information supplied by the manufacturer with medical devices • EN 60601-1: Medical electrical equipment Part 1: General requirements for safety (IEC: 60601-1:1998) • EN 60601-1-2: Medical electrical equipment Part 1-2: General requirements for safety Collateral standard Electromagnetic compatibility Requirements and test (IEC 60601-1-2:2001) Features:- Precise non-contact forehead temperature measurements
- Selectable ºC or ºF & forehead heat detection
- Selectable Body and Surface temperature
- Set alarm value and sound alarm
- Memorization of the last 32 measurements
- Automatic Data Hold & Auto power off
- Automatic selection range
- Display Resolution 0.1ºC(0.1ºF)
- Backlight LCD display
Specifications: | |
Range (In body mode) | 32.0ºC to 42.5ºC/89.6ºF to 108.5ºF |
Range(In Surface mode) | 0ºC to 60ºC/32ºF to 140ºF |
Resolution | 0.1ºC/0.1ºF |
Basic accuracy ASTM E1965-1998(2003) | 32 to 35.9ºC/93.2 to 96.6ºF(±0.3ºC/±0.5ºF) |
36 to 39ºC/96.8 to 96.6 to 102.2ºF(±0.2ºC/±0.4ºF) | |
39 to 42.5ºC/102.2 to 108.5ºF(±0.3ºC/±0.5ºF) | |
Measuring distance | 5-15CM |
Response time | 0.5 second |

Counter Mount Eyewash
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_gallery type="flexslider_slide" interval="5" images="5152,5153"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Swing Away® & Pull-Down Eyewash
Model: 01040128 • ½” chrome-plated, stay-open valve • ½” NPT supply connection through countertop up to 2” thick • BCP arm • Acetal eyewash heads with hinged lid, self-adjusting regulator • Right or left hand mounting [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Model |
Nozzles |
Mounting |
Activation |
Arm Length |
01040128 | 2.4 gpm / 9.1 lpm Eyewash | Horizontal, side of sink | Swivel over sink | 10.5" / 26.67 cm |

Hand-held Eye Shower
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Hand-held Eye Shower with Two 45° Heads
BROEN has developed new hand-held eye showers, which comply to EN15154-2 and ANSI Z358.1 norms and also offer many improved features. Model: 27100091005011 Weight: Approx. 0.5 kg Table mounted eye shower with two 45°angled heads, incl. 1.5m inlet hose. Trigger operated including a built-in check valve and FLOWFIX for regulationof water fl ow (14 l/min).[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Min. working pressure: 1.5 bar Max. working pressure: 10 bar Min. temperature: 5°C Max. temperature: 80°C[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]MATERIALS WITH MEDIA CONTACT Plastics: PA, POM, TPE Metals: SS, AISI 316 Rubber: EPDM Materials not in media contact: PP, PA, SEBS[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]★ SAFETY
- Improved trigger lock - Improved activation of the shower★ OPERATION
- Stay-open dust cap - Light weight - Well-balanced construction - Better spray pattern★ RELIABILITY
- Easy-to-clean spray head - Anti-limescale design and material choice - Improved functionality - Longer lifetime[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]


SterilGARD® e3 (Class II A2)
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Proudly Made in the U.S.A.
SterilGARD® e3
Class II Type A2 Biological Safety Cabinets
[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" shape="square" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fbakerco.com%2Fimages%2Fuploads%2Fassets%2FSterilGARD_e3_Jul2019.pdf|||"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581650049388{margin-top: 20px !important;margin-right: 0px !important;margin-bottom: 20px !important;margin-left: 0px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 40px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 40px !important;background-color: #0170af !important;}"]The most energy efficient, comfortable and safe A2 cabinet in the industry.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581647083077{padding: 5px !important;}"]Energy Efficient
Multiple energy-saving features equals up to 60% increase in energy efficiency.
[/vc_column_text][vc_single_image image="5209" img_size="" alignment="center" style="vc_box_outline" onclick="link_image"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581647153826{padding-top: 5px !important;padding-right: 5px !important;padding-bottom: 5px !important;padding-left: 5px !important;}"]StediFLOW™
Safest work environment with new StediFLOW™ self-adjusting motor technology.
[/vc_column_text][vc_single_image image="5212" img_size="" alignment="center" style="vc_box_outline" onclick="link_image"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581647194922{padding: 5px !important;}"]30% More Filter Life
30% more filter life and less impact on the environment.
[/vc_column_text][vc_single_image image="5211" img_size="" alignment="center" style="vc_box_outline" onclick="link_image"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581647235801{padding: 5px !important;}"]Easier Viewing
More energy efficient and brighter lighting system for easier viewing and reduced eyestrain.
[/vc_column_text][vc_single_image image="5213" img_size="" alignment="center" style="vc_box_outline" onclick="link_image"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row css=".vc_custom_1581647824709{background-color: #0170af !important;}"][vc_column][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581649809836{margin-top: 20px !important;margin-bottom: 0px !important;border-bottom-width: 0px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 40px !important;padding-bottom: 10px !important;padding-left: 40px !important;background-color: #0170af !important;}"]All SterilGARD e3 cabinets also feature our exclusive ReadySAFE™ mode

Work in optimum comfort – the ergonomically advanced SterilGARD e3 is the quietest cabinet on the market with the lowest heat generation and minimal vibration, which means you'll finish your day feeling as good as when you started.
Experience easier cleaning – an exceptionally reliable membrane-sealed control panel, a one-piece work surface, and radiused, cove corners allow for faster, more thorough cleaning. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581650233730{padding-right: 40px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]Reduce service and certification downtime – an innovative electronic controller with diagnostic LEDs, detachable side panels, front loading filters, and a reinforced overall panel design makes maintenance quicker and easier. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

SafeFAST Elite (Class II A1/A2)
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_gallery type="flexslider_slide" interval="5" images="5199,5200,5198,5201,5202,5203" img_size="400x400"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]


Ordering Information:
Product |
Overall dimenion (mm): WxDxH |
Pressure |
Motor-blowers |
SafeFAST Elite 209 S | 1045 x 855 x 1545 | Negative | Single Fan |
SafeFAST Elite 209 D | 1045 x 855 x 1545 | Negative | Double Fan |
SafeFAST Elite 212 S | 1350 x 855 x 1545 | Negative | Single Fan |
SafeFAST Elite 212 D | 1350 x 855 x 1545 | Negative | Double Fan |
SafeFAST Elite 215 S | 1655 x 855 x 1545 | Negative | Single Fan |
SafeFAST Elite 215 D | 1655 x 855 x 1545 | Negative | Double Fan |
SafeFAST Elite 218 S | 1960 x 855 x 1545 | Negative | Single Fan |
SafeFAST Elite 218 D | 1960 x 855 x 1545 | Negative | Double Fan |

SafeFAST Classic (Class II A1/A2)
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_gallery type="flexslider_slide" interval="5" images="5194,5193,5188,5190,5191,5192" img_size="400x400"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

- display of laminar airflow velocity and frontal air barrier velocity
- display of inside and outside temperature
- display of residual lifetime of HEPA/ULPA filters, UV Lamp and activated carbon filter (if fitted)
- display of total number of hours of operation
- display of saturation level of HEPA/ULPA filters.
- out of range or incorrect laminar airflow velocity and frontal air barrier velocity
- incorrect position of front sash-window
- clogging of HEPA/ULPA filters
- end of life-cycle of UV lamp and saturation of activated carbon filter (if fitted)
- blockage in the exhaust duct ( if fitted )
- fan-motor malfunction
- power failure

Ordering Information:
Product |
Overall dimenion (mm): WxDxH |
Pressure |
Motor-blowers |
SafeFAST Classic 209 | 1045 x 810 x 1545 | Negative | Single Fan |
SafeFAST Classic 212 | 1350 x 810 x 1545 | Negative | Single Fan |
SafeFAST Classic 215 | 1655 x 810 x 1545 | Negative | Single Fan |
SafeFAST Classic 218 | 1960 x 810 x 1545 | Negative | Single Fan |

HWF Flammable Liquid Safety Cabinets (Cans)
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" shape="square" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.herbertwilliams.com%2Fmedia%2Fuploads%2Ffiles%2F29_pdfsam_HW_CAT_2015_small.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
- All welded double wall 18 gauge construction with 1-1/2” insulating air space
- 2” leakproof sill to contain leaks
- Lockable flush mounted handle (gripper pad) with 2 keys
- Doors have 3 point locking system and radius edges
- Doors are double walled, 14 gauge outside & 18 gauge inside
- 4” heavy duty welded hinges with brass pins
- Twin 2” flame arrester vents
- Adjustable leveling feet
- Powder coated yellow finish (see options)
- Safety signage in large red letters
- Galvanized steel shelves adjust on 2-1/2” centers
- Grounding connector
- Meets OSHA and NFPA code 30 & UFC 79 standards
- Chemical storage maximum - Class I & II - 60 gallons, Class III - 120 gallons

Manual Doors | Self-close | Bi-fold | Capacity | Products dscription & dimension h x w x d | Shelves | FM | M WT | S WT | B WT |
HWF6M | HWF6S | - | 6 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 1 DOOR 22 X 23 X 18 | 1 | N | 110 | 130 | - |
HWF12M | HWF12S | - | 12 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 1 DOOR 35 X 23 x 18 | 1 | Y | 140 | 160 | - |
HWF18M | HWF18S | - | 18 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 1 DOOR 44 X 23 x 18 | 1 | Y | 170 | 190 | - |
HWF24M | HWF24S | - | 24 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 1 DOOR 65 X 23 x 18 | 2 | Y | 234 | 254 | - |
HWF40M | HWF40S | - | 40 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 1 DOOR 44 X 23 | 1 | Y | 270 | 290 | - |
HWF22M | HWF22S | - | 22 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 35 X 34 x 18 | 1 | Y | 170 | 190 | - |
HWF28M | HWF28S | - | 28 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 44 X 34 x 18 | 1 | Y | 220 | 240 | - |
HWF30M | HWF30S | HWF30B | 30 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 44 X 43 x 18 | 1 | Y | 240 | 260 | 270 |
HWF44M | HWF44S | - | 44 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 65 X 34 x 18 | 2 | Y | 290 | 310 | - |
HWF45M | HWF45S | HWF45B | 45 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 65 X 43 x 18 | 2 | Y | 358 | 378 | 388 |
HWF60M | HWF60S | HWF60B | 60 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 65 X 34 x 34 | 2 | Y | 430 | 450 | 460 |
HWF90M | HWF90S | HWF90B | 90 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 65 X 43 x 34 | 2 | Y | 470 | 490 | 500 |
HWF120M | - | - | 120 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 65 X 59 x 34 | 2 | Y | 540 | - | - |
HWVC120M | - | - | 120 | FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET COMBO UNIT 1 DRUM & 12 - 5GAL CANS | 2 | Y | 540 | - | - |

Body Shower with Eye/Face Shower and Bowl
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Body Shower with Eye/Face Shower and Bowl, Modular
Model: 17656009 Body shower with eye/face shower and bowl, modular. In brass and SS with chemical resistant red BROEN-LAB Polycoat with self-draining shower head. Eye wash with built-in FLOWFIX for regulation of water flow (14 l/min). Bowl in Stainless Steel with integrated outlet. Min. working pressure: 1.5 ba Weight: Approx. 17kg BROEN-LAB has developed the body showers, which comply to EN15154-1 and ANSI Z358.1 norms and also offer many improved features. SAFETY - Flow rate in according to EN15154-1 - Spray pattern according to the EN 15154-1 OPERATION - Plug and Play assembly RELIABILITY - Plug and Play Spare Parts - Anti-limescale design and material - Improved functionality - Long lifetime [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Combination Shower/Eyewash w/ SS Bowl Hand/Food Operated
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
COMBINATION SHOWER/EYEWASH WITH SS BOWL HAND/FOOT OPERATED
Model: 01050281 SPECIFICATION: Third party certified to ANSI Z358.1, thecombination shower and eyewash shall deliver 30 gpm (113.6 lpm) @ 30/70 psi (206.8/482.6 kPa) of flowing pressure from the shower head and 2.4 gpm (9.1 lpm) @ 30/70 psi (206.8/482.6 kPa) of flowing pressure from the eyewash. Unit shall provide a non-injurious stream of water for 15 minutes or longer. Combination unit shall be supplied with chrome plated (CP) bronze single motion activation stay open ball valves with CP balls. Valve sizes: shower 1”, eyewash ½”. Unit shall include dual operated hand or foot treadle actuators for the eyewash, SS actuator with actuation graphic for shower, schedule 80 hot dip galvanized steel piping and 1¼” supply/drain connection with flanged floor mounting plate for free-standing installation. Shower head shall be supplied with self-adjusting 30 gpm (113.6 lpm) regulator. Eyewash heads to be supplied with self-adjusting 2.4 gpm (9.1 lpm) regulator to assure a constant and even dual stream flow pattern under 30/70 psi (206.8/482.6 kPa) hydraulic conditions. Shower head and foot treadle to be manufactured of UV resistant high visibility yellow ABS plastic. Shower head must deliver a minimum of 20” (50.8 cm) diameter pattern tothe target area 60” (152.4 cm) above standing level. Eyewash heads with integral hinged cover to be manufactured of solvent resistant acetal mounted on a chrome plated brass wye in a type 304 SS bowl. Eyewash covers are provided to inhibit dust and/or contamination when not in use. Combination units that provide improper flow pattern or contain deteriorating screens/filters are not acceptable. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION: PIPING: Schedule 80 hot dip galvanized steel. VALVES: Chrome plated bronze stay open ball valves with chrome plated balls, stainless steel valve stems, ABS plastic foot treadle (eyewash), stainless steel push plate with actuation graphic (eyewash) and stainless steel pull rod assembly with actuation graphic (shower). SHOWER HEAD: Yellow ABS plastic shower head. EYEWASH HEAD: Acetal dual stream heads with integral hinged cover and chrome plated brass wye assembly. BOWL: Type 304 stainless steel. REGULATOR: Self adjusting 30 gpm (113.6 lpm) shower and (2) 1.2 gpm (4.5 lpm) eyewash regulators. SUPPLY: 1 ¼” NPT WASTE: 1 ¼” NPT WEIGHT: 61 lbs (27.66 kgs) [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Combination Shower/Eyewash
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Galvanized Pipe 30 gpm Shower, 3.2 gpm Eyewash
Model Number: 01050207Galvanized Pipe
SHOWER HEAD
EYEWASH FOUNTAIN CHOICES
- ABS plastic heads, wye and float off covers secured with SS bead chans; self adjusting regulator to flow at 3.2 gpm (12.1 lpm).*
- Acetal heads with hinged covers, BCP wye; self-adjusting regulation to flow at 2.4 gpm (9.1 lpm)*.
FACEWASH FOUNTAIN CHOICES
- ABS plastic heads, wye and float off covers secured with SS bead chans; self adjusting regulator to flow at 8.0 gpm (30.3 lpm).
- ABS plastic heads and float off covers secured with SS bead chains, BCP wye; self-adjusting regulator to flow at 8.0 gpm (30.3 lpm)*.
30 gpm Shower, 3.2 gpm Eyewash
- Pipe: Schedule 80 - Galvanized
- Shower Head: ABS Plastic - 30 gpm
- Fountain Type: 3.2 gpm Eyewash - ABS Heads & Wye
- Special Features: Yello-Bowl®

ChemFAST Elite
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_gallery type="flexslider_slide" interval="5" images="5142,5143,5144,5145,5146,5147,5148,5149" img_size="400x400"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]
- A/C FILTER: it is the most widely used filter in the range, and is used primarily for solvent fume removal. It is manufactured from coconut shell based activated carbon of 4 x 8 USS mesh size and surface area up to 1050 m2/gm. Filtration is achieved by the physical adsorption of molecules in the pores of the activated carbon by Van der Waals forces.
- ACR FILTER: This filter is impregnated with halide salts and is used for the high efficiency removal of iodine and methyl iodine. It is frequently used for iodination reactions with low-level radioactive iodine and efficiencies in excess of 99,99% have been measured.
- FORM FILTER: this filter is impregnate with an oxidizing agent to oxidize formaldehyde to form salts. It is widely used in hospital pathology and cytology laboratories.
- SULF FILTER:
- UR FILTER:
- CYAN FILTER:
- AM FILTER:
- H14 HEPA/ULPA FILTER
Ordering Information:
Product |
Overall dimenion (mm): WxDxH |
Pressure |
Motor-blowers |
ChemFAST Elite 06 | 595 x 760 x 1120 | Negative | Single Fan |
ChemFAST Elite 09 | 885 x 760 x 1120 | Negative | Single Fan |
ChemFAST Elite 12 | 1185 x 760 x 1120 | Negative | Single Fan |
ChemFAST Elite 15 | 1500 x 760 x 1120 | Negative | Double Fan |
ChemFAST Elite 18 | 1800 x 760 x 1120 | Negative | Double Fan |

HORIZON Reference Standards
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Gene Editing
Understand disease mechanisms at the genomic level
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575446085693{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]Edit-R gene editing reagents
Optimized tools for high-confidence genome engineering.[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Search reagents" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fnavigation%2Fgene-editing%2Fgene-editing-reagents|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451166398{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575446099484{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]Cell models
Work with relevant cell models, specific to any application. Ready-to-go or tailored to individual needs.[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Get started" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fnavigation%2Fgene-editing%2Fcell-models|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451172474{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/4YKFw2KZA5o" align="right"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575447412948{background-color: #3a8e78 !important;}"]Gene Modulation Reagents
Understand disease mechanisms at the genomic level
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575447930627{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]Gene knockdown
RNAi solutions by Dharmacon™ make gene silencing simple, so you can focus on the functional result![/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Knockdown a gene" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fnavigation%2Fgene-modulation%2Fknockdown|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451140014{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575447886452{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]Gene overexpression
CRISPR activation, cDNA & ORF reagents for reliable gene expression solutions to suit any workflow.[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Express a gene" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fnavigation%2Fgene-modulation%2Foverexpression|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451178780{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575448025770{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]Top 3 tips for RNAi experiment success
Suggestions from our team of PhD trained scientists for getting your RNAi experiments working successfully![/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Read more" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fresources%2Ffeatured-articles%2Ftop-three-tips-for-troubleshooting-your-rnai-experiment|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451184556{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575450219390{background-color: #cc7116 !important;}"]Cell-based screening services
From target selection to patient stratification. Working with you from consultation to delivery - providing functional genomic and cell panel screening services.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575450331552{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]Functional genomic screens
Identify and characterize therapeutic targets and biomarkers
- Determine relevant gene function
- Investigate drug/gene interactions
- Ensure data quality - generated using the latest CRISPR or RNAi reagents
Cell panel screens
Identify cells that respond to your therapeutic
- Obtain trustworthy, reproducible data sets
- Receive full analysis and comprehensive report
- Screen in 2D and 3D models - spheroid and organoids
Screening libraries
Ensure library specificity - algorithm optimized guide RNA
- Choose from CRISPR, CRISPRa and RNAi, pooled and arrayed formats
- Freedom with custom library design
Immune cell-based assays
Evaluate therapeutic efficacy in immune-cell-based environments[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Find out more" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fnavigation%2Fscreening%2Fcell-panel-screening%2FImmune-cell-based-assay-screens|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451209149{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575451069035{background-color: #4733a0 !important;}"]Validation tools for molecular diagnostics
Consistency from assay development to routine monitoring
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575452602325{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]Next generation sequencing (NGS)
Bring consistency to NGS workflows- From assay development to routine monitoring
- Mimic patient samples with commutable controls
Large panel NGS
Have confidence in large panel NGS worfklows- OncoSpan - the largest oncology reference standard
- Multiple variant types, including structural and fusions
Sanger and qPCR
Reference standards at precise allele frequencies- single gene, multi-variant controls
- well-characterized, commutable material
Download Flyer
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_btn title="Multi-Gene Multiplex" style="flat" shape="square" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2019%2F12%2FMulti-Gene-Multiplex-Flyer.pdf|||" css=".vc_custom_1575512619232{padding-left: 20px !important;}"][vc_btn title="EGFR Multiplex cfDNA Set Product" style="flat" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2019%2F12%2FEGFR-Multiplex-cfDNA-Set-Product-Flyer.pdf|||" css=".vc_custom_1575512672380{padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_btn title="Myeloid DNA Product" style="flat" shape="square" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2019%2F12%2FMyeloid-DNA-Product-Flyer.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_btn title="structural Multiplex Product" style="flat" shape="square" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2019%2F12%2FStructural-Multiplex-Product-Flyer.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_btn title="OncoSpan Product" style="flat" shape="square" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2019%2F12%2FOncoSpan-Product-Flyer.pdf|||"][/vc_column][/vc_row]
nUVaClean™ UV Pipette Carousel
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]MTC’s ProPette nUVaClean™ is the first and only pipette rack that not only organizes and protects six pipettes, but also destroys up to 99% of unwanted contamination. The new nUVaClean™ uses a germicidal UV-C mercury vapor lamp. A high-efficiency reflector/concentrator completely bathes pipette shafts in 254nm UV light. This exposure destroys unwanted microbiological contaminants and prevents cross-contamination in PCR and other sensitive procedures.
Just place single-channel pipettes of any range or brand in the nUVaClean™ and press the “start” button to begin the auto-decon cycle. After 28 minutes the nUVaClean will power down automatically, delivering up to 6 pipettes that are safe, clean and ready for use.
• UV-C Lamp and reflector system destroys 99% of DNA
• Eliminates cross-contamination
• 360° UV Exposure
• Fits virtually any pipette
• Compact 6.5in. (17cm) footprint
• Made in the USA[/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/RiJHSm_Yu2c" title="Model P5590-E"][vc_column_text]
Cat No. | Description |
P5590-E | ProPette nUVaClean™ UV Pipette Carousel w/ germicidal UV lamp, for 6 universal pipettes, 230V (EU, UK, or AU plug) |

OmniaTap (Type I + II water)
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
OmniaTap
Der Allrounder. For H2O pure types I + II.
OmniaTap is the ideal system when both pure water and ultrapure water are required, but in relatively small amounts. The ability to provide both types from a single system results from the combination of ultramodern purification technologies. These also make it possible to connect the system directly to tap water. A press on the dispenser button activates dispensing of ultrapure water type I via the digital dispenser control. The recirculation of the pure water held in the installed 10 litre tank keeps it permanently at type II quality. The pure water tank has a second outlet for feeding downstream end users.Features







One hand operation
Easy water dispensing
Flexible on a work surface

Specifications | OmniaTap | OmniaTap UV | OmniaTap UV/UF |
Type I | |||
Conductivit µS/cm | 0.055 | 0.055 | 0.055 |
Resistance MΩ x cm | 18.2 | 18.2 | 18.2 |
TOC-value* ppb | 5 – 10 | 1 – 5 | 1 – 5 |
Dispensing performance l/min. | up to 2 | up to 2 | up to 1.6 |
Endotoxins* EU/ml | - | - | < 0.001 |
Particles**/ml | < 1 | < 1 | < 1 |
Bacteria** CFU/ml | < 0.1 | < 0.1 | < 0.1 |
Type II | |||
Pure water performance l/h at 15 °C | 6 or 12 | 6 or 12 | 6 or 12 |
Conductivity µS/cm | 0.067 – 0.1 | 0.067 – 0.1 | 0.067 – 0.1 |
Resistance MΩ x cm | 15 – 10 | 15 – 10 | 15 – 10 |
Pure water tank pressurized outlet | optional | optional | optional |
Feedwater requirements | |||
Tap water according to DIN 2000 | |||
Feedwater temperature °C | + 2 up to 35 | + 2 up to 35 | + 2 up to 35 |
Manganese and iron content mg/l | < 0.05 | < 0.05 | < 0.05 |
Free chlorine content mg/l | < 0.1 | < 0.1 | < 0.1 |
Silt density index (SDI) | max. 3 | max. 3 | max. 3 |
Technical data | |||
Operating pressure bar | 2 – 6 | 2 – 6 | 2 – 6 |
Supply voltage Volt/Hz | 90-240/50-60 | 90-240/50-60 | 90-240/50-60 |
Connected load kW | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.1 |
Connector size mm | 3/4" | 3/4" | 3/4" |
Ambient temperature °C | + 2 up to + 35 | + 2 up to + 35 | + 2 up to + 35 |
Dimensions*** W x H x D mm | 390 x 720 x 615 | 390 x 720 x 615 | 390 x 720 x 615 |
Weight kg | 20 | 21 | 21 |
* in dependence on the feedwater quality ** with sterilizing filter 0.2 µm *** with OptiFill Dispenser |
Order no. | System type* | Typical applications |
18200051 | OmniaTap 6 | AAS, IC, ICP, buffers and media preparation |
18200101 | OmniaTap 12 | AAS, IC, ICP, buffers and media preparation |
18200052 | OmniaTap 6 UV | Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC |
18200102 | OmniaTap 12 UV | Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC |
18200053 | OmniaTap 6 UV/UF | Life science and microbiology, cell culture media |
18200103 | OmniaTap 12 UV/UF | Life science and microbiology, cell culture media |
Accessories | |
19200300 | Wall mount Omnia |
19200056 | Disinfection kit Omnia |
19200057 | Disinfectant Omnia – 3 pcs./pack |
19200021 | Pre-treatment unit OmniaTap –10“ |

Hunting the Inheritance of Huntington’s Disease MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Hunting the Inheritance of Huntington’s Disease MiniLab (Order no. M3010)
System(s) required: Electrophoresis
- 5 Ready-to-load DNA samples: (4 samples, 1 DNA ladder)
- Ten 2% Agarose gel cups
- One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
- 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes: 11 tubes in 5 colors (55 total)
- One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
- Teacher guide

Candy Color Electrophoresis MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Candy Color Electrophoresis MiniLab (Order no. M3009)
System(s) required: Electrophoresis
- Ten 1% Agarose gel cups
- One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
- One bag of 1.7 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
- Dye extraction buffer
- Candies in six colors
- Dye extraction trays
- Teacher guide

PCR Cycle Number Analysis MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
PCR Cycle Number Analysis MiniLab (Order no. M6005)
System(s) required: PCR- Ten 1% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
- One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
- FastTaq PCR MasterMix (2X)
- Forward and reverse primer set
- Lambda phage genomic DNA sample
- MiniOne® DNA marker
- MiniOne® 5X sample loading dye
- One bag of 0.2 mL thin-wall PCR tubes
- One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- Teacher guide

Restriction Analysis of DNA MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Restriction Analysis of DNA MiniLab (Order no. M6053)
System(s) required: Electrophoresis | PCR- Ten 1.5% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
- Undigested DNA Sample
- Three pre-digested DNA controls
- MiniOne® Universal DNA marker
- Enzyme dilution buffer
- Two restriction enzymes
- MiniOne® 5X Sample Loading Dye
- One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
- One bag of 0.65 mL multi-colored microcentrifuge tubes
- One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
- 0.2 mL PCR tubes
- Teacher guide

DNA Fingerprinting MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
DNA Fingerprinting MiniLab (Order no. M3004)
System(s) required: Electrophoresis
- Develop an understanding of gel electrophoresis and its principles
- Analyze results and deduce a probable outcome by using molecular tools, such as restriction enzymes
- Students cast, load, and run their own agarose gels and watch DNA band separation in real time
- Mammals inherit half their genome from their mother and half from their father- students use this fact to trace the parentage of a baby whale
- Large numbers of bands present a challenge for visual pattern recognition – learn how a qualitative result can be made exact through precise and logical analysis
- Store in the refrigerator; GreenGel™ Cups should be left in the original package and protected from light; guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
- Ten 1% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
- Five DNA samples
- One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
- One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
- Teacher guide

PTC Genetics MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
PTC Genetics MiniLab (Order no. M3003)
System(s) required: Electrophoresis
- Students construct a hypothesis about single trait Mendelian inheritance and design an experiment to test it
- Cast, load, and run DNA samples from a family to connect genotype to phenotype
- Construct a Punnett square and a family tree to explain experimental results
- Store in the refrigerator; GreenGel Cups should be left in the original package and protected from light; guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
- Ten 2% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
- Six pre-digested DNA samples
- Forty pieces of PTC tasting test paper
- One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
- One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
- Teacher guide

Electrophoresis 101 MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Electrophoresis 101 MiniLab (Order no. M3001)
System(s) required: Electrophoresis
- Give your students the complete hands-on experience of casting, loading, running, documenting, and analyzing electrophoresis gels.
- Students will develop an understanding of gel electrophoresis principles by observing separation of dye and DNA samples
- Students use their data to create a standard curve for DNA fragments of known molecular weight the calculate the weight of unknown DNA fragments
- An essential introduction to electrophoresis and one of our most popular labs
- Store in the refrigerator; GreenGel™ Cups should be left in the original package and protected from light; guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
- Ten 1% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
- Three color dye samples and three DNA samples
- One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
- One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
- Teacher guide

A Taste of Genetics MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
A Taste of Genetics MiniLab with Electrophoresis Reagents and Micropipette Tips (Order no. M6013)
System(s) required: Electrophoresis | PCR
- Ten 2% Agarose GreenGel™ Cups
- One bottle of 100 mL TBE buffer concentrate
- DNA extraction solution
- Forward and reverse primers for PTC genes
- Taq polymerase master mix (2X)
- HaeIII restriction enzyme
- Restriction enzyme dilution buffer
- MiniOne® Sample Loading Dye (5X)
- MiniOne® Molecular Weight Marker
- One bag of 0.2mL thin-walled PCR tubes
- One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- Forty PTC taste strips
- Ten racks of micropipette tips, 96 tips/rack, 1-200µL

NGSS-Aligned Color Dyes and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
NGSS-Aligned Color Dyes and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab (Order no. M3008)
System(s) required: Electrophoresis- Ten 1% agarose gel cups
- Six color dye samples
- One set of filter papers and green food coloring for exploring paper chromatography
- One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
- One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- One bag of 1-200 µL micropipette tips
- Downloadable PDF manual which includes comprehensive background readings, student worksheets, and teacher support materials

CSI Forensics MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
CSI Forensics MiniLab (Order no. M3005)
System(s) required: ElectrophoresisThanks to shows like CSI, forensics is a popular field that interests all types of students. Using the CSI Forensics MiniLab, students develop an understanding of forensic science and gel electrophoresis while investigating the mystery of who killed Dr. Ward.
Description Ideal for 9-12th grade Biology and Forensic Science students, this MiniLab contains materials for 10 groups (30-40 students). Using the MiniOne System and this CSI Forensics MiniLab, students get a chance to be crime scene investigators in the classroom.- Students cast, load, and run agarose gels using DNA from a crime scene, victim, and three suspects
- Logically integrate multiple lines of evidence, including fingerprints, hair samples, and DNA profiling to connect an individual with a crime scene
- Understand the statistical principles of human identification using DNA
- Store in the refrigerator; GreenGel Cups should be left in the original package and protected from light; guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
- Ten 1% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
- Five DNA samples
- One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
- One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
- Teacher guide

Gel Loading Practice MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Gel Loading Practice MiniLab (Order no. M3002)
System(s) required: ElectrophoresisStudents can master the skills to load an agarose gel with the Gel Loading Practice Kit from MiniOne Systems.
Description Students can master loading, handling, and dispensing liquids with micropipettes – essential skills in any biotech lab – with the Gel Loading Practice Kit. Required for first-time micropipette users and strongly recommended for anyone who needs practice pipetting.- Learn how to handle and adjust a variable volume micropipette
- Master pipetting technique with plastic target sheets
- Develop gel loading skills with a practice agar gels. Practice gels have enough wells that every student can practice until they become confident with the technique
- Gels can be fitted inside the MiniOne® carriage for a real-to-life gel loading experience
- Optimal for 6-9th grade or first-time pipette users
- Store in the refrigerator; guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
- Twenty precast agar gels
- Twenty practice pipetting sheets
- Two tubes of dye samples (10 mL each)
- One bag of 1.7 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
- Teacher guide

OmniaPure (Type I water)
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
OmniaPure
The specialist. For H2O pure type I.
When your need is for highest quality pure water that fulfils the demands of analytical and life science laboratory requirements, then one of these OmniaPure systems type will be right for you. You can configurate it. The incorporated pre-treatment constantly ensures the reliability of your experimental results and reduces running costs.Features







One hand operation
Easy water dispensing
Fits neatly on the wall
Flexible on a work surface
Dispenser on the bench
Dispenser on the wall

Specifications | OmniaPure | OmniaPure UV | UV-TOC | OmniaPure UV/UF | UV-TOC/UF |
Type I | |||
Conductivity µS/cm | 0.055 | 0.055 | 0.055 |
Resistance MΩ x cm | 18.2 | 18.2 | 18.2 |
TOC-value* ppb | 5 – 10 | 1 – 5 | 1 – 5 |
TOC monitor | – | – / yes | – / yes |
Dispensing performance l/min. | up to 2 | up to 2 | up to 1.6 |
Endotoxins* EU/ml | – | – | < 0.001 |
RNase* ng/ml | – | – | < 0,01 |
DNase* pg/µl | – | – | < 4 |
Particles**/ml | < 1 | < 1 | < 1 |
Bacteria** CFU/ml | < 0,1 | < 0,1 | < 0,1 |
Feedwater requirements | |||
Water prepared by ion exchange, reverse osmosis, electrodionisation or distillation | |||
Feedwater temperature °C | + 2 up to 35 | + 2 up to 35 | + 2 up to 35 |
Input conductivity µS/cm | < 30 | < 30 | < 30 |
TOC-value ppb | < 50 | < 50 | < 50 |
Technical data | |||
Operating pressure bar | 0.5 – 6 | 0.5 – 6 | 0.5 – 6 |
Supply voltage Volt/Hz | 90-240/50-60 | 90-240/50-60 | 90-240/50-60 |
Connected load kW | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.1 |
Connector size mm | 3/4" | 3/4" | 3/4" |
Ambient temperature °C | + 2 up to + 35 | + 2 up to + 35 | + 2 up to + 35 |
Dimensions*** W x H x D mm | 390 x 720 x 525 | 390 x 720 x 525 | 390 x 720 x 525 |
Dimensions production unit W x H x D mm | 390 x 480 x 380 | 390 x 480 x 380 | 390 x 480 x 380 |
Dimensions OptiFill Wall dispenser | 100 x 520 x 460 | 100 x 520 x 460 | 100 x 520 x 460 |
Dimensions OptiFill Bench dispenser | 140 x 580 x 520 | 140 x 580 x 520 | 140 x 580 x 520 |
Weight kg | 19 | 20 | 20 |
* in dependence on the feedwater quality ** with sterilizing filter 0.2 µm *** with OptiFill Dispenser |
* filter cartridges and sterile filter capsule 0.2 μm included
** The Omnia production unit can either be installed on a bench, on a wall or under the bench.
Accessories | |
19200300 | Wall mount Omnia |
19200056 | Disinfection kit Omnia |
19200057 | Disinfectant Omnia – 3 Pc./Pkg. |

Foodborne Outbreak Investigation MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Foodborne Outbreak Investigation MiniLab (Order no. M3006)
System(s) required: Electrophoresis
- 2-day lab recommended for AP, Honors, and advanced biology students
- Develop an understanding of foodborne outbreaks and foodborne illness, topics that are frequently in the news and relatable to students’ lives
- Translate information expressed as text into other visual forms, such as tables and charts, to systematically analyze data
- Apply forensic science principles to construct a hypothesis about which food caused partygoers to become ill
- Design an experiment to test the hypothesis using appropriate positive and negative controls
- Cast, load, run, and analyze an agarose gel to determine which food sample contains the pathogen
- Students evaluate and critique experimental approaches used by their own team and by others in the class
- Store in the refrigerator; GreenGel™ Cups should be left in the original package and protected from light; guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
- Ten 1% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
- Eleven DNA samples
- One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
- Two bags of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
- Teacher guide, a two-part detailed guide with background information and step-by-step procedures
- Quiz question bank and answers

PCR 101 MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
PCR 101 MiniLab with Micropipette Tips (Order no. M6004)
System(s) required: PCRLearn the fundamentals of PCR with the PCR 101 MiniLab. This kit includes 10 racks of micropipette tips.
Description Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) is an essential technique in today’s molecular biology and biotech applications. Starting with a small sample of DNA, scientists can produce billions of copies of a specific fragment quickly and affordably. With our PCR 101 and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab, students amplify fragments from the Lambda phage genome while learning the mechanism of DNA amplification with PCR and analyze their results using gel electrophoresis.- Fast, affordable, and hands-on lab to teach the fundamentals of PCR
- Students will understand the molecular mechanism of Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) and gel electrophoresis
- Students set up, program, and monitor their own PCR reactions via a wireless mobile device
- Students cast, load, and run a gel to estimate the size of PCR fragments in comparison to a molecular weight standard
- Store at 4°C
- Hands-on lab that can be completed in two class periods
- Guaranteed stable for three months with proper storage
- FastTaq PCR MasterMix (2X)
- Three primer sets, both forward and reverse primers included in each set
- Lambda phage genomic DNA
- Sterile nuclease-free water
- MiniOne® DNA marker
- MiniOne® 5X sample loading dye
- One bag of 0.2 mL thin-wall PCR tubes
- One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- Ten racks of micropipette tips, 96 tips/rack, 1-200µL
- Teacher guide

PCR 101 and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
PCR 101 and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab With Micropipette Tips (Order no. M6003)
System(s) required: Electrophoresis | PCRLearn the fundamentals of PCR with the PCR 101 and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab.
Description Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) is an essential technique in today’s molecular biology and biotech applications. Starting with a small sample of DNA, scientists can produce billions of copies of a specific fragment quickly and affordably. With our PCR 101 and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab, students amplify fragments from the Lambda phage genome while learning the mechanism of DNA amplification with PCR and analyze their results using gel electrophoresis.- Fast, affordable, and hands-on lab to teach the fundamentals of PCR
- Students will understand the molecular mechanism of Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) and gel electrophoresis
- Students set up, program, and monitor their own PCR reactions via a wireless mobile device
- Students cast, load, and run a gel to estimate the size of PCR fragments in comparison to a molecular weight standard
- Hands-on lab that can be completed in two class periods
- Store at 4°C; GreenGel™ Cups should be left in the original box and protected from light
- Guaranteed stable for three months with proper storage
- FastTaq PCR MasterMix (2X)
- Three primer sets, both forward and reverse primers included in each set
- Lambda phage genomic DNA
- Sterile nuclease-free water
- MiniOne® DNA marker
- MiniOne® 5X sample loading dye
- Ten 2% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
- One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
- One bag of 0.2 mL thin-wall PCR tubes
- One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- Ten racks of micropipette tips, 96 tips/rack, 1-200µL
- Teacher guide

Restriction Digest Basics MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Restriction Digest Basics MiniLab (Order no. M6050)
System(s) required: Electrophoresis | PCR- Teacher and student guides with background information, step-by-step procedures, questions for critical thinking, student worksheets for analysis, and sample answers for teachers
- Hands-on lab that can be completed in one 50-minute class period
- Store at 4°C; GreenGel™ Cups should be left in the original box and protected from light
- Guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
- Ten 1.5% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
- Four DNA Samples (three pre-digested, one undigested)
- MiniOne® Universal DNA marker
- One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
- One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
- Teacher guide

Colorful Dye Electrophoresis MiniLab
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Colorful Dye Electrophoresis MiniLab (Order no. M3007)
System(s) required: Electrophoresis
This fun, eye-catching lab helps introduce students in grades 4 – 10 to concepts like gel electrophoresis, electricity, and macromolecules. Includes enough materials for 10 student groups.
Description This fun and colorful lab introduces students to gel electrophoresis principles, including the basics of electricity and macromolecules. Teach students to predict how molecular size and electrical charge affect a molecule’s migration in a separation matrix. Appropriate for middle school and beginning high school students (grades 4-10). Materials Included in Each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:- Ten 1% agarose gel cups
- Nine color dye samples
- One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
- One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
- Teacher guide

OmniaLabED+ (Type I + II water)
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
OmniaLabED+
The big one. For H2O pure types I + II.
OmniaLabED+ is the system of choice when both pure water and ultrapure water are needed for the entire laboratory. The system complies with international water standards such as ASTM, ISO 3696 and CLSI. The economy of it is maximized by the inclusion of a continuously self-regenerating electrodeionizer, without having to give any demanding analytical applications a pass. Further to this, each OmniaLabED+-system holds 100 litres of pure water type II ready for withdrawal in a storage tank that is equipped with quality recirculation. OmniaLabED+ is exactly right as pure water supplier to autoclaves and laboratory washing machines.Features







One hand operation
Easy water dispensing
Flexible on a work surface
Tank fits space-savingly under the bench-top

Specifications | OmniaLabED+20 | OmniaLabED+40 | OmniaLabED+70 |
Type I | |||
Conductivity μS/cm | 0.055 | 0.055 | 0.055 |
Resistance M Ω x cm | 18.2 | 18.2 | 18.2 |
TOC-value* ppb (with UV-unit) | 1 – 5 | 1 – 5 | 1 – 5 |
Dispensing performance dispenser l/min. | up to 2 | up to 2 | up to 2 |
Particles**/ml | < 1 | < 1 | < 1 |
Bacteria** CFU/ml | < 0.1 | < 0.1 | < 0.1 |
Type II | |||
Pure water performance l/h at 15 °C | 20 | 40 | 70 |
Conductivity µS/cm | 0.067 – 1 | 0.067 – 1 | 0.067 – 1 |
Resistance* MΩ x cm | 15 – 1 | 15 – 1 | 15 – 1 |
Silicate removal** % | 99.9 | 99.9 | 99.9 |
Pure water tank pressurized outlet | yes | yes | yes |
Feedwater requirements | |||
Drinking water according to DIN 2000 | |||
Feedwater temperature °C | + 2 up to 35 | + 2 up to 35 | + 2 up to 35 |
Manganese and iron content mg/l | < 0.05 | < 0.05 | < 0.05 |
Free chlorine content mg/l | < 0.1 | < 0.1 | < 0.1 |
Silt density index (SDI) | max. 3 | max. 3 | max. 3 |
Technical data | |||
Operating pressure bar | 2 – 6 | 2 – 6 | 2 – 6 |
Supply voltage Volt/Hz | 90-240/50-60 | 90-240/50-60 | 90-240/50-60 |
Connected load kW | 0.25 | 0.25 | 0.25 |
Connector size mm | 3/4" | 3/4" | 3/4" |
Ambient temperature °C | + 2 up to + 35 | + 2 up to + 35 | + 2 up to + 35 |
Dimensions Tower*** W x H x D mm | 511 x 1520 x 575 | 511 x 1520 x 575 | 511 x 1520 x 575 |
Dimensions Base cabinet tank mm | 511 x 800 x 575 | 511 x 800 x 575 | 511 x 800 x 575 |
Weight kg | 43 | 43 | 45 |
* in dependence on the feedwater quality ** with sterilizing filter 0.2 µm *** with OptiFill Dispenser |
Article no. | System type* | Typical applications |
18700020 | OmniaLabED+20 | Feedwater for autoclaves and laboratory washers |
18700040 | OmniaLabED+40 | Feedwater for autoclaves and laboratory washers |
18700070 | OmniaLabED+70 | Feedwater for autoclaves and laboratory washers |
* RO cartridge, ultrapure water cartridge, sterile filter capsule 0.2 μm, sterile overflow and sterile vent filter + CO2 absorber included
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Accessories | |
16125000 | Water softener MixMulti 32 |
19200020 | Pre-treatment unit OmniaLab - 10“ |
19200050 | UV Flow through disinfection – 254 nm |
19200052 | UV Unit for TOC reduction – 254 nm |
16561200 | External pressure booster pump MQ 2000 |
16561600 | External pressure booster pump MQ 3000 |

The MiniOne PCR System
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The MiniOne PCR System (Order no. M4000)
MiniOne PCR System is a fast, intuitive, and accessible unit designed specifically for teaching hands-on DNA amplification in classrooms.
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]MiniOne PCR System has a 16-sample capacity, 4°C to 99°C temperature range with heated lid, constant temperature for PCR cycling programs, Peltier element for fast heating and cooling, intuitive app for programming and monitoring on a mobile device (Android or iPad), no cables or access to your school’s wifi needed. With the MiniOne PCR System, DNA samples are amplified and ready to run in one classroom period.- MiniOne Thermal Cycler for 16 samples – CE marked
- Power supply (12V, 100W, 100 – 240 VAC) – CE marked
- Heated lid to prevent condensation
- 4°C to 99°C temperature range, samples held at 4°C at the end of every protocol
- PCR cycling or constant temperature modes
- Standard 30-cycle protocols can be adapted to complete in one classroom period
- Intuitive graphical software app on mobile device for programming and monitoring
- No cables or access to school wifi needed for connection to mobile device (iPad or Android)
- Real-time visualization of temperature cycling on mobile device
- Protocols can be stored and edited on mobile device. Unlimited storage for protocols and data
- PCR Validation Kit





Android Mobile Controller with MiniOne PCR Programming App
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Android Mobile Controller with MiniOne® PCR Programming App (Order no. M4050)
Purchase an Android Mobile Tablet preloaded with the MiniOne PCR Programming App for use with your MiniOne PCR System.
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]This Android mobile tablet comes with MiniOne® PCR Programming App pre-loaded. With a 7-inch, full color graphic display, it offers a modern, student-centered interface with Bluetooth® LE connectivity for programming and monitoring your MiniOne® PCR System.* * MiniOne® PCR System sold separately. [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_btn title="MiniLabs - Reagent Kits" style="classic" shape="square" color="info" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]




MiniOne PCR System with Android Mobile Controller
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
MiniOne PCR System with Android Mobile Controller (Order no. M4001)
MiniOne PCR System and the Android Mobile Control Tablet preloaded with the MiniOne PCR Control App is a fast, intuitive, and accessible system specifically for teaching hands-on DNA amplification in classrooms.
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]MiniOne PCR System has a 16-sample capacity, 4°C to 99°C temperature range with heated lid, constant temperature for PCR cycling programs, Peltier element for fast heating and cooling, intuitive app for programming and monitoring on a mobile device (Android, iPad, or iPhone), no cables or access to your school’s wifi needed. With the MiniOne PCR System, DNA samples are amplified and ready to run in one classroom period.- System includes one MiniOne Thermal Cycler for 16 samples
- Power supply (12V, 100W, 100 – 240 VAC)
- Heated lid to prevent condensation
- 4°C to 99°C temperature range, samples held at 4°C at the end of every protocol
- PCR cycling or constant temperature modes
- Standard 30-cycle protocols can be adapted to complete in one classroom period
- Intuitive graphical software app on mobile device for programming and monitoring
- No cables or access to school wifi needed for connection to mobile device (Android or iPad or iPhone)
- Real-time visualization of temperature cycling on mobile device
- Protocols can be stored and edited on mobile device. Unlimited storage for protocols and data
- PCR Validation Kit
- Android mobile device with 7-inch, full color graphic display, and preloaded with modern, student-centered App connected via Bluetooth® LE for programming and monitoring the MiniOne® PCR System.





The MiniOne System
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The MiniOne System (Order no. M1000)
- See DNA bands in 5 minutes and finish running your gel in 20 minutes!
- Complete lab within one 45 minute class period
- Low voltage and ultra-safe design disengages power to the buffer tank when magnets on the photo hood are not in contact with the reed switches in carriage unit
- Power supply only has 1 wire so there’s less mess to worry about
- Unit is CE marked
- Easy to take and share photos with your smartphone!
- Convenient for work in groups of up to 4 students
- Click here to download the MiniOne Electrophoresis Manual
Each MiniOne System Includes:
- 1 x MiniOne carriage with blue LED lights
- 1 x buffer tank with graphite electrodes
- 1 x casting system with 2 gel trays and 2 reversible combs for 6 and 9 well gels
- 1 x amber filter photo hood for real-time viewing and capturing gel images
- 1 x 42V (output) power supply, 100–240V (input)
- FREE 2–20µl Variable Volume micropipette
- FREE validation reagent kit





MiniOne Classroom Package of 10
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
MiniOne Classroom Package of 10 (Order no. M1010)
This classroom package of 10 real-time electrophoresis units is designed to accommodate up to 40 students. Compact, ultra-safe, and classroom friendly, the MiniOne Electrophoresis System replaces your running tank, power supply and UV transilluminator and makes teaching DNA separation efficient and engaging. Each MiniOne Classroom Pack comes with 10 FREE 2–20µl variable volume micropipettes!
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]The MiniOne Classroom Package consists of 10 MiniOne Electrophoresis Systems and is designed for working in groups of 3–4 students. The classroom package is created so schools can afford a full set for up to 40 students to do hands-on lab work instead of merely watching a teacher’s demonstration.- Affordable electrophoresis equipment dedicated to high school molecular biology
- Optimal for 10 groups of up to 4 students per group
- Low voltage and ultra-safe reed switch implemented to prevent electric shock
Each MiniOne Classroom Package Includes:
- 10 x MiniOne electrophoresis carriages with blue LED lights
- 10 x buffer tanks with durable graphite electrodes
- 10 x casting systems with 2 gel trays and 2 reversible combs for 6 and 9 well gels each
- 10 x amber filter photo hoods for real time viewing and capturing gel images
- 10 x 42V (output) power supplies, 100–240V (input)
- 10 x FREE 2–20µl variable volume micropipettes
- 1 x FREE validation reagent kit





MiniOne PCR and Electrophoresis Package I
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
MiniOne® PCR and Electrophoresis Package I (Order no. M4011)
This PCR and Electrophoresis educational package combines two essential CE marked biotechnology systems for teaching hands-on biotech lab in the classroom and includes a FREE micropipette.
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]This PCR and Electrophoresis Package is ideal for teaching hands-on DNA amplification and separation in a classroom. It includes the systems needed for a group of two to three students, and includes:- One MiniOne® PCR System with one validation kit* – CE marked
- One MiniOne® Electrophoresis System – CE marked
- One FREE 2-20 microliter variable volume micropipette





MiniOne PCR and Electrophoresis Package II
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
MiniOne® PCR and Electrophoresis Package II (Order no. M4012)
This PCR/electrophoresis educational package combines two essential biotechnology systems for teaching hands-on biotech lab in the classroom and includes two FREE micropipettes.
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]This PCR/electrophoresis package is ideal for teaching hands-on DNA amplification and separate in a classroom. The package suits two groups of students and includes:- One MiniOne® PCR System – CE marked
- One PCR validation kit
- Two MiniOne® Electrophoresis Systems – CE marked
- Two FREE 2-20 microliter variable volume micropipettes





MiniOne PCR and Electrophoresis Classroom Package III
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
MiniOne® PCR and Electrophoresis Classroom Package III (Order no. M4026)
Purchase MiniOne Systems’ PCR and Electrophoresis Classroom package and bring innovative, educational hands-on biotech labs to your students.
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]This electrophoresis and PCR classroom package suits 6 groups of two to three students, making it a great value for teaching hands-on biotech classes. It includes:- Two MiniOne® PCR Systems – CE marked
- Two PCR validation kits
- Six MiniOne® Electrophoresis Systems – CE marked
- Six FREE 2-20 microliter variable volume micropipettes





MiniOne PCR and Electrophoresis Package IV
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
MiniOne® PCR and Electrophoresis Package IV (Order no. M4039)
Purchase a combo package of educational MiniOne PCR and Electrophoresis systems for teaching hands-on bioscience labs in the classroom.
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]This PCR and electrophoresis package is ideal for teaching hands-on molecular biology concepts using DNA amplification and separation in the classroom. It includes the systems needed for nine groups of two to three students, and includes:
- Three MiniOne® PCR Systems – CE marked
- Two PCR validation kits
- Nine MiniOne® Electrophoresis Systems – CE marked
- Nine 2-20 microliter variable volume micropipettes FREE
This MiniOne PCR and electrophoresis package combines two educational bioscience products that work together seamlessly to teach students both DNA amplification and separation concepts. Use them with MiniOne MiniLabs for engaging, efficient, practical bioscience education that is ideal for the classroom setting.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="MiniLabs - Reagent Kits" style="classic" shape="square" color="info" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="and more ..." shape="square" color="white" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-sign-in" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MiniOne Bioscience Classroom Starter Package
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
MiniOne Bioscience Classroom Starter Package (Order no. M4040)
- Three MiniOne® PCR Systems – CE marked
- Two PCR validation kits
- Nine MiniOne® Electrophoresis Systems – CE marked
- Three MiniOne® Single Speed Microcentrifuges – CE marked
- One MiniOne® Micropipette Set with Case, includes one of each: 2-20, 20-200, 100-1000 microliter variable volume micropipettes
- Nine 2-20 microliter variable volume micropipette, FREE





Heating Immersion Circulators
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
with attachment clamp for any bath tank up to 50 liters filling volume
JULABO immersion circulators for controlling temperature in any bath tank up to 50 liters. These units are equipped with a bath attachment clamp for wall thicknesses up to 26 mm. Alternatively, the circulator may be fastened to a laboratory stand. The clamp makes it easy to install the circulator onto an existing bath tank. Parts that are immersed in bath liquid are constructed of high quality stainless steel or synthetic material. Common applications include controlling the temperature of samples, temperature testing of food or luxury articles, materials testing, and evaluation, adjustment, and calibration or thermometers and thermal switches.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Corio C" tab_id="HIC_CorioC"][vc_column_text]The new generation of laboratory circulators
The CORIO C Immersion Circulator is the basic model of the CORIO circulator portfolio. The bath attachment clamp is included in delivery and facilitates mounting of the circulator on any bath tank up to 30 liters.
Your advantages
- Precise temperature control
- For internal standard applications
- For bath tanks with a max. filling volume of 30 liters
- Bright, white, easy to read display
- Very quiet
- Easy operation
- Class I (NFL) according to DIN 12876-1
Order No. | 9011000 |
Model | CORIO C |
Category | Heating Immersion Circulators |
Working temperature range (°C) | +20 ... +100 |
Temperature stability (°C) | ±0.03 |
Setting / display resolution | 0.01 – 0.1 °C |
Temperature Display | LED |
Heating capacity (kW) | 2 |
Circulation capacity flow rate (l/min) | 6 |
Circulation capacity pressure (bar) | 0.1 |
Ambient temperature | 5...40 °C |
Dimensions W x L x H (cm) | 13.2 x 16 x 36.2 |
Weight (kg) | 1.9 |
Cooling coil | optional |
Usable immersion depth (cm) | 16.6 |
The new generation of laboratory circulators
In addition to the advantages of the CORIO C Circulator, the CORIO CD Immersion Circulator can be equipped with an optional pump set for temperature control of external applications.
Your advantages
- Precise temperature control
- For internal and external applications (accessories required)
- For bath tanks with a max. filling volume of 50 liters
- Bright, white, easy to read display
- Very quiet
- Easy operation
- Easy pump change-over between internal and external circulation
- USB connection
- Class III (FL) according to DIN 12876-1
Order No. | 9012000 |
Model | CORIO CD |
Category | Heating Immersion Circulators |
Working temperature range (°C) | +20 ... +150 |
Temperature stability (°C) | ±0.03 |
Setting / display resolution | 0.01 – 0.1 °C |
Temperature Display | LED |
Heating capacity (kW) | 2 |
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) | 15 |
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) | 0.35 |
Ambient temperature | 5...40 °C |
Dimensions W x L x H (cm) | 13.2 x 16 x 36.2 |
Weight (kg) | 2.6 |
Cooling coil | optional |
Usable immersion depth (cm) | 16.6 |
Laboratory Circulators with an expanded working temperature range up to +200 °C
In addition to the advantages of the CORIO C Circulator, the CORIO CD and CP Immersion Circulator can be equipped with an optional pump set for temperature control of external applications.
Your advantages
- Precise temperature control
- For internal and external applications (accessories required)
- For bath tanks with a max. filling volume of 50 liters
- Immersion depth: 7.5 ... 16.5 cm
- Bright, white, easy-to-read display
- Very quiet
- Easy handling
- Easy change-over from internal to external circulation and vice versa
- pump capacity, infinitely adjustable
- USB interface
- R232 interface
- Early warning system for low liquid level
- Class III (FL) according to DIN 12876-1
Order No. | 9013000 |
Model | CORIO CP |
Category | Heating Immersion Circulators |
Working temperature range (°C) | +20 ... +200 |
Temperature stability (°C) | ±0.02 |
Setting / display resolution | 0.01 – 0.1 °C |
Temperature Display | LED |
Heating capacity (kW) | 2 |
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) | 8 ... 27 |
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) | 0.1 ... 0.7 |
Viscosity max. (cSt) | 50 |
Ambient temperature | 5...40 °C |
Dimensions W x L x H (cm) | 13.2 x 16 x 36.2 |
Weight (kg) | 2.5 |
Cooling coil | optional |
Usable immersion depth (cm) | 16 |
New temperature control technology for demanding applications
DYNEO DD heating circulators for internal and external applications are equipped with closed bath tanks. The tanks are well insulated and include a coil for counter-cooling. An integrated drain tap makes emptying the tank safe and clean. The multilingual 3.5-inch color display and unique rotary knob provide for straightforward and intuitive operation.
Your advantages
- Flexible installation options
- For internal and external applications
- Powerful and infinitely adjustable pressure pump
- Flow rate 23 l/min, pressure 0.6 bar
- Easy switching between internal and external circulation
- Large color TFT display, multilingual interface
- Central rotary knob (controller) simplifies operation
- Integrated programmer for 8 x 60 program steps
- Integrated external Pt100 connection
- USB port
- RS232 interface or analog interfaces (optional)
Order No. | 9021000 |
Order No. with RS232 Option | 9021000.D |
Order No. with analog Option | 9021000.A |
Model | DYNEO DD |
Category | Heating Immersion Circulators |
Working temperature range (°C) | +20 ... +200 |
Temperature stability (°C) | ±0.01 |
Setting / display resolution | 0.01 °C |
Temperature Display | 3.5" TFT Display |
Heating capacity (kW) | 2 |
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) | 8 ... 23 |
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) | 0.1 ... 0.6 |
Viscosity max. (cSt) | 50 |
Ambient temperature | 5...40 °C |
Dimensions W x L x H (cm) | 13.2 x 16 x 35.5 |
Weight (kg) | 2.5 |
Cooling coil | optional |
Usable immersion depth (cm) | 16 |

Open Heating Bath Circulators
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
for internal temperature applications
Open heating bath circulators are designed for internal applications in the circulator bath. The models on this page are equipped with bath tanks made of Polycarbonat or stainless steel. Available accessories include a variety of test tube racks, immersion-height adjustable platforms and cooling coils. The circulator can be removed for easy cleaning of the bath tanks.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="CORIO" tab_id="OHBC_Corio"][vc_column_text]The new generation of laboratory circulators for routine work and standard tasks

Your advantages
- Models for internal applications
- Bright, white, easy to read display
- Very quiet
- Integrated drain screw (except B5)
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range | Temperature stability | Heating capacity (kW) | Pump pressure (bar) | Circulation capacity flow rate (l/min) |
(°C) | (°C) | |||||
9011405 | CORIO C-B5 | +20 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 2 | 0.1 | 6 |
9011413 | CORIO C-B13 | +20 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 2 | 0.1 | 6 |
9011417 | CORIO C-B17 | +20 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 2 | 0.1 | 6 |
9011419 | CORIO C-B19 | +20 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 2 | 0.1 | 6 |
9011427 | CORIO C-B27 | +20 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 2 | 0.1 | 6 |
9011305 | CORIO C-BT5 | +20 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 2 | 0.1 | 6 |
9011309 | CORIO C-BT9 | +20 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 2 | 0.1 | 6 |
9011319 | CORIO C-BT19 | +20 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 2 | 0.1 | 6 |
9011327 | CORIO C-BT27 | +20 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 2 | 0.1 | 6 |

Heating Circulators
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
for external and internal temperature applications up to +300 °C with stainless steel bath tanks and pump connections
JULABO circulators with stainless steel bath tanks are suitable for both internal and external temperature control. They have greater power for larger and open systems, making them ideal for external temperature control. Smaller objects may be inserted directly into the circulator's bath at the same time. Models are available with a variety of bath sizes and other functional characteristics. Accessories like Pt100 sensors, heat transfer liquid, tubing, and adapters are available to facilitate connection to external systems. An integrated cooling coil enables temperature control below or near the ambient temperature.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="CORIO" tab_id="HC_CORIO"][vc_column_text]Laboratory Circulators with an expanded working temperature range up to +200 °C
In addition to the advantages of the CORIO C Circulator, the CORIO CD and CP Immersion Circulator can be equipped with an optional pump set for temperature control of external applications.
Your advantages
- Precise temperature control
- For internal and external applications (accessories required)
- For bath tanks with a max. filling volume of 50 liters
- Immersion depth: 7.5 ... 16.5 cm
- Bright, white, easy-to-read display
- Very quiet
- Easy handling
- Easy change-over from internal to external circulation and vice versa
- pump capacity, infinitely adjustable
- USB interface
- R232 interface
- Early warning system for low liquid level
- Class III (FL) according to DIN 12876-1
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range | Temperature stability | Heating capacity (kW) | Pump capacity flow rate | Pump pressure (bar) |
(°C) | (°C) | (l/min) | ||||
9012504 | CORIO CD-BC4 | +20 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012506 | CORIO CD-BC6 | +20 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012512 | CORIO CD-BC12 | +20 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012526 | CORIO CD-BC26 | +20 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9013504 | CORIO CP-BC4 | +20 ... +200 | ±0.02 | 2 | 8 ... 27 | 0.1 ... 0.7 |
9013506 | CORIO CP-BC6 | +20 ... +200 | ±0.02 | 2 | 8 ... 27 | 0.1 ... 0.7 |
9013512 | CORIO CP-BC12 | +20 ... +200 | ±0.02 | 2 | 8 ... 27 | 0.1 ... 0.7 |
9013526 | CORIO CP-BC26 | +20 ... +200 | ±0.02 | 2 | 8 ... 27 | 0.1 ... 0.7 |
New temperature control technology for demanding applications
DYNEO DD heating circulators for internal and external applications are equipped with closed bath tanks. The tanks are well insulated and include a coil for counter-cooling. An integrated drain tap makes emptying the tank safe and clean. The multilingual 3.5-inch color display and unique rotary knob provide for straightforward and intuitive operation.
Your advantages
- Suitable for internal and external applications
- Powerful and infinitely adjustable pressure pump
- Flow rate 22 l/min, pressure 0.6 bar
- Easy switching between internal and external circulation
- Large color TFT display, multilingual interface
- Central rotary knob (controller) simplifies operation
- Integrated programmer for 8 x 60 program steps
- Integrated external Pt100 connection
- USB port
- RS232 interface or analog interfaces
- Bath cover included with delivery
- Integrated drain makes emptying liquid easy and safe.
- High-quality thermal insulation of the bath tank
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range | Temperature stability | Heating capacity (kW) | Pump capacity flow rate | Pump pressure (bar) |
(°C) | (°C) | (l/min) | ||||
9021504 | DYNEO DD-BC4 | +20 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 2 | 8 ... 23 | 0.1 ... 0.6 |
9021506 | DYNEO DD-BC6 | +20 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 2 | 8 ... 23 | 0.1 ... 0.6 |
9021512 | DYNEO DD-BC12 | +20 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 2 | 8 ... 23 | 0.1 ... 0.6 |
9021526 | DYNEO DD-BC26 | +20 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 2 | 8 ... 23 | 0.1 ... 0.6 |
Heating Circulator with stainless-steel bath tank for internal and external temperature applications
JULABO Heating Circulators with stainless steel bath tanks are mainly used for internal and external temperature tasks. The new range of these models now have increased capacities, allowing for temperature application of larger external systems, as well as open systems. Simultaneous temperature applications of smaller objects can also be carried out directly in the internal bath of the circulator. Models from the TopTech and HighTech Series’ are available with different bath sizes and features. Accessories for these units include test tube racks, bath covers etc. An integrated cooling coil is provided for temperature applications at near ambient or just below.
Your advantages
- VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
- Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
- ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control
- ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
- Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
- SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
- Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
- Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
- RS232 interface for online communication
- Integrated programmer for 10 program steps
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range | Temperature stability | Heating capacity (kW) | Pump capacity flow rate | Pump pressure (bar) |
(°C) | (°C) | (l/min) | ||||
9212504 | HE-4 | +20 ... +250 | ±0.01 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9312504 | HL-4 | +20 ... +250 | ±0.01 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9252506 | SE-6 | +20 ... +300 | ±0.01 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9252512 | SE-12 | +20 ... +300 | ±0.01 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9252526 | SE-26 | +20 ... +300 | ±0.01 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352506 | SL-6 | +20 ... +300 | ±0.01 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352512 | SL-12 | +20 ... +300 | ±0.01 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352526 | SL-26 | +20 ... +300 | ±0.01 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |

Bridge Mounted Circulators
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
with extendable bridge for bath tanks up to 100 liters filling volume
JULABO bridge mounted circulator with extendable stainless steel bridge. The adjustable bridge permits use of the circulator with a wide variety of bath tanks. This model is suitable for both internal and external temperature control tasks. It has the power to control the temperature of even large bath tanks up to 100 L. An integrated cooling coil enables temperature control below or near the ambient temperature.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="HighTech" tab_id="BMC_HighTech"][vc_column_text]Sophisticated models for demanding applications
Bridge mounted circulator with extendable bridge for any bath tank up to 100 liters JULABO bridge mounted circulator with extendable bridge made of stainless steel for any bath tanks. For internal and external temperature applications. The model offers high pump and heating capacities for temperature control of large baths up to 100 liters. Including a built-in cooling coil for counter-cooling with tap water.
Your advantages
- VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
- Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
- ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control
- ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
- Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
- SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
- Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
- Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
- RS232 interface for online communication
- Integrated programmer for 10 program steps
- Expandable bridge from 31 to 66 cm
- Built-in cooling coil
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range | Temperature stability | Heating capacity (kW) | Pump capacity flow rate | Pump pressure (bar) |
(°C) | (°C) | (l/min) | ||||
9252218 | SE-Z | +20 ... +300 | ±0.01 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |

Heating Circulators with Open Bath
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
For internal and external temperature applications with transparent or stainless steel bath tanks and pump connections
JULABO open heating bath circulators with bath tanks made of stainless steel, Plexiglas, or Makrolon are designed for internal and external temperature applications. They are primarily used for internal temperature control directly within the bath tank. External closed systems may be connected via the integrated pump connections. Models are available with a variety of bath sizes and other functional characteristics. A variety of bath inserts for laboratory glassware, bath covers, and adjustable floors are available as accessories. Common applications include temperature control of measurement cells, photometers, and samples; heating of glass flasks; and temperature testing of food, luxury articles, and materials.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="CORIO" tab_id="HCOB_Corio"][vc_column_text]The new generation of laboratory circulators for routine work and standard tasks
The Open Heating Bath Circulators of the new CORIO series feature high-quality bath tanks made of stainless steel and pump connections.
Your advantages
- Models for internal and external applications
- Bright, white, easy to read display
- Very quiet
- Easy pump change-over between internal and external circulation
- USB connection
- High-quality bath tanks made of stainless steel
- Integrated drain screw (except B5)
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range | Temperature stability | Heating capacity (kW) | Pump capacity flow rate | Pump pressure (bar) |
(°C) | (°C) | (l/min) | ||||
9012405 | CORIO CD-B5 | +20 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012413 | CORIO CD-B13 | +20 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012417 | CORIO CD-B17 | +20 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012419 | CORIO CD-B19 | +20 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012427 | CORIO CD-B27 | +20 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012433 | CORIO CD-B33 | +20 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012439 | CORIO CD-B39 | +20 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012305 | CORIO CD-BT5 | +20 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012319 | CORIO CD-BT19 | +20 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012327 | CORIO CD-BT27 | +20 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |

Refrigerated – Heating Circulators
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
for working temperatures from -50 °C to +200 °C
JULABO Refrigerated and Heating Circulators are suitable for temperature application to external systems with simultaneous operation in the bath tank. Models in different performance classes are available. The units provide high heating/cooling capacities to ensure rapid heat-up and cool-down times. With ‚Active Cooling Control' to +200 °C. ‚FP‘ models offer proportional cooling control to ensure energy-saving performance and to reduce heat generation to the environment. Convenient cleaning of dust by removable venting grid. Some models have a handle or castors to allow easy transport. All models provide a drain port on the front for conveniently draining the bath fluid. Typical applications: Temperature applications to external, closed systems, such as for example photometers, refractometers, viscometers, etc. For simultaneous application to small objects in the circulator bath.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="CORIO" tab_id="RHC_CORIO"][vc_column_text]The new generation of laboratory circulators for routine work and standard tasks
Refrigerated / Heating Circulators of the new CORIO series distinguish themselves with a great price-to-performance ratio. They are ideal for all standard tasks and routine work in laboratories and industry.
Your advantages
- Models for internal and external applications
- Bright, white, easy to read display
- Very quiet
- Easy pump change-over (internal and external circulation)
- External pump connections (M16x1)
- USB connection
- Space-saving cooling coil design yields more usable space in the bath tank
- Bath lid and drain tap included
- Removable ventilation grid
- Refrigeration unit without side vents
- Class III (FL) according to DIN 12876-1
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range | Temperature stability | Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) | Heating capacity (kW) | Pump capacity flow rate | Pump pressure |
(°C) | (°C) | (l/min) | (bar) | ||||
9012701 | CORIO CD-200F | -20 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 0.22 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012702 | CORIO CD-201F | -20 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 0.22 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012703 | CORIO CD-300F | -25 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 0.31 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012704 | CORIO CD-600F | -35 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 0.6 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012705 | CORIO CD-601F | -40 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 0.6 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012706 | CORIO CD-900F | -40 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 0.9 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012707 | CORIO CD-1000F | -40 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 1 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9012708 | CORIO CD-1001F | -38 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 1 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9013701 | CORIO CP-200F | -20 ... +200 | ±0.03 | 0.2 | 2 | 8 ... 27 | 0.1 ... 0.7 |
9013702 | CORIO CP-201F | -20 ... +200 | ±0.03 | 0.2 | 2 | 8 ... 27 | 0.1 ... 0.7 |
9013703 | CORIO CP-300F | -30 ... +200 | ±0.03 | 0.3 | 2 | 8 ... 27 | 0.1 ... 0.7 |
9013704 | CORIO CP-600F | -35 ... +200 | ±0.03 | 0.6 | 2 | 8 ... 27 | 0.1 ... 0.7 |
9013705 | CORIO CP-601F | -35 ... +200 | ±0.03 | 0.6 | 2 | 8 ... 27 | 0.1 ... 0.7 |
9013706 | CORIO CP-900F | -38 ... +200 | ±0.03 | 0.9 | 2 | 8 ... 27 | 0.1 ... 0.7 |
9013707 | CORIO CP-1000F | -50 ... +200 | ±0.03 | 1 | 2 | 8 ... 27 | 0.1 ... 0.7 |
9012708 | CORIO CP-1001F | -38 ... +100 | ±0.03 | 1 | 2 | 8 ... 27 | 0.1 ... 0.7 |
New temperature control technology for demanding applications
DYNEO DD refrigerated circulators have a wide working temperature range. Refrigerated circulators are suitable for both internal and external applications. The multilingual 3.5-inch color display and unique rotary knob provide for straightforward and intuitive operation. Pump capacity is 22 l/min with pressure of 0.6 bar. The cooling machines operate precisely and reliably even at elevated ambient temperatures up to +40 °C.
Your advantages
- Powerful cooling machines
- Suitable for internal and external applications
- Optimized cooling coil design saves space in the bath tank
- Powerful and infinitely adjustable pressure pump
- Flow rate 22 l/min, pressure 0.6 bar
- Easy switching between internal and external circulation
- Large color TFT display, multilingual interface
- Central rotary knob (controller) simplifies operation
- Integrated programmer for 8 x 60 program steps
- Integrated external Pt100 connection
- USB port
- RS232 interface or analog interfaces (optional)
- Bath cover included with delivery
- Integrated drain makes emptying liquid easy and safe.
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range | Temperature stability | Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) | Heating capacity (kW) | Pump capacity flow rate | Pump pressure |
(°C) | (°C) | (l/min) | (bar) | ||||
9021701 | DYNEO DD-200F | -20 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.2 | 2 | 8 ... 23 | 0.1 ... 0.6 |
9021702 | DYNEO DD-201F | -20 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.2 | 2 | 8 ... 23 | 0.1 ... 0.6 |
9021703 | DYNEO DD-300F | -25 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.3 | 2 | 8 ... 23 | 0.1 ... 0.6 |
9021704 | DYNEO DD-600F | -35 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.6 | 2 | 8 ... 23 | 0.1 ... 0.6 |
9021705 | DYNEO DD-601F | -35 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.6 | 2 | 8 ... 23 | 0.1 ... 0.6 |
9021706 | DYNEO DD-900F | -38 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.9 | 2 | 8 ... 23 | 0.1 ... 0.6 |
9021707 | DYNEO DD-1000F | -50 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 1 | 2 | 8 ... 23 | 0.1 ... 0.6 |
9021708 | DYNEO DD-1001F | -38 ... +100 | ±0.01 | 1 | 2 | 8 ... 23 | 0.1 ... 0.6 |
The powerful upper class unit for demanding applications.
JULABO Refrigerated & Heating Circulators for heating and cooling are suitable for external temperature tasks and for temperature applications directly in the bath. A model from three different series’ with different capacities can be selected. Powerful circulating pump systems and high heating and cooling capacities guarantee short heat-up and cool-down times. The inevitable dust accumulation that occurs in refrigeration systems is solved by means of an easily removed venting grid, which allows for easy cleaning. Depending on the model, the units are equipped with handles or castors for an easy transportation. All models have a drain tap on the front allowing the fluid to be drained easily. The compact assembly of each unit enables space to be saved in the laboratory.
Your advantages
- VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
- Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
- ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control
- ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
- Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
- SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
- Adjustable pressure and suction pump
- Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
- Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
- RS232 interface for online communication
- Optional: analogue interfaces
- Integrated programmer for 10 program steps
- Active Cooling Control
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range | Temperature stability | Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) | Heating capacity (kW) | Pump capacity flow rate | Pump pressure |
(°C) | (°C) | (l/min) | (bar) | ||||
9212625 | F25-HE | -28 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.26 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9312625 | F25-HL | -28 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.26 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9212632 | F32-HE | -35 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.45 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9312632 | F32-HL | -35 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.45 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9312633 | F33-HL | -30 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.5 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9212634 | F34-HE | -30 ... +150 | ±0.01 | 0.45 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9312618 | FP35-HL | -35 ... +150 | ±0.01 | 0.45 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9212640 | FP40-HE | -40 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.68 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9312640 | FP40-HL | -40 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.68 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9212650 | FP50-HE | -50 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.9 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9312650 | FP50-HL | -50 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.9 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9212651 | FPW50-HE | -50 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.9 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9312651 | FPW50-HL | -50 ... +200 | ±0.01 | 0.9 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |

Cryo-Compact Circulators
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
for working temperatures from -40 °C to +200 °C
The new CF series offers compact refrigerated/heating circulators. With small overall dimensions the units can even be placed on a very small surface or within a complex installation. All models offer a heating capacity of 2 kW and safety class 3 according to DIN12876-1. The maximum ambient temperature of +40°C as well as a ventilation air cooling allow installing the units very closely side by side with other units or directly under a fume hood. Furthermore all the models feature pump connections for external temperature applications and a bath opening for temperature control of small objects directly in the circulator bath. Wetted parts are made of high quality stainless steel or plastic. The instruments provide a reliable Microprocessor electronics with high temperature stability as well as warning and safety functions.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Economy" tab_id="CCC_Economy"][vc_column_text]The first choice for routine and straightforward laboratory applications from -40°C to 150°C
Cryo-Compact Circulator for internal and external temperature applications The CF series offers compact refrigerated/heating circulators. With small overall dimensions the units can even be placed on a very small surface or within a complex installation. All models offer a heating capacity of 2 kW and classification 3 according to DIN12876-1. The maximum ambient temperature of +40°C as well as a ventilation air cooling allow installing the units very closely side by side with other units or directly under a fume hood. Furthermore all the models feature pump connections for external temperature applications and a bath opening for temperature control of small objects directly in the circulator bath. Wetted parts are made of high quality stainless steel or plastic. The instruments provide a reliable Microprocessor electronics with high temperature stability as well as warning and safety functions.
Your advantages
- Ergonomic design and easy operation
- Small overall dimensions for lowest space requirement
- Splash-proof keypad
- Large, bright LED temperature display
- Precise PID temperature control
- RS232 interface for PC connection
- Adjustable high temperature cut-off
- Classification 3 according to DIN12876-1
- Pump connections for external temperature applications
- Bath opening for temperature control of small objects in the bath
- Front drain
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range | Temperature stability | Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) | Heating capacity (kW) | Pump capacity flow rate | Pump pressure |
(°C) | (°C) | (l/min) | (bar) | ||||
9400330 | CF30 | -30 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 0.32 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
9400340 | CF40 | -40 ... +150 | ±0.03 | 0.47 | 2 | 15 | 0.35 |
The top class for demanding applications of all types.
Cryo-Compact Circulator for internal and external temperature applications The new CF series offers compact refrigerated/heating circulators. With small overall dimensions the units can even be placed on a very small surface or within a complex installation. All models offer a heating capacity of 2 kW and classification 3 according to DIN12876-1. The maximum ambient temperature of +40°C as well as a ventilation air cooling allow installing the units very closely side by side with other units or directly under a fume hood. Furthermore all the models feature pump connections for external temperature applications and a bath opening for temperature control of small objects directly in the circulator bath. Wetted parts are made of high quality stainless steel or plastic. The instruments provide a reliable Microprocessor electronics with high temperature stability as well as warning and safety functions.
Your advantages
- Ergonomic design and easy operation
- Small overall dimensions for lowest space requirement
- Splash-proof keypad
- Bright VFD display and interactive LCD dialog display
- Highly precise ICC cascade temperature control
- RS232/RS485 interface for PC connection
- Electronically adjustable pump stages
- External Pt100 sensor connection
- Integrated programmer with 6x60 program steps
- Early warning system for low liquid level
- 3-point calibration
- TCF Temperature Control Features
- Adjustable high temperature cut-off
- Classification 3 according to DIN12876-1
- Pump connections for external temperature applications
- Bath opening for temperature control of small objects in the bath
- Front drain
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range | Temperature stability | Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) | Heating capacity (kW) | Pump capacity flow rate | Pump pressure |
(°C) | (°C) | (l/min) | (bar) | ||||
9400331 | CF31 | -30 ... +200 | ±0.02 | 0.32 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9400341 | CF41 | -40 ... +200 | ±0.02 | 0.47 | 2 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |

Ultra-Low Refrigerated-Heating Circulators
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
For working temperatures from -91 °C to +200 °C
JULABO Ultra-Low Refrigerated Circulators for heating and cooling. The units are suitable for external temperature applications with simultaneous operation in the bath tank. The units provide particularly high heating and cooling capacities for rapid heat-up and cool-down times even for large volume, external systems. ‚FP‘ models offer proportional cooling control to ensure energy-saving performance and to reduce heat generation to the environment. Models with the designation ‚W‘ are water-cooled. With handle or castors to allow easy transport. With drain port for conveniently draining the bath fluid. The units offer an improved insulation to prevent ice-formation and have a filling level display. Typical applications: Temperature applications to jacketed reaction vessels, autoclaves, miniplant installations, kilo labs, freezing point determination, calibration at low temperatures, petroleum testing, etc.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="TopTech" tab_id="ULRHC_TopTech"][vc_column_text]Upper middle class with ext. Pt100 sensor connection
Ultra-low Refrigerated Circulator with 2-stage cascade-cooling JULABO Ultra-Low Refrigerated Circulators for heating and cooling are suitable for external temperature tasks. Powerful circulating pump systems and high heating and cooling capacities guarantee short heat-up and cool-down times. ACC ‘Active Cooling Control‘ provides active cooling control across the whole temperature range. An energy saving feature with only minor loss of heat is provided by the proportional cooling capacity control in the ‘FP’ refrigeration units. The inevitable dust accumulation that occurs in refrigeration systems is solved by means of an easily removed venting grill, which allows for easy cleaning. The units are equipped with handles or castors for an easy transportation. All models have a drain tap on the front allowing the fluid to be drained easily. Additionally the instruments are equipped with an improved insulation to help avoid ice-formation, and have a visual liquid level display.
Your advantages
- VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
- Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
- PID3 cascade temperature control
- ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
- Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
- SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
- Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
- Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
- RS232 interface for online communication
- Integrated programmer for 10 program steps
- Active Cooling Control
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range | Temperature stability | Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) | Heating capacity (kW) | Pump capacity flow rate | Pump pressure |
(°C) | (°C) | (l/min) | (bar) | ||||
9162670 | F70-ME | -70 ... +100 | ±0.02 | 0.34 | 1.3 | 11-16 | 0.23-0.45 |
9162681 | F81-ME | -81 ... +100 | ±0.02 | 0.45 | 1.3 | 11-16 | 0.23-0.45 |
9162689 | FP89-ME | -90 ... +100 | ±0.02 | 1 | 1.3 | 11-16 | 0.23-0.45 |
Superior models for most demanding applications
JULABO Ultra-Low Refrigerated Circulators for heating and cooling are suitable for external temperature tasks. Powerful circulating pump systems and high heating and cooling capacities guarantee short heat-up and cool-down times. ACC ‘Active Cooling Control‘ provides active cooling control across the whole temperature range. An energy saving feature with only minor loss of heat is provided by the proportional cooling capacity control in the ‘FP’ refrigeration units. The inevitable dust accumulation that occurs in refrigeration systems is solved by means of an easily removed venting grill, which allows for easy cleaning. The units are equipped with handles or castors for an easy transportation. All models have a drain tap on the front allowing the fluid to be drained easily. Additionally the instruments are equipped with an improved insulation to help avoid ice-formation, and have a visual liquid level display.
Your advantages
- VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
- LCD DIALOG DISPLAY backlit for convenient interactive operation
- Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
- ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control
- TCF Temperature Control Features to optimize the control behaviour
- ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
- Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
- SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
- Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
- Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
- RS232/RS485 interface for online communication
- Integrated programmer for 6 x 60 program steps
- Connections for solenoid valve and HSP booster pump
- Proportional cooling control
- Active Cooling Control
- Proportional cooling control
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range | Temperature stability | Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) | Heating capacity (kW) | Pump capacity flow rate | Pump pressure |
(°C) | (°C) | (l/min) | (bar) | ||||
9312681 | F81-HL | -81 ... +100 | ±0.02 | 0.45 | 1.3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352795N | F95-SL | -95 ... +0 | ±0.05 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 | |
9352751 | FP51-SL | -51 ... +200 | ±0.05 | 2 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352752 | FP52-SL | -60 ... +100 | ±0.05 | 3 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352752N | FP52-SL | -60 ... +100 | ±0.05 | 3 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352752N150 | FP52-SL-150C | -60 ... +150 | ±0.05 | 3 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352755 | FP55-SL | -60 ... +100 | ±0.05 | 5.2 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352755N | FP55-SL | -60 ... +100 | ±0.05 | 5.2 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352755N150 | FP55-SL-150C | -60 ... +150 | ±0.05 | 5.2 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9312689 | FP89-HL | -90 ... +100 | ±0.02 | 1 | 1.3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352790 | FP90-SL | -90 ... +100 | ±0.05 | 1.8 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352790N | FP90-SL | -90 ... +100 | ±0.05 | 1.8 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352790N150 | FP90-SL-150C | -90 ... +150 | ±0.05 | 1.8 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352753 | FPW52-SL | -60 ... +100 | ±0.05 | 3 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352753N | FPW52-SL | -60 ... +100 | ±0.05 | 3 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352753N150 | FPW52-SL-150C | -60 ... +150 | ±0.05 | 3 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352756 | FPW55-SL | -60 ... +100 | ±0.05 | 5.5 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352756N | FPW55-SL | -60 ... +100 | ±0.05 | 5.5 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352756N150 | FPW55-SL-150C | -60 ... +150 | ±0.05 | 5.5 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352791 | FPW90-SL | -90 ... +100 | ±0.05 | 1.8 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352791N | FPW90-SL | -90 ... +100 | ±0.05 | 1.8 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352791N150 | FPW90-SL-150C | -90 ... +150 | ±0.05 | 1.8 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352793 | FPW91-SL | -91 ... +100 | ±0.2 | 4.5 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352793N | FPW91-SL | -91 ... +100 | ±0.2 | 4.5 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |
9352796N | FW95-SL | -95 ... +0 | ±0.05 | 3 | 22-26 | 0.4-0.7 |

WHEATON Peristaltic Pumps
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Peristaltic Pumps Advancing the Science of Liquid Handling
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Functionality | UniSpense® PRO | OmniSpense® ELITE |
Modes | Dispense Mode | Dispense Mode and Flow Mode |
Motor | Dual Speed 75 and 150 RPM | Variable Speed 0.5 to 400 RPM |
Direction | Unidirectional; Clockwise | Bidirectional; Clockwise and Counterclockwise |
Ramp | Not Offered | User Ramp Control for Dispense and Flow Modes – 5 Profiles |
Drawback | Not Offered | For Filling into a Closed Container |
Pump Heads | Single | Single, Dual, Microcassette |

Model Pump | Operating Speed | Tubing Sizes | Dispense Ranges | Flow Rate Ranges | Accuracy Midrange | Delay Time /Sec | Optional Pump Head Support |
(RPM) | (mm ID) | ml | ml/min | ||||
OmniSpense ELITE | 0.5-400 | 2 | .01-9999.99 | 20.4 - 174ml/min | As High as +/- 1% | 0.5-60 Automatic Mode | • Stack up to 2 Pump Heads • Stacking Pump Head for 2.3mm Wall Tubing • Pump Head for 1.6mm Wall Tubing • Stacking Pump Head for 1.6mm Wall Tubing • 5-Channel Pump Head for Small-Bore Tubing |
3 | 40.2 - 354ml/min | ||||||
6 | 131 - 1176ml/min | ||||||
8 | 200 - 1746ml/min | ||||||
UniSpense PRO | 75 & 150 | 2 | 30 & 60ml/min | • Pump Head for 1.6mm Wall Tubing • Pump Head for 2.3mm Wall Tubing | |||
3 | 60 & 120ml/min | ||||||
6 | 270 & 540ml/min | ||||||
8 | 540 & 1080ml/min |

2-IN-1 MAGFUGE CENTRIFUGE AND MAGNETIC STIRRER
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.heathrowscientific.com%2Fimg%2Fproduct%2Fdescription%2FHS-2018_MagFuge_Sell-Sheet_LO-RES.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
MAGFUGE®
The Industry’s first High-speed Centrifuge and Magnetic Stirrer in ONE unit.
Product Highlights
- Save money by only having to purchase one unit that has the functionality of both a high performance centrifuge and magnetic stirrer
- Easy to use with a digital display, one button programming and tool free rotor exchange
- Stay focused in the lab with ultra-quiet operation
- Reduce down-time with a reliable unit you can trust with 3-year warranty
-
- Made from a durable chemically resistant ABS and polycarbonate making it easy to clean, maintenance free and helps lower the cost of ownership
- The modern low-profile design is compact and has a small footprint for labs with limited bench space and limited height that ultimately helps reduced clutter in the lab
- An easy to use back-lit digital control panel for time, speed and operations ensures effective outcomes and streamlines the work flow process by allowing for quick set up
- US Design Patent No. D814,045 and Utility Patent Pending
- Community Design No. 003515337-0001-0002 European Patent App. 3 246 088
- Ideal for most protocols requiring fast spins (12,500rpm / 9,800 x g), and appropriate for PCR, microfilter cell separation, and HPLC protocols
- Adjustable time (30 seconds to 60 minutes) and speed (500 to 12,500 RPM)
- Variable speed can be set in RPM or RCF and has rapid acceleration and fast controlled breaking
- Two rotors included, 12 place for 1.5/2.0 mL tubes and 6 place for 5 mL tubes with adapters for additional tube sizes
- Manual lid override allows users to open lid in case of a power failure and prevents loss of samples
- Safety features help ensure it will not operate when the lid is open, a rotor is jammed, or the unit is out of balance
- Ideal for work with sensitive samples such as cell lines and protocols requiring more aggressive mixing to quickly achieve full dilution of samples in solution
- Multiple stirring modes, clockwise, c. clockwise and oscillate enable protocols to be controlled precisely for reproducible results
- Adjustable time (30 seconds to 60 minutes or continuous) and speed (50 to 2,500 RPM)
- After hours of continuous use, the unit remains cool ensuring sample integrity
- Sensor technology prevents the stirrer rotor from being used above 2,500 RPM helping to protect users and prevent unit damage
- Two silicone mats are included to help prevent spills and to help keep vessels stable
- High-quality rare-earth magnets are used in the stirrer rotor to ensure the strongest magnetic coupling
- Two rare-earth stir bars (40 x 12 mm) included have PTFE coating for chemical resistance
- MagFuge®
- Three Rotors: 5 mL Tube Rotor, 1.5/2.0 mL Tube Rotor, Stirrer Rotor
- 12 Tube adapters 0.2 mL
- 12 Tube adapters for 0.5 mL
- 2 Silcone mats for stirrer lid
- 2 Rare-Earth PTFE coated stir bars stir bars
- 1 Low voltage, double insulated power adapter with 4 cord sets
Model | Color | L x W x H |
120581 | Gray/Purple | 9.2 x 7.3 x 4.7 in (23.5 x 18.5 x12 cm) |
120582 | Gray/Blue | 9.2 x 7.3 x 4.7 in (23.5 x 18.5 x12 cm) |

Muffle Furnaces Basic Models (1100°C)
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4581,4580" img_size="250x250" autoplay="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
With their unbeatable price/performance ratio, these compact muffle furnaces are perfect for many applications in the laboratory. Quality features like the dual shell furnace housing of rust-free stainless steel, their compact, lightweight constructions, or the heating elements encased in quartz glass tubes make these models reliable partners for your application.
- Tmax 1100 °C, working temperature 1050 °C
- Heating from two sides from heating elements in quartz glass tubes
- Maintenance-friendly replacement of heating elements and insulation
- Only fiber materials are used which are not classified as carcinogenic according to TRGS 905, class 1 or 2
- Housing made of sheets of textured stainless steel
- Dual shell housing for low external temperatures and high stability
- Flap door which can also be used as a work platform
- Exhaust air outlet in rear wall
- Solid state relays provide for low-noise operation
- Compact dimensions and light weight
- Controller mounted under the door to save space
- Defined application within the constraints of the operating instructions
Additional equipment
- Chimney, chimney with fan or catalytic converter (not for L 1)
- Over-temperature limiter with adjustable cutout temperature for thermal protection class 2 in accordance with EN 60519-2 as temperature limiter to protect the furnace and load
- Protective gas connection to purge with non-flammable protective or reaction gases
- Manual gas supply system
- Observation hole in the door
Model | Tmax | Inner dimensions in mm | Volume | Outer dimensions2 in mm | Connected | Electrical | Weight | Minutes | ||||
°C | w | d | h | in l | W | D | H | load kW | connection* | in kg | to Tmax1 | |
LE 1/11 | 1100 | 90 | 115 | 110 | 1 | 290 | 280 | 430 | 1.5 | 1-phase | 10 | 10 |
LE 2/11 | 1100 | 110 | 180 | 110 | 2 | 330 | 385 | 430 | 1.8 | 1-phase | 10 | 25 |
LE 6/11 | 1100 | 170 | 200 | 170 | 6 | 390 | 435 | 490 | 1.8 | 1-phase | 18 | 35 |
LE 14/11 | 1100 | 220 | 300 | 220 | 14 | 440 | 535 | 540 | 2.9 | 1-phase | 25 | 40 |
1: If connected at 230 V 1/N/PE rsp. 400 V 3/N/PE | ||||||||||||
2: External dimensions vary when furnace is equipped with additional equipment. Dimensions on request. |

Muffle Furnaces with Flap Door or Lift Door (1100/1200°C)
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
L 5/11 Furnace with Flap Door[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
LT 5/12 Furnace with Lift Door[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The NABERTHERM muffle furnaces L 1/12 - LT 40/12 are the right choice for daily laboratory use. These models stand out for their excellent workmanship, advanced and attractive design, and high level of reliability. The muffle furnaces come equipped with either a flap door or lift door at no extra charge.
- Tmax 1100 °C or 1200 °C
- Heating from two sides by ceramic heating plates (heating from three sides for muffle furnaces L 24/11 - LT 40/12)
- Ceramic heating plates with integral heating element which is safeguarded against fumes and splashing, and easy to replace
- Only fiber materials are used which are not classified as carcinogenic according to TRGS 905, class 1 or 2
- Housing made of sheets of textured stainless steel
- Dual shell housing for low external temperatures and high stability
- Optional flap door (L) which can be used as work platform or lift door (LT) with hot surface facing away from the operator
- Adjustable air inlet integrated in door (see illustration)
- Exhaust air outlet in rear wall of furnace
- Solid state relays provide for low-noise operation
- Defined application within the constraints of the operating instructions
- NTLog Basic for Nabertherm controller: recording of process data with USB-flash drive
Additional equipment
- Chimney, chimney with fan or catalytic converter (not for L 1)
- Over-temperature limiter with adjustable cutout temperature for thermal protection class 2 in accordance with EN 60519-2 as temperature limiter to protect the furnace and load
- Protective gas connection to purge with non-flammable protective or reaction gases (not available in combination with chimney, chimney with fan or catalytic converter)
- Observation hole in the door
- Manual or automatic gas supply system
- Process control and documentation via VCD software package for monitoring, documentation and control
Model | Tmax | Inner dimensions in mm | Volume | Outer dimensions3 in mm | Connected | Electrical | Weight | Minutes | ||||
Flap door | °C | w | d | h | in L | W | D | H | load kW | connection* | in kg | to Tmax2 |
L 3/11 | 1100 | 160 | 140 | 100 | 3 | 385 | 330 | 405 | 1.2 | 1-phase | 20 | 60 |
L 5/11 | 1100 | 200 | 170 | 130 | 5 | 385 | 390 | 460 | 2.4 | 1-phase | 30 | 60 |
L 9/11 | 1100 | 230 | 240 | 170 | 9 | 415 | 455 | 515 | 3 | 1-phase | 35 | 75 |
L 15/11 | 1100 | 230 | 340 | 170 | 15 | 415 | 555 | 515 | 3.5 | 1-phase | 40 | 95 |
L 24/11 | 1100 | 280 | 340 | 250 | 24 | 490 | 555 | 580 | 4.5 | 3-phase | 55 | 95 |
L 40/11 | 1100 | 320 | 490 | 250 | 40 | 530 | 705 | 580 | 6 | 3-phase | 65 | 95 |
L 1/12 | 1200 | 90 | 115 | 110 | 1 | 290 | 280 | 430 | 1.5 | 1-phase | 10 | 25 |
L 3/12 | 1200 | 160 | 140 | 100 | 3 | 385 | 330 | 405 | 1.2 | 1-phase | 20 | 75 |
L 5/12 | 1200 | 200 | 170 | 130 | 5 | 385 | 390 | 460 | 2.4 | 1-phase | 30 | 75 |
L 9/12 | 1200 | 230 | 240 | 170 | 9 | 415 | 455 | 515 | 3 | 1-phase | 35 | 90 |
L 15/12 | 1200 | 230 | 340 | 170 | 15 | 415 | 555 | 515 | 3.5 | 1-phase | 40 | 110 |
L 24/12 | 1200 | 280 | 340 | 250 | 24 | 490 | 555 | 580 | 4.5 | 3-phase | 55 | 110 |
L 40/12 | 1200 | 320 | 490 | 250 | 40 | 530 | 705 | 580 | 6 | 3-phase | 65 | 110 |
Model | Tmax | Inner dimensions in mm | Volume | Outer dimensions3 in mm | Connected | Electrical | Weight | Minutes | ||||
Lift door | °C | w | d | h | in L | W | D | H1 | load kW | connection* | in kg | to Tmax2 |
LT 3/11 | 1100 | 160 | 140 | 100 | 3 | 385 | 330 | 405+155 | 1.2 | 1-phase | 20 | 60 |
LT 5/11 | 1100 | 200 | 170 | 130 | 5 | 385 | 390 | 460+205 | 2.4 | 1-phase | 30 | 60 |
LT 9/11 | 1100 | 230 | 240 | 170 | 9 | 415 | 455 | 515+240 | 3 | 1-phase | 35 | 75 |
LT 15/11 | 1100 | 230 | 340 | 170 | 15 | 415 | 555 | 515+240 | 3.5 | 1-phase | 40 | 95 |
LT 24/11 | 1100 | 280 | 340 | 250 | 24 | 490 | 555 | 580+320 | 4.5 | 3-phase | 55 | 95 |
LT 40/11 | 1100 | 320 | 490 | 250 | 40 | 530 | 705 | 580+320 | 6 | 3-phase | 65 | 95 |
LT 3/12 | 1200 | 160 | 140 | 100 | 3 | 385 | 330 | 405+155 | 1.2 | 1-phase | 20 | 75 |
LT 5/12 | 1200 | 200 | 170 | 130 | 5 | 385 | 390 | 460+205 | 2.4 | 1-phase | 30 | 75 |
LT 9/12 | 1200 | 230 | 240 | 170 | 9 | 415 | 455 | 515+240 | 3 | 1-phase | 35 | 90 |
LT 15/12 | 1200 | 230 | 340 | 170 | 15 | 415 | 555 | 515+240 | 3.5 | 1-phase | 40 | 110 |
LT 24/12 | 1200 | 280 | 340 | 250 | 24 | 490 | 555 | 580+320 | 4.5 | 3-phase | 55 | 110 |
LT 40/12 | 1200 | 320 | 490 | 250 | 40 | 530 | 705 | 580+320 | 6 | 3-phase | 65 | 110 |
1: Including opened lift door | ||||||||||||
2: If connected at 230 V 1/N/PE rsp. 400 V 3/N/PE | ||||||||||||
3: External dimensions vary when furnace is equipped with additional equipment. Dimensions on request. |

Muffle Furnaces up to 1400°C
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4584,4585" img_size="250x250" autoplay="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
These models stand out for their excellent workmanship, advanced and attractive design, and high level of reliability. Heating elements on support tubes radiating freely into the furnace chamber provide for particularly short heating times and a maximum temperature of 1400 °C. These muffle furnaces are a good alternative to the familiar L(T) ../11 series when higher application temperatures are needed.
- Tmax 1400 °C
- Heating from two sides
- Heating elements on support tubes ensure free heat radiation and a long service life
- Only fiber materials are used which are not classified as carcinogenic according to TRGS 905, class 1 or 2
- Dual shell housing for low external temperatures and high stability
- Adjustable air inlet integrated in door
- Exhaust air outlet in rear wall of furnace
- Solid state relays provide for low-noise operation
- Defined application within the constraints of the operating instructions
- NTLog Basic for Nabertherm controller: recording of process data with USB-flash drive
Additional equipment
- Chimney, chimney with fan or catalytic converter
- Over-temperature limiter with adjustable cutout temperature for thermal protection class 2 in accordance with EN 60519-2 as temperature limiter to protect the furnace and load
- Protective gas connection to purge with non-flammable protective or reaction gases (not available in combination with chimney, chimney with fan or catalytic converter)
- Manual or automatic gas supply system
- Process control and documentation via VCD software package for monitoring, documentation and control
Model | Tmax | Inner dimensions in mm | Volume | Outer dimensions4 in mm | Connected | Electrical | Weight | Minutes | ||||
°C2 | w | d | h | in l | W | D | H1 | load kW | connection* | in kg | to Tmax3 | |
L, LT 5/14 | 1400 | 200 | 170 | 130 | 5 | 490 | 450 | 580+320 | 2.5 | 1-phase | 38 | 55 |
L, LT 9/14 | 1400 | 230 | 240 | 170 | 9 | 530 | 525 | 630+350 | 3 | 1-phase | 55 | 60 |
L, LT 15/14 | 1400 | 260 | 340 | 170 | 15 | 530 | 625 | 360+350 | 3.5 | 1-phase | 65 | 70 |
1: Including opened lift door | ||||||||||||
2: Recommended working temperature for processes with longer dwell times is 1300 °C | ||||||||||||
3: If connected at 230 V 1/N/PE rsp. 400 V 3/N/PE | ||||||||||||
4: External dimensions vary when furnace is equipped with additional equipment. Dimensions on request. |

SPR200 Ice Flaker
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
SPR 200
Residual water content 25%


200 kg Self-contained ICE FLAKER
Technical Features: • Electronic control • Stainless steel bodywork - scotch brite • Air or water cooled • Direct trasmission • Easily accessible components • Low power and water consumption • Reduced dimensions • Continuous production • Refrigerant R404A 24 Hour Ice Production - 10°C / 10°C Air Cooled 200 kg Water Cooled 200 kg Bin Capacity: 55 kg Dimensions: 867 x 920 x 594mm (H x W x D) Voltage: 230/50/1 standard version 220-240/60/1 version available on demand Operating Limits:Minimum | Maximum | |
Air Temperatures | 10°C | 43°C |
Water Temperatures | 5°C | 38°C |
Electrical Voltage | -10% | 10% |
Water Pressure | 14 psi 1 bar | 70 psi 5 bar |

Voltage | Power Input Watt * | Refrigerant | Refrigerant charge kg | Fuse Amp | Water Consumption l/h ** | Net Weight kg | Shipping Weight kg | |
SPR 200 AS | 230/50/1 | 790 | R404A | 0.48 | 10 | 6.9 | 73 | 82 |
SPR 200 WS | 230/50/1 | 630 | R404A | 0.48 | 10 | 108.3 | 73 | 82 |

SPR120 Ice Flaker
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
SPR 120
Residual water content 25%


120 kg Self-contained ICE FLAKER
Technical Features: • Electronic control • Stainless steel bodywork - scotch brite • Air or water cooled • Direct trasmission • Easily accessible components • Low power and water consumption • Reduced dimensions • Continuous production • Refrigerant R134a 24 Hour Ice Production - 10°C / 10°C Air Cooled 120 kg Water Cooled 120 kg Bin Capacity: 55 kg Dimensions: 867 x 920 x 594mm (H x W x D) Voltage: 230/50/1 standard version 220-240/60/1 version available on demand Operating Limits:Minimum | Maximum | |
Air Temperatures | 10°C | 43°C |
Water Temperatures | 5°C | 38°C |
Electrical Voltage | -10% | 10% |
Water Pressure | 14 psi 1 bar | 70 psi 5 bar |

Voltage | Power Input Watt * | Refrigerant | Refrigerant charge kg | Fuse Amp | Water Consumption l/h ** | Net Weight kg | Shipping Weight kg | |
SPR 120 AS | 230/50/1 | 500 | R134a | 0.44 | 10 | 4.2 | 69 | 78 |
SPR 120 WS | 230/50/1 | 500 | R134a | 0.38 | 10 | 29 | 69 | 78 |

SPR80 Ice Flaker
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
SPR 80
Residual water content 25%


70 kg Self-contained ICE FLAKER
Technical Features: • Electronic control • Stainless steel bodywork - scotch brite • Air or water cooled • Direct trasmission • Easily accessible components • Low power and water consumption • Reduced dimensions • Continuous production • Refrigerant R134a 24 Hour Ice Production - 10°C / 10°C Air Cooled 70 kg Water Cooled 73 kg Bin Capacity: 25 kg Dimensions: 880 x 529 x 629mm (H x W x D) Voltage: 230/50/1 standard version 220-240/60/1 version available on demand Operating Limits:Minimum | Maximum | |
Air Temperatures | 10°C | 43°C |
Water Temperatures | 5°C | 38°C |
Electrical Voltage | -10% | 10% |
Water Pressure | 14 psi 1 bar | 70 psi 5 bar |

Voltage | Power Input Watt * | Refrigerant | Refrigerant charge kg | Fuse Amp | Water Consumption l/h ** | Net Weight kg | Shipping Weight kg | |
SPR 80 AS | 230/50/1 | 340 | R134a | 0.37 | 10 | 2.2 | 52 | 59 |
SPR 80 WS | 230/50/1 | 300 | R134a | 0.33 | 10 | 15 | 52 | 59 |

Sieve Shaker OCTAGON 200CL
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The new Octagon 200CL for precise, reproducible and error-free sieving processes competes with the most advanced sieve shakers in the world.
Several unique features have been developed specifically for this sieve shaker, including the ‘Closed Loop’ amplitude control for ultimate reproducibility.
The Octagon 200CL is designed to work with Endecotts’ SieveWare, the new software for easy evaluation and documentation of the sieving process.
Advantages:
- 'Closed Loop' total amplitude control ensures reproducible sieving
- Digital controls for easy and reliable operation
- Easy-to-use sieve clamping system
- Accepts up to 8 full height 200 mm (8") diameter sieves
- Suitable for dry and wet sieving
- 3D sieving motion allows for high separation efficiency and non blinding sieving action
- Full compatibility with new SieveWare evaluation and control software via RS232 Port (printed or digital protocols)
- Voltage-independent
- No mechanical moving parts
- Compact & portable
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Range | 20 µm to 125 mm |
Drive / sieving motion | electromagnetic 3D |
Max. batch / feed capacity | 3 kg |
Max. number of sieves | 8 full height / 16 half height (200 mm sieves) |
Amplitude | 0 - 3 mm digital setting in 0.1 mm steps "Closed Loop" amplitude control |
Speed | 3,000 min-1 at 50 Hz |
Time display | digital, 00:10 - 99:50 min |
Interval operation | yes (two modes) |
Suitable for dry sieving | yes |
Suitable for wet sieving | yes |
Serial interface | yes (RS232) |
Sieve diameter | 100 / 200 mm 8'' |
Max. height of sieve stack | up to 450 mm |
Clamping device | quick-release clamping system (included) |
Model | benchtop |
Protection code | IP 54 |
Electrical supply | 100-240V 50/60Hz |
Power connection | 1 - Phase |
W x H x D | 418 x 232 x 435 mm |
Net weight | ~35 kg |
Standards | CE |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Sieve Shaker OCTAGON 200
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The sieve shaker Octagon 200 is suitable for all sieving tasks in laboratories as well as onsite and provides optimum sieving action for fast and reproducible results.
It is robust, compact and sufficiently lightweight to be portable. Its electromagnetic drive combined with a 3D sieving motion ensures excellent separation efficiency in a short amount of time. A digital display as well as a quick-release clamping system make operation very easy and straightforward.Advantages:
- Easy-to-use sieve clamping system
- Accepts up to 8 full height 200 mm (8") diameter sieves
- Suitable for dry and wet sieving
- 10 amplitude settings & digital timer
- 3D sieving motion allows for high separation efficiency and non blinding sieving action
- Different voltages available
- No mechanical moving parts
- Compact & portable
Range | 20 µm to 125 mm |
Drive / sieving motion | electromagnetic 3D |
Max. batch / feed capacity | 3 kg |
Max. number of sieves | 8 full height / 16 half height (200 mm / 8" sieves) |
Amplitude | 0 - 3 mm (depending on loading) digital setting in 10 steps |
Speed | 3,000 min-1 at 50 Hz |
Time display | digital, 00:10-99:50 min |
Interval operation | yes (one mode) |
Suitable for dry sieving | yes |
Suitable for wet sieving | yes |
Serial interface | - |
Sieve diameter | 100 / 200 mm 8'' |
Max. height of sieve stack | up to 450 mm |
Clamping device | quick-release clamping system (included) |
Model | benchtop |
Protection code | IP 54 |
Electrical supply | different voltages available |
Power connection | 1 - Phase |
W x H x D | 418 x 232 x 435 mm |
Net weight | ~35 kg |
Standards | CE |

Sieve Shaker MINOR 200
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The Minor 200 has been developed and manufactured to combine low cost with the benefits of a well-designed and engineered shaker. It incorporates many features usually found only on larger, more expensive models.
It is ideal for the use in laboratories and plants since it is compact and genuinely portable (weighing only 17kg). The sieve stack is held firmly in position by a clamping belt system. Removing it allows the whole unit to be stored in a space less than 200 mm high. There are no rotating parts in the Minor 200 - consequently it is quiet in operation and maintenance free.Advantages:
- Electromagnetic drive for quiet and virtually maintenance free operation
- Compact & portable (weighing only 17 kg)
- Requires only small storage space due to small footprint and easily removable clamping belt system (included)
- Easy to use
- Different voltages available
- Complies with the requirements of AASHTO T 27
Range | 38 µm to 125 mm |
Drive / sieving motion | electromagnetic |
Max. batch / feed capacity | 3 kg |
Max. number of sieves | 8 full height / 16 half height (200 mm / 8" dia sieves) |
Amplitude | ~ 1.6 mm (depending on loading) fixed |
Speed | 3,000 min-1 at 50 Hz |
Time display | analog, 0 - 60 min, continuously |
Suitable for dry sieving | yes |
Suitable for wet sieving | - |
Serial interface | - |
Sieve diameter | 100 / 200 mm 3" / 8" |
Min. number of sieves | 2 full height 200 mm / 8" dia sieves |
Clamping device | clamping belt system (included) |
Model | benchtop |
Protection code | IP 20 |
Electrical supply | different voltages available |
Power connection | 1-phase |
W x H x D | 262 x 126 mm |
Net weight | ~16 kg |
Standards | CE |

Sieve Shaker EFL 300
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The new Sieve Shaker EFL 300 combines the best features of the EFL2 whilst incorporating modern sieve shaker technology.
The EFL 300 is still extremely robust but at the same time lightweight and more powerful than its predecessor - heavier and larger samples can now be sieved.
The sieve shaker EFL 300 is very versatile. Amplitude setting is now standard. The heavy electric motor is replaced by the electromagnetic system found in all modern sieve shakers. Its lighter form means that it can be either floor standing or even bench mounted making it suitable for both, laboratory and industrial environments. Sieving parameters are set by the remote control unit. Its functions are logical and very simple to operate.
Advantages:
- New electromagnetic drive
- Adjustable amplitude
- Floor or table mounted
- Suitable for wet or dry sieving
- Digital controls for easy and reliable operation via external interface
- Economical
Range | 20 µm - 40 mm |
Drive / sieving motion | electromagnetic 3D |
Max. batch / feed capacity | 6 kg |
Max. number of sieves | 6 / 12 |
Max. mass of sieve stack | 10 kg |
Amplitude | 0 - 2 mm digital setting in 10 steps |
Time display | digital, 00:10 - 99:50 min (external unit) |
Suitable for dry sieving | yes |
Suitable for wet sieving | yes |
Sieve diameter | 100 mm / 150 mm / 200 mm 250 mm / 300 mm / 315 mm / 3" / 8" / 12" |
Max. height of sieve stack | 450 mm |
Clamping device | quick-release clamping system included |
Model | floor or benchtop |
Protection code | IP 54 |
Electrical supply | different voltages available |
Power connection | 1-Phase |
W x H x D | 427 mm x 240 mm |
Net weight | ~ 45 kg |
Standards | CE |

Woven Wire Sieves
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Type of mesh | woven wire |
Diameter | 38/100/150/200/250/300/315/350/400/450mm 3/8/12/18 inches |
Mesh sizes | 125mm - 20µm |
Frame material | stainless steel / brass |
Mesh material | stainless steel |
Height | full and half height version |

Endecotts Standard Woven Wire Mesh Sieves are available in these sizes
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]International Test Sieve Series:![]() |
|||||
125.00mm | 26.50mm | 5.60mm | 1.18mm | 250µm | 53µm |
112.00mm | 25.00mm | 5.00mm | 1.12mm | 224µm | 50µm |
106.00mm | 22.40mm | 4.75mm | 1.00mm | 212µm | 45µm |
100.00mm | 20.00mm | 4.50mm | 900µm | 200µm | 40µm |
90.00mm | 19.00mm | 4.00mm | 850µm | 180µm | 38µm |
80.00mm | 18.00mm | 3.55mm | 800µm | 160µm | 36µm |
75.00mm | 16.00mm | 3.35mm | 710µm | 150µm | 32µm |
71.00mm | 14.00mm | 3.15mm | 630µm | 140µm | 25µm |
63.00mm | 13.20mm | 2.80mm | 600µm | 125µm | 20µm |
56.00mm | 12.50mm | 2.50mm | 560µm | 112µm | |
53.00mm | 11.20mm | 2.36mm | 500µm | 106µm | |
50.00mm | 10.00mm | 2.24mm | 450µm | 100µm | |
45.00mm | 9.50mm | 2.00mm | 425µm | 90µm | |
40.00mm | 9.00mm | 1.80mm | 400µm | 80µm | |
37.50mm | 8.00mm | 1.70mm | 355µm | 75µm | |
35.50mm | 7.10mm | 1.60mm | 315µm | 71µm | |
31.50mm | 6.70mm | 1.40mm | 300µm | 63µm | |
28.00mm | 6.30mm | 1.25mm | 280µm | 56µm |
![]() |
|||||||
Standard | Altern. | Standard | Altern. | Standard | Altern. | ||
125.00mm | 5.00 | 9.50mm | 3/8 | 425µm | No. 40 | ||
106.00mm | 4.24 | 8.00mm | 5/16 | 355µm | No. 45 | ||
100.00mm | 4 | 6.70mm | 0.265 | 300µm | No. 50 | ||
90.00mm | 3-1/2 | 6.30mm | 1/4 | 250µm | No. 60 | ||
75.00mm | 3 | 5.60mm | No. 3-1/2 | 212µm | No. 70 | ||
63.00mm | 2-1/2 | 4.75mm | No. 4 | 180µm | No. 80 | ||
53.00mm | 2.12 | 4.00mm | No. 5 | 150µm | No. 100 | ||
50.00mm | 2 | 3.35mm | No. 6 | 125µm | No. 120 | ||
45.00mm | 1-3/4 | 2.80mm | No. 7 | 106µm | No. 140 | ||
37.50mm | 1-1/2 | 2.36mm | No. 8 | 90µm | No. 170 | ||
31.50mm | 1-1/4 | 2.00mm | No. 10 | 75µm | No. 200 | ||
26.50mm | 1.06 | 1.70mm | No. 12 | 63µm | No. 230 | ||
25.00mm | 1 | 1.40mm | No. 14 | 53µm | No. 270 | ||
22.40mm | 7/8 | 1.18mm | No. 16 | 45µm | No. 325 | ||
19.00mm | 3/4 | 1.00mm | No. 18 | 38µm | No. 400 | ||
16.00mm | 5/8 | 850µm | No. 20 | 32µm | No. 450 | ||
13.20mm | 0.530 | 710µm | No. 25 | 25µm | No. 500 | ||
12.50mm | 1/2 | 600µm | No. 30 | 20µm | No. 635 | ||
11.20mm | 7/16 | 500µm | No. 35 |

Sonifier SFX250 & SFX550
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
SFX 250
SFX 550

Branson SFX250 & SFX550 Sonifier®
Overview: The SFX250 and SFX550 are part of the new SFX Series of Sonifiers from Branson, designed to bring the industry’s most advanced sample-processing capabilities to your laboratory. The SFX Series brings a new level of ease, precision, and repeatability with advanced energy and temperature control modes, process monitoring capabilities, and programming features.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]Sonifier SFX250 Model
• 250 watts of power at 20 kHz • Processes samples from 0.2 up to 500 mL • Includes power supply, converter and 1/2-inch disruptor horn [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]Sonifier SFX550 Model
• 550 watts of power at 20 kHz for high-volume processing • Processes samples from 0.2 to 1000 mL • Includes power supply, converter, and choice of 1/2- or 3/4-inch disruptor horn [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Sonifier SFX250 and SFX550 Features: • Advanced energy control mode delivers precise energy input in continuous or pulse modes. • True temperature control manages sample temperature within user-specified limits (requires separate temperature probe). • Control modes include time, temperature, and energy. • Continuous or pulsed ultrasonics. • High efficiency, stand-mountable converter requires no internal cooling. • Scrollable, multi-function screen with pushbuttons. • In-process feedback displays experimental progress together with key variables such as power level, energy usage, and sample temperature. • Microtip mode limits amplitude to 70% to extend tool life. • Amplitude control range from 10 to 100%. • Powerful 20 kHz ultrasonics. • Up to 20 stored programs. Programmable parameters include continuous or pulsed ultrasonics; time, energy, or temperature control modes; pulse on-time/energy, off-time and total on-time/energy; or amplitude as a percentage. [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ultimate Control and Ease of Use
All SFX Series Sonifiers feature a digital, intuitive interface flanked by easy-to-use push buttons. The screen and buttons provide one-touch access to all control parameters and modes of operation. ♦ Advanced control modes. In Energy Mode, the SFX Series power supply manages the processing cycle to deliver a precise, user-determined input of ultrasonic energy (measured in joules), either continuously or pulsed. The SFX Series automatically compensates for any variability, extending or shortening the cycle as needed to deliver the precise energy output. ♦ True temperature control. (Requires separate temperature probe.) With true temperature control, the SFX Series power supply maintains the temperature of the sample to within a user-specified range, automatically adjusting the ultrasonic pulse length to regulate the temperature rise and prevent overheating. ♦ Sample-processing programs. For assured repeatability and precision on a greater scale, the SFX Series enables users to create and store up to 20 sample-processing programs. Program parameters include continuous or pulsed ultrasonics; time, energy, or temperature control modes; pulse on-time/energy, off-time, and total on-time/energy; or amplitude as a percentage. ♦ Process monitoring. In operation, Sonifier SFX Seriesmonitors ongoing processes on a scrollable, digital screen, providing continuous updates of key variables including power level, energy usage, sample temperature, and experiment progress. [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]




Part Number | Description | Input Power | Output Power | Dimensions | Weight |
101-063-966R | SFX250 with 1/2" Horn | 240V CE | 250 Watts | 318 x 191 x 235mm (LxWxH) | 14 lbs. |
101-063-971R | SFX550 with 1/2" Horn | 550 Watts | |||
101-063-970R | SFX550 with 3/4" Horn |
Order Number: | Description: |
200-060-022R | Temperature probe |
101-063-275 | Acoustic enclosure (20-25 dB reduction) |
101-147-037R | 1/2" diameter stepped disruptor horn |
101-147-043 | 3/4" disruptor horn with solid tip |
101-147-035R | 3/4" diameter high-gain horn |
101-147-044 | 1" stepped, solid horn |
101-146-171 | Continuous flow attachment |
101-147-046 | Cup horn, flow-through, 1" |
101-147-047 | Cup horn, flow-through, 2" (requires adapter stud 100-098-249) |
101-147-048 | Cup horn, flow-through, 3" |
100-098-249 | Adapter stud |
101-148-013 | Replacement tip for 1/2" tapped horn(1/4-20 thread) |
101-147-049 | Extension 1/2" diameter with replaceable tip (101-148-013) |
101-148-062 | Tapered 1/8" diameter microtip for 1/2" tapped horn |
101-148-069 | Tapered 3/16" diameter microtip for 1/2" tapped horn |
101-148-070 | Tapered 1/4" diameter microtip for 1/2" tapped horn |
101-063-212 | Double step 1/8" diameter microtip with coupler for direct attachment to the converter |
101-147-050 | Double step microtip, coupler portion only |
101-148-063 | Double step microtip, microtip portion only |
101-063-1108 | Lab stand with 1/2" rod |
101-063-1110 | 20 kHz converter mount for 1/2" lab stand |
101-135-066R | 20 kHz 102-C converter |
101-118-039 | Spanner wrench (qty. 1 – requires 2) |

Sonifier SFX150
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Branson SFX150 Sonifier®
Overview: The Sonifier® SFX150 is part of the new lineup of Sonifiers from Branson, designed to bring the industry’s most advanced sample-processing capabilities to your laboratory. Geared toward low-volume samples ranging from 0.2 to 150 mL, the Sonifier SFX150 delivers up to 150 watts of power. And at 40 kHz, it’s quiet enough to operate on a lab bench without a sound enclosure. Because it is available with either a conventional or a handheld converter, you can use the SFX150 in a stack configuration to process longer-duration samples, or process samples quickly by hand using the comfortable, ergonomically-designed handheld converter. ♦ Handheld Converter. Branson’s exclusive handheld converter is designed with the user in mind. The handheld converter offers an ergonomic grip for comfort and control, and a recessed pushbutton and LED indicator for assured operation. ♦ Energy Mode. In Energy Mode, the SFX Series power supply manages the processing cycle to deliver a precise, user-determined input of ultrasonic energy (measured in joules), either continuously or in individual pulses. The SFX Series automatically compensates for any variability, extending or shortening the cycle as needed to deliver the precise energy output. ♦ Process monitoring. In operation, Sonifier SFX Series monitors ongoing processes on a scrollable, digital screen, providing continuous updates of key variables including power level, energy usage, sample temperature, and experiment progress. ♦ Sample-processing programs. For assured repeatability and precision on a greater scale, the SFX Series enables users to create and store up to 20 sampleprocessing programs. Program parameters include continuous or pulsed ultrasonics; time, energy, or temperature control modes; pulse on-time/energy, off-time and total on-time/energy; or amplitude as a percentage. Features: • 40 kHz ultrasonics for quiet, tabletop operation. • Sample sizes from 0.2 to 150ml. • High efficiency, handheld and stand-mountable converters require no internal cooling. • Scrollable, multi-function screen with pushbuttons. • Continuous or pulsed ultrasonics. • Amplitude control range from 10 to 100%. • Microtip mode limits amplitude to 70% to extend tool life. • Control modes include time, temperature, and energy. • True temperature control manages sample temperature within user-specified limits (requires separate temperature probe). • In-process feedback displays experiment progress together with key variables such as power level, energy usage, and elapsed time. • Advanced energy control mode delivers precise energy input in continuous or pulse modes. • Programmable parameters include continuous or pulsed ultrasonics; time, energy, or temperature* control modes; pulse on-time/energy, off-time and total time/energy; or amplitude as a percentage. (*requires optional temperature probe) [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Part Number | Description | Input Power | Output Power | Dimensions | Weight |
101-063-963R | SFX150 with Traditional Converter | 240V CE | 150 Watts | 318 x 191 x 235mm (LxWxH) | 14 lbs. |
101-063-1097R | SFX150 with Handheld Converter |







Stomacher 400 Circulator
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The world’s leading laboratory paddle blender for food microbiologists
Manufactured to industrial standards the Circulator allows for easy and effective processing of multiple samples, without the risk of cross contamination. The Stomacher® owing to the quality of build and components, is highly durable and reliable, ensuring consistent homogenisation during frequent use. The digital control panel provides simple control of processing features such as paddle speed and processing time, essential for consistent results. These features are programmable for repeatable homogenisation protocols. Globally referenced by thousands of protocols in food microbiology, the Stomacher® 400 Circulator is the gold standard in laboratory blenders. The unique patented Circulator paddle design improves organism recovery over older square paddle designs by enhancing the stirring and extrusion forces applied to the sample, driving more organisms into suspension for analysis.WHY the Stomacher® 400 Circulator
- Improved organism recovery with the patented curved shape of the Circulator paddles over older square paddle designs
- No risk of cross contamination between samples
- Durable and reliable
- Control panel with programmable settings or ‘hands-free’ auto-run
- Countdown of processing time
- Removable door for easy cleaning of paddle chamber

Model | Stomacher 400 Circulator |
Cat. No. | 0400/001/EU |
Dimensions | 330x355x300mm (WxDxH) (unpacked) |
Weight | 23kg (unpacked) |
Supply Voltage | 220-250V |
Supply Frequency | 50-60Hz |
Disposable Bag Size | 177mm x 304mm |
Minimum Recommended Capacity | 80ml |
Maximum Recommended Capacity | 400ml |
Maximum Recommended Sample Temperature | 60°C |
Recommended Operating Ambient Temperature Range | 10-35°C |
Recommended Operating Relative Humidity Range | 10-89% |
Adjustable Timer Settings | 0 seconds - 99 minutes 59 seconds (±5%) |
No Load Paddle Speeds (@ nominal 20°C) | 200rpm (±5%) 230rpm (±5%) 260rpm (±5%) |
Paddle Clearance | 0-10mm |
Product Code | Bag Type | Bag Size | Sample Size | Pack Quantity |
BA61411 | Standard Bag | 177 x 305mm | 80-400ml | 500 (sachets of 50) |
BA6141ARV | Standard Bag | 177 x 305mm | 80-400ml | 1000 (sachets of 50) |
BA6141/CLR | Closure Bag | 177 x 305mm | 80-400ml | 250 (sachets of 10) |
BA6141/STR | Strainer Bag | 177 x 305mm | 80-400ml | 250 (sachets of 10) |
Product Code | Bag Type | Bag Size | Sample Size | Pack Quantity |
BA6041 | Standard Bag | 177 x 305mm | 80-400ml | 500 (sachets of 50) |
BA6041ARV | Standard Bag | 177 x 305mm | 80-400ml | 1000 (sachets of 50) |
BA6041/CLR | Closure Bag | 177 x 305mm | 80-400ml | 250 (sachets of 10) |
BA6041/STR | Strainer Bag | 177 x 305mm | 80-400ml | 200 (sachets of 10) |


Product Code | Bag Type | Sample Size | Pack Dimensions |
BA6095 | Stomacher® 400 Bag Opener | 1 Place | 15.5 x 11.5 x 27cm |
BA6091 | Stomacher® 400 Bag Rack | 1 Place | 8 x 10.5 x 19cm |
BA6096 | Stomacher® 400 Bag Rack | 10 Place | 35 x 22 x 10cm |
BA6051 | Simplettes® Disposable straws | 2000 | 41 x 22.5 x 14cm |


EMA Heating and Stirring Electromantles
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
EMA Heating and Stirring Electromantles
The EMA Electromantle shares all the features of the standard EM Electromantle, but has the added functionality of magnetic stirring. The solid state stirring circuitry is built into the base of the main housing and provides powerful stirring over a range of capacities and viscosities. The stir bar is seldom lost due to our "auto-recapture" function. Magnetic Stirring The EMA Electromantle has the added functionality of stirring which widens the range of applications. Stirring operation is simply achieved by placing the correct size stir bar into the flask, turning the stir control to the minimum speed and ramping up slowly. If the magnetic coupling to the stir bar is lost for any reason, the stir speed control should be reduced slightly and the auto-recapture switch can be activated. Key Features • Accepts round bottom flasks from 50ml to 2 litres capacity • Bi-directional stirring speeds up to 520rpm • Stir bar "auto-recapture" function • "Cool-to-touch" design • Maximum element temperature 450°C • Built-in energy regulator • Replaceble insulated heater cartridge • Indicator lamps for power and heater operation • A chemically resistant polypropylene outer casing • A grounded earth screen and double fuses for extra safety • Bracket for 1.3cm support rods (but not including the support rods) [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:EMA Model | EMA0050, EMA0100, EMA0250 | EMA0500, EMA1000 | EMA2000 |
Flask capacity | 50ml - 250ml | 500 - 1000ml | 2000ml |
Material | Polypropylene outer casing | Polypropylene outer casing | Polypropylene outer casing |
Max element temperature | 450°C | 450°C | 450°C |
Dimensions (d x w x h), mm | 260 x 175 x 133 | 310 x 238 x 157 | 400 x 350 x 197 |
Shipping weight, kg | 1.73 | 2.75 | 5.68 |
Model | Capacity | Electrical Requirements |
EMA0050/CEB | 50ml | 230v 50 / 60Hz, 80w UK and EU plug |
EMA0100/CEB | 100ml | 230v 50 / 60Hz, 80w UK and EU plug |
EMA0250/CEB | 250ml | 230v 50 / 60Hz, 170w UK and EU plug |
EMA0500/CEB | 500ml | 230v 50 / 60Hz, 220w UK and EU plug |
EMA1000/CEB | 1000ml | 230v 50 / 60Hz, 320w UK and EU plug |
EMA2000/CEB | 2000ml | 230v 50 / 60Hz, 520w UK and EU plug |

Cimarec+ Stirring Hotplates Series
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Hotplate & Stirrer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4208,4209,4210,4211" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Our new Thermo Scientific™ Cimarec+™ series digital stirring hotplates offer precise stirring control, exceptional safety and temperature performance for your routine protocols. The Cimarec+ Series are available in three sizes, providing flexibility from microscale chemistries to production operations.
Advanced technology
- Stir-Trac features innovative engineering for slow-speed stirring, consistent speed control, and strong magnetic coupling
- Temperature adjustable in 1 degree increments
- Hot Top warning system protects from accidental burns with prominent display when heating surface is above 50°C (122°F)
- Top plate choices in ceramic or aluminum
- Easy-to-read LED display for heating and stirring, besides 4"x 4" Hotplate Stirrer, which has digital temperature and analog stirring control.
- Raised display design protects electronics from spills
- Optional temperature probe and splash guard protection shield
- Variable sizes for different sample volumes
Model No. | SP88854105 | SP88857105 | SP88850105 |
Speed | 50 to 1,500rpm | 50 to 1,500rpm | 50 to 1,500rpm |
Temperature Range (Metric) | 540°C (Max Temperature) | 540°C (Max Temperature) | 400°C (Max Temperature) |
Surface Area (English) Heating | 4.25 x 4.25 in. | 7.25 x 7.25 in. | 10.25 x 10.25 in. |
Surface Area (Metric) Heating | 10.8 x 10.8cm | 18.4 x 18.4cm | 26.0 x 26.0cm |
Top Plate Material | Ceramic | Ceramic | Ceramic |
Voltage | 230V | 230V | 230V |
Hertz | 50/60Hz | 50/60Hz | 50/60Hz |
Certifications/Compliance | cCSAus, CE | cCSAus, CE | cCSAus, CE |
Shipping Weight (English) | 8.4 lb. | 11.2 lb. | 16.5 lb. |
Shipping Weight (Metric) | 3.8kg | 5.1kg | 7.5kg |
Stirring Range | 50 to 1,500rpm | 50 to 1,500rpm | 50 to 1,500rpm |
Dimensions (L x W x H) | 10 x 5 x 3.6 in. (25.4 x 12.7 x 9.1cm) | 13 x 8.2 x 3.8 in. (33 x 20.8 x 9.7cm) | 16.2 x 11.3 x 4 in. (41.1 x 28.7 x 10.2cm) |
Electrical Requirements | 230V 50/60Hz | 230V 50/60Hz | 230V 50/60Hz |
Plug Type | EU/UK/AUS/CHN-style | EU | EU |
Max. Temperature (Metric) | 540°C | 540°C | 400°C |
Type | Hotplate & Stirrer | Hotplate & Stirrer | Hotplate & Stirrer |

Cimarec+ Hotplate series
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Hotplate & Stirrer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Our new Thermo Scientific™ Cimarec+™ hotplate series offers exceptional safety and temperature performance for your routine protocols. The Cimarec+ Series are available in three sizes, providing flexibility from microscale chemistries to production operations.
Advanced technology
- Temperature adjustable in 1 degree increments
- Hot Top warning system protects from accidental burns with prominent display when heating surface is above 50°C (122°F)
- Top plate choices in ceramic or aluminum
- Easy-to-read LED display for heating
- Raised display design protects electronics from spills
- Optional temperature probe and splash guard protection shield
- Variable sizes for different sample volumes
Model No. | HP88854105 | HP88857105 | HP88850105 |
Temperature Range (Metric) | 540°C (Max Temperature) | 540°C (Max Temperature) | 540°C (Max Temperature) |
Max. Temperature (Metric) | 540°C | 540°C | 400°C |
Voltage | 230V | 230V | 230V |
Top Plate Material | Ceramic | Ceramic | Ceramic |
Surface Area (English) Heating | 4.25 x 4.25 in. | 7.25 x 7.25 in. | 10.25 x 10.25 in. |
Surface Area (Metric) Heating | 10.8 x 10.8cm | 18.4 x 18.4cm | 26.0 x 26.0cm |
Hertz | 50/60Hz | 50/60Hz | 50/60Hz |
Certifications/Compliance | cCSAus, CE | cCSAus, CE | cCSAus, CE |
Dimensions (L x W x H) | 10 x 5 x 3.6 in. (25.4 x 12.7 x 9.1cm) | 13 x 8.2 x 3.8 in. (33 x 20.8 x 9.7cm) | 16.2 x 11.3 x 4 in. (41.1 x 28.7 x 10.2cm) |
Electrical Requirements | 230V 50/60Hz | 230V 50/60Hz | 230V 50/60Hz |
Weight (English) | 6.8 lb. | 10.8 lb. | 16.0 lb. |
Weight (Metric) | 3.1kg | 4.9kg | 7.3kg |
Type | Hotplates | Hotplate | Hotplate |

Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
ZWY-2102C
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
ZWY-2112B[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Double Layer Shaking Frame
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
These LABWIT double layer shaking incubators are specially developed for the modern biological engineering departments; a big capacity of flasks but with small footprint.
These incubators have a smooth compact design. They are very efficient and have an excellent floor space/performance factor. Two trays above each other, double the capacity for smaller flasks, while after removing the top tray, big flasks can also be used on the bottom tray (Shaking frame upgrade required). These unit are particularly ideal for fermentation and pharmacy experiments. While they are also widely used where a big amount of liquid needed to be mixed at with constant temperature.
Features:
♦ Microprocessor controller with audible and visual alarms maintains precise temperature and speed control.
♦ Users friendly control panel allows easy digital setting of time, temperature and speed.
♦ Large LCD display presents all actual and preset parameters.
♦ Electronic timer, from 0 – 500 hours, automatic stop, audio/ visual alarm.
♦ Password protection against unauthorized change of parameters.
♦ Audible and visual alarms for over-temperature and set point deviations.
♦ Non-volatile memory for set point retention after a power interruption.
♦ Large double-fold tempered glass window, together with fluorescent lights provides complete visibility of chamber interior.
♦ “Long-Life” brushless AC motor creates a smooth, quiet and uniformed shaking motion.
♦ Mirror-finished high quality #304 stainless steel for excellent durability of interiors.
♦ Standard shaking frame and standard stainless steel tray included, but without clamps.
♦ Vertical double trays for big capacity, though small footprint.
♦ Lockable outer door (on ZWY-1112B/2112B. ZWF-1112/2112) protects the materials against unauthorized access at all times.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Flask (ml) | 50ml | 100ml | 250ml | 500ml | 750ml | 1000ml | 2000ml | 3000ml | 5000ml |
ZWY-1102C/2102C | 56 | 56 | 28 | 22 | 18 | 6* | 3* | 2* | 2* |
ZWY-1102/2102 | 104 | 104 | 56 | 44 | 30 | 24 | 7* | 6* | 4* |
ZWY-1112B/2112B | 164 | 164 | 90 | 74 | 52 | 36 | 13* | 8* | 6* |
ZWF-1112/2112 | 164 | 164 | 90 | 76 | 48 | 44 | 12* | 8* | 6* |
*Applies only when single layer shaking frame is equipped. |
Model | ZWY-1102C | ZWY-2102C | ZWY-1102 | ZWY-2102 | ZWY-1112B | ZWY-2112B | ZWF-1112 | ZWF-2112 |
Volume (L) | 170 | 330 | 580 | 580 | ||||
Shaking Mode | Oribtal | Orbital | Orbital | Reciprocal | ||||
Temperature (°C) | A +5 to 60 | 4 to 60 | A +5 to 60 | 4 to 60 | A +5 to 60 | 4 to 60 | A +5 to 60 | 4 to 60 |
Temperature Accuracy | ±0.1°C | |||||||
Temperature Uniformity | ≤±1°C@37°C | |||||||
Stroke (mm) | 26 | 26 | 35 | 1 to 50 Stepless Adjustment | ||||
Speed (rpm) | 30-300 | 30-300 | 30-300 | 30-240 | ||||
Tray (mm) (WxD) | 496x350 | 734x458 | 970x560 | 940x580 | ||||
Inner dimensions (mm) (WxDxH) | 615x450x640 | 845x530x765 | 1105x850x664 | 1105x850x664 | ||||
Exteriro dimensions (mm) (WxDxH) | 720x685x1310 | 950x755x1445 | 1430x880x1700 | 1430x880x1700 | ||||
Packing dimensions (mm) (WxDxH) | 790x755x1470 | 1020x825x1605 | 1500x950x1860 | 1500x950x1860 | ||||
Net/Gross Weight (kg) | 150/175 | 165/190 | 225/265 | 235/272 | 425/505 | 456/536 | 455/535 | 486/562 |
Power (W) | 1000 | 1250 | 1050 | 1300 | 1600 | 1950 | 1600 | 1950 |
Electricity | 220-240V 50/60Hz | |||||||
Approval | CE, ISO |
Order no. | Description |
ZWY-1102C | 170L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator A+5-60, 30-300rpm |
ZWY-2102C | 170L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator 4-60, 30-300rpm |
ZWY-1102 | 330L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator A+5-60, 30-300rpm |
ZWY-2102 | 330L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator 4-60, 30-300rpm |
ZWY-1112B | 580L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator A+5-60, 30-300rpm |
ZWY-2112B | 580L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator 4-60, 30-300rpm |
ZWF-1112 | 580L, Economic Reciprocal Double Layer Shaking Incubator A+5-60, 30-240rpm |
ZWF-2112 | 580L, Economic Reciprocal Double Layer Shaking Incubator 4-60, 30-240rpm |
Order no. | Description | Order no. | Description |
P5001 | Frame for ZWY-1102C/2102C, ZWYR-2102C, Stl S/C # | P8002 | T Clamp, S/S, for 100ml Flask, with Spring Retainer |
P5002 | Frame for ZWY-1102/2102, ZWYR-2102, S/C | P8013 | T Clamp, S/S, for 150ml Flask, with Spring Retainer |
P5003 | Frame for ZWY-1112B/2112B, ZWYR-2112B, Stl S/C | P8003 | T Clamp, S/S, for 250ml Flask, with Spring Retainer |
P6010 | Tray for ZWY-1102C/2102C, ZWYR-2102C, S/S※ | P8014 | T Clamp, S/S, for 300ml Flask, with Spring Retainer |
P6011 | Tray for ZWY-1102/2102, ZWYR-2102, S/S | P8004 | T Clamp, S/S, for 500ml Flask, with Spring Retainer |
P6012 | Tray for ZWY-1112B/2112B, ZWYR-2112B, S/S | P8005 | T Clamp, S/S, for 750ml Flask, with Spring Retainer |
P6013 | Tray for ZWF-1112/2112, ZWFR-2112, S/S | P8006 | T Clamp, S/S, for 1000ml Flask, with Spring Retainer |
P7011 | Universal Tray for ZWY-1102C/2102C, ZWYR-2102C | P8007 | T Clamp, Spring S/S, for 2000ml Flask, with Spring Retainer |
P7012 | Universal Tray for ZWY-1102/2102, ZWYR-2102, Ful Pcs | P8008 | T Clamp, Spring S/S, for 3000ml Flask, with Spring Retainer |
P7013 | Universal Tray for ZWY-1112B/2112B, ZWYR-2112B, Ful Pcs | P8009 | T Clamp, Spring S/S, for 5000ml Flask, with Spring Retainer |
P7014 | Universal Tray for ZWF-1112/2112, ZWFR-2112, Ful Pcs | P8010 | Tube Rack S/S |
P7023 | Universal Tray for All Double Layer Model, 1/2 Pcs | P8011 | Tube Rack ABS Plastic |
P8001 | T Clamp, S/S, for 50ml Flask, with Spring Retainer | P8012 | Clamp for 96 Well MicroPlate, S/S |
# Stl S/C:Spray Coated Steel, ※ S/S: Stainless Steel | P8017 | Sticky Mat, 20 x 20cm |

Incu-Shaker 10LR Shaking Incubator with cooling
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4158,4151" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Incu-Shaker™ 10L is a heavy-duty performer, designed for heavy workloads and continuous use. Its outstanding temperature accuracy and uniformity are supported by proprietary heat distribution technology that ensures that temperatures are precisely maintained throughout the chamber. Inconsistencies due to stratification are reduced to negligible levels and the selected temperature is precisely maintained within 0.25%, even in the corners.
The powerful brushless induction drive is designed for years of trouble-free service, even under continuous use conditions with heavy loads. Noise and vibration are minimized by an advanced, computer designed motor isolation system. Like other Incu-Shaker models, the 10L is built to last.
A standard, rubber mat platform is included and is ideal for use with tissue culture flasks, Petri dishes, staining trays and other flat vessels. The convenient MAGic Clamp™ platformis also available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique, magnetic attachment method (PATENTED) is the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes.
- Large 18 x 18", up to 5 x 2L
- Exceptional temperature uniformity
- Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
- Instantly change flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories
- Optional shelf for Petri dishes, microplates, etc.
- Incu-Shaker 10LR (Refrigerated) for temperatures down to RT -15°C
Speed: | Variable, 30 to 300 rpm |
Orbit: | 19mm / 3/4 in. |
Temp. Range (10LR): | Room Temp. -15°C to 60°C |
Temp. Increment: | 0.1°C |
Temp. Accuracy: | ±0.1°C |
Temp. Uniformity: | ±1.25°C |
Speed Increment: | 1 rpm |
Platform Dimensions: | 17.8 x 17.8 in./ 45 x 45 cm |
Dimensions: (w x d x h) | 20 x 26 x 19 in. / 51 x 65 x 47 cm |
Dimensions (10LR): (w x d x h) | 20 x 31 x 22 in. / 51 x 79 x 56 cm |
Weight (10LR): | 120 lbs (55kg) |
Height, Lid Open: | 38 in. / 96.5 cm |
Timer: | 1 min. to 48 hours / continuous |
Electrical: | 115 or 230V, 50-60Hz, 450W |
Order No.: | Description: |
H1012-E | Incu-Shaker 10LR (Refrigerated) with flat mat platform |
Optional Platforms | |
H1010-MR | MAGic Clamp™ universal platform for flasks and tube racks (18 x 18 in.) |
H1010-P-SP | Spring platform for unique vessel types |
H1010-P-MP | 6 x microplate platform |
H1010-SH | Optional shelf, 14 x 5,5" for Petri dishes, microplates, etc. |
MAGic Clamp Flask Clamps | |
H1000-MR-CMB | ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 16x500, 25x250 or 36x125ml) |
H1000-MR-25 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 25ml, max.49 |
H1000-MR-50 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.49 |
H1000-MR125 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.36 |
H1000-MR-250 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max.25 |
H1000-MR-500 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max.16 |
H1000-MR-1000 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1L, max. 9 |
H1000-MR-2000 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2L, max.5 |
H1000-MR-3000 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2.8L, max.4 |
H1000-MR-MP | Clamp for 1 x microplate for H1000-MR, max. 6 |
MAGic Clamp Tube/Bottle Racks | |
H1000-MR-1550 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 30x15ml & 20x50ml, max. 4 |
H1000-MR-T15 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 8 |
H1000-MR-T50 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 8 |
H1000-MR-T600 | Bottle Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500/600ml bottle, max. 4 |
H1000-MR-TSR | Tilted holder for 15ml and 50ml tube racks, max 8 |

Incu-Shaker 10L Shaking Incubator
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4154,4151" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Incu-Shaker™ 10L is a heavy-duty performer, designed for heavy workloads and continuous use. Its outstanding temperature accuracy and uniformity are supported by proprietary heat distribution technology that ensures that temperatures are precisely maintained throughout the chamber. Inconsistencies due to stratification are reduced to negligible levels and the selected temperature is precisely maintained within 0.25%, even in the corners.
The powerful brushless induction drive is designed for years of trouble-free service, even under continuous use conditions with heavy loads. Noise and vibration are minimized by an advanced, computer designed motor isolation system. Like other Incu-Shaker models, the 10L is built to last.
A standard, rubber mat platform is included and is ideal for use with tissue culture flasks, Petri dishes, staining trays and other flat vessels. The convenient MAGic Clamp™ platform is also available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique, magnetic attachment method (PATENTED) is the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes.
- Large 18 x 18", up to 5 x 2L
- TOUCH screen control over time, speed and temperature
- Exceptional temperature uniformity
- Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
- Instantly change flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories
- Optional shelf for Petri dishes, microplates, etc.
Speed: | Variable, 30 to 300 rpm |
Orbit: | 19mm / 3/4 in. |
Temp. Range: | Room Temp. +5 to 60°C |
Temp. Increment: | 0.1°C |
Temp. Accuracy: | ±0.1°C |
Temp. Uniformity: | ±1.25°C |
Speed Increment: | 1 rpm |
Platform Dimensions: | 17.8 x 17.8 in./ 45 x 45 cm |
Dimensions: (w x d x h) | 20 x 26 x 19 in. / 51 x 65 x 47 cm |
Weight: | 120 lbs (55kg) |
Height, Lid Open: | 38 in. / 96.5 cm |
Timer: | 1 min. to 48 hours / continuous |
Electrical: | 115 or 230V, 50-60Hz, 450W |
Order no.: | Description: |
H2010-E | Incu-Shaker 10L with flat mat platform |
Optional Platforms | |
H1010-MR | MAGIc Clamp universal platform for flasks and tube racks (18 x 18 in.) |
H1010-P-SP | Spring platform for unique vessel types |
H1010-P-MP | 6 x microplate platform |
H1010-SH | Optional shelf, 14 x 5,5" for Petri dishes, microplates, etc |
MAGic Clamp Flask Clamps | |
H1000-MR-CMB | ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 16x500, 25x250 or 36x125ml) |
H1000-MR-25 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 25ml, max.49 |
H1000-MR-50 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.49 |
H1000-MR-125 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.36 |
H1000-MR-250 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max.25 |
H1000-MR-500 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max.16 |
H1000-MR-1000 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1L, max. 9 |
H1000-MR-2000 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2L, max.5 |
H1000-MR-3000 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2.8L, max.4 |
H1000-MR-MP | Clamp for 1 x microplate for H1000-MR, max. 6 |
MAGic Clamp Tube/Bottle Racks | |
H1000-MR-1550 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 30x15ml & 20x50ml, max. 4 |
H1000-MR-T15 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 8 |
H1000-MR-T50 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 8 |
H1000-MR-T600 | Bottle Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500/600ml bottle, max. 4 |
H1000-MR-T15H | Tube Rack, 12x1.5ml horizontal, max. 6 |
H1000-MR-T150H | Tube Rack, 4x15ml horizontal, max. 8 |
H1000-MR-T50H | Tube Rack, 2x50ml horizontal, max. 8 |
H1000-MR-TSR | Tilted holder for 15ml and 50ml tube racks, max 8 |

EMV and EMX Electromantles: V-shaped and spill-proof
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
EMV and EMX Electromantles: V-shaped and spill-proof
EMX / EMV Model | EMV0050 | EMV0250 | EMV1000, EMX1000 | EMV5000, EMX5000 |
Flask capacity | 10 - 50ml | 100 - 250ml | 500 - 1000ml | 2000 - 5000ml |
Funnel Sizes | 50 - 75mm | 75 - 100mm | 100 - 200mm | 200 - 300mm |
Max element temperature | 450°C | 450°C | 450°C | 450°C |
Dimensions (d x w x h) | 260 x 175 x 127mm | 260 x 175 x 127mm | 310 x 238 x 145mm | 400 x 350 x 190 |
Shipping Weight | 0.78kg | 0.78kg | 2.76kg | 5.96kg |
Model | Capacity | Electrical Requirement |
EMV0050/CE | 10 to 50ml | 230V 50 / 60Hz, 60w UK and EU plug |
EMV0250/CE | 100 to 250ml | 230V 50 / 60Hz, 150w UK and EU plug |
EMV1000/CE | 500 to 1000ml | 230V 50 / 60Hz, 300w UK and EU plug |
EMV5000/CE | 2000 to 5000ml | 230V 50 / 60Hz, 800w UK and EU plug |
Model | Capacity | Electrical Requirement |
EMX1000/SCE | 500 to 1000ml | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 240w UK and EU plug |
EMX5000/SCE | 2000 to 5000ml | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 600w UK and EU plug |

Aspire Laboratory Aspirator
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4141,4142,4143,4144" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The Accuris ASPIRE Laboratory Aspirator incorporates a quiet, maintenance-free pump inside a sturdy, yet compact base. The vacuum pressure is fully adjustable, with a conveniently located pressure gauge that displays the vacuum level at all times.
- Compact Design.
- Built-in Vacuum Pump.
- Adjustable Vacuum Pressure.
- Vacuum Gauge.
- Safe and Precise Aspiration.
The ASPIRE is an ideal choice for a wide range of laboratory aspirating applications, including removal of media from tissue culture vessels or plates, and supernatants. An ergonomic, hand held controller is included, and holds standard 200 to 300ul disposable pipette tips.
The hand held controller, and adapters are made of POM (Polyoxymethylene), and fully autoclavable.
The Polycarbonate collection bottle incorporates a reliable Overflow Protection Valve that closes off the tube to the vacuum in the event of a full bottle. In addition, the replaceable in-line filter protects the vacuum pump from contaminants and any moisture that comes through the bottle. Graduations on the collection bottle indicate the amount of fluid collected and when it’s ready to be emptied. The Handheld Vacuum Controller has an ergonomic design that’s comfortable in the hand during prolonged use. Pressing the button applies the vacuum. The pipette accepts Pasteur pipettes, serological pipettes, and also comes with 2 accessory pipette cones. One cone is designed to accommodate 200/300ul pipette tips, the other has a thin, stainless steel capillary for fine control aspirating.
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Max. Aspiration: | 14ml / sec. |
Max. Flow: | 15L / min. |
Vacuum Range: | -30 to -750mbar |
Noise Level: | 59.6 db |
Vacuum Pump: | oil free piston |
Dimensions: | 9.5 x 7.9 x 13.5in |
Weight: | 4.8 lbs / 2.2 kg |
Electrical: | 230V |
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]The Aspire comes complete with:
•Base with internal vacuum pump
•2 Liter, polycarbonate collection bottle
•Antibacterial / hydrophobic filter
•Silicone tubing
•Handheld vacuum controller (A)
•Adapter for 200ul pipette tips (B)
•Adapter, fine tip stainless steel, 40mm (C)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Available optionally:
•Extra long, (80mm) fine tip stainless steel (D)
•8-channel adapter, fine tip stainless steel (E)
•8-channel adapter for 200ul pipette tips (F)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Item No. | Description: |
V0020-E | Aspire™ Laboratory Aspirator,115V Includes base with internal vaccum pump,2L polycarbonate bottle with lid, silicon tubing, handheld vaccum controller and single channel adapters |
V1002-1SL | Optional single channel adapter, extra long(80mm) stainless steel (D) |
V1002-8 | Optional eight channel adapter for use with 200μl pipett tips(F) |
V1002-S8 | Optional eight channel adapter, fine tip stainless steel (E) |
V1002 | Handheld vaccum controller with single channel adapters (A,B,C/included) |
V0020-F1 | Hydrophobic filter (included) |
V0020-QD | Optional quick disconnect kit, includes 2 male/female attachments & silicon tubing |
V0020-BOT | Graduated, PC collection bottle(included) |
V0020-TB | Extra tubing, 1 meter |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Stripettor Ultra Pipet Controller
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4132,4138,4134,4135" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Completely redesigned with more features, greater reliability, and improved ergonomics
This light, ergonomic, motorized pipet controller is designed for use with glass and plastic serological pipets from 0.5 to 100 mL. Conveniently positioned switches change operating modes and speeds quickly to handle different liquid volumes and various viscosities. Aspirating and dispensing speed is controlled through the finger triggers. When fully charged, the batteries enable up to 8 hours of continuous use. The large LCD display clearly indicates battery status, pipetting mode, and speed. Corning Stripettor Ultra Pipet Controller comes with a universal power supply, three 0.2 µm filters, 3 colored nose pieces and a wall hanger.
Features:
• LCD display for continuous visualization of speed, modes, and battery status
• Colored nose pieces for user or application identification
• Well positioned function buttons
• Accessories: Universal charging adapter, 0.2 µm filter (3), nose -piece (3), wall-mounted holder[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Cat. No. | Description |
4099 | Corning Stripettor Ultra Pipet Controller, with universal power supply, three 0.2 µm filters, 3 colored nose pieces and wall hanger |

Multi (Extraction) Mantles: 3 Recess Model
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
Heater EME3
Heater/Stirrer EMEA3

Multi (Extraction) Mantles: 3 Recess Model
Material | Polypropylene top on powder-coated aluminium |
Max element temperature | 450°C |
Model | Flask Capacity | Dimensions (d x w x h), mm | No. of Recesses | Electrical Requirements | Shipping Weight, kg |
EME30100/CEB | 3 x 100ml | 270 x 640 x 110 | 3 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 180W UK and EU plug | 6.2 |
EME30250/CEB | 3 x 250ml | 270 x 640 x 110 | 3 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 450W UK and EU plug | 6.2 |
EME30500/CEB | 3 x 500ml | 285 x 755 x 130 | 3 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 600W UK and EU plug | 7.4 |
EME31000/CEB | 3 x 1000ml | 285 x 755 x 130 | 3 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 900W UK and EU plug | 7.4 |
Model | Flask Capacity | Dimensions (d x w x h), mm | No. of Recesses | Electrical Requirements | Shipping Weight, kg |
EMEA30100/CE | 3 x 100ml | 270 x 640 x 110 | 3 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 220W UK and EU plug | 7 |
EMEA30250/CE | 3 x 250ml | 270 x 640 x 110 | 3 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 490W UK and EU plug | 7 |
EMEA30500/CE | 3 x 500ml | 285 x 755 x 130 | 3 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 640W UK and EU plug | 8.4 |
EMEA31000/CE | 3 x 1000ml | 285 x 755 x 130 | 3 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 940W UK & EU plug | 8.4 |

NextPette Precision Pipettes
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4124,4125,4123" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The Accuris product development team has over 25 combined years of experience in the precision liquid handling business. We were assigned the challenge to create a next generation pipette, to be the lightest and most ergonomic that we have ever introduced, without compromising performance or durability.
Introducing the NextPette:
- Market leading accuracy & precision.
- One handed volume adjustment.
- Convenient volume lock.
- Easily visible, 4 digit display.
- Ergonomic, thumb shaped plunger button.


Item No. | Description | Inaccuracy | Imprecision | Tip Size |
P7700-1 | NextPette™ variable volume pipette 0.1 to 1.0 μl | ± 20 to 2% | ± 12 to 1.2% | 10 μl |
P7700-10 | NextPette™ variable volume pipette 0.5 to 10 μl | ± 3.8 to 0.5% | ± 4 to 0.5% | 10 μl |
P7700-20 | NextPette™ variable volume pipette 2 to 20 μl | ± 3 to 0.8% | ± 3 to 0.8% | 200 μl |
P7700-100 | NextPette™ variable volume pipette 10 to 100 μl | ± 1.5 to 0.8% | ± 1.5 to 0.8% | 200 μl |
P7700-200 | NextPette™ variable volume pipette 20 to 200 μl | ± 1.2 to 0.6% | ± 1.0 to 0.6% | 200 μl |
P7700-1000 | NextPette™ variable volume pipette 100 to 1000 μl | ± 1.5 to 0.6% | ± 1.0 to 0.6% | 1000 μl |
P7700-5M | NextPette™ variable volume pipette 0.5ml to 5ml | ± 0.6 to 0.5% | ± 0.6 to 0.5% | 5ml |
P7700-10M | NextPette™ variable volume pipette 1ml to 10ml | ± 2.5 to 0.5% | ± 2.0 to 0.5% | 10ml |
P7700-CAR | NextPette™ carousel stand, holds 6 Nextpette pipettes | |||
P7700-T5M | 5ml pipette tips, 100/pk. | |||
P7700-T10M | 10ml pipette tips, 250/pk. | |||
New NextPette Starter Packs, includes Carousel Stand: | ||||
P7700-S1 | Includes 4 NextPettes: P7700-10, P7700-20, P7700-200, P7700-1000, and P7700-CAR Carousel | |||
P7700-S2 | Includes 4 NextPettes: P7700-200, P7700-1000, P7700-5M, P7700-10M, and P7700-CAR Carousel |

Orbi-Shaker CO²
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_images_carousel images="4086,4071" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" hide_prev_next_buttons="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
The new Orbi-Shaker CO2 series is designed for shaking, mixing& aeration applications in extreme environments, including CO2 incubators. It can withstand temperatures from 0 to 60°C and humidity levels up to 100%.
To avoid contamination, unintentional release of gas or deviations from protocol, all settings are adjusted via the included remote control module. This module can be stored outside of the chamber and connects to the shaker via a flat (1mm thickness) cable, that easily passes through a port or underneath an incubator door without compromising the seal. This allows for user adjustment of run time or mixing speed without opening the chamber door(s).
The instrument is supplied with a non-slip rubber mat platform. In addition, convenient MAGic Clamp™ platforms (of multiple sizes) are also available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique magnetic attachment method (PATENTED) has been widely recognized as the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes.
- Designed to fit and maximize capacity in most C02 incubators
- Remote controlled, adjust settings without disrupting the CO2 environment
- Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
- Instantly exchange flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories (PATENTED)
Speed: | Variable, 30 to 300 rpm |
Orbit: | 19mm |
Max. Capacity: | 5 x 1L (14 lbs / 6 kg) |
Speed Increment: | 1 rpm |
Platform Dimensions: | 13 x 12 in./ 33 x 30 cm (Included)/ 14 x 12 in./ 35 x 30 cm (MAGic Clamp) |
Cord Length: | 60.5 in. / 154 cm |
Operating Temp. Range: | 0° to +65°C |
Dimensions: (w x d x h) | 18.5 x 21.25 x 5 in. / 47 x 54 x 12.5 cm |
Weight: | 25 lbs (11.25kg) |
Electrical: | 120V or 230V, 50-60Hz 600W |
Item: | Description: |
BT4000-E | OrbiShaker CO2 with flat mat platform (13x13") |
BT4010-E | OrbiShaker CO2 XL with flat mat platform (16x16.5") |
Optional Platforms (Magic Clamp Universal) | |
BT3000-MR | MAGic Clamp™ universal platform (for BT4000) for flasks and tube racks (14 x 12 in) |
BT4010-MR | MAGic Clamp™ universal platform (for XL model) for flasks and tube racks (16 x 16.5 in) |
H1010-MR | MAGic Clamp™ universal platform (for XL model) for flasks and tube racks (18 x 18 in) |
Optional Platforms (misc.) | |
H1000-P-MP | Dedicated platform for 4 microplates |
H1000-P-MP | Dedicated platform, 12 x 125ml |
H1000-P-250 | Dedicated platform, 8 x 250ml |
H1000-P-500 | Dedicated platform, 5 x 500ml |
H1000-P-SP | Universal Spring loaded platform, (for irregular vessels) |
MAGic Clamp Flask Clamps | |
H1000-MR-CMB | ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 9x500, 14x250 or 24x125ml) |
H1000-MR-50 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.30 |
H1000-MR-125 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.24 |
H1000-MR-250 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max. 14 |
H1000-MR-500 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max. 9 |
H1000-MR-1000 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1L, max. 5 |
H1000-MR-2000 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2L, max. 2 |
H1000-MR-MP | Clamp for H1000-MR, 1xmicroplate, max. 6 |
MAGic Clamp Tube Racks | |
H1000-MR-1550 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 30x15ml & 20x50ml, max. 2 |
H1000-MR-T15 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 3 |
H1000-MR-T50 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 3 |
H1000-MR-T50 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 3 |
H1000-MR-T600 | Bottle Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500ml, max.1 |
H1000-MR-T15H | Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 12x1.5/2.0ml, horizontal |
H1000-MR-T150H | Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 4x15ml, horizontal |
H1000-MR-T500H | Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 2x50ml, horizontal |
H1000-MR-TSR | Tilted holder for 15ml and 50ml tube racks, max 3 |

Orbi-Blotter
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
The Orbi-Blotter™ features a gentle orbital motion with speed control down to as little as 3 rpm, making it the ideal orbital choice for low speed applications, such as blotting, washing, staining/destaining, etc. A large 14×12 in. work surface is included along with a non-slip rubber mat for holding trays, dishes, plates and other flat vessels.
An optional stacking platform can be purchased as an accessory, effectively doubling the usable work surface. The maintenance free, brushless motor is capable of loads up to 2kg and is safe for use in cold rooms and incubators.
- Gentle orbital motion for gel applications
- Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
- Large 14 x 12" work surface
- Variable speed control from 3 to 70 rpm
- Incubator and cold room safe

Speed: | Variable, 3 to 70 rpm |
Orbit: | 19 mm |
Max. Capacity: | 3 x 2L (9 lbs / 4 kg) |
Platform Dimensions: | 14 x 12 in./ 35 x 30 cm |
Operating Temp. Range | +4 to +45°C |
Dimensions: (w x d x h) | 14 x 12 x 8 in. 35.5 x 30.5 x 20 cm |
Weight: | 7.5 lbs (3.4kg) |
Electrical: | 120 or 230V, 50-60Hz 50W |
Item No.: | Description: |
BT30-E | OrbiBlotter. with flat mat platform |
BR2000-STACK | Optional stacking platform with flat mat, 14 x 12 in. |
BR2000-SP | Optional stacking extender set, adds 1.25" clearance to stavking platform |

Orbi-Shaker XL
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_images_carousel images="4076,4071,4077" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" hide_prev_next_buttons="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
The Orbi-Shaker XL offers flask capacity that far exceeds that of most benchtop models. With a large 18 x 18 inch platform and a powerful, beltless motor drive, the Orbi-Shaker XL is capable of mixing up to five 2L flasks or nine 1L flasks simultaneously. The included, non-slip rubber mat platform is ideal for low speed applications, while the convenient MAGic Clamp™ platform is also available for high speed mixing of Erlenmeyer flasks, tube racks or microplates. The MAGic Clamp™ allows for instant flask clamp exchange without the use of tools, screws or any other hardware (PATENTED).
- Large 18 x 18", up to 5 x 2L
- Convenient, Benchtop design
- Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
- Instantly change flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories (PATENTED)

Speed: | Variable, 30 to 300 rpm |
Orbit: | 19mm / 3/4 in. |
Max. Capacity: | 5 x 2L or 9 x 1L |
Max Load: | 65lbs (30kg) |
Speed Increment: | 1 rpm |
Platform Dimensions: | 17.8 x 17.8 in./ 45 x 45 cm |
Dimensions: (w x d x h) | 18.5 x 21.25 x 5 in. / 47 x 54 x 12.5 cm |
Weight: | 65lbs (30kg) |
Electrical: | 115 or 230V, 50-60Hz, 450W |
Item No.: | Description: |
BT1010-E | Orbi-Shaker XL with flat mat platform |
Optional Platforms | |
H1010-MR | MAGic Clamp™ universal platform for flasks and tube racks (18 x 18 in.) |
H1000-P-SP | Universal spring platform for unique vessel types |
H1000-P-MP | Dedicated platform for 4 microplates |
MAGic Clamp Flask Clamps | |
H1000-MR-CMB | ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 9x500, 14x250 or 24x125ml) |
H1000-MR-50 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.30 |
H1000-MR-125 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.24 |
H1000-MR-250 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max. 14 |
H1000-MR-500 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max. 9 |
H1000-MR-1000 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1L, max. 5 |
H1000-MR-2000 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2L, max. 2 |
H1000-MR-MP | Clamp for H1000-MR, 1xmicroplate, max. 6 |
MAGic Clamp Tube Racks | |
H1000-MR-1550 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 30x15ml & 20x50ml, max. 2 |
H1000-MR-T15 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 3 |
H1000-MR-T50 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 3 |
H1000-MR-T50 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 3 |
H1000-MR-T600 | Bottle Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500ml, max.1 |
H1000-MR-T15H | Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 12x1.5/2.0ml, horizontal |
H1000-MR-T150H | Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 4x15ml, horizontal |
H1000-MR-T500H | Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 2x50ml, horizontal |
H1000-MR-TSR | Tilted holder for 15ml and 50ml tube racks, max 3 |

Orbi-Shaker
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_images_carousel images="4072,4071" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" hide_prev_next_buttons="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
The powerful Orbi-Shaker is capable of mixing a 14lb load capacity up to speeds as high as 300 rpm. The standard platform (included) features a non-slip, rubber coated surface, ideal for tissue culture flasks, petri dishes and staining trays.
The convenient MAGic Clamp™ platform (PATENT PENDING) is also available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique, magnetic attachment method (PATENTED) is the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes.
- High capacity, up to 9 x 500ml, 5 x 1L or 2 x 2L
- Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
- Digital speed control up to 300 rpm
- Instantly exchange flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories (PATENTED)

Speed: | Variable, 30 to 300 rpm |
Orbit: | 19 mm |
Max. Capacity: | 5 x 1L (14 lbs / 6 kg) |
Speed Increment: | 1 rpm |
Platform Dimensions: | 13 x 12 in./ 33 x 30 cm (Included) 14 x 12 in./ 35 x 30 cm (MAGic Clamp) |
Operating Temp. Range | +4 to +65°C |
Dimensions: (w x d x h) | 11 x 13 x 3 in./ 28 x 33x 7.5 cm |
Weight: | 25 lbs (11.25kg) |
Electrical: | 120V or 230V, 50-60Hz 600W |
Item: | Description: |
BT3000-E | OrbiShaker with flat mat platform |
Optional Platforms | |
BT3000-MR | MAGic Clamp™ universal platform for flasks and tube racks (14 x 12 in) |
H1000-P-SP | Universal spring platform for unique vessel types |
H1000-P-MP | Dedicated platform for 4 microplates |
H100-P-125 | Dedicated platform, 12 x 125ml |
H1000-P-250 | Dedicated platform, 8 x 250ml |
H1000-P-500 | Dedicated platform, 5 x 500ml |
MAGic Clamp Flask Clamps | |
H1000-MR-CMB | ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 9x500, 14x250 or 24x125ml) |
H1000-MR-50 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.30 |
H1000-MR-125 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.24 |
H1000-MR-250 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max. 14 |
H1000-MR-500 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max. 9 |
H1000-MR-1000 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1L, max. 5 |
H1000-MR-2000 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2L, max. 2 |
H1000-MR-MP | Clamp for H1000-MR, 1xmicroplate, max. 6 |
MAGic Clamp Tube Racks | |
H1000-MR-1550 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 30x15ml & 20x50ml, max. 2 |
H1000-MR-T15 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 3 |
H1000-MR-T50 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 3 |
H1000-MR-T50 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 3 |
H1000-MR-T600 | Bottle Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500ml, max.1 |
H1000-MR-T15H | Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 12x1.5/2.0ml, horizontal |
H1000-MR-T150H | Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 4x15ml, horizontal |
H1000-MR-T500H | Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 2x50ml, horizontal |
H1000-MR-TSR | Tilted holder for 15ml and 50ml tube racks, max 3 |

Orbi-Shaker JR.
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Modeled after the popular Orbi-Shaker, the Orbi-Shaker JR.™ is a “mini sized” replica, designed for smaller capacity applications and laboratories where bench space is at a premium. The shaker includes a 9.5 x 8″ platform that mixes at a 19mm orbit, perfect for thorough mixing and aeration in Erlenmeyer flasks.
An optional MAGic Clamp™ platform is available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique magnetic attachment method is the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes. (PATENTED)
- Digital speed control up to 300 rpm
- Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
- Extremely compact, perfect for low to medium capacity applications
- Instantly exchange flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories (PATENTED)
Speed: | Variable, 50 to 300 rpm |
Orbit: | 19 mm |
Max. Capacity: | 4 x 1L (9 lbs / 4 kg) |
Speed Increment: | 10 rpm |
Platform Dimensions: | 9.5 x 8 in./ 24 x 20 cm (Included) 11.5 x 9.5 in./ 29 x 24 cm (MAGic Clamp) |
Operating Temp. Range | +4 to +65°C |
Dimensions: (w x d x h) | 13.1 x 11.74 x 4.7 in. (33 x 30 x 12 cm) |
Weight: | 12 lbs (5.5kg) |
Timer: | 1 min up to 99 hours (or continuous) |
Electrical: | Universal Voltage, 100-240V, 50-60Hz 250W |
Order No. | Description |
BT302-E | OrbiShaker JR. with flat mat platform |
H1000-MR | Optional MAGic Clamp universal platform for flasks and tube racks |
BT300-RP | Adjustable spring platform for unique vessel types |

Orbi-Shaker Microplate Shaker
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
The Orbi-Shaker MP™ is designed with a 3mm mixing orbit, optimized for thorough mixing of microplates and/or PCR plates. Up to four plates (standard or deep well) can be placed on the included platform and are instantly secured without the use of springs, clamps or tools.
- Digital speed control up to 1500 rpm
- 3mm orbit for thorough mixing in microplates
- Includes platform for up to 4 microplates
- Cold room and incubator safe
- Optional adapters for mixing microtubes
Speed: | Variable, 200 to 1500 rpm |
Orbit: | 3mm |
Max. Capacity: | Up to 4 microplates |
Operating Temp. Range | +4 to +65°C |
Dimensions: (w x d x h) | 13.1 x 11.74 x 4.7 in. (33 x 30 x 12 cm) |
Weight: | 12 lbs (5.5kg) |
Electrical: | Universal Voltage, 100-240V, 50-60Hz 250W |
Order No. | Description |
BT1502-E | OrbiShaker MP Microplate shaker with platform for 4 mircoplates |
BT1500-A1520 | Microtube adapter, 20x1.5/2.0ml (max.4) |
BT1500-A05 | Microtube adapter, 20x0.5ml (max. 4) |

Vornado Mini vortex mixer BV101
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_images_carousel images="4053,4054,4055,4056,4057" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" hide_prev_next_buttons="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Powerful is the best word to describe this mini vortexer. With a 4mm orbit and fixed speed of 2800rpm, the Vornado instantly vortexes even the largest samples, including nearly full 50 ml tubes. Despite its powerful motor, the Vornado has a footprint of less than 4×4 inches, allowing it to fit on even the most crowded bench.
Insta-Touch operation means that the motor is automatically activated with slight pressure on the center cup head. Operation is smooth, quiet and efficient. When pressure is removed, operation immediately ceases.
The Vornado’s unique head design prevents liquids from entering the housing, prolonging motor life. The unit is available with five different cup head colors
- Powerful vortexing for tubes up to 50ml
- Inst-Touch™ pressure activated operation
- "Mini Sized", less than 4 in. wide
- Available in five color configurations
Speed: | 2800 rpm |
Orbit: | 4mm |
Motor Activation: | Insta-Touch™ pressure activation |
Dimensions (w x d x h) | 3.7 x 3.9 x 2.6 in. 9.4 x 9.9 x 6.6 cm |
Weight | 1 lbs. / 0.4 kg |
Electrical: | Universal Voltage 100-240V, 50-60 Hz, 0.7A |
Order No. | Description |
BV101-E | Vornado Vortex Mixer, grey cup, 230V |
BV101-B-E | Vornado Vortex Mixer, blue cup, 230V |
BV101-G-E | Vornado Vortex Mixer, green cup, 230V |
BV101-P-E | Vornado Vortex Mixer, purple cup, 230V |
BV101-R-E | Vornado Vortex Mixer, red cup, 230V |

Automatic Autoclave
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4046,4045" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" hide_prev_next_buttons="yes" wrap="yes"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Falpco.co.jp%2Fen%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F38_2_cl.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Laboratory Use Autoclave, CL-32 & CL-40 series
More safety and more ease !
♦ Quick Lock Lid By the central lock lever, you can easily lock the lid with fingertip. The lid is lightened up and down by the automatic hinge. Even if you lose hold of the lid, it keeps stopped at the same position. ♦ Lid Interlock The lid is locked reliably during operation and till cooling down to the safe temperature (80°C ... adjustable by parameter). ♦ Electro Mechanical Lock This function brings more safety to operator by locking the lid at the power failure or in the power OFF, to prevent operator from contamination by contacting un-sterilized objects carelessly. Locking is released only on standby state in the power ON. ♦ Graphic Display The current operation process is indicated clearly. ♦ Timed Free Steaming This reliable automatic air exhaust system guarantees always sure sterilization under pure steam exposure. ♦ Adjustable Automatic Exhaust After sterilization process, steam is slowly released or cooled by the key set especially for liquid bottles. ♦ Warming & Dissolving of Culture Medium Warming after sterilization and dissolving of culture medium. ♦ Water Cooling System of Exhaust-steam & Drainage of water ... CL models For no exhaust-steam and smell-down to your working room during air exhaust process or at operation end, the water cooling system with enough ability of steam condensation is provided inside the main body. Condensed water flow into the exhaust bottle in the front of main body. Also to clean the chamber bottom, the remained water is drained to the drain tray by opening the drain valve cock at inner side of exhaust bottle. ♦ Star-Timer by Calender You can set operation start by month, day, hour and minute. The sterilized objects can be taken out at your next work-start. ♦ Memory Back Up Even on a power failure, the process progress is memorized. When the power is returned, it is re-displayed. ♦ Mouth Boss for Object Temperature Sensor is provided on the Lid. Through this mouth boss, one sensor for operation-start or three sensors for temperature distribution measurement can be set later (by option) with use of fitting accessory. ♦ Light to use ... -S models -32S and -40S models have low loading heights especially for heavy objects such as liquid bottles. It is possible to work with light steps. ♦ Warm Air Drying ... CL-DP models By warm flow through 0.2um micro-filter, the sterilized objects can be dried clearly and cleanly. The vacuum-drying models (CLG series) with pulse pre-vacuum system by the vacuum pump are also prepared.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS:
• Object Temperature Sensor (for reliable sterilization) • Automatic Water Supply (to save your manual water supply) • Pre-Heating (to shorten the heating-up time) • Rapid Cooling (to shorten the cooling time) • Printer (to print the record of operation) • Recorder (to check temperature distribution) We can submit documents for GMP / GLP requirements [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]SPECIFICATION:
Model | Basic | CL-32S | CL-32L | CL-40S | CL-40M | CL-40L |
with warm air drying | CL-32SDP | CL-32LDP | CL-40SDP | CL-40MDP | CL-40LDP | |
Chamber (usable inner size) Capacity | Ø320x420mm 34L | Ø320x676mm 54L | Ø400x478mm 60L | Ø400x672mm 85L | Ø400x832mm 105L | |
Usable max. temperature Usable max. pressure | 140°C 0.27MPa | 137°C 0.25MPa | ||||
Usable temperature | Sterilization: 100 ~ 140°C | Sterilization: 100 ~ 137°C | ||||
Dissolving: 40 ~ 99°C, Warming: 40 ~ 60°C | ||||||
Usable time | Sterilization, Dissolving: 0min. ~ 48hrs. 00min. And continous, Warming: 0min. ~ 48hrs. 00min | |||||
Controller | Microprocessor controller, graphic display Temperature … 3 digits, PID control Timer … 2 digits hours : 2 digits minutes, down count (Temperature / Time integration system) | |||||
Operation pattern | A: Heating --> Sterilization --> Exhaust (adjustable) B: Heating --> Sterilization --> Exhaust (adjustable) --> Warming C: Disolving --> Warming | |||||
-DP models | Operation pattern with drying | D: Heating --> Sterilization --> Drain --> Drying (Full automatic operation) E: Only Drying | ||||
Drying devices | Hot air circulating and discharge by electric heater and air pump through 0.2um micro cartridge filter of untake passage. Temperature range: 60 ~ 150°C, Timer range: 0min. ~ 99hrs.59min. and continuous | |||||
Air exhaust device | Temperature (99°C … adjustable) sensing, time (3min. … adjustable) control & solenoid valve (Time free steaming system) | |||||
Exhaust cooling system | Water storage tank with cooling coil & Exhaust drain receiver bottle | |||||
Drain valve | Manaul valve at inner side of exhaust bottle: CL models ; Manual & Automatic valve: CL-DP models | |||||
Option | Auto, water supply | Automatic water supply system from city-water-faucet by level sensor-controller | ||||
Pre-heat system | To shorten the come-up time, at 60°C. Provided only with auto. water supply. | |||||
Rapid cooling system | Chamber cooling system by 1 ~ 2 fans | |||||
Safety | Safety devices | Interlock system, Electro mechanical lock system Double check system of lid close, Over pressure detector Over temperature detector, Water lack preventor, Sensor break indicator Abnormal time indicator, Memory of power failure, Safety valve Breaker for slight leakage, over current & short circuit | ||||
Safety valve operation | 0.29MPa | 0.27MPa | ||||
Water test pressure | 0.58MPa | 0.54MPa | ||||
Material | Chamber & Lid | Stainless steel SUS304, shiny polished. Molded silicon rubber lid gasket (self-seal system) | ||||
Outer panel | Steel with baked melamine finish. Top panel: Heat-resisting molded resin | |||||
Power demand (50/60Hz) | AC220 / 2320 / 240V, 1 phase, 50/60Hz | |||||
2.6kW, 12A | 4.0kW, 18A | |||||
Outer dimensions (WxDxH) | 550x550x870mm | 550x550x990mm | 620x650x880mm | 620x650x1000mm | 620x650x1160mm | |
Weight | 56kg | 60kg | 72kg | 78kg | 84kg | |
Accessories | Stainless wire basket | Ø300x200mmx2pcs. | Ø300x300mmx2pcs. | Ø380x200mmx2pcs. | Ø380x300mmx2pcs. | Ø380x400mmx2pcs. |
Standard for CL models as above. Optional for all CL-DP models. | ||||||
Others | Exhaust bottle & chamber drain tray (for CL models). Stainless flexible drain hose (for CL-DP models) | |||||
Optional accessories | Object temperature sensor, Printer, Recorder, Basket with pan, Bucket, Dressing drum |

Multi (Extraction) Mantles: 6 Recess Model
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
Heater EME6
Heater/Stirrer EMEA6

Multi (Extraction) Mantles: 6 Recess Model
Material | Polypropylene top on powder coated aluminium |
Max element temperature | 450°C |
Model | Flask Capacity | Dimensions (d x w x h), mm | No. of Recesses | Electrical Requirements | Shipping Weight, kg |
EME60100/CEB | 6 x 100ml | 270 x 1210 x 110 | 6 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 420W UK and EU plug | 10.1 |
EME60250/CEB | 6 x 250ml | 270 x 1210 x 110 | 6 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 900W UK and EU plug | 10.1 |
EME60500/CEB | 6 x 500ml | 285 x 1450 x 130 | 6 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 1200W UK and EU plug | 12.5 |
EME61000/CEB | 6 x 1000ml | 285 x 1450 x 130 | 6 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 1800W UK and EU plug | 12.5 |
Model | Flask Capacity | Dimensions (d x w x h), mm | No. of Recesses | Electrical Requirements | Shipping Weight, kg |
EMEA60100/CE | 6 x 100ml | 270 x 1210 x 110 | 6 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 500W UK and EU plug | 10.1 |
EMEA60250/CE | 6 x 250ml | 270 x 1210 x 110 | 6 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 980W UK and EU plug | 10.1 |
EMEA60500/CE | 6 x 500ml | 285 x 1450 x 130 | 6 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 1280W UK and EU plug | 12.5 |
EMEA61000/CE | 6 x 1000ml | 285 x 1450 x 130 | 6 | 230v 50/ 60Hz, 1880W UK and EU plug | 12.5 |

Shaking Water Bath
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Water Bath
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_images_carousel images="4003,4004" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
A shaking water bath from JULABO offers optimal convenience for the user with a spray water-protected membrane keypad and a bright MULTI-DISPLAY (LED) for indication of up to four different values. Cutting-edge microprocessor technology with PID temperature control ensures optimal temperature stability in the water bath. Adjustable upper and lower temperature warning functions protect the samples. Low liquid level triggers a full shutdown. JULABO shaking water baths are suitable for continuous unsupervised operation. The bath tank and all parts that contact the bath liquid are made of high-quality stainless steel.
Strong Benefits
- Working temperature range from +20 to+99.9 °C
- User-friendly operation via keypad
- Bright LED-Display
- Bath volumes from 2 to 26 liters
- Splash-proof design
- Power switch integrated in keypad (patented)
- High temperature stability of ±0.2 °C or ±0.02 °C
- Dry-running protection with audible and optical alarm
- Warning and cut-off protection for high/low temperature
- Adjustable shaking frequencies from 20 to 200 RPM‘s in SW models
- Convenient bath drains
- Removable bottom plate and shaking insert
- Lift-up bath cover (optional)
- Wide selection of accessories for temperature control of samples
- All wetted parts are made of stainless steel or high grade plastics
Characteristics








Order No. | Model | Working temperature range (°C) | Temperature stability (°C) | Heating capacity (kW) | Volume (L) | Bath opening |
9550322 | SW22 | +20 ... +99.9 | ±0.2 | 2 | 8 ... 20 | 50 x 30 / 18cm |
9550323 | SW23 | +20 ... +99.9 | ±0.02 | 2 | 8 ... 20 | 50 x 30 / 18cm |

BenchMixer Vortex Mixer BV1000
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
The BenchMixer™ sets the new standard in vortex mixing. With advanced Q-Drive™ technology, the BenchMixer provides smooth instant vortexing of even the largest sample sizes, including full 50ml tubes. The unique counter-balance system creates maximum vortexing action, while minimizing noise and excessive vibration. This results in quieter, more efficient and longer lasting operation.
Other features include: “no-walk” suction feet, cold room/incubator compatibility and spill-proof electronic controls.
- Powerful motor for INSTANT vortexing
- Continuous or "touch" operation
- Q-Drive™ dynamic balancing system
- Variable speed from 200 to 3200 rpm
- Wide variety of accessories
Speed: | 200 to 3200 rpm |
Operating modes: | Touch or continuous |
Orbit: | 3mm |
Operating Temp. Range: | +4 to +45°C |
Dimensions: (w x d x h) | 5 x 6.3 x 6.7 in. / 13 x 16 x 17 cm |
Weight: | 8.4 lbs (3.8 kg) |
Electrical: | 115V, 60Hz or 230V, 50Hz, 180W |
Order no. | Description |
BV1000-E | BenchMixer Vortex Mixer |
BV1000-FLAT | Optional 3 in. flat head attachment |
BV1000-COMBO | Optional combination head for one microplate & microtubes (38x1.5 & 28x0.5) |
BV1000-H15 | Optional attachment for 12 x 1.5ml, horizontal |
BV1000-H150 | Optional attachment for 4 x 15ml tubes, horizontal |
BV1000-H500 | Optional attachment for 2 x 50ml tubes, horizontal |


Touch Microcentrifuge MC-24
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.benchmarkscientific.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2018%2F03%2FC2417-MC-24-Touch-HREM.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Benchmark’s MC-24 Touch is the first microcentrifuge in its class to feature touch screen control. In addition to the next generation control panel, the centrifuge also offers high speed (up to 13,500 rpm/16,800 xg) and a unique COMBI-Rotor™ that accepts both standard microtubes (1.5/2.0ml) and PCR tubes/strips (0.2ml), making this the perfect partner for any molecular biology laboratory.
The large, color touch screen shows actual speed (in rpm or rcf) along with set and remaining time. Up to 9 speed/time profiles can be stored in memory and the home screen displays a “mySpin” icon for instant recalls a designated favorite profile.
Supplied with Benchmark’s unique COMBI-Rotor™, the MC-24 Touch will accept 24 x 1.5/2.0ml tubes and 2 strips of 0.2ml tubes (16 x 0.2ml) without requiring separate adapters. Samples are kept cool, even during extended runs at the maximum speed setting by a proprietary air flow system that moves air evenly and quietly throughout the chamber. The MC-24 Touch is cold room safe.
- Full Color Touch Screen
- mySpin™ 1 button program recall
- COMBI-Rotor™ accepts tubes and strips
- Compact design, 9 x 12 x 7.75 in.
- Unique air-flow system, keeps samples cool
Speed | 1,000 to 13,500 rpm (100 to 16,800 xg) |
Capacity | 24 x 1.5/2.0ml 2 x PCR Strips (16 x 0.2ml) |
Increment | 100 rpm/ 100 rcf |
Timer | 1 to 99 min. / cont |
Momentary | Yes |
Dimensions | 9 x 12 x 7.75 in. |
Weight | 14 lbs/ 6.4 kg |
Electrical | 230V, 50 Hz |
Order no. | Description |
C2417-E | MC-24 Touch Microcentrifuge with 24 place COMBI-Rotor |
C1008-A5-6 | Optional adapters for 0.5ml tubes, pack of 6 |

High Speed Microcentrifuge MC-12
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.benchmarkscientific.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2017%2F08%2FC1612-MicroFuge-MC12-Brochure-HR-EM.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Benchmark’s MC-12 is the first and only compact microcentrifuge capable of achieving centrifugal speeds up to the critical threshold of 16,000 xg, often held as the standard for many molecular biology/DNA protocols. Its’ brushless, maintenance free drive system makes it powerful, yet compact enough to allow each work station to be fully equipped with a personal centrifuge.
The MC-12 defines a new class of microcentrifuge: compact, quick, powerful and affordable. All aspects of microcentrifuge performance were taken into consideration and no compromises were made. In addition to its unsurpassed speed, the MC-12 also delivers shortened acceleration/deceleration times, whisper quiet operation and its computer-designed airflow pattern minimizes sample temperature increases during longer runs at high speeds.
All operating parameters are set using a single, conveniently located control knob and the large, bright LCD provides a clear indication of time and rpm or g-force. A separate momentary spin button permits instant spin downs, without setting or disturbing any preset parameters. The aircraft grade aluminum rotor accepts 1.5 to 2.0ml tubes directly, as well as 0.5ml and 0.2ml tubes with optional adapters. For applications requiring sub-ambient temperatures, the MC-12 is cold room safe.
- 12 tube capacity / Up to 16,100 xg
- Less than 9 in. wide
- Quick deceleration
- Whisper quiet operation
Speed | 500 to 15,500 rpm (up to 16,100 xg) |
Capacity | 12 x 1.5/2.0ml |
Acceleration | 10 seconds |
Deceleration | 12 seconds |
Speed increment | 100 rpm or 100 rcf |
Timer | 20 sec. to 99min. / cont. |
Momentary | Yes |
Dimensions (W x D x H) | 8.7 x 10.6 x 5.9 in. (22 x 27 x 15 cm) |
Weight | 10.5 lbs / 4.8 kg |
Electrical | 115V or 230V. 50-60 Hz, 100W |
Order no. | Description |
C1612-E | MC-12 High Speed Microcentrifuge with 12-position rotor |
C1008-A5-6 | Optional adapter pack, 0.5ml, 6/pack |
C1008-A2-6 | Optional adapter pacck, 0.2ml, 6/pack |

CORNING Stirring Hotplate
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Corning® 5 x 7 Inch Top PC-420D Stirring Hot Plate with Digital Displays, 230V/50Hz
The Corning® PC-420D stirring hot plate has a 5 x 7 (12.7 x 17.8cm) Pyroceram® top and digital temperature and stirring speed displays. It is designed to operate on 230V/50Hz with either the BS 1363A or CEE7-7 plug (both included) for use in parts of Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia and other areas with similar electrical requirements. A Model PC-420D is shown to the left with optional temperature controller and support rod (Cat. No. 440129). This product is CE marked and UL/cUL approved.
- Microprocessor maintains consistent and repeatable temperature settings from 5°C (if ambient temperature is 0°C or lower) up to 550°C.
- Digital LED temperature display is adjustable in 5°C increments and blinks until set temperature is reached.
- Optional external temperature controller (Cat. No. 6795PR) truly controls temperature inside the vessel.
Product Number | 6796-420D |
Number of Stirring Positions | 1 |
Top Size | 5 x 7 inches |
Power | 230V, 50Hz |
Amperage | 698 |
Watts | 3.1 |
Stir Range | 60 - 1,150 rpm |
Temperature Range | 5 to 550° C (41 to 1022°F) |
Dimensions L x W x H | 40.1 x 26.9 x 12.2 cm (approx.) |

CORNING Hotplate 10″x10″
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Corning® 10 x 10 Inch Top PC-600D Hot Plate with Digital Display, 230V/50Hz
The Corning® PC-600D hot plate has a 10 x 10 (25.4 x 25.4cm) Pyroceram® top and digital temperature display. It is designed to operate on 230V/50Hz with either the BS 1363A or CEE7-7 plug (both included) for use in parts of Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia and other areas with similar electrical requirements. This product is CE marked and UL/cUL approved.
- Microprocessor maintains consistent and repeatable temperature settings from 5°C (if ambient temperature is 0°C or lower) up to 550°C.
- Digital LED temperature display is adjustable in 5°C increments and blinks until set temperature is reached.
- Optional external temperature controller (Cat. No. 6795PR) truly controls temperature inside the vessel.
Product Inforamtion:
Product Number | 6796-600D |
Qty./Pk | 1 / Pk |
Qty./CS | 1 / Cs |
Brand | Corning® |
Number of Stirring Positions | 1 |
Top Size | 10 x 10 inches |
Power | 230V, 50Hz |
Amperage | 4.5 |
Watts | 1043 |
Temperature Range | 5 to 550° C (41 to 1022°F) |
Dimensions L x W x H | 15.37 x 11 x 4.62 inches (approx.) |

Ultra low temperature freezers with climate-neutral refrigerants
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Freezer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4012,4010,4009,4011" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" wrap="yes" title="UFV SERIES"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The BINDER ultra low temperature freezer ensures the safe storage of samples at -80 °C. It combines outstanding environmental friendliness with low energy consumption, convenient operation and an individual safety concept.
Important characteristics
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
UF V 500 | 477 | 826 x 1966 x 938 | 606 x 1300 x 605 |
UF V 700 | 700 | 1110 x 1966 x 938 | 890 x 1300 x 605 |
Designation | UFV500-230V |
Option model | Standard |
Order number | 9020-0347 |
Measures | |
Interior volume [L] | 477 |
Net weight of the unit (empty) [kg] | 247 |
permitted load [kg] | 200 |
Permitted load of individual compartment [kg] | 50 |
Doors | |
Unit doors | 1 |
Internal Dimensions | |
Width [mm] | 606 |
Height [mm] | 1300 |
Depth [mm] | 605 |
Outer dimensions | |
Width net [mm] | 826 |
Height net [mm] | 1966 |
Depth net [mm] | 938 |
Wall clearance sidewise [mm] | 250 |
Wall clearance back [mm] | 100 |
Environment-specific data | |
Energy consumption at set-point -80 °C and ambient temperature = 21 °C [kWh/d] | 7.9 |
Sound-pressure level [dB(A)] | 47 |
Fixtures | |
Number of shelves (std./max.) | Mar-13 |
Load-variants | |
Freezer racks per compartment | 4 |
Cryoboxes, 50 mm | 352 |
Performance Data Temperature | |
Temperature range [°C] | -86…-40 |
Temperature variation at -80 °C [± K] | 2.5 |
Cooling down time from 22 °C to -80 °C [min] | 360 |
Warm-up time during power failure from -80 °C / -122 °F to -60 °C / -76 °F [min] | 230 |
Electrical data | |
Rated Voltage [V] | 230 |
Power frequency [Hz] | 50 |
Nominal power [kW] | 1.6 |
Unit fuse [A] | 10 |
Phase (Nominal voltage) | 1~ |
Designation | UFV700-230V¹ |
Option model | Standard |
Order number | 9020-0348 |
Measures | |
Interior volume [L] | 700 |
Net weight of the unit (empty) [kg] | 288 |
permitted load [kg] | 200 |
Permitted load of individual compartment [kg] | 50 |
Doors | |
Unit doors | 1 |
Internal Dimensions | |
Width [mm] | 890 |
Height [mm] | 1300 |
Depth [mm] | 605 |
Outer dimensions | |
Width net [mm] | 1110 |
Height net [mm] | 1966 |
Depth net [mm] | 938 |
Wall clearance sidewise [mm] | 250 |
Wall clearance back [mm] | 100 |
Environment-specific data | |
Energy consumption at set-point -80 °C and ambient temperature = 21 °C [kWh/d] | 8.1 |
Average heat dissipation at set-point -80 °C and ambient temperature = 21 °C [W] | 340 |
Sound-pressure level [dB(A)] | 47 |
Fixtures | |
Number of shelves (std./max.) | Mar-13 |
Load-variants | |
Freezer racks per compartment | 6 |
Cryoboxes, 50 mm | 528 |
Performance Data Temperature | |
Temperature range [°C] | -86…-40 |
Temperature variation at -80 °C [± K] | 2.5 |
Temperature fluctuation at -80 °C [± K] | 1.5 |
Cooling down time from 22 °C to -80 °C [min] | 450 |
Warm-up time during power failure from -80 °C / -122 °F to -60 °C / -76 °F [min] | 250 |
Electrical data | |
Rated Voltage [V] | 230 |
Power frequency [Hz] | 50 |
Nominal power [kW] | 1.6 |
Unit fuse [A] | 10 |
Phase (Nominal voltage) | 1~ |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
UF V 500 | 483 | 830x1985x885 | 619x1300x600 |
UF V 700 | 711 | 1120x1985x885 | 911x1300x600 |

側向層析濾膜
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Filtration>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Advantec Lateral Flow Membrane
ADVANTEC Immunochromatographic Membranes for Lateral Flow Assays
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Lateral Flow Membrane" tab_id="LateralFlowMembrane"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]ADVANTEC is launching new membranes for Lateral Flow Assays based on Immunochromatographic Method.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Features- Perfectly suitable for Lateral Flow Assays based on Immunochromatographic Methods is the Nitrocellulose membrane which actively traps proteins.
- Five product lines are available with five types of absorbing speed.
- The sample pack is available with five different absorption speeds.
Product Name | IAB075 | IAB090 | IAB120 | IAB135 | IAB180 | IAB240 | |
Material | Membrane | Mixed Cellulose Ester | |||||
Backing Film | PET | ||||||
Capillary Flow Time (sec/40 ㎜)※ | 75 | 90 | 120 | 135 | 180 | 240 | |
Thickness(㎛)※2 | 220 |
- POCT such as "Infections Desease Test" or "Cholangiocarcinoma Maker Test".
- OTC such as "Pregnancy test" or "Date of Ovulation Test".
- "Allergens Test" in Food inspection.
Roll Format | |
Product Name | Roll/box |
IAB075/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB090/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB120/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB135/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB180/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB240/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
Sheet Format | |
Product Name | Sheet/box |
IAB075/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB090/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB120/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB135/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB180/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB240/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
Sample Pack | |
Product Name | Sheet/box |
IAB075/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB090/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB120/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB135/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB180/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB240/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB 4 Set 210mm x 297mm (includingIAB090/IAB120/IAB135/IAB180) | 2 sheets per grade |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页>耗材>过滤产品>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Advantec 侧向层析滤膜
ADVANTEC 免疫层析膜用于侧向层析检测
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="侧向层析滤膜" tab_id="LateralFlowMembrane"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]ADVANTEC 发布的新滤膜基于免疫色谱法的侧向流动试验用膜.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]特征- 基于免疫层析方法的侧向流检测最适合的是活性捕获蛋白质的硝化纤维素膜.
- 六种级别产品提供六种不同吸收速度.
- 提供样品包有不同的吸收速度.
级别 | IAB075 | IAB090 | IAB120 | IAB135 | IAB180 | IAB240 | |
材料 | 滤膜 | 混合纤维素酯 | |||||
背衬膜 | 聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯 (PET) | ||||||
毛细管流动时间 (秒/40 ㎜)※1 | 75 | 90 | 120 | 135 | 180 | 240 | |
厚度(㎛)※2 | 220 |
- 床旁检测测试(POCT)如“感染性疾病试验”或“胆管癌制造试验”.
- 非处方(OTC)产品如“妊娠试验”或“排卵日期试验”.
- 食品检验中的“过敏原试验”.
卷装 | |
产品名称 | 卷/盒 |
IAB075/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB090/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB120/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB135/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB180/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB240/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
片装 | |
产品名称 | 片/盒 |
IAB075/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB090/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB120/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB135/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB180/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB240/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
样品 | |
产品名称 | 片/盒 |
IAB075/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB090/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB120/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB135/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB180/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB240/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB 4 Set 210mm x 297mm 包括IAB090/IAB120/IAB135/IAB180) | 2张/级别 |
相关产品
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁>耗材>過濾產品>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Advantec 側向層析濾膜
ADVANTEC 免疫層析膜用於側向層析檢測
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="側向層析濾膜" tab_id="LateralFlowMembrane"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]ADVANTEC 發佈的新濾膜基於免疫色譜法的側向流動試驗用膜.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]特徵- 基於免疫層析方法的側向流檢測最適合的是活性捕獲蛋白質的硝化纖維素膜.
- 六種級別產品提供六種不同吸收速度.
- 提供樣品包有不同的吸收速度.
級別 | IAB075 | IAB090 | IAB120 | IAB135 | IAB180 | IAB240 | |
材料 | 濾膜 | 混合纖維素酯 | |||||
背襯膜 | 聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯 (PET) | ||||||
毛細管流動時間 (秒/40 ㎜)※1 | 75 | 90 | 120 | 135 | 180 | 240 | |
厚度(㎛)※2 | 220 |
- 床旁檢測測試(POCT)如“感染性疾病試驗”或“膽管癌製造試驗”.
- 非處方(OTC)產品如“妊娠試驗”或“排卵日期試驗”.
- 食品檢驗中的“過敏原試驗”.
卷裝 | |
產品名稱 | 卷/盒 |
IAB075/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB090/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB120/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB135/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB180/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
IAB240/25㎜ x 100m | 1 |
片裝 | |
產品名稱 | 片/盒 |
IAB075/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB090/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB120/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB135/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB180/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
IAB240/210mm x 297mm | 25 |
樣品 | |
產品名稱 | 片/盒 |
IAB075/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB090/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB120/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB135/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB180/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB240/210mm x 297mm Sample | 2 |
IAB 4 Set 210mm x 297mm 包括IAB090/IAB120/IAB135/IAB180) | 2張/級別 |
相關產品
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}
Series ED-S | Drying and heating chambers Solid.Line with natural convection
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
The new products in the Solid.Line impress with their tried-and-tested BINDER quality and reliability. They are suited to drying and heating. The attributes of the Solid.Line are geared towards the application in question and therefore used in research and quality assurance.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text].
Important characteristics
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Model | Housing Dimensions (excluding fittings and connections) W x H x D (mm) | Internal Dimensions W x H x D (mm) | Net weight (kg) | Interior volume (L) |
---|---|---|---|---|
ED-S 56 | 590 x 580 x 515 | 400 x 440 x 350 | 41 | 62 |
ED-S 115 | 740 x 790 x 555 | 550 x 550 x 390 | 57 | 118 |

Series FD-S | Drying and heating chambers Solid.Line with forced convection
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
The new products in the Solid.Line impress with their tried-and-tested BINDER quality and reliability. They are suited to drying and heating. The attributes of the Solid.Line are geared towards the application in question and therefore used in research and quality assurance.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text].
Important characteristics
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Model | Housing Dimensions (excluding fittings and connections) W x H x D (mm) | Internal Dimensions W x H x D (mm) | Net weight (kg) | Interior volume (L) |
---|---|---|---|---|
FD-S 56 | 590 x 580 x 515 | 400 x 440 x 350 | 41 | 55 |
FD-S 115 | 740 x 790 x 555 | 550 x 550 x 390 | 57 | 106 |

Nalgene Narrow Mouth Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Narrow Mouth Bottles
Nalgene narrow-mouth laboratory bottles are iconic, and used in labs throughout the world. The narrow mouth provides more controlled pouring than wide-mouth bottles, and every one comes with our leakproof* guarantee. Choose from our rugged lab-quality bottles and large lab bottles, lower cost lighter-weight economy bottles, and space-saving square options. Thermo Scientific Nalgene bottles are made only from the highest quality plastic materials that meet pharmaceutical, laboratory and food grade standards; our plastic resins are selected to minimize additives and reduce potential leachables.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Narrow-Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottles" tab_id="NMRoundLab"][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]Nalgene Wide Mouth Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Wide Mouth Bottles
Nalgene wide mouth laboratory bottles are iconic, used in labs throughout the world. The wide mouth designs are easier to fill and are recommended for solid, semi-solid and viscous liquid materials. Those with mouth openings less than 100mm are guaranteed leakproof*. Choose from our rugged lab quality bottles, lower cost lighter weight economy bottles, and space-saving square and rectangular options. Thermo Scientific Nalgene bottles are made only from the highest quality plastic materials that meet pharmaceutical, laboratory and food grade standards; our plastic resins are selected to minimize additives and reduce potential leachables.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Wide-Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottles" tab_id="WMRound"][vc_column_text]Wide-Mouth Round PPCO Lab Quality Bottle (2105-series) | Wide-Mouth Round LDPE Lab Quality Bottle (2103-series) | Wide-Mouth Round HDPE Lab Quality Bottle (2104-series) | Wide-Mouth Round Amber HDPE Lab Quality Bottle (2106-series) | Large Wide-Mouth Round HDPE Bottle (2120-series) | Large Wide-Mouth Round PPCO Bottle (2120-series) |
Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use and critical applications, autoclavable | Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use and critical applications, squeezably flexible | Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use and critical applications | Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions. Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use and critical applications | Larger size, rugged lab quality construction | Larger size, rugged lab quality construction, Autoclavable |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
PPCO bottle PP Closure | LDPE bottle PP Closure | HDPE bottle PP Closure | Amber HDPE bottle amber PP closure | HDPE bottle white PP Closure | PPCO bottle white PP Closure |
Milky white translucent | Milky white translucent | Milky white translucent | Opaque amber bottle | Milky white translucent | Milky white translucent |
30mL–1L | 30mL–1L | 30mL–1.5L | 30mL–1L | 2L–4L | 2L–4L |
Leakproof* | Leakproof* | Leakproof* | Leakproof* | Not liquid leakproof | Not liquid leakproof |
No graduations | No graduations | No graduations | No graduations | No graduations | No graduations |
Temp range -40oC to 121oC | Temp range -100oC to 80oC | Temp range -100oC to 120oC | Temp range -100oC to 120oC | Temp range -100oC to 120oC | Temp range -40oC to 121oC |
Autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Autoclavable |
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use |
BPA-Free | BPA-Free | BPA-Free | BPA-Free | BPA-Free | BPA-Free |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
Also available bulk packed, unassembled | Also available bulk packed, unassembled | Also available bulk packed, unassembled | Also available bulk packed, unassembled |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Nalgene Nunc Benchtop Coolers
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Nunc™ Benchtop Coolers
Nalgene™ Quick Chill™ Unit is designed to rapidly and repeatedly cool down biological samples such as ethanol precipitations for DNA/RNA, bacteria and viruses.
- Rapidly and repeatedly chills biological samples down to -20°C
- Can be used repeatedly for up to 45 minutes eliminating the inconvenience of dry ice/alcohol baths
- Break-resistant polycarbonate stackable design with a convenient carrying handle
- Rubber feet to keep the unit from sliding on the bench surface
The self-contained unit eliminates the need to use traditional coolants such as dry ice/alcohol or acetone slurries which can be difficult to obtain and unsafe to handle. There is no contact with the coolant so the label or marking stays intact.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Our benchtop coolers protect enzymes, cells, reagents and solutions by maintaining freezer temperatures while on the laboratory bench.
details
- Maintain freezer temperature during the frost-free cycle, power failure and accidental door opening
- Holds 12, 20 or 32 tubes
- Inserts are included for use with 0.2-0.5 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- Printed grid on one-way keyed lid for proper orientation and sample identification
- Molded of impact-resistant polycarbonate with locking handle for long-term use
- Stackable to save space
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="-20°C Compatible" tab_id="-20Compatible"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Cat. No. | # of Compartments |
Tube Compatibility |
Style | Holds Temp., Time |
Dimensions, L x W x H (mm) |
No. per Case |
355501 | 4 x 5 | 0.2 - 0.5ml | Non-filled/ Clear lid |
<-15°C,1 hr | 226 x 165 x 133 | 1 |
5115-0012 | 3 x 4 | 0.2 - 0.5ml | Non-filled/ Clear lid |
<-15°C,1 hr | 151 x 108 x 125 | 1 |
5115-0032 | 4 x 8 | 0.2 - 0.5ml | Gel-filled/ White lid |
<-15°C,2 hrs | 243 x 157 x 146 | 1 |
DS5114-0012 | 3 x 4 | Cryovials 0.2 - 1.5ml |
Gel-filled/ Clear lid |
<-15°C,45 mins | 151 x 108 x 125 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3687" img_size="full"][vc_single_image image="3686" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="0˚C Compatible" tab_id="0CCompatible"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Cat. No. | # of Compartments |
Tube Compatibility |
Style | Holds Temp., Time |
Dimensions, L x W x H (mm) |
No. per Case |
5116-1300 | 3 x 4 | 12 - 13mm diameter tubes |
Non-filled/ Clear lid |
<1°C,5.0 hrs | 197 x 140 x 190 | 1 |
5116-1600 | 3 x 4 | 16 - 17mm diameter tubes |
Non-filled/ Clear lid |
<1°C,5.0 hrs | 197 x 140 x 190 | 1 |
DS5116-0012 | 3 x 4 | 0.2 - 0.5ml Cryovials and microcentrifuge tubes |
Non-filled/ Clear lid |
<1°C,3.5 hrs | 151 x 108 x 125 | 1 |
DS5116-0032 | 4 x 8 | 0.2 - 0.5ml Cryovials and microcentrifuge tubes |
Gel-filled/ White lid |
<1°C,5.0 hrs | 243 x 157 x 146 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3686" img_size="full"][vc_single_image image="3687" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Low Metals Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low Metals Bottles
Metals certified to micrograms per liter (ppb) levels. Each bottle is double bagged under Class 10 laminar flow hoods inside a Class 100 clean room. Excellent for ICP-MS reagent and standard storage. Product includes a certificate of quality that assures the product has been tested and accepted in accordance with specifications.Series | Material | Mouth | Color | Shape | Remarks |
382003 | LDPE | Narrow Mouth | Natural Translucent | Round | Low Metals |
381600 | FEP | Narrow Mouth | Clear | Round | Low Metals |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low Metals Bottles
low-density polyethylene, polypropylene closure Nalgene™ Low Particulate/Low Metals Bottles feature a narrow mouth and certification to contain less than 20 particles per mL at 0.3 microns and greater. Metals certified to micrograms per liter (ppb) levels. Each bottle is double bagged under Class 10 laminar flow hoods inside a Class 100 clean room. Excellent for ICP-MS reagent and standard storage. Product includes a certificate of quality that assures the product has been tested and accepted in accordance with specifications. details- Certified to particulate and trace metals levels
- Linerless caps provide the ultimate in leakproof protection without the use of liner that can wrinkle, cause leaks, or contaminate your reagents
- Exhibits flexibility, impact resistance and excellent visibility of contents for a wide variety of uses in the lab
- Excellent chemical resistance to most acids, bases and alcohols make this a versatile bottle
- Metals certified to microliter (ppb) levels <0.20Hg, <0.5 Be, <1.0 As, Cd, Pb, <2.0 Sb, Se, <5.0 Ag, Co, Cr, Cu, Mn, Tl, V, <10 Ba, Ni, Zn, <50 Mg, <75 Al, <100 Ca, Fe, K, Na.
- Translucent/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | Neck I.D. (mm) | O.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Caee |
382003-0004 | 125 | 24 | 18 | 50 | 101 | 1 | 72 |
382003-0008 | 250 | 24 | 18 | 61 | 133 | 1 | 72 |
382003-0016 | 500 | 28 | 21 | 73 | 170 | 1 | 48 |
382003-0032 | 1000 | 38-430 | 27 | 91 | 216 | 1 | 24 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low Metals Bottles
Teflon® FEP, Tefzel™ ETFE closure Nalgene™ Low Particulate/Low Metals Teflon® FEP Bottles feature a narrow mouth and certification to contain less than 20 particles per mL at 0.3 μm and greater Metals certified to micrograms per liter (ppb) levels. Each bottle is double bagged under Class 10 laminar flow hoods inside a Class 100 clean room. Excellent for storing high purity chemicals. Product includes a certificate of quality that assures the product has been tested and accepted in accordance with specifications. details- Certified to particulate and trace metals levels
- Linerless caps provide the ultimate in leakproof† protection without the use of liner that can wrinkle, cause leaks, or contaminate your reagents
- Exhibits flexibility, impact resistance and excellent visibility of contents for a wide variety of uses in the lab
- Excellent chemical resistance almost any lab chemical
- Non-sterile
- Metals certified to microliter (ppb) levels <0.20Hg, <0.5 Be, <1.0 As, Cd, Pb, <2.0 Sb, Se, <5.0 Ag, Co, Cr, Cu, Mn, Tl, V, <10 Ba, Ni, Zn, <50 Mg, <75 Al, <100 Ca, Fe, K, Na.
- Autoclavable/Translucent/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | Neck I.D. (mm) | O.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Caee |
381600-0004 | 125 | 24 | 17 | 46 | 115 | 1 | 6 |
381600-0008 | 250 | 24 | 17 | 60 | 134 | 1 | 4 |
381600-0016 | 500 | 28 | 20 | 73 | 166 | 1 | 4 |
381600-0032 | 1000 | 38 | 26 | 90 | 203 | 1 | 4 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]Nalgene Low Particulate Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low Particulate Bottles
Series | Material | Mouth | Color | Shape | Remarks |
382003 | LDPE | Narrow Mouth | Natural Translucent | Round | Low Particulate |
382099 | HDPE | Narrow Mouth | Natural Translucent | Round | Low Particulate |
381600 | FEP | Narrow Mouth | Clear | Round | Low Particulate |
382019 | PETG | Narrow Mouth | Clear | Square | Low Particulate Sterile Certified |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low Metals Bottles
low-density polyethylene, polypropylene closure Nalgene™ Low Particulate/Low Metals Bottles feature a narrow mouth and certification to contain less than 20 particles per mL at 0.3 microns and greater. Metals certified to micrograms per liter (ppb) levels. Each bottle is double bagged under Class 10 laminar flow hoods inside a Class 100 clean room. Excellent for ICP-MS reagent and standard storage. Product includes a certificate of quality that assures the product has been tested and accepted in accordance with specifications. details- Certified to particulate and trace metals levels
- Linerless caps provide the ultimate in leakproof protection without the use of liner that can wrinkle, cause leaks, or contaminate your reagents
- Exhibits flexibility, impact resistance and excellent visibility of contents for a wide variety of uses in the lab
- Excellent chemical resistance to most acids, bases and alcohols make this a versatile bottle
- Metals certified to microliter (ppb) levels <0.20Hg, <0.5 Be, <1.0 As, Cd, Pb, <2.0 Sb, Se, <5.0 Ag, Co, Cr, Cu, Mn, Tl, V, <10 Ba, Ni, Zn, <50 Mg, <75 Al, <100 Ca, Fe, K, Na.
- Translucent/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | Neck I.D. (mm) | O.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Caee |
382003-0004 | 125 | 24 | 18 | 50 | 101 | 1 | 72 |
382003-0008 | 250 | 24 | 18 | 61 | 133 | 1 | 72 |
382003-0016 | 500 | 28 | 21 | 73 | 170 | 1 | 48 |
382003-0032 | 1000 | 38-430 | 27 | 91 | 216 | 1 | 24 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low-Particulate Narrow Mouth Bottles with Closures
high-density polyethylene with polypropylene closures Nalgene™ HDPE Low-Particulate Bottles are manufactured and packaged in a controlled environment, making them an excellent choice for storing high-purity chemicals Narrow-mouth bottles with certified low-particulate levels are ideal packaging/shipping containers for high-purity chemical reagents as well as biotech/pharmaceutical applications. details- Suitable for use in compliance with the regulations for customers who are designing, assembling and certifying their own combination packaging
- Controlled environment manufacturing minimizes particulate contamination
- HDPE bottle with PP closure assembled
- Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | Neck I.D. (mm) | O.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Caee |
382099-0125 | 125 | 24 | 18 | 51 | 101 | 12 | 72 |
382099-0250 | 250 | 24 | 18 | 61 | 133 | 12 | 72 |
382099-0500 | 500 | 28 | 21 | 73 | 171 | 12 | 48 |
382099-1000 | 1000 | 38-430 | 27 | 91 | 216 | 6 | 24 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low Metals Bottles
Teflon® FEP, Tefzel™ ETFE closure Nalgene™ Low Particulate/Low Metals Teflon® FEP Bottles feature a narrow mouth and certification to contain less than 20 particles per mL at 0.3 μm and greater Metals certified to micrograms per liter (ppb) levels. Each bottle is double bagged under Class 10 laminar flow hoods inside a Class 100 clean room. Excellent for storing high purity chemicals. Product includes a certificate of quality that assures the product has been tested and accepted in accordance with specifications. details- Certified to particulate and trace metals levels
- Linerless caps provide the ultimate in leakproof† protection without the use of liner that can wrinkle, cause leaks, or contaminate your reagents
- Exhibits flexibility, impact resistance and excellent visibility of contents for a wide variety of uses in the lab
- Excellent chemical resistance almost any lab chemical
- Non-sterile
- Metals certified to microliter (ppb) levels <0.20Hg, <0.5 Be, <1.0 As, Cd, Pb, <2.0 Sb, Se, <5.0 Ag, Co, Cr, Cu, Mn, Tl, V, <10 Ba, Ni, Zn, <50 Mg, <75 Al, <100 Ca, Fe, K, Na.
- Autoclavable/Translucent/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | Neck I.D. (mm) | O.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Caee |
381600-0004 | 125 | 24 | 17 | 46 | 115 | 1 | 6 |
381600-0008 | 250 | 24 | 17 | 60 | 134 | 1 | 4 |
381600-0016 | 500 | 28 | 20 | 73 | 166 | 1 | 4 |
381600-0032 | 1000 | 38 | 26 | 90 | 203 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Certified Clean Containers (Low Particulate Bottles)
polyethylene terephthalate copolyester, high-density polyethylene closures Nalgene™ PETG Certified Clean Containers are specifically designed for cleanroom applications. Ideal for processing and storing critical reagents and bulk intermediates such as vaccines and protein therapeutics. The bottles are lot to lot tested and certified using liquid particulate count analysis for particulate control as specified in the following international compendia: USP <788>, EP 2.9.19 and JP 14th edition Part 1, Section 24. details- Manufactured in a ISO 14644-1 Class 7 certified clean room
- Comprised of resins that are free of animal derived components
- Sterile, tamper-resistant seal ensures product integrity prior to use
- Supported by extensive validation documentation
- Certified sterile and non-pyrogenic, eliminating costly cleaning and associated validations
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | Dimensions (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Caee |
382019-0030 | 30 | 20 | 38 x 38 | 64 | 6 | 72 |
382019-0060 | 60 | 24 | 41 x 41 | 82 | 6 | 72 |
382019-0125 | 125 | 38-430 | 52 x 52 | 108 | 6 | 48 |
382019-0250 | 250 | 38-430 | 59 x 59 | 144 | 6 | 48 |
382019-0500 | 500 | 38-430 | 73 x 73 | 178 | 4 | 24 |
382019-1000 | 1000 | 38-430 | 92 x 92 | 219 | 4 | 24 |
382019-2000 | 2000 | 53B | 116 x 116 | 271 | 1 | 12 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]Nalgene RNase/DNase Free Bottles
Nalgene Sterile Bottles
Nalgen Amber Color Bottles
Nalgene Rectangular Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rectangular Bottles
Nalgene rectangular laboratory bottles take up less shelf space than round bottles. Ideal for freezer storage down to -100°C. Their sturdy uniform wall construction and straight sides resist splitting and punctures, and their wide-mouth closure is guaranteed leakproof, making these bottles ideal for repeated, long-term use. Made only from the highest quality plastic materials that meet pharmaceutical, laboratory and food grade standards, our plastic resins are selected to minimize additives and reduce potential leachables.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Wide-Mouth Rectangular Bottle and Amber Rectangular Bottle" tab_id="Rectangular"][vc_column_text] Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]Nalgene Square Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Square Bottles
Nalgene square bottles come in a variety of formats and materials to accommodate a wide range of application needs. Their square shape saves shelf and counter space compared with round bottles of the same volume. The wide-mouth designs are easier to fill and are recommended for solid, semi-solid and viscous liquid materials. Those with mouth openings less than 100mm are guaranteed leakproof*. Narrow-mouth bottles provide better control when pouring and all come with the liquid leakproof* guarantee. Thermo Scientific Nalgene bottles are made only from the highest quality plastic materials that meet pharmaceutical, laboratory and food grade standards; our plastic resins are selected to minimize additives and reduce potential leachables.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Narrow-Mouth Square Bottles" tab_id="SquareNM"][vc_column_text]Wide-Mouth PPCO Dilution Bottle | Wide-Mouth PSF Dilution Bottle | Narrow-Mouth PSF Dilution Bottle |
Better chemical resistance, less accurate | Better accuracy and clarity, higher temp range | Better accuracy and clarity, higher temp range |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
PPCO bottle PP Closure | PSF bottle PP Closure | PSF bottle PP closure |
Milky white translucent | Transparent, yellow tint | Transparent, yellow tint |
Brim capacity 220mL | Brim capacity 220mL | Brim capacity 210mL |
Capacity to neck 205mL | Capacity to neck 205mL | Capacity to neck 200mL |
Cap size 38mm | Cap size 38mm | Cap size 28mm |
Wide mouth | Wide mouth | Narrow mouth |
Leakproof* | Leakproof* | Leakproof* |
Graduations at 90mL and 99mL | Graduations at 90mL and 99mL | Graduations at 90mL and 99mL |
Accuracy ±4mL | Accuracy ±1mL | Accuracy ±1mL |
For 1/10 and 1/100 dilutions | For 1/10 and 1/100 dilutions | For 1/10 and 1/100 dilutions |
Temp range -40oC to 121oC | Temp range -100oC to 165oC | Temp range -100oC to 165oC |
Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable |
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1655 for food use | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1655 for food use |
BPA-Free | contains BPA | contains BPA |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]Nalgene Round Bottles
Nalgene PP Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene (PPCO) Bottles
Nalgene polypropylene bottles are something special. Our bottles are made from a polypropylene copolymer material which improves low temperature performance. From -40°C to the autoclave, these bottles are suitable for a wide range of laboratory applications. Polypropylene copolymer bottles provide very good chemical compatibility with a wide variety of lab reagents including most acids, bases, alcohols, aldehydes, esters, and aliphatic hydrocarbons.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Round Narrow-Mouth PPCO Bottles" tab_id="PPCORoundNM"][vc_column_text] Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]Nalgene PMP Bottles
Nalgene PETG Bottles
Nalgene PC Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polycarbonate (PC) Bottles
Nalgene polycarbonate bottles offer excellent impact resistance and window clarity. They make a good choice for short term media storage and containing other aqueous solutions. Polycarbonate bottles remain impact resistant down to -135°C and are usable to +135°C, making them suitable for use from the freezer to the autoclave. Polycarbonate bottles are chemically compatible with weak acids, alcohols and aliphatic hydrocarbons. They are not suited for exposure to bases, solvents or other aggressive lab chemicals which may cause immediate damage or product failure.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Narrow-Mouth Square Bottles / Large Narrow-Mouth Round Bottle" tab_id="PCNMSqaureRoundLarge"][vc_column_text] Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]Nalgene FLPE Bottles
Nalgene FEP PFA Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Fluoropolymer FEP and PFA Bottles
Nalgene fluoropolymer lab bottles are the ultimate plastic bottle for lab applications. They exhibit outstanding resistance to virtually all chemicals, retain their flexible, shatterproof properties down to liquid nitrogen temperatures, and are usable to temperatures over 200°C. They can be rigorously cleaned in boiling nitric acid and are guaranteed leakproof. FEP and PFA bottles feature inert, lubricious surfaces, which protect solution integrity and allow you to recover every drop of your most precious solutions. Ideal for trace metals analysis and applications involving organic solvents.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="FEP and PFA Bottles" tab_id="FEPPFA"][vc_column_text] Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]Nalgene LDPE Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE) Bottles
Nalgene low density polyethylene bottles combine squeezable flexibility with our guaranteed leakproof* performance. They are compatible with a wide range of lab reagents, remain flexible down to -76°C, and cost less than many other materials—making them a good choice for many applications. Low density polyethylene bottles provide very good chemical compatibility with a wide variety of lab reagents including most acids, bases, alcohols, aldehydes, esters, and aliphatic hydrocarbons.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Narrow-Mouth Round Lab Quality" tab_id="LDPENMRoundLab"][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]Nalgene HDPE Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Bottles
Nalgene high density polyethylene bottles are our most popular lab bottlesby virtue of their leakproof* performance, compatibility with a wide range of lab reagents, impact resistance down to -100°C, and lower cost than many other materials. High density polyethylene bottles provide very good chemical compatibility with a wide variety of lab reagents, including most acids, bases, alcohols, aldehydes, esters, and aliphatic hydrocarbons.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Round Narrow-Mouth HDPE" tab_id="HDPENMRound"][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Cryogenic Storage & Options
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ and Nunc™ Cyrogenic Storage & Options
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3547" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Cryoboxes" tab_id="Cryoboxes"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Nunc™ Cryoboxes
CryoBoxes from economical chipbard boxes to break-resistant, durable polycarbonate boxes.
details
- Durable plastic cryoboxes for short- or long-term storage
- Keyed lid on plastic cryoboxes prevent misalignment
- Printed grid for easy inventory management
- Plastic boxes autoclavable for decontamination and usable at temperature range from -196°C to +121°C
- Economical chipboard cryoboxes for short-term storage
- Chipboard boxes include dividers
- Vent in base for good drainage and air circulation
- Available with dividers from 25 to 169 tube storage
- See Dense Storage Options for details on 169-tube cryoboxes
Cryoboxes
Cat. No. | Color | Capacity, No. of Tubes | Dimensions, L x W x H (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
Plastic Cryoboxes | |||||
867013-0240 | Red | 81 | 133 x 133 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
867013-0241 | Yellow | 81 | 133 x 133 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
867013-0242 | Green | 81 | 133 x 133 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
867013-0243 | Blue | 81 | 133 x 133 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
867013-0244 | Gray | 81 | 133 x 133 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
867013-0245 | Assorted | 81 | 133 x 133 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
5025-0505 | White | 25 | 76 x 76 x 52 | 8 | 48 |
5026-0909 | White | 81 | 133 x 133 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
5026-1010 | White | 100 | 133 x 133 x 52 | 10 | |
5027-0909 | White | 81 | 133 x 133 x 95 | 4 | 24 |
374187 | White | 100 | 133 x 133 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
341483 | White | 100 | 132 x 132 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
330821 | White | 64 | 132 x 132 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
Cardboard Cryoboxes | |||||
378247 | White | 25 | 75 x 75 x 51 | 24 | |
378220 | White | 81 | 132 x 132 x 51 | 6 | |
369639 | White | 81 | 132 x 132 x 51 | 48 | |
369647 | White | 81 | 132 x 132 x 75 | 30 | |
340053 | White | 100 | 145 x 145 x 51 | 42 | |
340061 | White | 100 | 145 x 145 x 75 | 30 | |
Plastic Microcentrifuge Tube Boxes | |||||
5055-5002 | White | 81 | 133 x 133 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
5055-5005 | White | 81 | 133 x 133 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
5055-5015 | White | 64 | 133 x 133 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene colored cryoboxes for up to 81 tubes
Nalgene cryoboxes for 25 to 81 tubes
Nalgene System 100 cryobox for up to 100 tubes
Nunc cardboard cryoboxes[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Dense Storage Options" tab_id="DenseStorage"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ and Nunc™ Dense Storage Options
The Dense Low Temperature Storage format uses standard CryoBox sizes that work with the freezer racks you currently own.
By using standard boxes with 13 x 13 tube separators, up to 169- 1 mL tubes fit in a standard size CryoBox – effectively doubling your capacity and cutting storage costs by 50%.
details
- Available in economical cardboard or long-lasting plastic cryobox options
- Fits up to 169- 1 mL Cryobank tubes for the most dense storage available
- See Nunc Biobanking and Cell Culture product section for details about Cat. No. 374115, which fits in these cryoboxes
Dense Storage Options
Cat. No. | Description | capacity, No. of Tubes |
Dimensions L x H x W (mm) |
No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5050-0169 | CryoBox, PC, white with clear lid | 169 | 133 x 133 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
369640 | Storage Box, cardboard, white | 169 | 132 x 132 x 51 | 4 | 24 |
5050-0001 | CryoBox, undivided, PC, white with clear lid | - | 133 x 133 x 52 | 4 | 24 |
374001 | Storage Box replacement divider | 169 | - | 4 | 24 |
369678 | Picker Pen for CryoBank Cap | - | - | 1 | 24 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Dense low temperature storage
Fits in racks you already own
169 tubes fit in the same footprint currently storing 81 or 100 tubes[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Storage Canes" tab_id="StorageCanes"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Nunc™ Cyrotubes Storage Canes
Storage canes accommodate a variety of tube sizes and types; available standard or stepped for optimal organization of your samples.
d etails
- For storage of Nalgene™ or Nunc™ cryostorage tubes
- Compatible with tubes protected with Cryoflex tubing
- Available color coders attach to the end of the cane and can be written on for quick identification and inventory management
Storage Canes
Cat. No. | Description | Design | Length (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
378441 | Nunc Storage Cane, aluminum | Standard | 290 | 50 | |
5015-0001 | Nalgene CryoCane, aluminum | Stepped | 290 | 12 | 48 |
5015-0002 | Nalgene CryoCane, aluminum | Stepped | 300 | 12 | 48 |
DS5020-0000 | Nalgene Storage Cane Coders, aluminum, white | - | - | 100 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3744" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Storage Tube Protection" tab_id="StorageTubeProtection"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Cytotubes Storage Tube Protection
Protect your cryogenic tubes with Nunc™ Cryoflex tubing or Cryosleeves and our Nunc™ Mini-boxes for shipping or handling.
details
- Heat shrink/pinch each end of the Nunc Cryoflex tubing around cryostorage tubes toprevent leakage of liquid nitrogen into the tubes during storage
- Transparent Nunc Cryosleeve tubing fits any Nunc or Nalgene cane and provides extra security during handling and submersion of tubes into the liquid phase without the tubes touching the liquid nitrogen
- Nunc Mini-boxes are ideal for storing small quantities of samples for shipping
- Friction-fit lid and durable high-impact polystyrene construction to protect samples
- Cryoflex tubing is compatible with Nalgene and Nunc cryo tubes and all Thermo Scientific 2D coded tubes
Storage Tube Protection
Cat. No. | Description | Dimensions Lx H x D/I.D. (mm) | Capacity, No. of tubes | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
343958 | CryoFlex Tube Wrap | 500 x n/a x 14 | Varies | 15 | 30 |
5016-0001 | CryoSleeve Tubing | 100 x n/a x 14 | Varies | 12 | 48 |
534479 | CryoTube Mini Box | 69.7 x 55.7 x 17.2 | 5 | 350 | |
534592 | CryoTube Mini Box | 69.3 x 54.4 x 29.1 | 10 | 250 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Nunc CryoFlex tubing
Nunc Cryotube sealed in CryoFlex tubing
Nunc Cryotube Mini-boxes
Nalgene CryoSleeve tubing[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Labels and Pens" tab_id="LabelsandPens"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Nunc™ Labels and Pens
Nalgene™ and Nunc™ Labels and Markers are designed for permanent identification of samples and storage boxes.
details
- Cloth labels accept markers or ballpoint pen and are specifically designed for use at ultra-low temperatures, adhering to plastic and cardboard without shrinking or peeling
- Nunc and Nalgene cryoware markers come in a variety of colors for permanent handwritten identification of samples
- Use these markers by hand, or for higher throughput use them in the ID Scribe
Labels and Pens
Cat. No. | Dimensions Lx H x D (mm) |
Colors | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5040-0002 | 25 x 50 | white | 200 | 2000 |
6313-0010 | - | 1 each – red, blue, green, black | 4 | 24 |
339993 | - | 1 each – red, blue, green, black | 4 | 24 |
343850 | - | black | 1 | 10 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene Cryo Labels
Nalgene Cryo Pens
Nunc Cryo Pens[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Production Carboys and Accessories
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Production Carboys and Accessories
The Thermo Scientific Nalgene carboy advantage
When using carboys for critical applications, standard laboratory carboys won't do. More supporting documentation, choices and designs sensitive to the necessary cleaning validations are just a few things to look for. Customization with fluid transfer options, pre-sterilization, and forced extraction studies are additional benefits you can expect from Thermo Scientific Nalgene carboys and jerricans.
Key advantages of the Nalgene Carboys
- Well supported with off-the-shelf, validation binders, and extractables studies
- Screw top, leakproof seals to ensure sample integrity with sanitary fitting options available for easier cleaning validations
- Available in LDPE, HDPE, Fluorinated, PP, PC, up to 50 L
- Rectangular options for dense storage efficiency and round options to facilitate stirring
- Ability to provide custom tubulation for specific fluid transfer requirements
- Sterile, single-use option can eliminate the need for in-house packaging and sterilization
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3464" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Find your production carboy for your application by resin type
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE" tab_id="LDPE"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
LDPE Carboys
Suited for advanced liquid handling and solution storage for many pharmaceutical and biotechnology applications, these single-use carboys are the ideal choice for storage and transport of reagents. These containers can eliminate cleaning costs, validation and assembly, and contamination from repeated use.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thomas Scientific™ Nalgene™ Round Carboys
low density polyethylene , white polypropylene closure
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene™ LDPE Round Carboys are an ideal choice for storage and transport of reagents.
details
- Wide shoulder handles allow for easy pouring and carrying with gloved hands
- Graduation to contain in liters and gallons
- Accepts 13.5 rubber stopper for alternative sealing method
- Leakproof†
Related Products: Additional closure options include Nalgene Quick Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2158), Nalgene Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2162), Nalgene Top Works Fluid Transfer Systems (Cat. No. 2135) and Nalgene 30 mL Validation Bottle for material compatibility studies (Cat. No. DS2126-0030).
Nalgene Round Carboys
Cat. No. | Nominal Capacity (L) |
Nominal Brim Capacity (L) |
Closure Size (mm) | O.D.(mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2210-0020 | 10 | 12 | 83B | 250 | 389 | 1 | 6 |
2210-0040 | 15 | 17 | 83B | 285 | 429 | 1 | 4 |
2210-0050 | 20 | 22.5 | 83B | 282 | 526 | 1 | 4 |
2210-0065 | 25 | 27.5 | 83B | 287 | 594 | 1 | 4 |
2210-0130 | 50 | 54 | 83B | 379 | 668 | 1 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3747" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HDPE" tab_id="HDPE"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3467" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
HDPE Carboys and Jerricans
Manufactured for tough applications, these carboys and jerricans are suited for storing and dispensing solutions and media. We offer a selection of heavy-duty, fluorinated and HDPE jerricans graduated in liters and gallons.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Presterilized HDPE Carboys
These Nalgene labware are sterilized and tested after assembly, with sterility guaranteed as long as the packaging is intact. Indicator dots used on Nalgene products undergo an irreversible color change upon sterilization.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Fluorinated Jerricans
high-density polyethylene, white polypropylene closure
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Fluorinated Jerricans have a rugged design with wide stance and low center of gravity that provide greater stability.
Fluorinated surface inside and out improves barrier properties and reduces solvent absorption while enhancing long-term container performance and prevents loss due to permeation.
details
- Includes tethered closure preventing loss
- Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
- Molded-in handle and recessed bottom provides a sturdy grip when carrying heavy contents
- Space-saving rectangular shape optimizes limited storage space
- Graduated/Leakproof†
Nalgene Jerricans
Cat. No. | Nominal Capacity (L) | Nominal Brim Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | L x W x H (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2242-0025 | 10 | 12 | 53B | 246 x 199 x 376 | 1 | 6 |
2242-0050 | 20 | 24 | 53B | 320 x 245 x 452 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3753" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific Nalgene 13 L Jerrican
high-density polyethylene with tethered polypropylene closure
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Jerricans have a unique double-spout design, ideal as a reservoir in automated systems.
Rugged design with wide stance and low center of gravity provides stability.
details
- 53B closure can be customized with input/output tubing, while the 38 mm closure can be used for refilling and emptying
- Molded-in handle provides a sturdy grip when carrying heavy contents
- Integral shoulder handle and molded bottom grip offers added assistance with lifting
- Molded of HDPE, offering good chemical resistance for a wide variety of solutions
- Space-saving rectangular shape optimizes limited storage space
Related products: Nalgene Quick Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2158), or Nalgene Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2162)
Additional accessories include Nalgene Barbed Bulkhead Fittings (Cat. No. 6149)
Compliance: USP Class VI FDA21 CFR 177.1520.
Nalgene 13 L Jerrican
Cat. No. | Nominal Capacity (L) | Nominal Brim Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | L x W x H (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2243-0013 | 13 | 14 | 53B | 290 x 189 x 378 | 1 | 4 |
2243-9013 | 13 | 14 | 53B; 38-430 | 290 x 189 x 378 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3752" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Heavy-Duty Rectangular Carboy
high-density polyethylene , white polypropylene closure
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ HDPE Heavy-Duty Rectangular Carboy has a space-saving, stackable design.
Rugged carboy for storing and transporting reagents and other liquids.
details
- Heavy-walled construction for durability and chemical resistance
- Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
- Design includes integral handle for easy transport and pouring
- Graduated/Leakproof†
Nalgene Heavy-Duty Rectangular Carboy
Cat. No. | Nominal Capacity (L) | Nominal Brim Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | L x W x H (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2214-0050 | 20 | 20 | 70 | 330 x 228 x 406 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3751" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Heavy-Duty Wide Mouth Jug
high-density polyethylene, white polypropylene closure
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Heavy-Duty Wide Mouth Jug features a large, 120 mm opening.
Molded-in handle and recessed bottom provide a study grip when lifting and pouring. Wide stance and low center of gravity assure stability.
details
- Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of jugs
- Ideal for storing solids or powders
- Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
- Space-saving rectangular shape optimizes limited storage space
Nalgene Heavy-Duty Wide Mouth Jug
Cat. No. | Nominal Capacity (L) | Nominal Brim Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | L x W x H (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2241-0050 | 20 | 25 | 120 | 305 x 203 x 457 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3750" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PP" tab_id="PP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3748" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Polypropylene Carboys
Durable, lighter and safer than glass, these carboys are available in a variety of shapes and sizes, with a range of features such as wide mouths and handles for convenient filling and handling
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
PP Sanitary Fitting Carboys
Easier to clean than threaded containers or vessels, these one-piece molded, non-threaded carboys are designed for use as receiver or dispensing vessels in biopharmaceutical applications. Solid ported
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Heavy Duty Vacuum Carboys
polypropylene , white polypropylene closure, thermoplastic elastomer gasket
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Heavy Duty Vacuum Carboys are ideal when service conditions are most extreme.
Useful as a vacuum trap; will hold a vacuum for 8 hours.
details
- Not rated for pressure use
- Customization options are available for fluid transfer applications
- Autoclavable/Leakproof†
Related Products: Additional closure options include Nalgene Quick Filling/ Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2158), Nalgene Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2162), Nalgene Top Works Fluid Transfer Systems (Cat. No. 2135) and Nalgene 30 mL Validation Bottle for material compatibility studies (Cat. No. DS2126-0030).
Additional accessories include Nalgene Barbed Bulkhead Fittings (Cat. No. 6149).
For 1-5 L sizes, please refer to Nalgene Heavy Duty Vacuum Bottles (Cat. No. 2126).
Nalgene Heavy Duty Vacuum Carboys
Cat. No. | Nominal Capacity (L) |
Nominal Brim Capacity (L) |
Closure Size (mm) | O.D.(mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2226-0020 | 10 | 12 | 83B | 250 | 1 | 6 |
2226-0050 | 20 | 22.5 | 83B | 282 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3749" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Rectangular Carboys
polypropylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys are molded of tough, translucent and autoclavable polypropylene. Ideal for storing solutions and handling large volumes of powders and other solid samples.
details
- Large-neck opening for easy filling and cleaning
- Includes sturdy stainless steel handle attached to molded-in shoulder loops
- Graduated in liters and gallons
- Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†
Nalgene Autoclavable Rectangular Carboys
Cat. No. | Nominal Capacity (L) |
Nominal Brim Capacity (L) |
Closure Size (mm) | L x W x H (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2212-0020 | 9 | 9 | 100-415 | 220 x 153 x 360 | 1 | 6 |
2212-0050 | 20 | 21 | 100-415 | 320 x 229 x 399 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3759" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Wide-Mouth Carboys with Handles
polypropylene , white polypropylene closure
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Autoclavable Wide-Mouth Carboys with Handles have a convenient large opening for storage and transport of solids and powders.
details
- Convenient wide shoulder handles; allows easy carrying and pouring, even with gloved hands
- Graduated to contain iliters and gallons
- Wide-mouth opening promotes ease of cleaning and dispensing
- Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†
Nalgene Autoclavable Wide-Mouth Carboys with Handles
Cat. No. | Nominal Capacity (L) |
Nominal Brim Capacity (L) |
Closure Size (mm) | O.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2235-0020 | 10 | 3 | 100-415 | 250 | 343 | 1 | 6 |
2235-0050 | 20 | 5.5 | 100-415 | 282 | 483 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3758" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Carboys with Sanitary Flange
polypropylene, white polypropylene closure , thermoplastic elastomer gasket
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Autoclavable Carboys feature a 1-1/2 in. secure, nonthreaded sanitary dispensing port. They are ideal for use as a supply reservoir.
details
- Convenient molded-in handles for each handling
- Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
- Dispensing port used in combination with 1-1/2 in gasket and True Union Clamp
- Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†
Compliance: USP Class VI, non-cytotoxic.
Related products: Gasket (Cat. No. 2672-0150), True Union Clamps (Cat. No. 2670-0150).
Nalgene Autoclavable Carboys Sanitary Flanges
Cat. No. | Nominal Capacity (L) |
Approx. Brim Cpacity (L) | Closure Size | O.D.(mm) | Height with Ferrule (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2640-0020 | 10 | 12 | 83B, 1-1/2 in. Tri Clover | 250 | 389 | 1 | 1 |
2640-0050 | 20 | 22.5 | 83B, 1-1/2 in. Tri Clover | 282 | 526 | 1 | 1 |
2640-0130 | 50 | 54 | 83B, 1-1/2 in. Tri Clover | 379 | 678 | 1 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3741" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PC" tab_id="PC"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3465" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Polycarbonate Carboys
Our polycarbonate carboys ensure the integrity of your samples. Glass-clear to permit easy visual inspection and volume measurements but lighter and safer than glass, they are designed and manufactured for tough applications under rigorous laboratory conditions
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
PC Sanitary Fitting Carboys
Easier to clean than threaded containers or vessels, these one-piece molded, non-threaded carboys are designed for use as receiver or dispensing vessels in biopharmaceutical applications. Solid ported sanitary end caps are also available.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Nalgene™ Certified Clean Polycarbonate Biotainer™ Carboys
light blue polycarbonate, silicone lined polypropylene closures
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
- Provided sterile and ready-to-use; including certified clean products, which meet USP<788> standards and endotoxins below 0.5 EU/mL
- Certified clean products include triple layer packaging, with two heat-sealed layers to facilitate ease of entry into cleanrooms
Nalgene Certified Clean InVitro Biotainer Bottles
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | O.D.(mm) | Height (mm) | No. per Case |
383405-16 | 5 | 48 | 166 | 299 | 6 |
383405-42 | 5 | 48 | 166 | 299 | 6 |
383410-08 | 10 | 48 | 255 | 337 | 2 |
383410-42 | 10 | 48 | 255 | 337 | 2 |
383423-42 | 20 | 48 | 255 | 493 | 3 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3760" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific Nalgene InVitro Biotainer Bottles and Carboys
light blue polycarbonate, silicone lined polypropylene closures
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ InVitro™ Biotainer™ bottles and carboys are excellent for freezing applications.
Nalgene InVitro Biotainer bottles and carboys are designed specifically for pharmaceutical and biological manufacturers. Supplied sterile and ready to use, they reduce the risk of carry-over contamination and eliminate the cost of cleaning, sterilization, and associated validations.
details
- Constructed of durable, translucent PC – ensuring the integrity of your sample
- Closures feature a silicone liner for leakproof† assurance
- Customization options available for fluid transfer applications
- Supported by extensive validation documentation
- Suitable for use in storage conditions of -100°C to +100°C
Compliance: USP Class VI, non-cytotoxic, USP <661>, non-pyrogenic, FDA 21CFR 177.1315 for 5 to 5000mL, and FDAa 21 CFR 177.1520 for 10 to 20 L.
Nalgene InVitro Biotainer Bottles
Cat. No. | Nominal Capacity | Closure Size (mm) | O.D.(mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
3500-05* | 5ml | 20 | 22.4 Round | 46.7 | 100 | 500 |
3500-20* | 20ml | 20 | 29.7 Round | 65.3 | 500 | 500 |
3030-42 | 125ml | 38 | 52.1 Square | 104.6 | 5 | 50 |
3120-42+ | 1000ml | 48 | 98 Square | 201 | 5 | 35 |
3233-42+ | 2000ml | 48 | 116 Square | 265 | 5 | 20 |
3405-16+ | 5000ml | 48 | 166 Square | 299 | 1 | 6 |
3405-42++ | 5000ml | 48 | 166 Square | 299 | 6 | 6 |
3410-42 | 10L | 48 | 255 Square | 337 | 1 | 2 |
3410-08++ | 10L | 48 | 255 Square | 337 | 1 | 2 |
3423-42 | 20L | 48 | 255 Square | 493 | 1 | 3 |
* Validation vial + Fits 3-ported 48 mm closure for attachment of tubing ++ With polyethylene handle[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3756" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Round Clearboys
polycarbonate , white polypropylene closure, thermoplastic elastomer gasket
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Round Transparent Clearboys™ are durable, lighter and safer than glass.
Useful for large-volume media and culture preparation, especially where visual inspection of contents for quality is important. Ideal for refrigerated or frozen storage of aqueous solutions such as sterile water, reagents and media.
details
- Available in 10 L and 20 L sizes for a variety of biopharmaceutical applications
- Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
- Molded of transparent, durable polycarbonate
- Customization options available for fluid transfer applications
- Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†
Related Products: Additional closure options include Nalgene Quick Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2158), Nalgene Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2162) Nalgene Top Works™ Fluid Transfer Systems (Cat. No. 2135) and Nalgene Validation Bottles (Cat. No. DS2127).
Additional accessories include Nalgene Barbed Bulk Head Fittings (Cat. No. 6149).
Nalgene Round Transparent Clearboys
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Nominal Brim Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | O.D.(mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2251-0020 | 10 | 12.5 | 83B | 253 | 394 | 1 | 4 |
2251-0050 | 20 | 24 | 83B | 287 | 536 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3755" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Clearboys
polycarbonate, polypropylene closure
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Rectangular Clearboys™ are lightweight, space-saving and durable.
These carboys are ideal for storing solutions and handling large volumes of powders and other solid samples.
details
- Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning
- Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
- Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
- Molded of transparent PC, making this carboy ideal when visual inspection of contents is required
- Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†
Nalgene Rectangular Clearboys
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Nominal Brim Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | L x W x H (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
DS2213-0020 | 9 | 9 | 100-415 | 220 x 153 x 360 | 1 | 1 |
DS2213-0050 | 20 | 21 | 100-415 | 320 x 229 x 399 | 1 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3754" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Sanitary Carboy
polycarbonate
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Sanitary Carboy is a one-piece molded, non-threaded, design for use as receiver or dispensing vessel in biopharmaceutical applications.
The 3 in. flange accepts standard tri-clover style fittings. A clamping-closure system securely seals the carboy, requiring no torque while eliminating back-off issues.
details
- Sanitary design is easier to clean than threaded alternatives
- Molded of same PC resin as Nalgene PC Clearboys and PC Bottles, supporting a switch to Sanitary PC Carboys without material validation issues
- To seal closure, use a combination of gasket, end cap and sealing clamp
- Sanitary Carboy also available in PP (Cat. No. 2630)
- Graduated/Autoclavable
Related products: PP End Caps (Cat. No. 2665-0300), Ported End Caps (Cat. No. 2688-2075 and 2689-2075), True Union Clamps (Cat. No. 2670-0300), Heavy Duty Clamp (Cat. No. 2685-0300), Gaskets (Cat. No. 2672-0300).
Nalgene Sanitary Carboy
Cat. No. | Nominal Brim Capacity (L) | Nick Finsih | O.D. (mm) | Height with Ferrule (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2261-0050 | 20 | 3 inch Tri Clover | 287 | 498 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3757" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Accessories" tab_id="Accessories"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Carboy Replacement Screw Closures and Gaskets
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Replacement Screw Closures for Nalgene Carboys fit securely for guaranteed leakproof service. Gaskets for 53B and 83B closures are also available.
details
- Made to fit Nalgene Carboys
Nalgene Carboy Replacement Screw Closures and Gaskets
Cat. No. | Closure Size (mm) | Description | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
712150-1000 | 100 | Screw White Closure PP 100 mm | 12 | 12 |
712155-1200 | 120 | Large Jar Closure White PP 120 mm | 12 | 12 |
712160-0053 | 53B | Sealing Gasket TPE For 53B closure | 12 | 12 |
712160-0530 | 53B | Screw Closure White PP 53B | 12 | 12 |
712160-0830 | 83B | Screw Closure White PP 83B | 2 | 2 |
712162-1830 | Sealing Gasket TPE for Sealing Closure 712160-0830 | 5 | 5 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3474" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Bags
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker
Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3411" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Sample Bag" tab_id="LDPEbag"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ LDPE Sample Bags
Nalgene™ Sample Bags are ideal for small lab items, botanical samples and other specimens.
These heavy-duty, double-track zipper bags lock securely, so dry samples stay dry and moist samples stay moist.
details
- Low-density polyethylene is clear for easy identification of contents
- 4-mil thick walls are strong and waterproof, to protect your samples
- Bags are waterproof to keep contents dry
- Transparent
Notes: Not recommended for storing liquids
Nalgene Sample Bags
Cat. No. | W x L (cm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
6255-0406 | 10.2 x 15.2 | 50 | 500 |
6255-0508 | 12.7 x 20.3 | 50 | 500 |
6255-0613 | 15.2 x 33.0 | 50 | 250 |
6255-0913 | 22.9 x 33.0 | 50 | 250 |
6255-0918 | 22.9 x 45.7 | 50 | 250 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3411" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Beakers
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker
Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PFA Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers |
Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles |
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance | Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control | Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — |
Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable |
Max use 121oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* | Max use 120oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* |
Graduations: silk screened |
Graduations: silk screened |
No graduations | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL |
Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL |
Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL |
Volume range: 30mL–4L |
Volume range: 50mL–4L |
Volume range: 50mL–1L |
Volume range: 1L, 3L |
Volume range: 1L, 3L |
Volume range: 1L, 3L |
PPCO | PMP | PFA | HDPE | PMP | PFA |
Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white | Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white |
No handle | No handle | No handle | Handle | Handle | Handle |
Nesting | Nesting | Nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting |
BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="PP Low Form" tab_id="PPlow"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers
Nalgene™ Griffin Low-Form Beakers provide excellent chemical resistance and convenient stacking capabilities.
All sizes have easy-to-read silk-screened graduations.
details
• No drip, single-spout design provides precision pouring control
• With ribs for easy stacking
• Silk screened with graduations, size code, resin code, catalog number, max. temperature and “No Flame” symbol for easy identification and safe use
• Autoclavable/Graduated
Compliance: Meets ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plasticware Beakers.
Notes: Not for use on hotplates.
Nalgene Griffin Low-Form Beakers
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
1201-0030 | 30 | 12 | 48 |
1201-0050 | 50 | 12 | 48 |
1201-0100 | 100 | 12 | 48 |
1201-0150 | 150 | 12 | 48 |
1201-0250 | 250 | 6 | 36 |
1201-0400 | 400 | 6 | 36 |
1201-0600 | 600 | 4 | 24 |
1201-1000 | 1000 | 3 | 12 |
1201-2000 | 2000 | 1 | 6 |
1201-4000 | 4000 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3329" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PMP Low Form" tab_id="PMPlow"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers
Nalgene™ Griffin Low-Form Beakers are suitable for continuous use at 150°C with intermittent service to 175°C.
Beakers have the transparency of glass, excellent chemical resistance and heat tolerance. All size beakers have easy to read silk-screened graduations.
details
• Transparent PMP material allows a clear view of beaker contents
• No-drip, single-spout design provides precision pouring control
• With ribs for easy stacking
• Silk-screened with graduations, size code, resin code, catalog number, max. temperature and “No Flame” symbol for easy identification and safe use
• Autoclavable/Graduated/Transparent
Compliance: Meets ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plasticware Beakers.
Notes: Not for use on hotplates.
Nalgene Griffin Low-Form Beakers
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
1203-0030 | 30 | 12 | 36 |
1203-0050 | 50 | 12 | 36 |
1203-0100 | 100 | 12 | 36 |
1203-0150 | 150 | 12 | 36 |
1203-0250 | 250 | 6 | 24 |
1203-0400 | 400 | 6 | 24 |
1203-0600 | 600 | 4 | 12 |
1203-1000 | 1000 | 3 | 12 |
1203-2000 | 2000 | 1 | 4 |
1203-4000 | 4000 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3323" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PFA Low Form" tab_id="PFALow"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin Low-Form PFA Plastic Beakers
Nalgene™ Low-Form Beakers are molded from chemically-resistant perfluoroalkoxy resin.
Heavy-wall design makes these beakers sturdy and tough for continual lab usage.
Tolerates a wide temperature range: -270°C to +250°C.
details
• No-drip single-spout design provides precision pouring control
• Highly resistant to most chemicals, including the strongest sulfuric, nitric, chromic and phosphoric acids – will not contaminate contents with leachables
• Withstands extreme temperatures from -270°C to +250°C for versatility in your lab
• Autoclavable/PFA
Notes: Not for use on hotplates.
Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation.
Nalgene Griffin Low-Form Beakers
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
1510-0050 | 50 | 1 | 6 |
1510-0100 | 100 | 1 | 6 |
1510-0250 | 250 | 1 | 6 |
1510-0600 | 600 | 1 | 4 |
1510-1000 | 1000 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3326" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HDPE Graduated with handle" tab_id="HDPEhandle"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Graduated HDPE Plastic Beakers with Handles
Nalgene™ HDPE Beakers with handles feature an extra-heavy wall for safe handling of acids, alkalis and hot solutions.
Sturdy rectangular handle is easy on the hands, and provides reliable support and dispensing control.
details
• Molded-in graduations in both oz. and mL won’t wear off with continuous use or washings
• Molded-in rectangular handle provides easy, safe handling and pouring
• Excellent chemical resistance makes these usable for a wide range of solutions
• Graduated
Notes: Not for use on hotplates.
Nalgene Graduated Beakers with Handles
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
1220-1250 | 1000 | 1 | 6 |
1220-2500 | 3000 | 1 | 6 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3324" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PMP Graduated with handle" tab_id="PMPwithhandle"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles
Nalgene™ PMP Beakers resist acids, bases, aliphatic alcohols, aldehydes and esters.
Beakers have rectangular handle for easy carrying and pouring and withstand continuous use at high temperatures.
details
• Withstands continuous exposure to temperatures as high as 150°C and intermittent temperatures to 175°C
• Transparent to microwaves
• Transparent PMP material allows a clear view of beaker contents
• Molded-in graduation in both oz. and mL won’t wear off with continuous use or washings
• Excellent chemical resistance to acids, bases and aliphatic alcohols make these beakers useful for a broad range of solutions
• Sturdy, molded-in rectangular handle provides easy, safe handling and pouring
• Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated
Notes: Not for use on hotplates.
Nalgene Graduated Beakers with Handles
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
1223-1000 | 1000 | 1 | 6 |
1223-3000 | 3000 | 1 | 6 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3325" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PFA Graduated with handle" tab_id="PFAhandle"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles>
Nalgene™ Beakers with Handles feature extraordinary chemical resistance and can be used repeatedly for high-purity applications.
Can be used (and re-used) with strong oxidizing agents, acids, hydrocarbons and ketones. Widest temperature range: -270°C to +250°C. Not for use on hot plates. Teflon® PFA is “non-stick” making the beaker easy to clean and resistant to contamination.
details
• Withstands exposure to extreme temperatures from -270°C to 250°C
• Rigid and translucent, enabling easy and consistent viewing of liquid levels
• Molded-in graduation in both oz. and mL won’t wear off with continuous use or washings
• Excellent chemical resistance to strong ozidizing agents, acids, hydrocarbons and ketones make these beakers useful for a broad range of high-purity applications
• Molded-in rectangular handle provides easy, safe handling and pouring
• Autoclavable
Notes: Not for use on hotplates.
Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation.
Nalgene Graduated Beakers with Handles
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | No. per Case |
DS1511-1000 | 1000 | 1 |
DS1511-3000 | 3000 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3328" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Bench Protectors
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Polyethylene bench/drawer liners![]() |
Versi-Dry™ Surface Protectors![]() |
Super Versi-Dry™ Surface Protectors![]() |
sink liner or titration background. | have thousands of Thirsty Cells to quickly absorb spills and cushion breakable labware. | long-lasting, waterproof, skid-resistant and chemical resistant. |
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Clean Sheets Bench/Drawer Liner" tab_id="CleanSheets"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ CleanSheets™ Polyethylene Bench/Drawer Liner
Nalgene™ polyethylene bench/drawer liners are ideal as a sink liner or titration background.
Can be cut to any size and stapled, tacked or taped. Provides cushioning and liquid barrier protection.
details
- Made of 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) thick closed-cell polyethylene foam to cushion benchtop items
- Smooth and resilient, this nonabsorbent pad is versatile in your lab – use for a multitude of purposes
- Excellent chemical resistance provides protection wherever placed against spills
- Can be cut to any size to fit benches, shelves, drawers – anywhere protection is needed against spills, vibration, heat, dirt or breakage
- Non-absorbant
Nalgene Clean Sheets™ Bench/Drawer Liner
Cat. No. | W x L | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
6283-1250 | 305mm x 15.2m | 1 | 2 |
6283-1850 | 457mm x 15.2m | 1 | 2 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3457" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Versi-Dry Surface Protectors" tab_id="VersiDry"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Versi-Dry™ Surface Protectors
Nalgene™ Versi-Dry™ Surface Protectors have thousands of Thirsty Cells to quickly absorb spills and cushion breakable labware.
The polyethylene backing protects your benchtop from the harshest of chemicals. Can be used as a bench protector, shelf liner, cabinet liner or for wiping up isolated spills.
details
- Cushioned surface minimizes breakage of glass labware when dropped or tipped over
- Skid resistant polyethylene backing resists harsh chemicals and protects your benchtop from spills and corrosion
- Low-pile flat surface provides stability for glassware that is likely to tip
- Versi-Dry quickly absorbs up to 750 mL/m2 spills with its thousands of Thirsty Cells
Nalgene Versi-Dry Surface Protectors
Cat. No. | W x L | No. per Case |
Mat | ||
62080-00 | 46cm x 51cm | 350 |
Dispenser Roll | ||
62050-00 | 51cm x 91m | 1 |
62070-00 | 51cm x 30m | 4 |
Rolls | ||
62060-00 | 51cm x 91m | 2 |
62065-00 | 51cm x 46m | 2 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3456" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Super Versi-Dry Surface Protectors" tab_id="SuperVersiDry"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Super Versi-Dry™ Surface Protectors
Nalgene™ Super Versi-Dry™ Surface Protectors are long-lasting, waterproof, skid-resistant and chemical resistant.
Cloth-like top layer will not fall apart even when wet. Absorbs spills and cushions breakable items.
details
- Cushioned surface minimizes breakage of glass labware when dropped or tipped over
- Sheets lie flat and are skid resistant – use as a bench protector, tray liner, floor mat, cage liner or surgical mat
- Low-pile flat surface provides stability for glassware that is likely to top and is an ideal replacement for the “blue diaper”
- Polyethylene backing resists harsh chemicals and protects your benchtop from spills and corrosion
- Super Versi-Dry quickly absorbs up to 1050 mL/m2 to quickly absorb spills with its thousands of Thirsty Cells
Nalgene Super Versi-Dry Surface Protectors
Cat. No. | Description | L x W | No. per Case |
Mats | |||
74018-00 | 46cm x 51cm | 350 | |
74040-00 | 46cm x 102cm | 175 | |
74043-00 | Table Mat | 51cm x 110cm | 150 |
74200-00 | Floor Mat | 102cm x 508cm | 1 |
74218-00 | Fume Hood Mat | 46cm x 51cm | 100 |
74240-00 | Floor Mat | 46cm x 102cm | 50 |
Rolls | |||
74000-00 | 51cm x 76m | 1 | |
74050-00 | 51cm x 30m | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3459" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Biohazard Waste Containers/Safety Waste Funnel System
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Biohazard Waste Containers/Safety Waste Funnel System
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3418" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Biohazardous Waste Containers" tab_id="Biohazardouscontainer"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Biohazardous Waste Containers
Nalgene™ Biohazardous Waste Containers are ideal autoclavable plastic waste containers for secondary containment of biohazardous waste materials.
Convenient one-step sterilization; no need to remove bag. Port opening in cover allows one-handed disposal of materials; limits exposure to infectious waste. Holds standard sized autoclave bags. Will not rust, dent or puncture. Symbol printed in English and Spanish.
details
- Ideal autoclavable plastic waste containers for secondary containment of biohazardous waste materials
- Convenient one-step sterilization; no need to remove bag
- Port opening allows one-handed disposal of materials, limiting exposure to infectious waste
- Will not rust, dent or puncture like other materials
- Holds standard sized autoclave bags (not included)
- Autoclavable/Biohazard
Compliance: U.S. OSHA Standard 29 CFR Part 1910.1030 for use as protection against blood-borne pathogens.
Nalgene Biohazardous Waste Containers
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | OD x H (cm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
6370-0004 | 5.5 | 22 x 28 | 1 | 1 |
6370-0005 | 19 | 28 x 43 | 1 | 1 |
6370-0015 | 57 | 34 x 74 | 1 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3418" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Safety Waste Funnel Systems" tab_id="Safetyfunnel"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Safety Waste Funnel Systems
Nalgene™ Safety Waste Funnel Systems feature the Easy Snap Safety
Latch to minimize spillage if accidentally tipped over and a larger diameter funnel for easy pouring.
Ideal for temporary waste containment on the benchtop or under a lab hood. Vent system helps reduce fumes and splashing. Removable neck screen traps large particles, like stir bars. Designed for solvent, chemical and biological waste. Recommended for use with Nalgene containers (sold separately).
details
- Vent system helps reduce fumes and splashing
- Removable neck screen traps large particles, like stir bars
- Available in 25 cm (10 in.) diameter funnel with 83B closure and 14 cm (5-1/2 in.) funnel with 38-430 closure
- For safe transfer of solvent, chemical and biological waste
Includes: HDPE funnel with attached lid, polypropylene closure/funnel adapter, screen insert, polypropylene/PTFE 0.45 μm vent plug, and filter.
Nalgene Safety Waste Funnel Systems
Cat. No. | Closure Size (mm) | Funnel Top Dia x Stem Length (cm) | No. per Case |
7102-0080 | 38-430 | 14 x 5.6 | 4 |
7102-0140 | 83B | 25.4 x 5.6 | 2 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3487" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Laboratory Bottles
Nalgene laboratory bottles are in a class of their own. They're iconic in labs the world over for their guaranteed leakproof* performance and rugged construction. What makes Nalgene so great? Thermo Scientific Nalgene bottles and their caps are carefully engineered to work perfectly together, providing dependable leakproof* performance, every time, guaranteed.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3689" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_single_image image="3690" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Bottles by material
Available material types:
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Bottles by shape
Available shapes:
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Bottles by wide or narrow mouth
Available mouth types:
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="By Material Types" tab_id="Material"][vc_column_text]
Select your bottle by plastic material
Nalgene Polypropylene |
Nalgene High Density Polyethylene | Nalgene Low Density Polyethylene | Nalgene Polycarbonate | Nalgene Polyethylene terephthalate (Copolymer G) |
Nalgene Fluoropolymer |
Good chemical compatibility, translucent, autoclavable |
Good chemical compatibility, translucent, low cost |
Good chemical compatibility, translucent, low cost, flexible | Window clear, impact resistant, freezer to autoclave | Window clear, pre-sterilized |
Amazing chemical resistance and inertness |
PPCO | HDPE | LDPE | PC | PETG | FEP/PFA |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Dilution Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Dilution Bottles
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Wide-Mouth PPCO Dilution Bottle | Wide-Mouth PSF Dilution Bottle | Narrow-Mouth PSF Dilution Bottle |
Better chemical resistance, less accurate |
Better accuracy and clarity, higher temp range |
Better accuracy and clarity, higher temp range |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
PPCO bottle PP Closure |
PSF bottle PP Closure |
PSF bottle PP closure |
Milky white translucent |
Transparent, yellow tint |
Transparent, yellow tint |
Brim capacity 220mL | Brim capacity 220mL | Brim capacity 210mL |
Capacity to neck 205mL |
Capacity to neck 205mL |
Capacity to neck 200mL |
Cap size 38mm | Cap size 38mm | Cap size 28mm |
Wide mouth | Wide mouth | Narrow mouth |
Leakproof* | Leakproof* | Leakproof* |
Graduations at 90mL and 99mL | Graduations at 90mL and 99mL | Graduations at 90mL and 99mL |
Accuracy ±4mL | Accuracy ±1mL | Accuracy ±1mL |
For 1/10 and 1/100 dilutions | For 1/10 and 1/100 dilutions | For 1/10 and 1/100 dilutions |
Temp range -40oC to 121oC |
Temp range -100oC to 165oC |
Temp range -100oC to 165oC |
Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable |
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use |
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1655 for food use |
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1655 for food use |
BPA-Free | contains BPA | contains BPA |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Wide Mouth PPCO Dilution Bottle" tab_id="DilutionWMPPCO"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PPCO Dilution Bottles with Closure
Nalgene™ PPCO Dilution Bottles offer excellent chemical resistance to strong acids, alcohols and bases. Bottles are contact-clear so that liquid levels are easy to read.
details
- Excellent chemical resistance to strong acids, alcohols and bases – ideal for use with a wide variety of solutions
- Useful for a wide range of temperatures -40°C (-40°F) to +121°C (250°F)
- Translucent, so you can read graduations at both 90 mL (for 0.1 dilutions) and 99 mL (for 0.01 dilutions) accurate to ±0.4 mL
- Withstands repeated washing and autoclaving with Tween
- Autoclavable/Leakproof†
Includes: Polypropylene screw closure.
Notes: Completely disrengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving.
Nalgene Dilution Bottles
Cat. No. | Capacity to Brim (ml) | Capacity to Neck (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2500-0380 | 220 | 205 | 38 | 12 | 48 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3476" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Wide-Mouth/Narrow-Mouth PSF Dilution Bottle " tab_id="DilutionPSFWMNM"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polysulfone Dilution Bottles with Closure
Nalgene™ Polysulfone Dilution Bottles are our clearest and most accurate dilution bottles.
details
- Excellent chemical resistance to bases and weak acids – ideal for use with food products
- Useful for a wide range of temperatures -100°C (148°F) to +165°C (329°F)
- Transparent, so its easy to read graduations at both 90 mL (for 0.1 dilutions) and 99 mL (for 0.01 dilutions) accurate to ±0.1 mL
- Autoclaving when used with Tween will reduce the life of this dilution bottle
- Autoclavable/Transparent/Leakproof†
Includes: Polypropylene screw closure.
Notes: Completely disrengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving.
Nalgene Dilution Bottles
Cat. No. | Capacity to Brim (ml) | Capacity to Neck (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2505-0280 | 210 | 200 | 28 | 12 | 48 |
2505-0380 | 220 | 205 | 38 | 12 | 48 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3477" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Buckets
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Buckets
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3482" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Graduated Bucket" tab_id="GraduatedBucket"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Graduated HDPE Bucket
Nalgene™ Buckets feature a wide-lipped pour spout and polyethylenecoated handle.
Chemically compatible with a wide range of lab reagents. Heavy duty construction for years of rugged use. Ideal for transfer of laboratory solutions and powders.
details
- High-density polyethylene construction offers more durability than hard rubber
- Polyethylene-coated wire bail handle provides a comfortable and sturdy grip
- Molded-in graduations in pints and liters are easy-to-read
- Graduated
Nalgene Graduated Bucket
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
7002-0025 | 9.5 | 1 | 6 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3483" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Autoclavable Graduated Buckets" tab_id="AutoclavableGraduatedBuckets"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Autoclavable Graduated Buckets
Nalgene™ graduated, autoclavable buckets are ideal for use in food industries and can be used for many chemicals and corrosive liquids.
These general purpose laboratory buckets are fully autoclavable and provide excellent chemical resistance. Sturdy construction and convenient tall size make these buckets a lab necessity.
details
- White polypropylene pails offer sturdy construction for long-lasting use in the lab
- Nylon-coated wire bail handle provides a comfortable and sturdy grip
- Molded-in graduated in pints and liters are easy-to-read
- Autoclavable/Graduated
Nalgene Autoclavable Graduated Buckets
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
7012-0080 | 7.6 | 1 | 6 |
7012-0110 | 10.4 | 1 | 6 |
7012-0140 | 13.2 | 1 | 6 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3484" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Buckets with Lids" tab_id="BucketswithLids"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ LDPE Buckets with Lids
Nalgene™ Buckets with air-tight lids meet OSHA standards for storage of bloodborne pathogens.
These air-tight buckets are ideal for storing specimens in formalin and other preservatives. Excellent for no-splash transport around the lab. Chemicallyresistant to a wide range of lab solutions.
details
- White air-tight polyethylene cover is close-fitting, making these pails ideal for storing specimens in formalin and other preservatives
- Nylon-coated wire bail handle provides a comfortable and sturdy grip
- Molded-in graduated in pints and liters are easy-to-read
- Graduated
Compliance: Meets OSHA 29CFR 1910.1030 standard for use as protection against bloodborne pathogens.
Nalgene Buckets with Lids
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Height with Closure (cm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
7102-0080 | 7.6 | 26.7 | 1 | 12 |
7102-0140 | 13.2 | 32.8 | 1 | 6 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3482" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Burettes
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Burets
Nalgene burets will stand up to the daily bumps and occasional drops typically occurring in labs. Eliminate the risks and costs associated with sharp edges and shattering glass by using Nalgene shatter-proof acrylic burets. They are crystal clear and easy to use. Simplify volume readings—liquid in plastic burets doesn't form a meniscus, and level liquid avoids confusion and errors. Nalgene burets meet the accuracy requirements of ASTM E287, Class B. Nalgene burets are compatible with dilute acids (5% wt/wt) except hydrofluoric acid, and bases (up to 30%) except ammonium hydroxide, accommodating a wide range of titrants. Warning: Not suitable for use with alcohols and organic solvents; exposure to these solutions will cause immediate damage.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3412" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Plastic versus glass
Which burets are best for your application?
- Buret is durable and unaffected by diluted acids and bases (except hydrofluoric acid and ammonium hydroxide) used as titrants
- pH range of 1-14 is ideal; compatible with up to 5% wt/wt acids and up to 30% bases accomodating a wide range of tirants
- Transparent/Graduated
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Graduations (ml) | Tolerance (ml) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
3650-0025 | 25 | 0.1 | ±0.06 | 1 | 4 |
3650-0050 | 50 | 0.1 | ±0.10 | 1 | 4 |
3650-0100 | 100 | 0.2 | ±0.20 | 1 | 4 |
713650-1025 | Replacement Stopcock Assembly for 25 ml | 2 | 2 |
Nalgene™ Break-Resistant Self-Zeroing Automatic Burets
Nalgene™ Break-Resistant Self-Zeroing Burets offer repeatable, accurate results. Crystal clear, durable, easy to use, safer than glass. details- Individually calibrated to meet accuracy of ASTM* E287 for repeatable, accurate results
- Can be used with dilute mineral acids and bases except hydrofluoric acid and ammonium hydroxide
- pH range of 1-14 is ideal; compatible with up to 5% wt/wt acids and up to 30% bases accomodating a wide range of tirants
- Comes complete with everything you need to get started: acrylic buret, LDPE squeeze bottle assembly, 3 ft. (91 cm) PVC tubing, and buret cover
- Transparent/Graduated
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Reservoir (ml) | Graduations (ml) | Tolerance (ml) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
3640-0010 | 10 | 500 | 0.1 | ±0.04 | 1 | 4 |
3640-0025 | 25 | 500 | 0.1 | ±0.06 | 1 | 4 |
3640-0050 | 50 | 1000 | 0.1 | ±0.10 | 1 | 4 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Nalgene Carboys with Spigot or Drain
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Carboy with Spigot or Drain
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3730" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Select your carboy by plastic material
Polypropylene | Polypropylene Copolymer | High Density Polyethylene | Low Density Polyethylene | Polycarbonate | Fluorinated High Density Polyethylene |
Good chemical compatibility, translucent, autoclavable | Good chemical compatibility, translucent, autoclavable | Good chemical compatibility, translucent, low cost | Good chemical compatibility, translucent, low cost | Window clear, impact resistant, freezer to autoclave | Enhanced chemical compatibility with organic solvents |
PP | PPCO | HDPE | LDPE | PC | FLPE |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
8L-50L | 9L-50L | 8L-33L | 4L-50L | 9L-20L | 9L-20L |
Milky white translucent | Milky white translucent | Milky white translucent | Milky white translucent | Window clear | Milky white translucent, yellowish tint |
Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Autoclavable | Not autoclavable |
Max use 135oC | Max use 121oC | Max use 120oC | Max use 70oC | Max use 130oC | Max use 120oC |
Brittle2 below 0oC | Brittle2 below -40oC | Brittle2 below -100oC | Brittle2 below -76oC | Brittle2 below -135oC | Brittle2 below -100oC |
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1580 for food use | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 |
BPA-Free | BPA-Free | BPA-Free | BPA-Free | Contains BPA | BPA-Free |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Round Carboys with Spigot
low-density polyethylene; polypropylene spigot and screw closure, thermoplastic elastomer gasket Nalgene™ Round Carboys have a spigot boss which is molded in one piece with the carboy for convenience, strength and leak resistance. Suitable for collecting and dispensing distilled water, acids and reagents. details- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Integral shoulder handles make lifting comfortable for four largest sizes
- Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
- Graduated/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | O.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2318-0010 | 4 | 38-430 | 71-2160-0384 | 26 | 154 | 335 | 1 | 6 |
2318-0020 | 10 | 83B | 71-2160-0830 | 64 | 250 | 389 | 1 | 6 |
2318-0050 | 20 | 83B | 71-2160-0830 | 64 | 286 | 528 | 1 | 4 |
2318-0065 | 25 | 83B | 71-2160-0830 | 64 | 287 | 594 | 1 | 1 |
2318-0130 | 50 | 83B | 71-2160-0830 | 64 | 379 | 678 | 1 | 1 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Carboys with Spigot
polypropylene, white polypropylene screw closure with thermoplastic elastomer gasket, polypropylene spigot Nalgene™ Autoclavable Carboys have a spigot boss which is molded in one piece with the carboy for convenience and strength – great for storing and dispensing solutions and media. Can be autoclaved before refilling to eliminate bacterial growth when storing sterile water. details- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Integral shoulder handles make lifting comfortable
- Ideal for storing and dispensing solutions and media and can be autoclaved before refilling to eliminate bacterial growth
- Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
- Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | O.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2319-0020 | 10 | 83B | 71-2160-0830 | 64 | 250 | 389 | 1 | 6 |
2319-0050 | 20 | 83B | 71-2160-0830 | 64 | 286 | 528 | 1 | 4 |
2319-0130 | 50 | 83B | 71-2160-0830 | 64 | 379 | 678 | 1 | 1 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Rectangular Carboys with Spigot
polypropylene copolymer, polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing media, solutions and sterile water. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning and a spigot for easy dispensing. Sturdy stainless steel handle. details- Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
- Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
- 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
- Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
- Spigot comes with tubing adapter for added versatility
- Autoclavable/Graduated
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2321-0020 | 9 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 361 | 1 | 6 |
2321-0050 | 20 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 399 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Lowboys with Spigot
polypropylene copolymer, polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Low-Profile Lowboys are perfect for dispensing most liquids, including reagents, distilled water and titrants. The low-profile design fits into tight spaces on shelves and in refrigerators and can stack three high. Exhibits excellent chemical resistance. details Stack up to three high to save space on benchtop or in refrigerator Contour handle allows easy one-handed carrying – even when full Excellent chemical resistance – can tolerate strong acids and bases for a wide variety of solutions Follow autoclave instructions provided with the product to ensure proper function. Autoclavable/Leakproof† Includes: Polypropylene spigot, spigot closure and 63 mm screw closure. Notes: Remove and disassemble spigot before autoclaving. May be assembled with spigot closure for autoclaving. Completely disengage closure threads before autoclaving. Nalgene Autoclavable Lowboys with SpigotCat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | L x W x H (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2324-0008 | 8 | 63 | 71-2150-0630 | 305 x 366 x 159 | 1 | 4 |
2324-0015 | 15 | 63 | 71-2150-0630 | 371 x 371 x 210 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Carboy with Spigot
high-density polyethylene, polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing media, solutions and deionized water. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning and a sturdy stainless steel handle. Tough, rigid and excellent chemical resistance make this carboy a good choice for dispensing stock solutions. details- Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
- Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
- Spigot comes with a convenient tubing adapter providing versatility
- 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
- Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
- Rectangular shape saves valuable space on your benchtop
- Graduated
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | Height with Closure(mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2320-0020 | 9 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 361 | 1 | 6 |
2320-0050 | 20 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 399 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Low-Profile Lowboys
high-density polyethylene , polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Low-Profile Lowboys™ are perfect for dispensing most liquids, including reagents, distilled water and titrants. The low-profile design fits into tight spaces on shelves and in refrigerators and can stack three high. Exhibits excellent chemical resistance. details- Stack up to three high to save space on benchtop or in refrigerator
- Contour handle allows easy one-handed carrying – even when full
- Excellent chemical resistance – can tolerate strong acids and bases for a wide variety of solutions
- Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | L x W x H (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2323-0008 | 8 | 63 | 71-2150-0630 | 305 x 366 x 159 | 1 | 4 |
2323-0015 | 15 | 63 | 71-2150-0630 | 371 x 371 x 210 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Clearboy Transparent Carboy with Spigot
polycarbonate, polypropylene closure with thermoplastic elastomer gasket, polypropylene spigot Nalgene™ Clearboys™ are durable, lighter and safer than glass. Useful for large-volume media and culture preparation, especially where visual inspection of contents for quality is important. Autoclavable for sterile applications and ideal for refrigerated or frozen storage of aqueous solutions such as sterile water, aqueous reagents and media. details- With white polypropylene screw closure; TPE gasket
- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Polycarbonate is glass-clear for easy visual inspection and volume measurements
- Clearboys are suitable for mixing, storing and freezing aqueous-based reagents and biologicals
- Designed with 83 mm neck to accept TopWorks and other Nalgene accessories for versatility
- Graduated “To Contain”
- Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | O.D. (mm) | Height with Closure(mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2317-0020 | 10 | 83B | 71-2160-0830 | 66 | 253 | 394 | 1 | 4 |
2317-0050 | 20 | 83B | 71-2160-0830 | 66 | 290 | 536 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Clearboy with Spigot
polycarbonate; polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Clearboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing media, solutions and sterile water. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning. Features a sturdy stainless steel handle and extreme impact resistance. Ideal for cold room use. details- Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transfering and cleaning of carboys
- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
- Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
- Clear wall makes this carboy ideal when visual inspection of contents is necessary
- 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
- Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
- Spigot comes with tubing adapter for versatility
- Follow autoclave instructions provided with the product for proper function
- Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | Height with Closure(mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2322-0020 | 9 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 361 | 1 | 6 |
2322-0050 | 20 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 399 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Fluorinated Rectangular Carboy with Spigot
fluorinated high-density polyethylene, Tefzel™ ETFE spigot, fluorinated white polypropylene screw closure Nalgene™ Fluorinated Rectangular Carboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing a variety of solvents. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning and a sturdy stainless steel handle. Fluorinated surface (inside and out) improves barrier properties and reduces solvent absorption while enhancing long-term container performance and prevents loss due to permeation. details- With Tefzel™ ETFE spigot; fluorinated white polypropylene screw closure
- Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
- Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
- Rectangular shape saves valuable space on your benchtop
- 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
- Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
- Graduated
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | Height with Closure(mm) | No. per Case |
DS2327-0020 | 9 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 216 x 147 | 358 | 1 |
DS2327-0050 | 20 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 318 x 219 | 381 | 1 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Rectangular Carboys with Spigot
polypropylene copolymer, polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing media, solutions and sterile water. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning and a spigot for easy dispensing. Sturdy stainless steel handle. details- Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
- Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
- 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
- Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
- Spigot comes with tubing adapter for added versatility
- Autoclavable/Graduated
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2321-0020 | 9 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 361 | 1 | 6 |
2321-0050 | 20 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 399 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Carboy with Spigot
high-density polyethylene, polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing media, solutions and deionized water. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning and a sturdy stainless steel handle. Tough, rigid and excellent chemical resistance make this carboy a good choice for dispensing stock solutions. details- Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
- Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
- Spigot comes with a convenient tubing adapter providing versatility
- 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
- Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
- Rectangular shape saves valuable space on your benchtop
- Graduated
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | Height with Closure(mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2320-0020 | 9 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 361 | 1 | 6 |
2320-0050 | 20 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 399 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Clearboy with Spigot
polycarbonate; polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Clearboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing media, solutions and sterile water. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning. Features a sturdy stainless steel handle and extreme impact resistance. Ideal for cold room use. details- Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transfering and cleaning of carboys
- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
- Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
- Clear wall makes this carboy ideal when visual inspection of contents is necessary
- 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
- Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
- Spigot comes with tubing adapter for versatility
- Follow autoclave instructions provided with the product for proper function
- Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | Height with Closure(mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2322-0020 | 9 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 361 | 1 | 6 |
2322-0050 | 20 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 399 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Fluorinated Rectangular Carboy with Spigot
fluorinated high-density polyethylene, Tefzel™ ETFE spigot, fluorinated white polypropylene screw closure Nalgene™ Fluorinated Rectangular Carboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing a variety of solvents. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning and a sturdy stainless steel handle. Fluorinated surface (inside and out) improves barrier properties and reduces solvent absorption while enhancing long-term container performance and prevents loss due to permeation. details- With Tefzel™ ETFE spigot; fluorinated white polypropylene screw closure
- Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
- Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
- Rectangular shape saves valuable space on your benchtop
- 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
- Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
- Graduated
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | Height with Closure(mm) | No. per Case |
DS2327-0020 | 9 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 216 x 147 | 358 | 1 |
DS2327-0050 | 20 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 318 x 219 | 381 | 1 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Carboys with Tubulation
high-density polyethylene; polypropylene screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys are molded in one piece with serrated tubulation for strength, leak resistance and a longer life. Tubulation accepts 1/2 in. (13 mm) ID tubing. Efficient use of laboratory space with rectangular shape. details- Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Carboy and tubulation molded in one piece for strength, leak resistance and a longer life
- Low outlet provides for more complete drainage
- Stainless steel handle attached and built-in hand grip for ease in handling
- Rectangular shape saves valuable space on your benchtop
- Graduated
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | L x W (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2303-0050 | 20 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 229 x 320 | 399 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Carboys with Tubulation
high-density polyethylene; polypropylene screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys are molded in one piece with serrated tubulation for strength, leak resistance and a longer life. Tubulation accepts 1/2 in. (13 mm) ID tubing. Efficient use of laboratory space with rectangular shape. details- Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Carboy and tubulation molded in one piece for strength, leak resistance and a longer life
- Low outlet provides for more complete drainage
- Stainless steel handle attached and built-in hand grip for ease in handling
- Rectangular shape saves valuable space on your benchtop
- Graduated
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | L x W (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2303-0050 | 20 | 100 | 71-2150-1000 | 86 | 229 x 320 | 399 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Carboys with Bottom Tubulation
polypropylene; polypropylene screw closure; TPE (thermoplastic elastomer) gasket Nalgene™ Autoclavable Carboys with Bottom Tubulation are used with distilled water and culture media. These carboys are molded in one piece with serrated tubulation for strength, leak resistance and a longer life. Tubulation accepts 1/2 in. (13 mm) I.D. tubing. Low outlet ensures more complete drainage. details- Bottom tubulation molded in one piece with bottle ensures strength and leak resistance
- Location of outlet low on the carboy ensures more complete drainage
- Molded-in handles for ease in transporting containers
- Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
- Follow autoclave instructions provided with the product for proper function
- Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | Ncek I.D. (mm) | O.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2301-0020 | 10 | 83B | 71-2160-0830 | 64 | 245 | 389 | 1 | 6 |
2301-0050 | 20 | 83B | 71-2160-0830 | 64 | 281 | 528 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Carboys with Sanitary Flange
polypropylene, white polypropylene closure , thermoplastic elastomer gasket Nalgene™ Autoclavable Carboys feature a 1-1/2 in. secure, nonthreaded sanitary dispensing port. They are ideal for use as a supply reservoir. details- Convenient molded-in handles for each handling
- Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
- Dispensing port used in combination with 1-1/2 in gasket and True Union Clamp
- Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Nominal Capacity (L) | Approx. Brim Capacity (L) | Closure Size (mm) | Replacement Closure Cat. No. | O.D. (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2640-0020 | 10 | 12 | 83B, 1-1/2 in. Tri Clover | 71-2160-0830 | 250 | 389 | 1 | 1 |
2640-0050 | 20 | 22.5 | 83B, 1-1/2 in. Tri Clover | 71-2160-0830 | 282 | 526 | 1 | 1 |
2640-0130 | 50 | 54 | 83B, 1-1/2 in. Tri Clover | 71-2160-0830 | 379 | 678 | 1 | 1 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Quick-Action; ETFE Spigots
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ ETFE Quick-Action Spigots are chemically resistant to selected solvents and other chemicals. Body and plug are made of Tefzel™ ETFE. Accepts tubing with 5/8 in. I.D. details- Replacement spigot for DS2327-series fluorinated carboys
- Tubing adapter not included
- Autoclavable (unassembled)
Cat. No. | Material | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
6432-0010 | ETFE | 1 | 2 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Spigot Closure with Polypropylene Lock Nut and TPE plug
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Spigot Closure fits all Nalgene carboys with spigot and selected Nalgene tanks with spigot. Use to replace the spigot during autoclaving. Also useful when handling could damage or accidentally turn on a spigot or when a spigot-less carboy is required. Included with all Nalgene carboys with spigot. Closure keeps solutions safe by providing a leakproof seal when handling could damage or accidentally turn spigot on Designed to fit Nalgene carboys, Clearboys, Lowboys and tanks that have a thread size of 1-1/8 in., 12 male screw head. details- Autoclavable/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Description | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
6423-0010 | Spigot Closure for Nalgene Bottles, Jars, Carboys | 4 | 24 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Quick Action Spigots
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Quick-Action Spigots are the standard for Nalgene carboys. Includes HDPE tubing adapter which accepts tubing with 1/4 or 5/16 in. I.D. details- Takes 5/8 in. (1.6 cm) I.D. tubing without a tubing adapter
- Supplied with adapter for 1/4 or 5/16 in. (0.6 or 0.8 cm) tubing
- Autoclavable (unassembled)
Cat. No. | Material | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
6422-0010 | Polypropylene | 1 | 12 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Carboy Replacement Screw Closures and Gaskets
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Replacement Screw Closures for Nalgene Carboys fit securely for guaranteed leakproof service. Gaskets for 53B and 83B closures are also available. details- Made to fit Nalgene Carboys
Cat. No. | Closure Size (mm) | Description | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
712150-1000 | 100 | Screw White Closure PP 100 mm | 12 | 12 |
712155-1200 | 120 | Large Jar Closure White PP 120 mm | 12 | 12 |
712160-0053 | 53B | Sealing Gasket TPE For 53B closure | 12 | 12 |
712160-0530 | 53B | Screw Closure White PP 53B | 12 | 12 |
712160-0830 | 83B | Screw Closure White PP 83B | 2 | 2 |
712162-1830 | Sealing Gasket TPE for Sealing Closure 712160-0830 | 5 | 5 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Nalgene Bottle Carriers
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Bottle Carriers
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_gallery interval="3" images="3490,3489,3488,3417" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Safety Bottle Carriers" tab_id="SafetyBottleCarriers"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Thermo Scientifiic™ Nalgene™ Safety Bottle Carriers
low-density polyethylene, polycarbonate cap, epoxy-coated handle
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Safety Bottle Carriers safely and easily hold 2.5 L and 4 L chemical bottles, with or without finger loops. Holds and protects standard acid and chemical bottles and permits pouring without removing the bottles. Cover locks in place with epoxy-coated handle while carrying. Clear cap protects bottle closure and allows identification of color-coded closure on acid bottles. Cap twists for removal from cover, so no need to remove bottle from carrier to pour. details- Epoxy-coated handle locks in place while carrying contents
- Clear cap allows identification of color-coded closure on acid bottles and protects bottle closure
- Cap twists for removal from cover – no need to remove bottle from carrier to pour
- Cushions glass bottles from breakage
- Cover locks in place to ensure safe transportation of contents
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
6501-2500 | 2.5 | 1 | 6 |
6501-4000 | 4 | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Safety Half-Liter Bottle Carriers
linear low-density polyethylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Safety Bottle Carrier holds up to six standard 500 mL reagent bottles in any profile. Bottles are held securely in place, reducing the chances of bumping into each other, cracking or chipping. Sturdy, wide handle molded in one piece with the base allows a comfortable grip – even when carrier is full. Cover latches securely to base and allow carriers to stack. details- Bottles are held securely in place, reducing the chances of bumping, cracking or chipping
- Sturdy, wide handle molded in one piece with the base allows a comfortable grip
- Cover latches securely to base and allow carriers to stack
- Linear LDPE provides rigidity and impact resistance
Cat. No. | Description | L x W x H (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
6505-0010 | 500ml Bottle Carriers | 349 x 248 x 276 | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ 4-in-1 EZ Tote™ Bottle Carrier
blue corrugated HDPE plastic
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ 4-in-1 EZ Tote™ Bottle Carrier holds eight 500 mL, six 1 L, or two 4 L bottles. Manufactured from 3 mm corrugated HDPE plastic. Carrier makes transporting bottles and other lab essentials safer and easier. Versatile, durable and lightweight, partitions are included and assembly instructions are printed on each tote. details- Reconfigureable partitions make this a versatile tote
- Holds up to 28 lb. (12.7 kg)
- Stores flat and easy to assemble
Cat. No. | For Bottle Size (L) | L x W x H (mm) | No. of Positions | No. per Case |
6565-0001 | 0.5, 1 or 4 | 330 x 200 x 340 | Reconfigureable partitions | 4 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Multi-Bottle Rack
white polycarbonate
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Multi-Bottle Rack holds up to eight 500 mL round or square bottles securely. Bottles fit snugly between upper grid and molded-in depressions on lower tray and protect against bumping while being transported. Handle telescopes for convenient storage. Also useful as a BOD bottle rack. details- Handle telescopes into rack for convenient storage
- Bottles fit securely in upper grid and molded-in depressions for safe carrying
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | For Bottle Size (ml) | Dimensions w/ Handle extended (mm) | Height w/ Handle telescoped (mm) | Bottles Held | No. per Case |
DS5996-0871 | 500 | 330 x 194 x 229 | 165 | 8 | 1 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Nalgene Centrifuge ware

Cryogenic Tubes
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Nunc™ Cryogenic Tubes
Protect your precious samples
Our cryogenic storage tubes and accessories are designed as a system to protect and organize your valuable, irreplaceable samples. Scientists worldwide have been storing samples in Thermo Scientific Nalgene and Nunc cryo tubes for more than 40 years—whether you're storing hundreds of samples or millions, we have you covered.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_gallery interval="3" images="3597,3519,3520,3522,3521,3523,3524,3525"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Nalgene General Long-term Storage Cryogenic Tubes" tab_id="GeneralLongtermStorage"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ General Long-Term Storage Cryogenic Tubes
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Cryogenic Tubes are externally-threaded storage tubes ideally suited for research and general laboratory storage of high-value and genomic materials down to vapor phase liquid nitrogen temperatures. details- Large writing areas accommodate more written sample information and graduations for easy visual volume assessment
- Non-cytotoxic raw materials for added sample security and tubes certified free of DNAse and RNAse for genomic applications
- External threading enhances aseptic technique
- Certified SAL to 10-6 for the highest sterility assurance available
- Suitable for storage from general cold storage refrigeration (+4°C) down to the vapor phase of liquid nitrogen
- System 100 Tubes offer a more dense storage option (10 x 10) to save precious storage space
- Self-standing tubes for ease of use on the benchtop
- Blank, non-sterile and uncapped tubes available in bulk for less demanding applications
Cat. No. | Size (ml) | Dimensions, H x O.D. (mm) | Thread Style | Closure Material | Bottom Style | Anti-Rotation Base | Self-Standing | Writing Area and Graduations | Sterile | Vapor LN2 (to -150°C) | DNAse/ RNAse Free | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
System 100 Tubes | |||||||||||||
5000-1012 | 1 | 38 x 12 | External | PP | Conical | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | 25 | 500 |
5000-1020 | 1.5 | 48 x 12 | External | PP | Conical | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | 25 | 500 |
Standard Tubes | |||||||||||||
5000-0012 | 1.2 | 38.1 x 13.5 | External | PE | Conical | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | 25 | 500 |
5012-0012 | 1.2 | 38.1 x 13.5 | External | PE | Conical | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | 1000 | |
5011-0012 | 1.2 | 38.1 x 13.5 | External | PE | Conical | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | No | 1000 | |
5000-0020 | 2 | 48.3 x 13.5 | External | PE | Conical | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | 25 | 500 |
5012-0020 | 2 | 48.3 x 13.5 | External | PE | Conical | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | 1000 | |
5011-0020 | 2 | 48.3x13.5 | External | PE | Conical | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | No | 1000 | |
5000-0050 | 5 | 92 x 13.5 | External | PE | Conical | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | 10 | 250 |
5005-0015 | 15 | 33 x 47 | External | PE | Flat | No | Yes | No | Yes | No | No | 5 | 75 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nunc™ Stor-It™ tubes
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nunc™ Stor-It™ tubes are an economical choice for samples. Starfoot vial fits into grooves of the CryoTube Rack (Cat. No. 376589), which allows one-hand operation. details- Caps and tubes packaged separately to save handling time
- Tubes are non-sterile
- Economical choice for less demanding applications
Cat. No. | Size (ml) | Dimensions, H x O.D. (mm) | Thread Style | Closure Material | Bottom Style | Anti-Rotation Base | Self- Standing | Writing Area and Graduations | Sterile | Vapor LN2 (to -150°C) | DNAse/ RNAse Free | No. per Pack | No. per Carton | No. Per Case |
347783 | 1.8 | 48 x 12.5 | External | PE | Round | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | No | 50 | 450 | 1800 |
347791 | 4.5 | 91 x 12.5 | External | PE | Round | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | No | 50 | 300 | 1200 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nunc™ Biobanking and Cell Culture Cryogenic Tubes
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nunc™ Cryotubes and accessories are designed to work together and provide the best solutions for the most trusted sample storage applications, such as highly-regulated applications, irreplaceable high-value content storage and tissue, cell, blood or other materials for biobanking. details- Non-cytotoxic, non-mutatgenic raw materials and pyrogen-free IVD compatible tubes for added sample security
- External or internally threaded options available
- Tubes certified DNAse- and RNAse-free for genomic applications
- Certified SAL to 10-6 for the highest sterility assurance available
- Suitable for storage from general cold storage refrigeration (+4°C) down to the vapor phase of liquid nitrogen
- Bulk, uncapped, non-sterile versions available for less demanding applications
- Self-standing, anti-rotation and round bottom options available to meet any requirement
Cat. No. | Size (ml) | Dimensions, H x O.D. (mm) | Thread Style | Closure Material | Bottom Style | Anti-Rotation Base | Self- Standing | Writing Area and Graduations | Sterile | Vapor LN2 (to -150°C) | DNAse/ RNAse Free | No. per Pack | No. per Carton | No. Per Case |
374080 | 0.5 | 35 x 8.8 | Internal | PP | Conical | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | 169 | 845 | |
374115 | 1 | 48.5 x 8.8 | Internal | PP | Conical | Yes | Yes | Yes (writing area only) | Yes | Yes | Yes | 169 | 845 | |
375353 | 1 | 41 x 12.5 | External | PE | Conical | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | 50 | 500 | 2000 |
375299 | 1 | 30 x 12.4 | External | PE | Round | No | No | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | 50 | 500 | 2000 |
347597 | 1 | 41 x 12.4 | External | PE | Conical | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | 50 | 500 | 2000 |
377224 | 1 | 42 x 12.5 | Internal | PP | Conical | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | 50 | 500 | 2000 |
366656 | 1 | 42 x 12.5 | Internal | PP | Conical | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | 50 | 500 | 2000 |
375418 | 1.8 | 48 x 12.5 | External | PE | Round | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | 50 | 450 | 1800 |
340711 | 1.8 | 44 x 12.4 | External | PE | Round | No | No | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | 50 | 500 | 2000 |
347627 | 1.8 | 48 x 12.5 | External | PE | Round | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | 50 | 450 | 1800 |
377267 | 1.8 | 49 x 12.5 | Internal | PP | Round | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | 50 | 450 | 1800 |
368632 | 1.8 | 49 x 12.5 | Internal | PP | Round | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | 50 | 450 | 1800 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nunc™ Cryobank Tube Systems
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nunc™ Cryobank storage tubes take traditional cryostorage to the next level with laser etched 2D barcodes and standard microplate format racks, offering greater storage capability compared to standard cryoboxes. Compatible with the complete line of 2D barcode readers, capping/ decapping equipment and labelling options, Cryobank tubes can be used in manual or automated storage of diagnostic and biological samples down to vapor phase liquid nitrogen. Cryobank products are available in a volume range of 0.5 mL through 5.0 mL, and complemented by a range of certifications. details Nunc Cryobank tubes take traditional cryostorage to the next level with higher density storage format and reliable 2D barcode traceability. Compatible with the complete line of 2D barcode readers, capping/ decapping equipment, and labelling options, Cryobank products are a perfect match for biological, genomic, and diagnostic sample storage. Secure Tracking- Permanently attached, laser etched 2D barcode on the bottom of the tube allows you to scan and decode the entire rack at once without removing them from the rack, and allows data to be associated with each tube
- Solid one piece construction eliminates the risk of labels falling off during cryogenic storage, preserving the identity of valuable sample material
- Utilize a range of 2D reading products to decode individual tubes or complete microplate footprint racks. Readers allow flexible output to store data in multiple database formats
- Cryobank tubes are available in space conscious microplate format racks or can be stored in traditional cryoboxes, accommodating your preferred storage format
- Microplate format is compatible with your existing multichannel manual pipettes and automated liquid handling equipment
- Unique anti-rotation feature allows compatibility with automated decapping/ capping equipment in single, 8-channel, or full-rack options to accommodate multiple throughput requirements.
- TPE gasketed polypropylene cap provides superior seal during high or low temperature storage
- Low-binding surface allows maximum recovery of low concentration samples
- CE certified* and conforms to IATA requirements for diagnostic use and transportation
- Certified DNAse, RNAse , pyrogene and toxin free
- Sterility assurance level 10-6 for the most sensitive sample storage
- 2D barcodes are scanned for readability and checked against a full database of of previous barcodes to ensure no duplicates across the Cryobank storage tube product line.
- Leak testing validation performed during the manufacturing process to ensure sample integrity is maintained
Cat. No. | Description | Capped | Size (ml) | Bottom | Sterile | Racked | Bulk | No. per Case |
374025 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Blue Cap | X | 0.5 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374026 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Red Cap | X | 0.5 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374027 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Green Cap | X | 0.5 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374080 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded | X | 0.5 | flat | X | X | 10 bags of 96 tubes/case | |
374082 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap | X | 0.5 | flat | X | X | 2 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374086 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap | X | 0.5 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374074 | Clear Bank-It Tube, Clear Cap | X | 0.5 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374075 | Clear Bank-It Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded | X | 0.5 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374083 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded | X | 0.5 | flat | X | X | 2 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374087 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded | X | 0.5 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374099 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Red Cap, Uncoded | X | 0.5 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374100 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Blue Cap, Uncoded | X | 0.5 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374081 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded | X | 1.0 | flat | X | X | 10 bags of 96 tubes/case | |
374084 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap | X | 1.0 | flat | X | X | 2 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374088 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap | X | 1.0 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374110 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Green Cap | X | 1.0 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374120 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Red Cap | X | 1.0 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374130 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Blue Cap | X | 1.0 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374079 | Clear Bank-It Tube, Clear Cap | X | 1.0 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374085 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded | X | 1.0 | flat | X | X | 2 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374089 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded | X | 1.0 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374094 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Alphacode | X | 1.0 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 96 tubes/case | |
374500 | Clear Cryobank Tube,External Threaded Cap, White Patch, Graduations | X | 1.8 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 480 tubes/case | |
374501 | Clear Cryobank Tube,External Threaded Cap Uncoded, White Patch, Graduations | X | 1.8 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 480 tubes/case | |
374502 | Clear Cryobank Tube,External Threaded Cap, White Patch, Graduations | X | 1.8 | flat | X | X | 2 bags of 240 tubes/case | |
374503 | Clear Cryobank Tube,External Threaded Cap Uncoded, White Patch, Graduations | X | 1.8 | flat | X | X | 2 bags of 240 tubes/case | |
374221 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap | X | 2.0 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 48 tubes/case | |
374258 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap | X | 2.0 | flat | X | X | 20 bags of 48 tubes/case | |
374259 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded | X | 2.0 | flat | X | X | 20 bags of 48 tubes/case | |
374223 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded | X | 2.0 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 48 tubes/case | |
374220 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap | X | 5.0 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 48 tubes/case | |
374260 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded | X | 5.0 | flat | X | X | 11 bags of 48 tubes/case | |
374261 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap | X | 5.0 | flat | X | X | 11 bags of 48 tubes/case | |
374222 | Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded | X | 5.0 | flat | X | X | 10 racks of 48 tubes/case |



Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ and Nunc™ Linear Barcoded Tubes
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ and Nunc™ Cryotubes with directly-printed barcodes are more robust than labels and ideal for easy sample inventory. Choose from available non-custom options below or call for customized options in a wide range of choices of code type, length and format. details- Black barcode directly printed onto white background for high contrast and readability even in high-frost conditions
- Human readable code below the barcode for easy visual identification without a barcode reader
- Barcodes resistant to IPA, DMSO, 5% bleach, 10% acetic acid and 10% NaOH
- Non-cytotoxic raw materials for added sample security and tubes certified free of DNAse and RNAse for genomic applications
- External or internally threading options available
- Certified SAL to 10-6 for the highest sterility assurance available
- Suitable for storage from general cold storage refrigeration (+4°C) down to the vapor phase of liquid nitrogen
Cat. No. | Size (ml) | Dimensions, H x O.D. (mm) | Thread Style | Closure Material | Bottom Style | Anti-Rotation Base | Self- Standing | Writing Area and Graduations | Sterile | Vapor LN2 (to -150°C) | DNAse/ RNAse Free | No. per Pack | No. per Carton | No. Per Case |
5001-0012 | 1.2 | 38.1.x.13.5 | External | PE | Conical | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | 25 | 500 | |
5001-0050 | 5.0 | 92 x 13.5 | External | PE | Conical | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | 10 | 250 | |
5001-1020 | 1.5 | 48 x 12 | External | PP | Conical | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | 25 | 500 | |
373530 | 1.8 | 48 x 12.5 | Internal | PP | Round | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes | Yes | 50 | 450 | 1800 |
373420 | 1.8 | 48 x 12.5 | Internal | PP | Round | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | 50 | 450 | 1800 |
System 100 Tubes | ||||||||||||||
5001-0020 | 2.0 | 48.3 x 13.5 | External | PE | Conical | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | 25 | 500 |


Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Nalgene Cylinder
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Graduated Cylinders
Plastic graduated cylinders are a safer alternative to glass. They won’t break, chip or shatter amid the bustle and bumps of everyday lab work. Enjoy their light weight and ease of handling. Simplify volume readings: liquid in plastic cylinders doesn’t form a meniscus, and level liquid avoids confusion and errors. Trust Thermo Scientific Nalgene graduated cylinders to be made from the highest quality laboratory-grade plastic materials for dependably low extractables and excellent chemical compatibility with a wide variety of laboratory solutions.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_gallery interval="3" images="3599,3335,3334,3338,3337,3333,3336"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]Plastic versus glass
Which graduated cylinders are right for you?
Nalgene PPCO ASTM Class B Graduated Cylinders | Nalgene PMP ASTM Class B Graduated Cylinders | Nalgene PPCO Economy Cylinders | Nalgene PMP Economy Cylinders | Nalgene PFA Fluoropolymer Cylinder | Nalgene Double Scale Pharmaceutical Graduates |
Certified lab quality, milky white cylinder with blue base | Certified lab quality, clear cylinder with blue base* | Lower cost, milky white graduated cylinder | Lower cost, clear graduated cylinder | Extraordinary chemical resistance, chemically inert | Pharmacist's choice |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Guaranteed accuracy | Guaranteed accuracy with visual clarity* | Tight budget, general purpose | Tight budget, visual clarity | Aggressive and reactive chemicals | Pharmaceutical compounding, medication preps |
ASTM E1272 Class B ISO standard 6706 21 CFR part 177.1520 | ASTM E1272 Class B ISO standard 6706 21 CFR part 177.1520* | ASTM E1094 21 CFR part 177.1520 | |||
Molded, inked** mL | Molded, mL | Molded, mL | Molded, mL | Molded, mL | Molded, mL and oz |
10mL–4000mL | 10mL–4000mL | 10mL–1000mL | 10mL–1000mL | 100mL | 125mL–1000mL 4oz-32oz |
PPCO w/ PP base | PMP w/ PP base | PPCO | PMP | PFA | PMP w/ PP base |
Milky white cylinder | Clear cylinder | Milky white cylinder | Clear cylinder | Milky white cylinder | Clear cylinder |
Hexagonal blue base | Hexagonal blue base | Round milky white base | Round clear base | Round milky white base | Hexagonal blue base |
BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Graduated Cylinders
Nalgene™ Graduated Cylinders are guaranteed to meet accuracy requirements of ASTM Class B, E1272. All sizes have a generous pour spout and molded-in graduations that won’t rub off for years of dependable use. No meniscus allows accurate readings every time. The large base keeps cylinders stable on the benchtop preventing tipping hazards – won't break or chip like glass labware. Suitable for food and beverage use. details • Guaranteed to meet requirements of ASTM Class B, E1272 for accuracy • No meniscus to confuse readings – eliminates guesswork • Large blue octagonal base prevents rolling and tipping • Generous pour spout provides ease in dispensing liquids • Molded-in graduations are silk-screened for easy reading (10 mL-1 L sizes only) • Excellent chemical resistance for a wide variety of solutions • Resists temperatures up to 135°C (275°F) for a variety of uses • Autoclavable/Graduated Ordering Information: Individually packaged. Compliance: Meets CFR 21, Part 177.1520 and ASTM* E 1272 Class B requirements, as well as all requirements of ISO Standard 6706. Notes: Autoclaving will affect accuracy. Nalgene Graduated CylindersCat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Limit of Error, (ml) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
3662-0010 | 10 | 0.2 | ±0.20 | 1 | 24 |
3662-0025 | 25 | 0.5 | ±0.34 | 1 | 18 |
3662-0050 | 50 | 1 | ±0.50 | 1 | 18 |
3662-0100 | 100 | 1 | ±1.00 | 1 | 12 |
3662-0250 | 250 | 2 | ±2.00 | 1 | 12 |
3662-0500 | 500 | 5 | ±4.00 | 1 | 8 |
3662-1000 | 1000 | 10 | ±6.00 | 1 | 6 |
3662-2000 | 2000 | 20 | ±12.0 | 1 | 4 |
3662-4000 | 4000 | 50 | ±29.0 | 1 | 2 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Plastic Graduated Cylinders
Nalgene™ Graduated Cylinders are guaranteed to meet accuracy requirements of ASTM Class B, E1272. All sizes have a generous pour spout and molded-in graduations that won’t rub off for years of dependable use. No meniscus allows accurate readings every time. The large base keeps cylinders stable on the benchtop preventing tipping hazards – won’t break or chip like glass labware. Suitable for food and beverage use. details • Guaranteed to meet requirements of ASTM Class B, E1272 for accuracy • No meniscus to confuse readings – eliminates guesswork • Large blue octagonal base prevents rolling and tipping • Generous pour spout provides ease in dispensing liquids • Excellent chemical resistance for a wide variety of solutions • Resists temperatures up to 145°C (293°F) for a variety of uses • 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 and 1000 mL sizes have front-to-back raised graduations • 2000 and 4000 mL sizes have standard graduations • Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated Ordering Information: Individually packaged. Compliance: Meets CFR 21, Part 177.1520 and ASTM* E 1272 Class B accuracy requirements, as well as requirements of ISO Standard 6706 Notes: Suitable for food and beverage use. Autoclaving g g will affect accuracy. Nalgene Graduated CylindersCat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Limit of Error, (ml) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
3663-0010 | 10 | 0.2 | ±0.20 | 1 | 24 |
3663-0025 | 25 | 0.5 | ±0.34 | 1 | 18 |
3663-0050 | 50 | 1 | ±0.50 | 1 | 18 |
3663-0100 | 100 | 1 | ±1.00 | 1 | 12 |
3663-0250 | 250 | 2 | ±2.00 | 1 | 12 |
3663-0500 | 500 | 5 | ±4.00 | 1 | 8 |
3663-1000 | 1000 | 10 | ±6.00 | 1 | 6 |
3663-2000 | 2000 | 20 | ±12.0 | 1 | 4 |
3663-4000 | 4000 | 50 | ±29.0 | 1 | 2 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Economy Plastic Graduated Cylinders
Nalgene™ Economy PPCO Cylinders exhibit excellent chemical resistance. These cylinders have a generous pour spout for easily dispensing liquids and molded-in graduations that are easy-to-read and won’t rub off. details • Cylinders are translucent, break-resistant and non-wetting at affordable prices • Economical – recommended for educational labs • No meniscus to confuse readings allow for accurate measurements • Good temperature resistance up to 135°C (275°F) • Large, ribbed, rounded base provides reinforcement and stability to keep from tipping • Calibrated “To Contain” and “To Deliver” at 20°C • Graduated Nalgene Economy Graduated CylindersCat.No. | Capacity(ml) | Graduation(ml) | No.perPack | No.perCase |
3664-0010 | 10 | 0.2 | 1 | 24 |
3664-0025 | 25 | 0.5 | 1 | 18 |
3664-0050 | 50 | 1 | 1 | 18 |
3664-0100 | 100 | 1 | 1 | 12 |
3664-0250 | 250 | 2 | 1 | 12 |
3664-0500 | 500 | 5 | 1 | 8 |
3664-1000 | 1000 | 10 | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Economy Plastic Graduated Cylinders
Nalgene™ Economy PMP Cylinders exhibit good chemical resistance, are clear and impact-resistant. These cylinders have a generous pour spout for easily dispensing liquids, and easy-to-read molded in graduations that won’t rub off. details • Cylinders are transparent, break-resistant and non-wetting at affordable prices • Economical – recommended for educational labs • No meniscus to confuse readings allow for accurate measurements • Large, ribbed, rounded base provides reinforcement and stability to keep from tipping • Calibrated “To Contain” and “To Deliver” at 20°C • Graduated/Transparent Nalgene Economy Graduated CylindersCat.No. | Capacity(ml) | Graduation(ml) | No.perPack | No.perCase |
3665-0010 | 10 | 0.2 | 1 | 24 |
3665-0025 | 25 | 0.5 | 1 | 18 |
3665-0050 | 50 | 1 | 1 | 18 |
3665-0100 | 100 | 1 | 1 | 12 |
3665-0250 | 250 | 2 | 1 | 12 |
3665-0500 | 500 | 5 | 1 | 8 |
3665-1000 | 1000 | 10 | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Fluorocarbon (PFA) Resin Plastic Graduated Cylinder
Nalgene™ Graduated Cylinders have extraordinary chemical resistance to aggressive chemicals and other liquids without risk of breaking. This sturdy and durable cylinder tolerates a wide temperature range – from -270°C to +250°C (-454°F to 482°F) and is low in extractables. Graduations at 2 mL increments with numbered graduations every 10 mL are molded-in and won’t rub off. details • Extraordinary chemical resistance to aggressive chemicals and liquids – won’t break or shatter • Tolerates a wide temperature range, from -270°C to +250°C (-454°F to +482°F) • Low in extractables – won’t contaminate contents • Graduations at 2 mL increments with numbered graduations every 10 mL are molded-in and won’t rub off • Generous pour spout provides ease in dispensing liquids • Autoclavable/Graduated/PFA Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation. Nalgene Graduated CylinderCat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Color | Tolerance | Withstand Temperature | No. per Pack |
3666-0100 | 100 | Translucent | ±1.50 mL | -270°to 250°C | 1 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Double-Scale PMP Pharmaceutical Graduates
Nalgene™ Double-Scale Pharmaceutical Graduates are transparent and shatterproof and provide excellent chemical resistance. Lighter in weight than glass, they protect against chipping, cracking or breaking. Graduated in ounces and milliliters with no meniscus to confuse readings. Meets the requirement of ASTM E1094. details • Graduates are transparent, shatterproof and provide excellent chemical resistance for a wide variety of solutions • Lightweight and easy to handle • Graduated in ounces and milliliters – no meniscus to confuse readings • Autoclavable/Graduated/Transparent Compliance: Conforms to the volume and accuracy requirements of ASTM E1094. Notes: Autoclaving will affect accuracy. Nalgene Double-Scale Pharmaceutical GraduatesCat.No. | Capacity(ml)(oz.) | Limited of Error (ml) | No.perPack | No.perCase |
3673-0004 | 125 (4) | ±1.8 | 1 | 12 |
3673-0008 | 250 (8) | ±3.4 | 1 | 12 |
3673-0016 | 500 (16) | ±4.8 | 1 | 8 |
3673-0032 | 1000 (32) | ±9.0 | 1 | 8 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Nalgene Desiccator
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Desiccators
Nalgene desiccators are a safe and affordable alternative to glass desiccators. They're shatterproof and light weight for safety and ease of handling. If you move desiccators around the lab between work stations, you'll appreciate the weight difference between a Thermo Scientific Nalgene plastic desiccator and its glass equivalent. You'll also be impressed with the cost difference. A Nalgene vacuum desiccator can easily save you 60% on the purchase price versus glass, and protect you and your staff from personal injury and the related costs tied to the fragility and heavy weight of glass alternatives.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_gallery interval="3" images="3771,3770,3769,3768,3423"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Which desiccator is best for your application?
Nalgene Classic Design Desiccator with Vacuum Capability | Nalgene Desiccator with Vacuum Capability | Nalgene Autoclavable Desiccator, Large | Nalgene Autoclavable Desiccator, Small | Nalgene Desiccator Cabinets |
Tough PC construction can take a beating. Grease-free operation with or without vacuum. | Robust PP body is compatible with all solid desiccants, for room temperature use only. Use with or without vacuum. | Compatible with steam sterilization. Robust PP body is compatible with all solid desiccants. | Compatible with steam sterilization. Robust PP body is compatible with all solid desiccants, in a smaller size. | Clear acrylic cabinet-style for stationary bench use at room temperature, 3 sizes |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Ideal for cooling hot dried items (without vacuum) and storage of hygroscopic materials (with or without vacuum), easy mobility between lab workstations; accommodates larger items; Useful for gas purging. | Ideal for cooling hot dried items (without vacuum) and storage of hygroscopic materials (with or without vacuum), easy mobility between lab workstations. | Ideal for cooling hot dried items and storage of sterile and/or hygroscopic materials, easy mobility between lab workstations. Autoclavable to decontaminate between uses. | Small volume dry storage and transport around the lab for reagents, small items for gravimetric analysis and other items requiring dry and/or sterile storage. Can be autoclaved to decontaminate between uses. | Ideal for storing anhydrous and hygroscopic biological and chemical compounds, electronic assemblies and any components requiring dry stationary storage. |
Weighs 2.2lbs/1.0Kg (versus glass approx. 18lbs/8Kg) | Weighs 1.8lbs/0.8Kg | Weighs 1.7lbs/0.8Kg | Weighs 0.6lb/0.3Kg | Weighs 13lbs/5.9Kg; 22lbs/10Kg; 31lbs/14Kg |
Classic style | Space ship style | Space ship style | Space ship style | Cabinet style |
Chamber size 250mm (10") ID x 200mm (11") H | Chamber size 246mm (9.9") ID x 143mm (5.6") H | Chamber size 246mm (9.9") ID x 143mm (5.6") H | Chamber size 150mm (9.9") ID x 87mm (3.4") H | 12" x 12" (305mm x 305mm) footprint available in three heights and 2-4 shelves |
Clear PC cover and base, red silicone o-ring gasket, PP stopcock | Clear PC cover, blue PP base with stopcock | Clear PC cover with blue PP base | Clear PC cover with blue PP base | Acrylic with stainless steel hardware, neoprene gasket |
Holds vacuum of 28" Hg (71.1cm) for 24 hours | Holds vacuum of 28" Hg (71.1cm) for 24 hours | No vacuum | No vacuum | No vacuum |
Use with or without vacuum | Use with or without vacuum | No vacuum | No vacuum | No vacuum |
Gasket seal; grease-free operation | No gasket; requires grease | No gasket; requires grease | No gasket; requires grease | Gasket seal; grease-free operation |
Do not autoclave | Do not autoclave | Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Do not autoclave |
Requires 230 mm desiccator plate sold separately | Requires 230 mm desiccator plate sold separately | Requires 230 mm desiccator plate sold separately | Comes with aluminum plate | No desiccator plate required |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Transparent Classic Design Desiccator polycarbonate
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Transparent Classic Design Desiccator is a safe and economical alternative to glass. Shatterproof and lightweight, this desiccator is easily transportable around the lab and ergonomic to handle. Its grease-free operation keeps your gloves clean and slip-free. Can be used under full vacuum and non-vacuum conditions. details- Lightweight and virtually unbreakable, the wide base provides superior stability
- Similar in dimensions to glass desiccators but more cost-effective
- Includes ports on both cover and base for maximum convenience
- Holds a vacuum of 28 in. Hg (71.1 cm) for 24 hours
- Silicone o-ring ensures an airtight seal; no need to use grease that can contaminate your gloves and your lab
- Removable stopcock can be replaced if needed or removed and the port capped (cap included) if not used
- Transparent
Cat. No. | H (mm) | Inside Dia. (mm) | O.D. (mm) | Max Clearance Above Plate (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5311-0250 | 330 | 250 | 280 | 200 | 1 | 4 |
Accessories | ||||||
715311-0010 | Replacement Stopcock Assembly for 5311-0250 | 1 | 2 | |||
715311-0250 | Replacement Desiccator Cover, 250 mm | 2 | 2 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ 230 mm Desiccator Plate ceramic metal
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ 230 mm Desiccator plate is guaranteed unbreakable. Desiccator plate is corrosion resistant and has greater resistance to thermal shock than porcelain. details- 230 mm diameter fits the Nalgene Classic Dessicator (Cat. No. 5311-0250), as well as the 250 mm Nalgene Blue Desiccators (Cat. Nos. 5309-0250 and 5310-0250)
- With numbered quadrants for easy location of crucibles and other containers
- Has six holes in each quadrant and a 3 mm center hole to enhance airflow and drying efficiency
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | O.D. (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5312-0230 | 230 | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Desiccator with Stopcock blue polypropylene body
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Desiccator with Stopcock is lighter in weight than glass and protects against breakage. Robust polypropylene body is compatible with all solid desiccants. Transparent PC cover allows a clear view of desiccator contents. Can be used with or without a vacuum. For room temperature use only. details- Full vacuum may be applied following supplied instructions for proper performance
- Polypropylene stopcock with PTFE Plug can be used with 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) I.D. tubing (tubing sold separately)
- Vacuum connection is located on the desiccator body making the cover easier to handle
- Straight bore design eliminates stopcock vacuum leakage
- No gasket is necessary; grease makes polycarbonate cover airtight even without applying a vacuum
- Recessed rim keeps grease off benchtop when cover is set down
- Desiccator takes any standard 230 mm desiccator plate such as Cat. No. 5312-0230 (sold separately)
Cat. No. | Exterior H (mm) | Inside Dia. (mm) | O.D. (mm) | Max Clearance Above Plate (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5310-0250 | 262 | 246 | 330 | 143 | 1 | 4 |
715311-0250 | Replacement Desiccator Cover, 250mm | 2 | 2 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ 230 mm Desiccator Plate ceramic metal
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ 230 mm Desiccator plate is guaranteed unbreakable. Desiccator plate is corrosion resistant and has greater resistance to thermal shock than porcelain. details- 230 mm diameter fits the Nalgene Classic Dessicator (Cat. No. 5311-0250), as well as the 250 mm Nalgene Blue Desiccators (Cat. Nos. 5309-0250 and 5310-0250)
- With numbered quadrants for easy location of crucibles and other containers
- Has six holes in each quadrant and a 3 mm center hole to enhance airflow and drying efficiency
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | O.D. (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5312-0230 | 230 | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Autoclavable Desiccators blue polypropylene body, clear polycarbonate cover
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Desiccators have a robust polypropylene body and are highly resistant to all solid desiccants. These desiccators are much lighter than glass equivalents, making them easy to move around the lab. Desiccators have a transparent PC cover for easily viewing contents. details- Clear polycarbonate cover has recessed rim to keep grease off benchtop when cover is set down
- No gasket required, only grease is needed
- Small desiccator (Cat. No. 5315-0150) comes with a 140 mm aluminum desiccator plate
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | Exterior H (mm) | Inside Dia. (mm) | O.D. (mm) | Max Clearance Above Plate (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5309-0250 | 260 | 250 | 330 | 143 | 1 | 4 |
5315-0150 | 150 | 150 | 180 | 87 | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ 230 mm Desiccator Plate ceramic metal
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ 230 mm Desiccator plate is guaranteed unbreakable. Desiccator plate is corrosion resistant and has greater resistance to thermal shock than porcelain. details- 230 mm diameter fits the Nalgene Classic Dessicator (Cat. No. 5311-0250), as well as the 250 mm Nalgene Blue Desiccators (Cat. Nos. 5309-0250 and 5310-0250)
- With numbered quadrants for easy location of crucibles and other containers
- Has six holes in each quadrant and a 3 mm center hole to enhance airflow and drying efficiency
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | O.D. (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5312-0230 | 230 | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Desiccator Cabinets acrylic , stainless steel latches and hinge, neoprene gasket
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Desiccator Cabinets are clear, with gaskets to provide a tight seal. Ideal for storing anhydrous and hygroscopic biological and chemical compounds, as well as electronic assemblies and any components requiring controlled storage conditions. details- Neoprene gasket on door ensures tight seal
- Door is secured with two (three on largest size) stainless steel latches and full-height hinge
- Removable, lipped tray holds solid desiccant in place
- Shelves are removable, adjustable and vented to maximize airflow
- Transparent
Cat. No. | H (mm) | No. of Shelves | No. of Shelf Rositions | No. per Case |
5317-0070 | 178 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
5317-0120 | 305 | 3 | 5 | 1 |
5317-0180 | 457 | 4 | 7 | 1 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker
Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PFA Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles |
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance | Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control | Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — |
Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable |
Max use 121oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* | Max use 120oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* |
Graduations: silk screened | Graduations: silk screened | No graduations | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL |
Volume range: 30mL–4L | Volume range: 50mL–4L | Volume range: 50mL–1L | Volume range: 1L, 3L | Volume range: 1L, 3L | Volume range: 1L, 3L |
PPCO | PMP | PFA | HDPE | PMP | PFA |
Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white | Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white |
No handle | No handle | No handle | Handle | Handle | Handle |
Nesting | Nesting | Nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting |
BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker
Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PFA Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles |
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance | Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control | Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — |
Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable |
Max use 121oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* | Max use 120oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* |
Graduations: silk screened | Graduations: silk screened | No graduations | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL |
Volume range: 30mL–4L | Volume range: 50mL–4L | Volume range: 50mL–1L | Volume range: 1L, 3L | Volume range: 1L, 3L | Volume range: 1L, 3L |
PPCO | PMP | PFA | HDPE | PMP | PFA |
Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white | Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white |
No handle | No handle | No handle | Handle | Handle | Handle |
Nesting | Nesting | Nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting |
BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Nalgene Dropper bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Dropper Bottles
Nalgene LDPE dropping bottle with colored caps (2750 & 2752 series) | Nalgene white LDPE dropping bottle with colored caps (2751 & 2753 series) | Nalgene LDPE dropping bottle with tethered cap (2411-series) | Nalgene LDPE dropper bottle with bulb-pipet dropping cap (2416-series) | Nalgene PPCO dropping bottle with tethered cap (DS2420-series) | Nalgene FEP dropping bottle with tethered cap (2414-0030) |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Small volume solutions requiring measured drops | Light sensitive, small volume solutions requiring measured drops | Lab reagents, larger volumes, drop-wise dispensing | Lab reagents, drop or stream dispensing, harder to reach reagent destinations | Dispensing sterile solutions | Aggressive chemicals and high-purity reagents |
LDPE bottle & dispensing tip, PP cap | LDPE bottle & dispensing tip, PP cap | LDPE bottle/PP closure & cap | LDPE bottle & dropper shaft/neoprene bulb/PP closure | PPCO bottle/blue PP closure & cap | FEP bottle/ETFE closure & cap |
Colored screw-on spout caps | Colored screw-on spout caps | Tethered snap-on spout cap | Screw cap with dropper assembly | Tethered snap-on spout cap | Tethered snap-on spout cap |
Milky white translucent bottle | Opaque white bottle | Milky white translucent bottle | Milky white translucent bottle | Milky white translucent bottle | Hazy white translucent bottle |
4mL–15mL | 4mL–15mL | 15mL–250mL | 60mL–125ml | 125mL–250mL | 30mL |
40µL drop dispensed | 40µL drop dispensed | Drop-wise dispensing | Drop or stream dispensing | Fine stream dispensing | Drop-wise dispensing |
Leakproof** | Leakproof** | Leakproof** | Not leakproof | Leakproof** | Leakproof** |
Temp range -76°C to 70°C | Temp range -76°C to 70°C | Temp range -76°C to 70°C | Temp range -76°C to 70°C | Temp range -40oC to 121oC | Temp range -105oC to 150oC |
Not autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable |
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1580 for food use |
BPA-Free | BPA-Free | BPA-Free | BPA-Free | BPA-Free | BPA-Free |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Dropper Bottles
natural low-density polyethylene bottle, white or multi-colored polypropylene closure, low-density polyethylene control dispensing tip
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Dropper Bottles with Control Dispensing Tip provide accurate, reliable, repeatable dispensing of various reagents and is an excellent alternative to pipetting devices. Delivers 40 μL drops (based on water; viscosity affects drop size), dispensed one drop at a time. Excellent chemical resistance. Suitable for most biotech, diagnostic and pharmaceutical applications. details- Contact-clear natural low-density polyethylene bottle for viewing content
- Dropper control tip snaps into place for a secure fit
- Dispensing tip and closures included; chose white or multi-colored closures
- Leakproof†/Transparent
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | Color (Bottle/Closure) | No. per Case |
2750-9120 | 4 | 15-415 | Clear/White | 25 |
2750-9025 | 8 | 15-415 | Clear/White | 25 |
2750-9050 | 15 | 15-415 | Clear/White | 25 |
2752-9125 | 4 | 15-415 | Clear/Assorted | 25 |
2752-9025 | 8 | 15-415 | Clear/Assorted | 25 |
2752-9050 | 15 | 15-415 | Clear/Assorted | 25 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Dropper Bottles
white low-density polyethylene bottle, white or multi-colored polypropylene closure, low-density polyethylene control dispensing tip
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Dropper Bottles made of opaque LDPE are ideal for UV lightsensitive solutions. Provides an accurate, reliable, repeatable dispensing of various reagents and is an excellent alternative to pipetting devices. Delivers 40 μL drops (based on water; viscosity affects drop size), dispensed one drop at a time. Excellent chemical resistance; suitable for most biotech, diagnostic and pharmaceutical applications. details- Dropper control tip snaps into place for a secure fit
- Dispensing tip and closures included, choose from white or multi-colored caps
- Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | Color (Bottle/Closure) | No. per Case |
2751-9125 | 4 | 15-415 | White/White | 25 |
2751-9025 | 8 | 15-415 | White/White | 25 |
2751-9050 | 15 | 15-415 | White/White | 25 |
2753-9050 | 15 | 15-415 | White/Assorted | 25 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Drop-Dispensing Bottles
low-density polyethylene, polypropylene dropping closure
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Drop-Dispensing Bottles allow convenient, one-handed operation. The tethered spout cap snaps securely into place and won’t pop off or leak when the closed bottle is squeezed. Dispenses one drop at a time. details- Dispenses only one drop at a time for dependable delivery
- Captive spout cap stays in place when bottle is squeezed – won’t accidentally dispel liquid
- Convenient one-handed operation frees up your other hand
- Chemically compatible with most acids, bases, and alcohols.
- Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2411-0015 | 15 | 20 | 12 | 72 |
2411-0030 | 30 | 20 | 12 | 72 |
2411-0060 | 60 | 20 | 12 | 48 |
2411-0125 | 125 | 24 | 12 | 48 |
2411-0250 | 250 | 24 | 6 | 36 |
Accessories | ||||
712411-1030 | Replacement Closure/Spout Cap, fits 15, 30 and 60 mL | 25 | ||
712411-1125 | Replacement Closure/Spout Cap, fits 125 and 250 mL | 25 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene ™ Bottles with Dropper Assembly
low-density polyethylene, neoprene bulb dispenser
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Bottles with Dropper Assembly consist of a narrow mouth Nalgene bottle with a dropping pipet and neoprene bulb inserted through the closure. Suitable for dispensing most acids, bases and alcohols. Dispenses at a rate you control, one drop at a time or in a stream. details- Contact-clear and easy to identify liquid level
- Neoprene bulb conveniently dispenses drops or a stream
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2416-0060 | 60 | 20 | 12 | 48 |
2416-0125 | 125 | 24 | 6 | 48 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Autoclavable Dispensing Bottles
polypropylene copolymer, blue polypropylene dropping closure and cap
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Polypropylene Copolymer Dispensing Bottles can be used to dispense sterile solutions. Easily view liquid level. May be autoclaved full with cap off spout. Tethered spout cap snaps securely into place and won’t pop off or leak when the closed bottle is squeezed. details- Fine, steady stream when squeezed for dependable delivery
- Captive, blue polypropylene spout cap won’t get lost
- Autoclavable/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | No. per Case |
DS2420-0125 | 125 | 6 |
DS2420-0250 | 255 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Drop-Dispensing Bottle
Teflon® FEP, Tefzel™ ETFE dropping closure and cap
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Drop-Dispensing Bottles are ideal for dispensing strong acids/alkalis, reagents and solvents. Excellent chemical resistance for dispensing virtually any chemical. Tethered spout cap snaps securely into place and won’t pop off or leak when the closed bottle is squeezed. Usable over a wide temperature range -105°C to +150°C. details- Dispenses only one drop at a time for dependable delivery
- Captive spout cap stays in place when bottle is squeezed – won’t accidentally dispel liquid
- Convenient one-handed operation frees up your other hand
- Transparent so you can easily view liquid levels
- Autoclavable/Leakproof†
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2414-0030 | 30 | 1 | 4 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Nalgene Education

Nalgene Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow™ Sterile Disposable Filter Units
Bottle Top Filter Units and Storage Bottles Only Nalgene has the unique Rapid-Flow™ membrane support system that uses an evenly-spaced array of columns to provide greater membrane stability – resulting in faster flow and higher throughput of fluids – perfectly suited for sterile filtration and clarification of 50-1000 mL of cell culture media, serum, additives and buffers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3563" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Rapid-Flow Selection Guide
Making the Right Selection | |
Select the right pore size |
- 0.1 micron for sterile filtration and Mycoplasma removal - 0.2 micron for sterile filtration - 0.45 micron for clarification - 0.8 micron for prefiltration and clarification |
Select the right capacity | Choose from 50 mL, 115 mL, 150 mL, 250 mL, 500 mL, 1000 mL capacity filter units and bottle top filters. |
Select the right membrane diameter | Options include 50 mm, 75 mm and 90 mm diameter. Wider membranes mean faster flow and more throughput so you don’t have to reach for a second filter for difficult-to-filter fluids. Only Nalgene has 90 mm diameter membranes in 500 mL and 1000 mL size filter units and bottle top filters. |
Select the right membrane |
- PES (polyethersulfone) is the ultimate cell culutre membrane with low protein binding so there is less chance of removing critical protein from your media. It is hydrophylic, so no external wetting agents or surfactants are needed, resulting in low extractables. And, it's fast so you spend less time waiting. - SFCA (surgactant-free cellulose acetate) containes none of the wetting agents founf in standard CA (cellulose acetate), and also has lower protein binding than standard CA. If you use CA for medie filtration you owe it to your cell lines to switch to SFCA; it's only available in Nalgene filter units and bottle top filters. - CN (cellulose acetate) is ideal for filtering water, buffers and other aqueous solutions when protein binding is not a concern or if you want to remove extraneous protein. - NYL (nylon) membranes are tough, alcohol resistant and have low levels of extractables. Choose them for filtering alcoholic solutions. |
Select the right media storage bottle | Nalgene storage bottle cap design prevents gas exchange and maintains pH of stored media for up to two weeks. Nalgene storage bottles are available in 150, 250, 500 and 1000 mL sizes, separately or as an integral part of all Nalgene filter units. |
Select the right quality | Every lot is Nalgene-Certified to be sterile, non-cytotoxic, non-pyrogenic, and to have passed strict performance tests. We guarantee it! |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="PES Membrane Disposable Filter Units / Bottle Top Filters" tab_id="PES"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units - PES Membrane
Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow disposable Filter Units with PES (polyethersulfone) membrane provide the last line of defense against cell culture contamination.
Low protein binding PES membranes with low extractables are the best choice for sterile filtration of cell culture media, serum, additives and buffers. Asymmetric PES membranes and exclusive Rapid-Flow support plate design provide fast flow rates and high throughput for increased filtration efficiency.
details
- Filter cup unscrews from storage bottle for easy access to filtrate
- Leakproof† (except 115 mL sizes) screw cap closure eliminates pH shift in storage bottle for longer life of stored media
- Upper chamber of filter units is clearly marked with pore size, membrane type, catalog number, lot number and expiration date (except 115 mL size)
- Padless membrane support minimizes foaming of proteinaceous samples
- Non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic
- PES membrane with blue collar
- Gamma radiation-sterilized and individually bagged for a 5-year sterile shelf life
Polyethersulfone (PES) Membrane
- PES is the best membrane for cell culture fluids; lowest protein binding to maintain protein balance, lowest extractables to maintain media purity
- Asymmetric PES membrane plus unique Rapid-Flow support plate design provides fast flow and high throughput of fluids for increased filtration efficiency
- 0.2 μm units protect against bacterial contamination
- 0.1 μm units also protect against Mycoplasma contamination
115 mL Sizes
- Compact filter units for quick filtration of 50-100 mL of fluid
- Unitary construction with non-separable upper and lower compartments
- Not intended for post-filtration storage of media (use Rapid-Flow products if media storage is required)
Includes: Polystyrene cover; graduated upper chamber and storage bottle (except 115 mL size); integral membrane filter; cellulosic-plugged side arm; quick-disconnect tubing adapter.
† The term “leakproof” applies to Thermo Scientific Nalgene products that meet the following criteria: a) Bottle/flask/funnel closure systems with closures smaller than 100 mm, after they are filled with water, inverted, withstand air pressure of 2psig for 2 minutes, and no water escapes;. b) Bottle/funnel/flask closure systems of larger than 100 mm after they are filled with water, inverted for 15 minutes, and no water escapes. Note: these tests, using other liquids, may not yield the same results. To ensure safe usage, customers are advised to test Thermo Scientific Nalgene bottles and closures under conditions of their planned applications. Thermo Scientific Nalgene products are leakproof at ambient temperature and pressure when used with their Nalgene closures.
Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units
Cat. No. | Capacity, Upper/Storage Bottle (mL) |
Material (Membrane) |
Pore Size (μm) |
Membrane Dia (mm) |
No. per Case |
565-0010 | 150/150 | PES | 0.1 | 50 | 12 |
568-0010 | 250/250 | PES | 0.1 | 50 | 12 |
566-0010 | 500/500 | PES | 0.1 | 75 | 12 |
567-0010 | 1000/1000 | PES | 0.1 | 90 | 12 |
564-0020 | 150/50 | PES | 0.2 | 50 | 12 |
524-0020* | 115/115 | PES | 0.2 | 50 | 72 |
565-0020 | 150/150 | PES | 0.2 | 50 | 12 |
568-0020 | 250/250 | PES | 0.2 | 50 | 12 |
566-0020 | 500/500 | PES | 0.2 | 75 | 12 |
569-0020 | 500/500 | PES | 0.2 | 90 | 12 |
567-0020 | 1000/1000 | PES | 0.2 | 90 | 12 |
124-0045* | 115/115 | PES | 0.45 | 50 | 72 |
165-0045 | 150/150 | PES | 0.45 | 50 | 12 |
168-0045 | 250/250 | PES | 0.45 | 50 | 12 |
166-0045 | 500/500 | PES | 0.45 | 75 | 12 |
169-0045 | 500/500 | PES | 0.45 | 90 | 12 |
167-0045 | 1000/1000 | PES | 0.45 | 90 | 12 |
* 115 mL sizes do not have Rapid-Flow support plate design[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Bottle Top Filters - PES Membrane
Nalgene™ MF75 disposable Bottle Top Filters with PES (polyethersulfone) membrane provide the last line of defense against cell culture contamination.
Low protein binding PES membranes with low extractables are the best choice for sterile filtration of cell culture media, serum, additives and buffers. Asymmetric PES membranes and exclusive Rapid-Flow support plate design provide fast flow rates and high throughput for increased filtration efficiency.
details
- Filters marked with catalog number, membrane type and pore size, lot number and expiration date for easy traceability
- Gamma radiation sterilized and individually bagged for a 5-year sterile shelf life
- Molded-in graduations for easy visualization of sample size
- Side-arm with quick-disconnect tubing adapter for easy change between filters
- Use with Nalgene storage bottles with catalog numbers starting with 455- or glass bottles rated for vacuum
- Non-cytotoxic and non-pyrogenic
Polyethersulfone (PES) membranes
- PES is the best membrane for cell culture fluids; lowest protein binding to maintain protein balance, lowest extractables to maintain media purity
- Asymmetric PES membrane plus unique Rapid-Flow support plate design provide fast flow and high throughput of fluids for increased filtration efficiency
- Use 0.2 μm membranes for sterile filtration, 0.45 μm membranes for fluid clarification and particle removal
Includes: Polystyrene graduated chamber; Blue color-coded collar with cellulosic vent plug side arm and quick-disconnect tubing adapter; 50, 75, or 90 mm
diameter membranes; bottom screw threads for attachment to bottles with 33 or 45 mm neck sizes.
CAUTION: Use only sterile bottles designed for use with vacuum. Always use safety shield during vacuum procedures.
Nalgene Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Bottle-Top Filters
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) |
Fits Bottle Neck Size (mm) |
Material (Membrane) |
Pore Size (μm) |
Membrane Dia. (mm) |
No. per Case |
596-3320 | 150 | 33 | PES | 0.2 | 50 | 12 |
596-4520 | 150 | 45 | PES | 0.2 | 50 | 12 |
296-3345 | 150 | 33 | PES | 0.45 | 50 | 12 |
296-4545 | 150 | 45 | PES | 0.45 | 50 | 12 |
595-3320 | 500 | 33 | PES | 0.2 | 75 | 12 |
595-4520 | 500 | 45 | PES | 0.2 | 75 | 12 |
295-3345 | 500 | 33 | PES | 0.45 | 75 | 12 |
295-4545 | 500 | 45 | PES | 0.45 | 75 | 12 |
597-3320 | 1000 | 33 | PES | 0.2 | 90 | 12 |
597-4520 | 1000 | 45 | PES | 0.2 | 90 | 12 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="SFCA Membrane Disposable Filter Units / Bottle Top Filters" tab_id="SFCA"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units SFCA Membrane
Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow™ Sterile Disposable Filter Units with SFCA Membrane are ideal for vacuum filtration and single-use biological work requiring sterile filtration, prefiltration or clarification of aqueous solutions in the lab or field.
Surfactant-Free Cellulose Acetate (SFCA) membranes have lower extractables than standard (CA) membranes. If you use cellulose acetate (CA) for filtration of media or other cell culture fluids, you owe it to your cells to switch to cleaner, safer Nalgene SFCA.
details
- Nalgene Rapid-Flow membrane support system provides fast flow and high throughput
- Upper chamber separates from storage bottle for easy access to filtrate
- Leakproof† (except 115 mL sizes) crew cap eliminates pH shift in storage bottle to provide longer life for stored media
- Upper chamber of filter units is clearly marked with pore size, membrane type, catalog number, lot number and expiration date (except 115 mL size)
- Padless membrane support minimizes foaming of proteinaceous samples
- Non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic
- Yellow collar for easy identification of SFCA membrane
- Gamma radiation-sterilized and individually bagged for a 5-year sterile shelf life
Surfactant-free cellulose acetate membranes (SFCA)
- Low protein binding, excellent flow rates, little or no loss of specific proteins
- No wetting agents to affect sensitive cell culture lines
- Much lower extractables than standard CA membranes makes SFCA a better choice for cell culture
115 mL sizes
- Compact filter units for quick filtration of 50-100 mL of fluid
- Unitary construction with non-separable upper and lower compartments
- Not intended for post-filtration storage of media (use Rapid-Flow products if media storage is required)
Includes: Polystyrene cover; graduated upper chamber and storage bottle (except 115 mL size; integral membrane filter; cellulosic-plugged side arm; quick disconnect tubing adapter.
Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units
Cat. No. | Capacity, Upper/Storage Bottle (mL) |
Material (Membrane) |
Pore Size (μm) |
Membrane Dia (mm) |
No. per Case |
122-0020* | 115/115 | SFCA | 0.2 | 50 | 72 |
155-0020 | 150/150 | SFCA | 0.2 | 50 | 12 |
157-0020 | 250/250 | SFCA | 0.2 | 50 | 12 |
156-4020 | 500/500 | SFCA | 0.2 | 75 | 12 |
158-0020 | 500/1000 | SFCA | 0.2 | 75 | 12 |
162-0020 | 500/500 | SFCA | 0.2 | 90 | 12 |
161-0020 | 1000/1000 | SFCA | 0.2 | 90 | 12 |
122-0045* | 115/115 | SFCA | 0.45 | 50 | 72 |
155-0045 | 150/150 | SFCA | 0.45 | 50 | 12 |
157-0045 | 250/250 | SFCA | 0.45 | 50 | 12 |
158-0045 | 500/1000 | SFCA | 0.45 | 75 | 12 |
156-4045 | 500/500 | SFCA | 0.45 | 75 | 12 |
162-0045 | 500/500 | SFCA | 0.45 | 90 | 12 |
161-0045 | 1000/1000 | SFCA | 0.45 | 90 | 12 |
* 115 mL sizes do not have Rapid-Flow support plate design[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3559" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Bottle Top Filters
SFCA Membrane
Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow™ Sterile Disposable Bottle-Top Filters fit Nalgene filter receiver bottles (#455-series) or standard glass media bottles.
Surfactant-Free Cellulose Acetate (SFCA) membranes have lower extractables than standard cellulose acetate (CN) membranes. If you use CA for filtration of media or other cell culture fluids, you owe it to your cells to switch to cleaner, safer Nalgene SFCA.
details
- Nalgene Rapid-Flow membrane support system provides fast flow and high throughput
- Filters marked with catalog number, membrane type and pore size, lot number and expiration date for easy traceability
- Gamma radiation sterilized and individually bagged for 5-year sterile shelf life
- Molded-in graduations for quick visualization of sample volume
- Side-arm with quick-disconnect tubing adapter for easy bottle top changes
- Non-cytotoxic and non-pyrogenic
Surfactant-free cellulose acetate membranes (SFCA)
- Low protein binding, excellent flow rates, little or no loss of specific proteins
- No wetting agents to affect sensitive cell culture lines
- Much lower extractables than standard CA membranes makes SFCA a better choice for cell culture
Includes: Polystyrene graduated chamber; color-coded collar with cellulosic vent plug side arm and quick-disconnect tubing adapter; 50, 75, or 90 mm diameter membranes; bottom screw threads for attachment to bottles with 33 or 45 mm neck sizes.
Nalgene Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Bottle Top Filters
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) |
Fits Bottle Neck Size (mm) |
Material (Membrane) |
Pore Size (μm) |
Membrane Dia. (mm) |
No. per Case |
290-3320 | 150 | 33 | SFCA | 0.2 | 50 | 12 |
290-3345 | 150 | 33 | SFCA | 0.45 | 50 | 12 |
290-4520 | 150 | 45 | SFCA | 0.2 | 50 | 12 |
290-4545 | 150 | 45 | SFCA | 0.45 | 50 | 12 |
291-3320 | 500 | 33 | SFCA | 0.2 | 75 | 12 |
291-3345 | 500 | 33 | SFCA | 0.45 | 75 | 12 |
291-4520 | 500 | 45 | SFCA | 0.2 | 75 | 12 |
291-4545 | 500 | 45 | SFCA | 0.45 | 75 | 12 |
292-3320 | 1000 | 33 | SFCA | 0.2 | 90 | 12 |
292-4520 | 1000 | 45 | SFCA | 0.2 | 90 | 12 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3558" img_size="full"][vc_single_image image="3557" img_size="full"][vc_single_image image="3556" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="CN Membrane Disposable Filter Units / Bottle Top Filters" tab_id="CN"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units CN Membrane
Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units with CN (Cellulose Nitrate) membrane are ideal for sterile filtration, prefiltration or clarification of buffers and other aqueous solutions when protein
binding is not a concern. Nalgene CN membranes are Triton™-free
details
- Nalgene Rapid-Flow membrane support system provides fast flow and high throughput
- Upper chamber separates from storage bottle for easy access to filtrate
- Leakproof† screw cap eliminates pH shift in storage bottle to provide longer life for stored media
- Upper chamber of filter units is clearly marked with pore size, membrane type, catalog number, lot number and expiration date for traceablility
- Padless membrane support minimizes foaming of proteinaceous samples
- Non-pyrogenic and non-cytogenic
- Green collar for easy identification of CN membrane
- Gamma radiation-sterilized and individually wrapped for a 5-year sterile shelf life
115 mL Sizes
- Compact filter units for quick filtration of 50 to 100 mL of fluid
- Unitary construction with non-separable upper and receiver components
- Not intended for post-filtration storage of media (use Rapid-Flow products if media storage is required)
Includes: 50 or 75 mm diameter membrane, polyethylene adapter, and quickdisconnect tubing adapter. Each pack of 500 and 1000 mL units includes 12 glass fiber prefilters. All sizes except 115 mL supplied with sterile polyethylene leakproof† cap.
Notes: CN membranes are best used for filtration of buffers and general lab solutions. We do not recommend CN for filtration of cell culture fluids because it has high protein binding characteristics. Use PES or SFCA for cell culture media, serum, additives, etc.
Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units
Cat. No. | Capacity, Upper/Storage Bottle (mL) |
Material (Membrane) |
Pore Size (μm) |
Membrane Dia (mm) |
Membrane Color/Grid |
No. per Case |
121-0020* | 115/115 | CN | 0.2 | 50 | White/None | 72 |
121-0045* | 115/115 | CN | 0.45 | 50 | White/BlackGrid | 72 |
125-0020 | 150/150 | CN | 0.2 | 50 | White/None | 12 |
125-0045 | 150/150 | CN | 0.45 | 50 | White/BlackGrid | 12 |
125-0080 | 150/150 | CN | 0.8 | 50 | White/None | 12 |
126-0020 | 250/250 | CN | 0.2 | 50 | White/None | 12 |
126-0045 | 250/250 | CN | 0.45 | 50 | White/BlackGrid | 12 |
126-0080 | 250/250 | CN | 0.8 | 50 | White/None | 12 |
450-0020 | 500/500 | CN | 0.2 | 75 | White/None | 12 |
450-0045 | 500/500 | CN | 0.45 | 75 | White/BlackGrid | 12 |
450-0080 | 500/500 | CN | 0.8 | 75 | White/None | 12 |
127-0020 | 500/1000 | CN | 0.2 | 75 | White/None | 12 |
127-0045 | 500/1000 | CN | 0.45 | 75 | White/BlackGrid | 12 |
127-0080 | 500/1000 | CN | 0.8 | 75 | White/None | 12 |
* 115 mL sizes do not have Rapid-Flow support plate design[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3562" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Nylon Membrane Disposable Filter Units / Bottle Top Filters" tab_id="Nylon"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units - Nylon Membrane
Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow™ Sterile Disposable Filter Units with Nylon Membrane are recommended for use with solutions where very low extractables are desired, or for filtration of solutions containing weak
solvents such as alcohols.
details
- Nalgene Rapid-Flow membrane support system provides fast flow and high throughput
- Upper chamber separates from storage bottle for easy access to filtrate
- Leakproof† screw cap eliminates pH shift in storage bottle to ensure longer life of stored media
- Upper chamber of filter units is clearly marked with pore size, membrane type, catalog number, lot number and expiration date for traceability
- Padless membrane support minimizes foaming of proteinaceous samples
- Non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic
- Gamma radiation-sterilized and individually bagged for a 5-year sterile shelf life
Nylon Membrane
- Low extractables and naturally hydrophilic
- Contains no wetting agents and is alcohol resistant
- Red collar for easy identification of nylon membrane
Includes: Polystyrene cover; graduated upper chamber and storage bottle; integral membrane filter; cellulosic-plugged side arm; quick-disconnect tubing adapter.
Nalgene Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units
Cat. No. | Capacity, Upper/Storage Bottle (mL) |
Material (Membrane) |
Pore Size (μm) |
Membrane Dia (mm) |
No. per Case |
150-0020 | 150/150 | Nylon | 0.2 | 50 | 12 |
150-0045 | 150/150 | Nylon | 0.45 | 50 | 12 |
153-0020 | 250/250 | Nylon | 0.2 | 50 | 12 |
153-0045 | 250/250 | Nylon | 0.45 | 50 | 12 |
151-4020 | 500/500 | Nylon | 0.2 | 75 | 12 |
151-4045 | 500/500 | Nylon | 0.45 | 75 | 12 |
154-0020 | 500/1000 | Nylon | 0.2 | 75 | 12 |
154-0045 | 500/1000 | Nylon | 0.45 | 75 | 12 |
163-0020 | 500/500 | Nylon | 0.2 | 90 | 12 |
164-0020 | 1000/1000 | Nylon | 0.2 | 90 | 12 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3561" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Rapid-Flow Sterile Filter Storage Bottles" tab_id="RapidFlowStorageBottles"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Filter Storage Bottles
Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow™ Sterile Filter Storage Bottles are radiationsterilized to save you time and minimize contamination.
Use with Nalgene Bottle-Top Filters, or as replacements or extra receptacles for Nalgene Tissue Culture and Sterilization Filter Units. Excellent as handy sterile single-use storage containers.
details
- Headspace allows extra serum or other additives to be added to the filtrate
- Leakproof† screw caps to eliminate pH shift in bottle for longer life of stored media
- Sterilized by gamma radiation and individually bagged for a 5-year sterile shelf life
- Non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic
Nalgene Rapid-Flow Series Sterile Filter Storage Bottles
Cat. No. | Storage Bottle Capacity (ml) |
No. per Case |
455-0150 | 150 | 24 |
455-0250 | 250 | 24 |
455-0500 | 500 | 12 |
455-1000 | 1000 | 12 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3560" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Flasks
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Erlenmeyer Flasks
Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks are a safer alternative to glass. They won’t break, chip or shatter amid the bustle and bumps of everyday lab work. Enjoy their light weight and ease of handling. Trust Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks to be made from the highest quality laboratory-grade polypropylene copolymer (PPCO), polycarbonate (PC), polymethylpentene (PMP) and fluoropolymer (FEP) materials for dependably low extractables across a wide variety of lab applications.
Choose polypropylene for its low cost and good chemical compatibility with a wide range of lab chemicals. Get very good chemical resistance and clarity, too, with PMP. FEP provides the ultimate in chemical resistance, temperature range and inertness for the most demanding lab applications. Or, choose polycarbonate for its window-like clarity making it an ideal culture flask. Screw cap flasks are leakproof.*[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3362" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Nalgene PPCO Erlenmeyer Flask |
Nalgene PC Erlenmeyer Flask |
Nalgene PC Baffled Erlenmeyer Flask |
Nalgene PC Erlenmeyer Flask with Screw Cap |
Nalgene PMP Erlenmeyer Flask with Screw Cap |
Nalgene FEP Erlenmeyer Flask with Screw Cap |
Traditional style, milky white, chemical resistant |
Traditional style, window clear | Traditional style, window clear with baffles |
Threaded screw cap design, window clear |
Threaded screw cap design, good clarity, chemical resistant |
Threaded screw cap design, superior chemical resistance |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Mixing reagents | Media prep, culture techniques |
Suspension, culture techniques |
Media storage, culture techniques |
Reagent prep, storage, titrations |
Aggressive chemical prep, trace metals work |
No cap | No cap | No cap | Screw on cap, leakproof* | Screw on cap, leakproof* | Screw on cap, leakproof* |
No graduations | Graduations molded, mL | Graduations molded, mL |
Graduations molded, mL | Graduations molded, mL | Graduations molded, mL |
125mL-2000mL | 125mL-500mL | 250mL-2000mL | 125mL-500mL | 125mL-1000mL | 125mL-250mL |
PPCO flask | PC flask | PC flask | PC flask w/PP closure |
PMP flask w/PP closure |
FEP flask w/ETFE closure |
Milky white translucent | Window clear | Window clear | Window clear | Good clarity | Hazy white translucent |
Temp. range -40oC to 121oC |
Temp. range -135oC to 135oC |
Temp. range -135oC to 135oC |
Temp. range -135oC to 135oC |
Temp. range 20oC to 153oC |
Temp. range -270oC to 205oC |
Autoclavable | Autoclavable (shortens life) | Autoclavable (shortens life) | Autoclavable (shortens life) | Autoclavable | Autoclavable |
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use |
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1580 for food use |
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1580 for food use |
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1580 for food use |
No food compliance | Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1550 for food use |
BPA-Free | Contains BPA | Contains BPA | Contains BPA | BPA-Free | BPA-Free |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="PP Erlenmeyer Flasks" tab_id="PPconical"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Copolymer Erlenmeyer Flasks
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Erlenmeyer Flasks are a shatter-proof alternative to glass.
Autoclavable polypropylene copolymer flasks provide excellent chemical compatibility with most lab reagents and solutions. Excellent for academic labs and general laboratory use. Liquid level is easy to read.
details
• Translucent wall makes liquid level easily visible
• 2000 mL size has molded-in graduations
• Mouth sized to accept standard sized stoppers
• Designed for a long life and rigorous use, even with repeated autoclaving
• Autoclavable
Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Accepts Stopper No. | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
4102-0125 | 125 | 3 | 12 | 24 |
4102-0250 | 250 | 6 | 6 | 12 |
4102-0500 | 500 | 7 | 4 | 12 |
4102-1000 | 1000 | 8 | 2 | 6 |
4102-2000 | 2000 | 10 | 2 | 6 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3368" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PC Erlenmeyer Flasks" tab_id="PCConical"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polycarbonate Erlenmeyer Flasks
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Erlenmeyer Flasks are used for preparation and storage of culture media and many culturing techniques.
Transparent wall provides a clear view of flask contents. Safer than glass flasks – especially when used with shakers.
details
• Molded-in graduations make liquid level estimations easy
• 500 mL size is superior combustion flask for microdetermination of fluorine
• Mouth sized to accept standard sized stoppers
• Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated
Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Accepts Stopper No. | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
4103-0125 | 125 | 5 | 12 | 24 |
4103-0250 | 250 | 6 | 6 | 12 |
4103-0500 | 500 | 7 | 4 | 12 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3367" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PC Baffled Culture Flasks" tab_id="PCBaffled"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polycarbonate Baffled Culture Flasks
Nalgene™ Baffled Culture Flasks provide an alternative to glass flasks and product equivalent growth curves with E. coli and S. cerevisiae.
Baffled bottom increase mixing efficiency aeration and gas exchange.
details
• Polycarbonate is break-resistant and clear – easy to read graduations help identify your liquid level with ease
• Bottom baffles provide increased mixing, aeration, and gas exchange
• Excellent for a variety of lab procedures including fermentation, cell culture growth and harvesting
• 500 and 1000 mL sizes accept either standard 38 mm stainless steel or plastic closures for added convenience
• Autoclavable
Notes: Repeated autoclaving may result in some loss of mechanical strength.
Nalgene Baffled Culture Flasks
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
4110-0250 | 250 | 4 | 12 |
4110-0500 | 500 | 4 | 12 |
4110-1000 | 1000 | 2 | 6 |
4110-2000 | 2000 | 2 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3366" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PC Erlenmeyer Flasks with Closure" tab_id="PCcapped"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polycarbonate Erlenmeyer Flasks with Closure
Nalgene™ PC Erlenmeyer Flasks are used for preparation and storage of culture media and many culturing techniques.
Safer than glass flasks for use in shakers. Linerless closure protects contents from spills and contamination.
details
• Molded-in graduations make liquid levels easy to estimate
• Shatter-proof polycarbonate is safer than glass
• Noncontaminating, tight-sealing, linerless polypropylene screw closures protect contents from spills and contamination
• Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated
Includes: Polypropylene screw closures.
Notes: Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving.
Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks with Screw Closure
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
4108-0125 | 125 | 33 | 6 | 24 |
4108-0250 | 250 | 38 | 4 | 12 |
4108-0500 | 500 | 43 | 4 | 12 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3364" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PMP Erlenmeyer Flasks with Closure" tab_id="PMPcapped"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Erlenmeyer Flasks with Closure
Nalgene™ PMP Flasks with PP Screw Closures are useful for titrations, preparation and storage of culture media.
An excellent combination of transparency, chemical resistance, impact strength and autoclavability.
details
• Excellent chemical resistance to a wide variety of lab reagents
• More transparent than polypropylene but with similar chemical resistance
• Ideal for preparation and storage of culture media and titrations
• All sizes have easy-to-read graduations
• Autoclavable/Graduated
Includes: Polypropylene screw closures.
Notes: Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving.
Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks with Screw Closures
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
4109-0125 | 125 | 33 | 6 | 24 |
4109-0250 | 250 | 38 | 4 | 12 |
4109-0500 | 500 | 43 | 4 | 12 |
4109-1000 | 1000 | 53 | 2 | 6 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3363" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="FEP Erlenmeyer Flasks with ETFE Closure" tab_id="PEFcapped"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Erlenmeyer Flasks made with Teflon™ FEP with ETFE Closure
Nalgene™ Teflon® FEP Erlenmeyer Flasks with closures are useful with all organic solvents and concentrated oxidizing agents.
Combine the excellent chemical resistance of Teflon® FEP with the convenience of a screw closure. These flasks are unbreakable, nearly transparent, autoclavable, non-contaminating and resist virtually all chemicals.
details
• Excellent chemical resistance makes these flasks suitable for exposure to nearly any lab chemical
• Nearly transparent for good view of contents
• For trace metal work, can be boiled in concentrated nitric acid
• Flask withstands temperatures from -270°to +205°C (-454° to +401°F); closure from -100° to +150°C (-148° to +302°F) for a wide range of demanding applications
• Screw closure prevents spills and contamination
• Autoclavable/Teflon® FEP
Includes: ETFE screw closures.
Notes: Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving.
Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation.
Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks with Screw Closures
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
4106-0125 | 125 | 33 | 1 | 4 |
4106-0250 | 250 | 38 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3365" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Funnels
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Plastic Funnels
Nalgene plastic funnels are a safer alternative to glass. They won’t break, chip or shatter amid the bustle and bumps of everyday lab work, and won't dent or corrode like metal funnels. Enjoy their light weight and ease of handling. Trust Nalgene funnels to be made from the highest quality laboratory-grade polypropylene copolymer (PPCO), high density polyethylene (HDPE), low density polyethylene (LDPE), and polypropylene (PP) materials for dependably low extractables and compatibility with a broad range of lab materials. With so many sizes and styles, there are Nalgene plastic funnels to serve a wide variety of lab applications.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3435" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Which funnels are right for your application?
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Analytical Funnels polypropylene copolymer
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Analytical Funnels with long stems and external ridges are for use with standard filter papers. Outside ribbing eliminates air lock. Chemical-resistant to a wide variety of lab chemicals and reagents. A shatter-proof alternative to glass. details- Body of funnel is at a 60° angle with internal ribs sloped at 58° for rapid filtration
- Outside ribbing eliminates air lock
- Shatterproof – these funnels will provide years of dependable use in your lab
- Designed for use with standard filter papers
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | Top Dia. (mm) | Stem L (mm) | Stem O.D. (mm) | Capacity (ml) | Fits Paper dia. (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
4250-0035 | 34 | 52 | 6 | 10 | 55 | 12 | 36 |
4250-0045 | 48 | 50 | 7 | 23 | 70 | 12 | 36 |
4250-0055 | 55 | 61 | 7 | 41 | 90 | 12 | 36 |
4250-0065 | 66 | 65 | 7 | 65 | 110 | 12 | 36 |
4250-0075 | 77 | 80 | 7 | 114 | 125 | 6 | 36 |
4250-0100 | 104 | 99 | 9 | 254 | 185 | 4 | 24 |
4250-0160 | 158 | 151 | 14 | 976 | 240 | 2 | 12 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Powder Funnels polypropylene copolymer
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Powder Funnels are used for transferring powders. Parallel stem minimizes bridging of powder; external ribbing prevents air locks. Resistant to a wide range of lab chemicals and reagents. A shatter-proof alternative to glass. details- Polypropylene is break-resistant and chemically compatible with a wide variety of lab reagents
- Suitable for general lab use, it is a durable replacement for glass funnels
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | Top Dia. (mm) | Capacity (ml) | Overall H (mm) | Stem Dia. (mm) | Stem L (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
4252-0065 | 65 | 68 | 67 | 16 | 22 | 12 | 36 |
4252-0080 | 79 | 115 | 85 | 16 | 29 | 12 | 36 |
4252-0100 | 104 | 243 | 106 | 21 | 33 | 6 | 24 |
4252-0150 | 147 | 716 | 136 | 27 | 30 | 4 | 24 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Utility Funnels polypropylene or high-density polyethylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Utility Funnels are suitable for numerous lab applications and are a shatter-proof alternative to glass funnels in the lab. details- Cat. Nos. 4256-0234 and 4256-0414 are made from shatter-proof, autoclavable polypropylene
- Cat. No. 4256-0638 has a large throat opening for faster transfer of materials and is made from shatter-proof high-density polyethylene (not autoclavable)
- Suitable for a wide variety of lab applications
Cat. No. | Top Dia. (mm) | Capacity (ml) | Overall H (mm) | Stem Dia. (mm) | Stem L (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
Polypropylene (Autoclavable) | |||||||
4256-0234 | 65 | 62 | 65 | 10 | 21 | 12 | 288 |
4256-0414 | 103 | 270 | 117 | 11 | 34 | 12 | 144 |
High-density polyethylene (Not Autoclavable) | |||||||
4256-0638 | 155 | 1059 | 176 | 26 | 67 | 12 | 72 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Large Funnels high-density polyethylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Large Funnels have external and internal ribbing for air release. Shatterproof funnel is a safer alternative to glass. details- HDPE is shatter-proof, making it a reliable long-term tool for the lab
- Has internal and external ribbing for fast flow
Cat. No. | Top Dia. (mm) | Capacity (L) | Overall H (mm) | Stem L (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
4262-0080 | 201 | 1.9 | 245 | 89 | 1 | 6 |
4262-0110 | 258 | 4.06 | 300 | 92 | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Heavy-DutyFunnels
low-density polyethylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ LDPE Funnels are the toughest large funnels available. Made of low-density polyethylene, they are lightweight and won’t break or corrode like glass or metal funnels. Designed for years of rugged use in the lab. details- Durable large funnels are designed for heavy-duty use
- Lighter weight than glass or metal funnels and they won’t break or corrode, providing you with long-term use
- Rigid construction, ideal for vacuum filtration; features ribs and a tab
Cat. No. | Top Dia. (mm) | Capacity (ml) | Overall H (mm) | Stem O.D. (mm) | Stem L (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
4260-0040 | 101 | 254 | 146 | 12 | 72 | 2 | 12 |
4260-0060 | 152 | 777 | 196 | 15 | 76 | 1 | 12 |
4260-0100 | 248 | 3684 | 319 | 23 | 117 | 1 | 2 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Büchner Two-Piece Funnels
polypropylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Büchner Funnels are constructed in two pieces and are lightweight and durable. Bottom and top can be separated for easy cleaning – won’t chip, crack, or break. details- Sturdy funnels consist of cup and funnel with perforated plate for easy cleaning and good chemical resistance
- All sizes are made entirely of polypropylene and are autoclavable to 135°C (275°F)
- Lightweight and durable – won’t break or shatter like glass
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | Top Inside Dia. (mm) | Capacity (ml) | Fits Paper Dia. (mm) | Stem L (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
4280-0550 | 59 | 83 | 55 | 45 | 1 | 8 |
4280-0700 | 76 | 186 | 70 | 65 | 1 | 6 |
4280-0900 | 93 | 358 | 90 | 71 | 1 | 4 |
4280-1100 | 130 | 919 | 110 | 93 | 1 | 4 |
4280-1500 | 172 | 2910 | 150 | 107 | 1 | 4 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Nalgene Hydrometer Jar
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Hydrometer Jar
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Hydrometer Jar" tab_id="HydrometerJar"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Hydrometer Jar
Nalgene™ Hydrometer jars are lighter in weight than glass and protect against breakage.
This transparent, autoclavable jar exhibits superior chemical resistance and a broad base make this a very stable addition to the lab.
details
- Lighter in weight than glass – won’t break
- Versatile jar can also be used as a lactometer cylinder
- Superior chemical resistance and broad base provide stability
- Autoclavable/Transparent
Notes: Hydrometer not included.
Nalgene Hydrometer Jar
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Material | No. per Case |
6230-0500 | 500 | Polymethylpentene | 6 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3425" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Jars
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Plastic Jars
Nalgene jars are heavy-walled and made to last a long time through the rigors of daily lab life. Trust Thermo Scientific Nalgene jars to be made from the highest quality laboratory-grade plastic materials for dependably low extractables. Straight-sided jars offer easy access and viewing of contents. Mason jars are designed to mate up with a variety of blenders with classic Mason jar threads.
Nalgene jars are recommended for storing pastes, solids, specimens and lab supplies. Please note, however, Nalgene jars are NOT liquid leakproof and are not recommended for shipping or transporting liquids.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3370" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Which jars are right for you?
Nalgene PC Straight-sided Jar | Nalgene PMP Straight-sided Jar | Nalgene PPCO Straight-sided Jar | Nalgene PPCO Mason Jar | Nalgene PP Jar with Friction-Fit Cover | Nalgene PC Jar with Friction-Fit Cover |
Clear wide-mouth, threaded PP closure | Clear wide-mouth, threaded PP closure | Milky-white wide-mouth, threaded PP closure | Classic mason style with shoulder, threaded PP closure | Multi-purpose, milk-white PP straight-sided | Window clear multi-purpose straight-sided |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Screw-on lid | Screw-on lid | Screw-on lid | Screw-on lid | Friction-fit lid | Friction-fit lid |
Volume range: 15mL–1000mL |
Volume range: 60mL–1000mL |
Volume range: 15mL–1000mL |
Volume range 500mL–3000mL |
Volume range 2.2L–4.6L |
Volume range: 2.2L–18.8L |
PC jar, PP closure |
PMP jar, PP closure |
PPCO jar, PP closure |
PPCO jar, PP mason closure | PP jar, PP lid |
PC jar, PC lid |
Window clear | Good clarity | Milky-white translucent | Milky-white translucent | Milky-white translucent | Window clear |
Temp range -135 to 135oC |
Temp range 20 to 153oC |
Temp range -40 to 121oC |
Temp range -40 to 121oC |
Temp range 0 to 135oC |
Temp range -135 to 135oC |
Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable |
Complies with 21 CFR part 177.1580 for food use |
Complies with 21 CFR part 77.1520 for food use |
Complies with 21 CFR part 177.1520 for food use |
Complies with 21 CFR part 177.1520 for food use |
Complies with 21 CFR part 177.1520 for food use |
Complies with 21 CFR part 177.1580 for food use |
Contains BPA | BPA-Free | BPA-Free | BPA-Free | BPA-Free | Contains BPA |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="PC Straight sided Jar" tab_id="PCjar"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Straight-Sided Wide-Mouth Polycarbonate Jars with Closure
Nalgene™ Straight-sided Wide-Mouth Jars are window-clear.
A wide temperature range (-135°C to +135°C) makes these jars an excellent choice for cold room and refrigerator. These high impact-resistant jars are extremely versatile for collecting and storing a wide variety of specimens and lab supplies. Not liquid leakproof.
details
• Excellent for cold room and refrigerated use – easy to see contents
• Wide-mouth and straight sides provide full-access and complete sample retrieval
• High impact-resistant jars are extremely versatile for collecting and storing pastes, solids, specimens and lab supplies
• 15, 30 and 60 mL jars have natural polypropylene closures
• 125 mL to 1 L jars have white polypropylene closures with recessed tops for stacking
• 125 and 250 mL sizes fit Osterizer™ and other blenders that have Mason Jar threads; recommended for use with Fluid Transfer Closure Cat. No. DS2153-0700
• Autoclavable/Transparent
Includes: Polypropylene screw closures.
Notes: Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving. Not liquid leakproof; not recommended for liquid transport.
Nalgene Straight-Sided Wide-Mouth Jars
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | Neck ID (mm) | OD (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2116-0015 | 15 | 38 | 29 | 31 | 46 | 4 | 48 |
2116-0030 | 30 | 43 | 33 | 36 | 48 | 4 | 48 |
2116-0060 | 60 | 53 | 43 | 48 | 45 | 4 | 48 |
2116-0125 | 125 | 70 | 64 | 64 | 74 | 4 | 24 |
2116-0250 | 250 | 70 | 64 | 75 | 119 | 4 | 24 |
2116-0500 | 500 | 120 | 112 | 112 | 88 | 4 | 16 |
2116-1000 | 1000 | 120 | 112 | 112 | 151 | 4 | 16 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3373" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PMP Straight sided Jar" tab_id="PMPjar"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Wide-Mouth Straight-Sided PMP Jars with White Polypropylene Screw Closure
Nalgene™ PMP Straight-sided Wide-Mouth Jars offer good clarity with excellent chemical resistance.
Excellent museum jars – only 2% loss of formaldehyde per year. Lighter in weight than glass, these jars protect against breakage and contamination. Not liquid leakproof.
details
• Good clarity with excellent chemical resistance make these jars versatile in your lab
• Excellent museum jars, with only 2% loss of formaldehyde per year
• Wide mouth and straight sides provide full-access and complete sample retrieval
• 125 and 250 mL sizes fit Osterizer* and other blenders that have Mason Jar threads
• 60 mL jars have natural polypropylene closures
• 125 mL to 1 L jars have white polypropylene closures with recessed tops for stacking.
• Autoclavable/Transparent
Includes: Polypropylene screw closures.
Compliance: Meets requirements of CFR21, Part 177.1520 for food and beverage use.
Notes: Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving. Not liquid leakproof; not recommended for liquid transport.
Nalgene Straight-Sided Wide-Mouth Jars
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | Neck ID (mm) | OD (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2117-0060 | 60 | 53 | 43 | 48 | 45 | 4 | 48 |
2117-0125 | 125 | 70 | 64 | 64 | 74 | 4 | 24 |
2117-0250 | 250 | 70 | 64 | 75 | 119 | 4 | 24 |
2117-0500 | 500 | 120 | 112 | 112 | 88 | 4 | 16 |
2117-1000 | 1000 | 120 | 112 | 112 | 151 | 4 | 16 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3372" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PPCO Straight sided Jar" tab_id="PPCOjar"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Wide-Mouth Straight-Sided PPCO Jars with Closure
Nalgene™ Translucent PP Wide-Mouth Jars have excellent chemical resistance and can be autoclaved repeatedly.
Recommended for storing pastes, solids, specimens and lab supplies.
Not liquid leakproof.
details
• Translucent with excellent chemical resistance and repeated autoclavability – these jars are versatile in your lab
• Wide-mouth and straight sides provide full-access and complete sample retrieval
• 15, 30 and 60 mL jars have natural polypropylene closures
• 125 mL to 1 L jars have white polypropylene closures with recessed tops for stacking
• 125 and 250 mL sizes fit Osterizer™ and other blenders that have Mason Jar threads; recommended for use with Fluid Transfer Closure Cat. No. DS2153-0700
• Autoclavable
Includes: Polypropylene screw closures.
Note: Not liquid leakproof; not recommended for liquid transport. Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving. For 500 mL and 1 L sizes, remove closure and autoclave
separately.
Nalgene Straight-Sided Wide-Mouth Jars
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | Neck ID (mm) | OD (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2118-9050 | 15 | 38 | 29 | 31 | 46 | 12 | 72 |
2118-0001 | 30 | 43 | 33 | 36 | 48 | 12 | 72 |
2118-0002 | 60 | 53 | 43 | 48 | 45 | 12 | 48 |
2118-0004 | 125 | 70 | 64 | 64 | 74 | 12 | 36 |
2118-0008 | 250 | 70 | 64 | 75 | 119 | 6 | 36 |
2118-0016 | 500 | 120 | 112 | 112 | 88 | 6 | 24 |
2118-0032 | 1000 | 120 | 112 | 112 | 151 | 6 | 24 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3371" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PPCO Mason Jar" tab_id="PPCOManson"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PPCO Mason Jars with Closure
Nalgene™ Mason Jars are ideal for fluid transfer in the lab or field when used with fluid-transfer closure (Cat. No. DS2153-0700).
The 70 mm neck on these bottles fits various blenders, fixtures and closures with Mason jar threads.
details
• 70 mm neck designed to fit fixtures or closures with Mason Jar threads or with Osterizer™ or other blenders with the same threads
• Wide mouth is easy to fill or sample
• Autoclavable
Includes: Polypropylene screw closures.
Notes: Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving.
Nalgene Mason Jars
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure Size (mm) | Neck ID (mm) | OD (mm) | Height with Closure (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
2115-0500 | 500 | 70 | 61 | 75 | 175 | 6 | 24 |
2115-1000 | 1000 | 70 | 61 | 94 | 213 | 6 | 24 |
2115-2000 | 2000 | 70 | 61 | 120 | 244 | 4 | 12 |
2115-3000 | 3000 | 70 | 61 | 155 | 246 | 1 | 6 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3374" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PP Jar with Friction-Fit Cover" tab_id="PPjarwcover"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Jars with Cover
Nalgene™ PP Jars with Cover are designed for storing and transporting solids.
Chemically compatible with a wide range of lab materials. Larger size makes an excellent waste crock.
details
• Straight sides and no neck make access and retrieval easy
• Larger sizes make excellent waste crocks
• Chemically compatible with a wide range of lab materials
• Autoclavable
Nalgene Jars with Cover
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | OD x H (cm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5352-0002 | 2.2 | 13.3x19.1 | 1 | 6 |
5352-0004 | 4.6 | 16.8x23.9 | 1 | 6 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3376" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PC Jar with Friction Fit Cover" tab_id="PCjarwcover"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Multipurpose Polycarbonate Jars with Cover
Nalgene™ PC Multipurpose Jars with Cover are useful as water baths, aquaria, terraria or freeze-drying chambers.
Drill, tap or apply clamps to attach heating or cooling equipment. May be used over a wide temperature range (-135°C to +135°C). Flat lids permit stacking to save space.
details
• Drill, tap or apply clamps to jars to attach heating or cooling equipment
• Very durable 1/8 in. thick walls make these jars useful as water baths, aquaria, terraria or freeze-drying chamber
• Autoclavable
Notes: Jar DS5300-0507 is suitable for vacuum applications if not autoclaved.
Nalgene Multipurpose Jars with Cover
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | OD x H (cm) | No. per Case |
DS5300-0507 | 2.2 | 13.3 x 19 | 1 |
DS5300-9212 | 4.7 | 17 x 23.7 | 1 |
DS5300-9609 | 8.3 | 22.2 x 25.3 | 1 |
DS5300-9910 | 18.8 | 30.2 x 30.2 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3375" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Notebook Paper Labels
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Notebook / Paper Labels / Label Pen
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_gallery interval="3" images="3897,3894,3893,3891,3890,3889,3888,3887,3439"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="PolyPaper Pages" tab_id="PolyPaper"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Lab Notebooks with PolyPaper Pages uncoated PolyPaper pages, polyethylene cover
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Lab Notebooks for permanently securing your valuable notes and data in a hardcover case-bound paginated book. This lab notebook is extremely chemical resistant, making it durable for lab use. Pages include spaces for dates and signatures necessary documentation for securing patent protection. details- Case-bound hardcover with 100 permanently-bound, polyolefin pages that are chemical resistant
- Pages are numbered and printed with spaces for dates, signature of worker and witness for patent protection
- 23 x 29 cm (9-1/4 x 11-1/4 in. ) pages are ruled with a fine green 6 mm (1/4 in.) grid to assist for orderly note keeping, drawings and charts
- Accepts ballpoint pen and permanent marking pen
- Permanently bound and paginated for data security and traceability
Cat. No. | Cover Color | Cover Dimensions (cm) | Page Dimensions (cm) | Page Format | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
6300-1000 | Black | 24.1 x 29.2 x 1.59 | 23.5 x 28.6 | 1/4 in. grid | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Laboratory Notebooks with Regular Paper Pages polyethylene cover
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Lab Notebooks feature 96 permanently sewn-in paper pages with either grid or horizontal ruled lines. Hard cover is durable and waterproof. Pages include spaces for dates and signatures, necessary documentation for securing patent protection as well as instructions for keeping records, table of contents and a page for issuing contents. details- Spaces for dates, signature of worker and witness for patent protection
- Choose forest green cover with green grid or burgundy cover with horizontal lines
- Page size: Letter (8-1/2 × 11 in.) or A4 (8-3/4 × 11-1/4 in.)
- Permanently bound and paginated for data security and traceability
Cat. No. | Colors | Page Dimensions (cm) | Line/grid spacing | No. per pkg | No. per Case |
6301-1000 | ForestGreen | 21.6 x 27.9 | 6 mm grid | 1 | 6 |
6301-2000 | Burgundy | 21.6 x 27.9 | 3 horizontal lines per inch | 1 | 6 |
6301-3000 | ForestGreen | 22.2 x 28.6 | 5 mm grid | 1 | 6 |
6301-4000 | Burgundy | 22.2 x 28.6 | 5 mm lines | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientifice™ Nalgenee™ Deluxe Laboratory Notebooks with Regular Paper Pages polyethylene cover
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Deluxe Lab Notebooks with 184 high-quality, acid-free paper pages with 1/4 in. grid. Double the pages of our other lab notebooks. Specially designed for process record keeping and ideal for research laboratories in securing patent protection. Cover is water-resistant and easy to wipe clean. details- Features water-resistant polyethylene cover and 184 high-quality, acid-free, paper pages with 1/4 in. grid lines
- Permanently bound and paginated for data security and traceability
- Letter-sized 8-1/2 × 11 in. pages are permanently bound and sewn
- Pages include place for preparer and witness signatures to aid in securing patent protection
Cat. No. | Cover Color | Dimensions L x W x D (cm) | Page Dimension (cm) | Grid size, (in) | No. per pkg | No. per Case |
6501-1000 | Burgundy | 22.5 x 28.6 x 1.6 | 21.6 x 27.9 | 1/4 in. | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Duplex Lab Notebooks duplex format, paper pages, brown polyethylene cover
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Laboratory Notebooks come with sewn-in paper pages in a duplex format, and a durable polyethylene cover. Pages are printed on one side only with an identically numbered duplicate behind it, designed for copying notes or for use with carbon paper (not included). Contains 50 numbered sets (100 total sheets) of regular gridded paper. details- Pages are printed on one side only and gridded
- Brown waterproof cover is easy to wipe clean
- Each page is followed by an identically numbered, perforated page for easy removal
- Contains 50 numbered sets (total of 100 sheets)
- Page size: 8-1/2 × 11 in.
- Pages printed with 1/4 in. grid
Cat. No. | Description | Dimensions L x W x D (cm) | Page Dimension (cm) | No. per pkg | No. per Case |
6302-1000 | 50 numbered sets (total of 100 sheets) | 22.5 x 28.6 x 1.6 | 21.6 x 27.9 | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Field Notebook, Spiral-Bound polyolefin pages, blue polyethylene cover
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Field Notebook, Spiral-bound is ideal where moisture or chemicals may present a problem. Flexible, yet durable cover with sheets permanently spiral-bound and paginated for data security and traceablility. Includes 96 plastic pages printed with a grid on both sides. Polyolefin pages hold up to repeated wetting and chemical exposure. Book opens to lay flat. Cover and pages can be turned to the back to leave only the page at hand exposed to save workspace. details- Blue polyethylene cover with 48 treated Polyolefin 9 × 11-1/4 in. pages and plastic spiral binding
- Pages numbered 1 through 96 and printed with fine green 1/4 in. (6 mm) grid
- Pages are washable and they dry flat
- Plastic pages protect your data; repels salt water, mud, chemicals and dirt
- Spiral notebook lies flat for easy use in the field
- Accepts almost all writing devices including ballpoint pen, felt-tip marker, indelible and grease pencils. Does not accept pencil.
Cat. No. | Description | Page size (cm) | Grid size (in) | No. per pkg | No. per Case |
6303-1000 | Polypaper Field Notebook | 23 x 29 | 1/4 | 1 | 6 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polyolefin Plastic Paper Sheets polyolefin pages
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Polyolefin Plastic Paper Sheets roll or fold without cracking, stay flexible at cold temperatures and won’t rip, stretch or shrink. These durable sheets can be punched for use in binders or cut into labels to be enclosed with wet or dry chemical or biological samples stored in formalin. Excellent for field data collection and chain-of-custody records. details- Resist UV light, tearing, fraying, curling, aging, discoloration, rot and mildew
- Roll or fold without cracking
- Remain flexible at cold temperatures
- May be punched for use in three-ring binders
- Cut into labels for enclosing with wet or dry chemicals and biological samples stored in formalin
- Can be written on with almost any pen, marker, type or print (does not accept pencil).
Cat. No. | L x W (cm) | No. per pkg | No. per Case |
6304-9811 | 27.9 x 21.6 | 50 | 300 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polyolefin Pressure-Sensitive Labels polyolefin
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Polyolefin labels won’t wrinkle, curl or melt when used in photocopiers, laser or inkjet printers. Polyolefin labels are waterproof and resist most chemicals, while accepting a variety of inks including copier, marker, ballpoint, gels and technical markers, making them indispensable in the lab. Does not accept pencil. Pretest specific inks for suitability prior to use. Formatted for easy setup in most word processing label printing programs (instructions included). details- Durable polyolefin labels resist ultraviolet light, mildew, chemicals and dirt and won’t discolor, crack or tear
- Adhesive backing sticks well to any plastic, glass or metal surface – excellent for labeling microscopic slides
- Chemically compatible with most lab reagents although solvents may dissolve adhesive
- Rated to work in freezers without curling or detaching to -29°C
- For use with all writing devices except pencil
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | H x W (mm) | No. labels per sheet | No. labels per Pack | No. labels per Case |
6319-0010 | 22 x 22 | 80 | 800 | 4000 |
6319-0015 | 20 x 38 | 65 | 650 | 3250 |
6319-0020 | 25 x 67 | 30 | 300 | 1500 |
6319-0030 | 13 x 44 | 80 | 800 | 4000 |
6319-0040 | 51 x 102 | 10 | 100 | 500 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Right-To-Know Custom Labeling System polyolefin with clear plastic overlay
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Right-To-Know Customer Labeling System is ideal for creating labels for dispensing bottles that identify the chemical within and its properties. Create your own safety label specific to chemical contents stored in your container. Labels adhere to the container and have a clear plastic overlay to protect the label markings from coming off due to chemical contact. Refer to the appropriate Material Safety data sheet (MSDS) or other reference material to verify the correct codes. Complete instructions included with each package. details- Overlay is provided to protect label from chemical contact
- Ability to refer to the appropriate Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) or other reference material to verify the correct codes required for accurate and safe use.
- Complete instructions included with each package – hazard symbol stickers are GHS compliant
Cat. No. | H x W (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
6316-1000 | 76.2 x 127 | 25 | 150 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Lab Markers black ink
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Lab Markers are recommended for use with Nalgene Polyolefin paper, notebooks and labels. Nalgene Lab Markers are indispensable around the lab. They write on almost any surface, including glass, metal or plastic. Choose from a fine point pen or broad line marker for permanently marking almost anything. Caps have a clip to keep them handy in a lab coat or shirt pocket. details- Felt-tip marking pens with convenient pocket clips
- Choose fine-line pen or broad-line marker depending on your requirement
- Dependably writes on glass, plastic or metal
Cat. No. | Description | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
6310-0010 | Lab Pen, Fine Line | 4 | 12 |
6311-0010 | Lab Marker, Broad Point | 4 | 12 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker
Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PFA Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles |
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance | Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control | Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — |
Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable |
Max use 121oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* | Max use 120oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* |
Graduations: silk screened | Graduations: silk screened | No graduations | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL |
Volume range: 30mL–4L | Volume range: 50mL–4L | Volume range: 50mL–1L | Volume range: 1L, 3L | Volume range: 1L, 3L | Volume range: 1L, 3L |
PPCO | PMP | PFA | HDPE | PMP | PFA |
Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white | Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white |
No handle | No handle | No handle | Handle | Handle | Handle |
Nesting | Nesting | Nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting |
BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker
Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PFA Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles |
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance | Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control | Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — |
Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable |
Max use 121oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* | Max use 120oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* |
Graduations: silk screened | Graduations: silk screened | No graduations | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL |
Volume range: 30mL–4L | Volume range: 50mL–4L | Volume range: 50mL–1L | Volume range: 1L, 3L | Volume range: 1L, 3L | Volume range: 1L, 3L |
PPCO | PMP | PFA | HDPE | PMP | PFA |
Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white | Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white |
No handle | No handle | No handle | Handle | Handle | Handle |
Nesting | Nesting | Nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting |
BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]Nalgene Organizers

Nalgene Pipette Jars

Nalgene Staining Boxes
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Staining Boxes
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Staining Boxes" tab_id="StainingBoxes"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Staining Boxes
Nalgene™ Staining Boxes allow you to stain, fix, destain and handle fragile electrophoresis gels and membranes with little chance of damage.
Covered boxes hold most common size gels along with 500 to 750 mL of liquid.
Stain, fix, destain and handle electrophoresis gels and membranes with less chance of damage than conventional methods. Equipped with a bottom drain for solution changes without disturbing the box’s other fragile contents.
details
- Useful in a wide temperature range: -70° to +70°C
- Good chemical resistance to acids, bases and select organic solvents for a versatile range of protocols
- Plug in bottom allows easy drainage of liquid with minimal handling of gel and provides a leakproof seal; won’t interfere with cover or contents on a benchtop shaker
- Boxes are stackable and have a handle on each end for safe, easy carrying
- Microwavable and easy to clean
- Replacement plug available
Nalgene Staining Boxes
Cat. No. | Inside L x W (cm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5705-1010 | 12.5 x 12.5 | 1 | 1 |
5705-2020 | 22.5 x 22.5 | 1 | 1 |
715705-0001 | Replacement plug for staining boxes 5705-1010 and 5705-2020 | 12 | 12 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3492" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Separatory Funnels
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Separatory Funnels
Nalgene separatory funnels are a safer alternative to glass. They won’t break, chip or shatter amid the bustle and bumps of everyday lab work. Enjoy their light weight and ease of handling. Trust Thermo Scientific Nalgene separatory funnels to be made from the highest quality laboratory-grade polypropylene copolymer (PPCO) and fluoropolymer (FEP) materials for dependably low extractables across a wide variety of lab applications.
Choose polypropylene for its low cost and good chemical compatibility with a wide range of lab chemicals. FEP provides the ultimate in chemical resistance and inertness for the most demanding liquid phase separations. Rely on leak-free performance with our Nalgene leakproof* guarantee.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3498" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Which separatory funnels are right for your application?
Nalgene PPCO Separatory Funnel with Screw Cap |
Nalgene FEP Separatory Funnel with Screw Cap |
Lower cost, milky white, good chemical resistance |
Exceptional chemical resistance, better transparency |
![]() |
![]() |
Screw-on cap | Screw-on cap |
Size range 125mL–1000mL |
Size range 125mL–2000mL |
PPCO body w/PP closure |
FEP body w/ETFE closure |
TFE stopcock assembly | TFE stopcock assembly |
Milky white translucent | Light white haze |
Autoclavable** | Autoclavable** |
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use |
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1550 for food use |
BPA-Free | BPA-Free |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="PPCO Separatory Funnel with Screw Cap" tab_id="PPCOSeparatoryFunnel"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Separatory Funnels with Closure
Nalgene™ PPCO Separatory funnel and PP screw closure are chemically resistant, translucent and autoclavable.
Polypropylene copolymer body and Teflon® TFE stopcock assembly has excellent chemical resistance, is leakproof† and does not require lubrication.
details
- Separation lines between immiscible liquids easily observed
- Phase interface is observable down to the stopcock
- TFE stopcocks need no lubrication; saves time and no messy grease
- Funnel is chemically compatible with a wide range of lab reagents
- Funnels are susceptible to softening and swelling from extended exposure to aggressive solvents though the effect is reversible
- Autoclavable/Leakproof†
Ordering Information: Stem lengths, 65 mm.
Notes: Autoclavable except for stopcock assembly, which is easily removed and chemically sterilized.
Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation.
Nalgene Separatory Funnels
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure (mm) | No. per Rack | No. per Case |
4300-0125 | 125 | 28 | 1 | 6 |
4300-0250 | 250 | 33 | 1 | 4 |
4300-0500 | 500 | 43 | 1 | 4 |
4300-1000 | 1000 | 53 | 1 | 4 |
Accessories | ||||
714301-1025 | Replacement Stopcock Assembly for 125ml -1L Separatory Funnel | 1 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3497" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="FEP Separatory Funnel with Screw Cap" tab_id="FEPSeparatoryFunnel"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Separatory Funnels made with Teflon™ FEP with Closure
Nalgene™ FEP Separatory funnel and ETFE screw closure are chemically inert, nearly transparent and autoclavable.
More transparent than our polypropylene separatory funnels. This funnel is compatible with all common lab reagents and solvents. Won’t chip, crack or shatter like glass separatory funnels. Teflon® FEP stopcock assembly has excellent chemical resistance, is leakproof† and does not require lubrication – can be chemically disinfected.
details
- So transparent that phase interface is visible down to the stopcock and nonwetting surface
– enhances complete drainage - Break-resistant and impervious to any chemical used in a separatory funnel
- No phthalates to contaminate analyses
- Useful in hazardous separations
- Autoclavable/Leakproof†
Ordering Information: Stem lengths, 65 mm.
Notes: Autoclavable except stopcock assembly, which is easily removed and chemically sterilized.
Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation.
Nalgene Separatory Funnels
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Closure (mm) | No. per Rack | No. per Case |
4301-0125 | 125 | 28 | 1 | 4 |
4301-0250 | 250 | 33 | 1 | 4 |
4301-0500 | 500 | 43 | 1 | 4 |
4301-1000 | 1000 | 53 | 1 | 4 |
4301-2000 | 2000 | 53 | 1 | 2 |
Accessories | ||||
714301-1025 | Replacement Stopcock Assembly for 125ml-1L Separatory Funnel | 1 | 1 | |
714301-1050 | Replacement Stopcock Assembly for 2L Separatory Funnel | 1 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3498" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Tanks
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Tank
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Cylindrical Tank with Cover PP" tab_id="CylindricalCoverPP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Cylindrical Polypropylene Tank with Cover
polypropylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ PP Tanks with PP cover are autoclavable and available in a variety of sizes to meet application needs.
details
- Seamless construction for easy cleaning
- Offers excellent stress-crack resistance
- Economical alternative to stainless steel tanks
- Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination
Notes: All Nalgene tanks used at elevated temperatures or with high specific-gravity liquids should be externally supported.
Caution: Plastic tanks are generally subject to more severe conditions than plastic labware; exposure is constant, stresses are greater and different classes and concentrations of chemicals are involved. Please pay special attention to chemical compatibility.
Nalgene Cylindrical Tank with Cover
Cat. No. | Capacity (L | Nominal O.D. x H (cm | No. per Case |
11200-0005 | 19 | 28 x 38 | 1 |
11200-0007 | 28 | 30 x 46 | 1 |
11200-0010 | 38 | 33 x 51 | 1 |
11200-0015 | 57 | 36 x 71 | 1 |
11200-0030 | 113 | 46 x 76 | 1 |
11200-0055 | 208 | 56 x 91 | 1 |
11200-0100 | 378 | 71 x 112 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3813" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Cylindrical Tank with Cover LLDPE Light weight" tab_id="CylindricalCoverLLDPELight"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Lightweight Graduated Cylindrical LLDPE Tank with Cover
Linear low-density polyethylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Lightweight Tanks are an economical solution for less rigorous applications.
details
- Seamless construction for easy cleaning
- Offers excellent stress-crack resistance
- Economical alternative to stainless steel tanks
- Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination
Notes: All Nalgene tanks used at elevated temperatures or with high specific-gravity liquids should be externally supported.
Caution: Plastic tanks are generally subject to more severe conditions than plastic labware; exposure is constant, stresses are greater and different classes and concentrations of chemicals are involved. Please pay special attention to chemical compatibility.
Nalgene Lightweight Graduated Cylindrical Tank with Cover
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Nominal O.D. x H (cm) | No. per Case |
54100-0005 | 19 | 28 x 38 | 1 |
54100-0007 | 28 | 30 x 46 | 1 |
54100-0010 | 38 | 33 x 51 | 1 |
54100-0015 | 57 | 36 x 71 | 1 |
54100-0030 | 113 | 46 x 76 | 1 |
54100-0055 | 208 | 56 x 91 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3812" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Cylindrical Tank with Cover and Spigot HDPE Lightweight" tab_id="CylindricalCoverSpigotHDPELight"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Lightweight Cylindrical LLDPE Tank with Cover and Spigot
Linear low-density polyethylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Lightweight LLDPE Cylindrical Tanks with installed spigots are an economical solution for less rigorous applications.
These tanks offer the same characteristics as Nalgene 54100 tank series with a spigot installed for dispensing.
details
- Seamless construction for easy cleaning
- Offers excellent stress-crack resistance
- Economical alternative to stainless steel tanks
- Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination
- Equipped with Nalgene Needle Spigot (Cat. No. 96423) for dispensing
Compatible products: Nalgene Spigot for Storage Tanks (Cat. No. 6421-0010).
Notes: All Nalgene tanks used at elevated temperatures or with high specific-gravity liquids should be externally supported.
Caution: Plastic tanks are generally subject to more severe conditions than plastic labware; exposure is constant, stresses are greater and different classes and concentrations of chemicals are involved. Please pay special attention to chemical compatibility.
Nalgene Lightweight Cylindrical Tank with Cover and Spigot
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Nominal O.D. x H (cm) | No. per Case |
54102-0005 | 19 | 28 x 38 | 1 |
54102-0007 | 28 | 30 x 46 | 1 |
54102-0010 | 38 | 33 x 51 | 1 |
54102-0015 | 57 | 36 x 71 | 1 |
54102-0030 | 113 | 46 x 76 | 1 |
54102-0055 | 208 | 56 x 91 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3811" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Cylindrical Tanks with Cover LLDPE Heavy Duty" tab_id="CylindricalCoverLLDPEHeavy"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Heavy-Duty Cylindrical LLDPE Tanks with Cover
Linear low-density polyethylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Heavy Duty HDPE Tanks with HDPE Covers are rigid, seamless tanks offered in a variety of sizes to meet your application needs.
details
- Features rigid walls for maximum strength and durabilty
- Molded of HDPE offering increased chemical and temperature resistance
- Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination
Compatible products: Nalgene Tank Liners: Cat. No. 343050 series.
Notes: All Nalgene tanks used at elevated temperatures or with high specific-gravity liquids should be externally supported.
Caution: Plastic tanks are generally subject to more severe conditions than plastic labware; exposure is constant, stresses are greater and different classes and concentrations of chemicals are involved. Please pay special attention to chemical compatibility.
Nalgene Heavy Duty Cylindrical Tanks with Cover
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Nominal O.D. x H (cm) | No. per Case |
11100-0005 | 19 | 28 x 38 | 1 |
11100-0007 | 28 | 32 x 46 | 1 |
11100-0010 | 38 | 33 x 51 | 1 |
11100-0015 | 57 | 36 x 71 | 1 |
11100-0030 | 113 | 48 x 76 | 1 |
11100-0055 | 208 | 56 x 91 | 1 |
11100-0080 | 303 | 61 x 122 | 1 |
11100-0100 | 378 | 71 x 112 | 1 |
11100-0150 | 568 | 81 x 124 | 1 |
11100-0200 | 757 | 94 x 130 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3810" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Cylindrical Tanks with Spigot LLDPE Heavy Duty" tab_id="CylindricalSpigotLLDPEHeavy"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Heavy-Duty Cylindrical LLDPE Tanks with Spigots
Linear low-density polyethylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Heavy Duty HDPE Tanks with a needle-type spigot for easy dispensing.
details
- Factory-installed spigot accepts 5/8 in. I.D. tubing
- Features rigid walls for maximum strength and durabilty
- Seamless construction for easy cleaning
- Molded of HDPE offering increased chemical and temperature resistance
- Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination
Compatible products: Nalgene Spigot for Cylindrical Tanks (Cat. No. 6421-0010).
Notes: All Nalgene tanks used at elevated temperatures or with high specific-gravity liquids should be externally supported.
Caution: Plastic tanks are generally subject to more severe conditions than plastic labware; exposure is constant, stresses are greater and different classes and concentrations of chemicals are involved. Please pay special attention to chemical compatibility.
Nalgene Heavy Duty Cylindrical Tanks with Spigot
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Nominal O.D. x H (cm) | No. per Case |
11102-0005 | 19 | 28 x 38 | 1 |
11102-0007 | 28 | 30 x 46 | 1 |
11102-0010 | 38 | 33 x 51 | 1 |
11102-0015 | 57 | 36 x 71 | 1 |
11102-0030 | 113 | 48 x 76 | 1 |
11102-0055 | 208 | 56 x 91 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3809" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tank Liners" tab_id="TankLiners"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Coex Polyethylene Film Tank Liners
coex polyethylene film
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Coex Polyethylene Film Tank Liners feature an open-bag, flat-bottom design to enhance your mixing capabilities.
Ideal for single-use, biopharmaceutical and diagnostic reagent fluid processing using rigid Nalgene cylindrical plastic tanks. Available in sizes ranging from 5 gal. to 200 gal. (19 L to 757 L).
details
- Designed specifically to fit Nalgene cylindrical tanks from 5 gal. to 200 gal. (19 L to 787 L)
- Gamma irradiated, non-cytotoxic and certified non-pyrogenic
- Coex polyethylene film is free of animal-derived components
Nalgene Tank Liners
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Fits Nalgene Tank Cat. Nos. | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
343050-0005 | 19 | 11100-0005 11200-0005 54100-0005 |
1 | 10 |
343050-0007 | 28 | 11100-0007 11200-0007 54100-0007 |
1 | 10 |
343050-0010 | 38 | 11100-0010 11200-0010 54100-0010 |
1 | 10 |
343050-0015 | 57 | 11100-0015 11200-0015 54100-0015 |
1 | 10 |
343050-0030 | 113 | 11100-0030 11200-0030 54100-0030 |
1 | 10 |
343050-0055 | 208 | 11100-0055 11200-0030 54100-0055 |
1 | 10 |
343050-0080 | 303 | 11100-0080 | 1 | 10 |
343050-0100 | 378 | 11100-0100 | 1 | 10 |
343050-0150 | 568 | 11100-0150 | 1 | 10 |
343050-0200 | 757 | 11100-0200 | 1 | 10 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3808" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Rectangular Tank with Cover PP" tab_id="RectangularCoverPP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rectangular Polypropylene Tank with Cover
polypropylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Rectangular PP Tanks with PP Cover are autoclavable, available in a variety of sizes to meet your application needs.
details
- Seamless construction for easy cleaning
- Suitable for use with many organic chemicals
- Offers excellent stress-crack resistance
- Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination
Nalgene Rectangular Tank with Cover
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Nominal L x W x H (cm) | No. per Case |
14200-0002 | 8 | 21 x 21 x 24 | 1 |
14200-0005 | 19 | 25 x 25 x 36 | 1 |
14200-0010 | 38 | 31 x 31 x 36 | 1 |
14200-0015 | 57 | 34 x 32 x 36 | 1 |
14200-0020 | 76 | 34 x 24 x 50 | 1 |
14200-0045 | 170 | 62 x 47 x 48 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3807" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Rectangular Tank with Cover LLDPE Heavy Duty" tab_id="RectangularCoverLLDPEHeavy"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Heavy-Duty Rectangular LLDPE Tank with Covers
Linear low-density polyethylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Heavy Duty LLDPE Rectangular Tank with HDPE cover is a versatile, economical alternative to stainless steel tanks.
details
- Seamless construction for easy cleaning
- Stepped flange provides drip containment and grip for lifting
- Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination
- Molded of LLDPE offering increased chemical and temperature resistance
Notes: All Nalgene tanks used at elevated temperatures or with high specific-gravity liquids should be externally supported.
Caution: Plastic tanks are generally subject to more severe conditions than plastic labware; exposure is constant, stresses are greater and different classes and concentrations of chemicals are involved. Please pay special attention to chemical compatibility.
Nalgene Heavy Duty Rectangular Tank with Cover
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Nominal L x W x H (cm) | No. per Case |
14100-0002 | 8 | 21 x 21 x 24 | 1 |
14100-0005 | 19 | 25 x 25 x 36 | 1 |
14100-0010 | 38 | 31 x 31 x 36 | 1 |
14100-0015 | 57 | 34 x 32 x 36 | 1 |
14100-0020 | 76 | 34 x 24 x 50 | 1 |
14100-0040 | 151 | 62 x 24 x 34 | 1 |
14100-0045 | 170 | 62 x 47 x 48 | 1 |
14100-0065 | 246 | 62 x 47 x 64 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3806" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Closed-Dome Tanks PP" tab_id="ClosedDomeTanksPP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Closed-Dome Polypropylene Tanks
polypropylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Closed Dome PP Tanks with white PP closure are an excellent choice for reagent storage, aseptic mixing and dispensing.
Autoclavable and offered in a variety of sizes to meet application needs.
details
- Designed for use as a closed containment system
- Includes 150 mm gasketed screw closure, greatly reducing evaporation and contamination
- Domed bottoms offer good drainage
- Mounting flats accept bulkhead fittings up to 2 in.
- Graduated in liters and gallons
Compliance: Comply with FDA Reg. 177.1520 and USP Class VI.
Nalgene Closed-Dome Tanks
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | Nominal O.D. x H (cm) | No. per Case |
2650-0020 | 76 | 42 x 79 | 1 |
2650-0030 | 114 | 47 x 99 | 1 |
2650-0055 | 210 | 57 x 112 | 1 |
2650-0100 | 380 | 72 x 132 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3805" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Closed-Dome Bio Tank Closure with Mixer Support Assembly
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Closed-Dome Tank Closure with Mixed Support Assembly is for use with all sizes of Nalgene Closed-Dome Tanks.
Unique sanitary flange assembly allows overhead mixing in a closed system.
details
- 6 in. (15.2 cm) PP screw closure with a 2 in. (5.1 cm) sanitary ferrule welded in the center
- 2 in. (5.1 cm) silicone gasket and a PDVF True Union clamp
- Autoclavable
- Mixer not included
Compatible Products: Nalgene Closed-Dome Tanks (Cat. No. series 2650).
2651[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Spigots for Storage Tanks" tab_id="SpigotsTanks"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Spigots for Storage Tanks
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Spigots for Storage Tanks are used for safe and efficient liquid dispensing.
For use only with Naglene tanks up to 100 gal. with factory installed threaded boss.
details
- Includes two PTFE o-rings that provide positive seal
Notes: Make sure container and spigot have compatible chemical resistance before installing.
Nalgene Spigots for Storage Tanks
Cat. No. | Fitting | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
Polypropylene | |||
6421-0010 | 1.1/2 in. to 12 female screw thread | 12 | 12 |
Low-density polyethylene | |||
6420-0750 | 19 mm NPT male thread | 6 | 6 |
6420-0500 | 12.7 mm NPT male thread | 6 | 6 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3804" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Test Tube Racks
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Test Tube Rack / Storage Rack
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_gallery interval="3" images="3839,3838,3836,3837,3835,3834,3833,3832,3433"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Unwire Test Tube Rack - Resmer™" tab_id="UnwireResmer"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Unwire Test Tube Racks Resmer™ Manufacturing Technology
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Unwire™ Test Tube Racks withstand most lab chemicals and temperatures up to 121°C. Sturdy, durable plastic racks have no coating to chip, peel or rust. These racks are molded in a single piece for exceptional strength and durability. Securely hold a full load of test tubes or centrifuge tubes for 13, 16, 20, 25 and 30 mm diameter sizes. Molded in 6 bright and long-lasting colors to help keep your samples organized. details- Smooth finish leaves fewer places for contaminants to lodge; no welds to break, no sharp edges and no assembly required – ready to use
- Endplates accept large labels for easy identification of samples
- Higher specific gravity than water so rack stays submerged in a water bath – won’t float
- Withstands most lab chemicals and temperatures up to 121°C for a variety of lab procedures
- Available in six bright colors to help keep samples organized
- 15 mL conical tubes fit 20 mm racks; 50 mL conical tubes fit 30 mm racks
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | Array | Color | L x W x H (cm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
For 13 mm tubes, 72 places | |||||
5970-0513 | 6 x 12 | Red | 20 x 10.2 x 5.7 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0313 | 6 x 12 | Blue | 20 x 10.2 x 5.7 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0413 | 6 x 12 | Green | 20 x 10.2 x 5.7 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0213 | 6 x 12 | Yellow | 20 x 10.2 x 5.7 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0113 | 6 x 12 | Orange | 20 x 10.2 x 5.7 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0013 | 6 x 12 | White | 20 x 10.2 x 5.7 | 1 | 8 |
For 16 mm tubes, 72 places | |||||
5970-0516 | 6 x 12 | Red | 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0316 | 6 x 12 | Blue | 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0416 | 6 x 12 | Green | 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0216 | 6 x 12 | Yellow | 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0116 | 6 x 12 | Orange | 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0016 | 6 x 12 | White | 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 | 1 | 8 |
For 20 mm tubes, 40 places | |||||
5970-0520 | 4 x 10 | Red | 25 x 10.2 x 8.3 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0320 | 4 x 10 | Blue | 25 x 10.2 x 8.3 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0420 | 4 x 10 | Green | 25 x 10.2 x 8.3 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0220 | 4 x 10 | Yellow | 25 x 10.2 x 8.3 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0120 | 4 x 10 | Orange | 25 x 10.2 x 8.3 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0020 | 4 x 10 | White | 25 x 10.2 x 8.3 | 1 | 8 |
For 25 mm tubes, 40 places | |||||
5970-0525 | 4 x 10 | Red | 30 x 12.1 x 9.2 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0325 | 4 x 10 | Blue | 30 x 12.1 x 9.2 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0425 | 4 x 10 | Green | 30 x 12.1 x 9.2 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0225 | 4 x 10 | Yellow | 30 x 12.1 x 9.2 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0125 | 4 x 10 | Orange | 30 x 12.1 x 9.2 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0025 | 4 x 10 | White | 30 x 12.1 x 9.2 | 1 | 8 |
For 30 mm tubes, 24 places | |||||
5970-0530 | 3 x 8 | Red | 28.3 x 10.8 x 8.3 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0330 | 3 x 8 | Blue | 28.3 x 10.8 x 8.3 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0430 | 3 x 8 | Green | 28.3 x 10.8 x 8.3 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0230 | 3 x 8 | Yellow | 28.3 x 10.8 x 8.3 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0130 | 3 x 8 | Orange | 28.3 x 10.8 x 8.3 | 1 | 8 |
5970-0030 | 3 x 8 | White | 28.3 x 10.8 x 8.3 | 1 | 8 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Unwire Half-Racks Resmer™ Manufacturing Technology
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Unwire™ Half-Racks are ideal for use in incubators, refrigerators, freezers, under lab hoods, and on benchtops. Our half-racks have all the features of our full sized Unwire racks, but occupy half the space! These half-racks fit easily in ice or water baths – will not float. More space-efficient than full-sized racks. Molded in 6 bright colors to help keep samples organized. details- Smooth finish leaves fewer places for contaminants to lodge; no welds to break, no sharp edges and ready to use – no assembly required
- Endplates accept large labels for easy identification of samples
- Higher specific gravity than water so stays submerged in a water bath – won’t float
- Withstands most lab chemicals and temperatures up to 121°C for a variety of lab procedures
- Available in six bright colors to help keep samples organized
- 15 mL conical tubes fit 20 mm racks; 50 mL conical tubes fit 30 mm racks
- Half the length of standard Unwire Racks, racks save space on the benchtop or fit easily in ice or water baths
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | Array | Color | L x W x H (cm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
For 13 mm tubes, 36 places | |||||
5972-0013 | 6 x 6 | White | 10.2 x 10.2 x 5.6 | 1 | 8 |
5972-0313 | 6 x 6 | Blue | 10.2 x 10.2 x 5.6 | 1 | 8 |
5972-0413 | 6 x 6 | Green | 10.2 x 10.2 x 5.6 | 1 | 8 |
5972-0513 | 6 x 6 | Red | 10.2 x 10.2 x 5.6 | 1 | 8 |
For 16 mm tubes, 36 places | |||||
5972-0016 | 6 x 6 | White | 12.7 x 12.7 x 6.8 | 1 | 8 |
5972-0316 | 6 x 6 | Blue | 12.7 x 12.7 x 6.8 | 1 | 8 |
5972-0416 | 6 x 6 | Green | 12.7 x 12.7 x 6.8 | 1 | 8 |
5972-0516 | 6 x 6 | Red | 12.7 x 12.7 x 6.8 | 1 | 8 |
For 20 mm tubes, 20 places | |||||
5972-0020 | 4 x 5 | White | 12.7 x 10.5 x 8.4 | 1 | 8 |
5972-0320 | 4 x 5 | Blue | 12.7 x 10.5 x 8.4 | 1 | 8 |
5972-0420 | 4 x 5 | Green | 12.7 x 10.5 x 8.4 | 1 | 8 |
5972-0520 | 4 x 5 | Red | 12.7 x 10.5 x 8.4 | 1 | 8 |
For 25 mm tubes, 16 places | |||||
5972-0025 | 4 x 4 | White | 12.2 x 12.2 x 7.6 | 1 | 8 |
5972-0325 | 4 x 4 | Blue | 12.2 x 12.2 x 7.6 | 1 | 8 |
For 30 mm tubes, 9 places | |||||
5972-0030 | 3 x 3 | White | 10.9 x 10.9 x 8.4 | 1 | 8 |
5972-0330 | 3 x 3 | Blue | 10.9 x 10.9 x 8.4 | 1 | 8 |
5972-0430 | 3 x 3 | Green | 10.9 x 10.9 x 8.4 | 1 | 8 |
5972-0530 | 3 x 3 | Red | 10.9 x 10.9 x 8.4 | 1 | 8 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Unwire Test Tube Racks polypropylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Unwire™ PP Test Tube Racks provide exceptional strength and durability. These ready-to-use racks are designed to save space on your benchtop – they hold a full load of test tubes or centrifuge tubes. Available in four bright colors, its easy to keep samples organized. details- Higher specific gravity than water so rack stays submerged in a water bath – won’t float
- Hold a full load of test tubes or centrifuge tubes for 13, 16, 20, 25 and 30 mm sizes or up to 72 smaller diameter tubes
- Four bright colors help keep samples organized
- Endplates accept large labels for easy identification of samples
Cat. No. | Array | Color | L x W x H (cm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
For 13 mm tubes, 72 places | |||||
5976-0013 | 6x12 | White | 20.0 x 10.2 x 5.7 | 1 | 8 |
5976-0313 | 6x12 | Blue | 20.0 x 10.2 x 5.7 | 1 | 8 |
5976-0413 | 6x12 | Green | 20.0 x 10.2 x 5.7 | 1 | 8 |
5976-0513 | 6x12 | Red | 20.0 x 10.2 x 5.7 | 1 | 8 |
For 16 mm tubes, 72 places | |||||
5976-0016 | 6x12 | White | 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 | 1 | 8 |
5976-0316 | 6x12 | Blue | 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 | 1 | 8 |
5976-0416 | 6x12 | Green | 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 | 1 | 8 |
5976-0516 | 6x12 | Red | 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 | 1 | 8 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Test Tube Racks, General Purpose polycarbonate
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ PC General-Purpose Racks are available with handles for easy carrying. These general purpose racks can stack with any other racks of the same length when empty. Holes are keyed with molded-in numbers and letters for easy identification of tubes. details- Identify tubes easily with keyed in numbers and letters on rack
- Handles make these racks easy to carry
- Will stack with other racks of same length to save space when not in use
- Higher specific gravity than water so racks stay submerged in a water bath – won’t float
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | For Tube Size | Array | L x W (cm) | No. of Places | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5929-0016 | 13–16mm | 4 x 10 | 28.5 x 11.5 | 40 | 1 | 4 |
5929-0020 | 16–20mm | 4 x 10 | 28.5 x 11.5 | 40 | 1 | 4 |
5929-0030 | 25–30mm | 3 x 8 | 32.0 x 11.5 | 24 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Test Tube Racks, General Purpose polypropylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ PP General Purpose Racks are available with handles for easy carrying. These general purpose racks can stack with any other racks of the same length when empty. Holes are keyed with molded-in numbers and letters for easy identification of tubes. details- Identify tubes easily with keyed in numbers and letters on rack
- Handles make these racks easy to carry
- Will stack with other racks of same length to save space when not in use
- Superior chemical resistance make these racks compatible with many chemicals in the lab
- Higher specific gravity than water so stays submerged in a water bath – won’t float
Cat. No. | For Tube Size | Array | L x W (cm) | No. of Places | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5930-0013 | 10–13mm | 6 x 12 | 28.5 x 11.5 | 72 | 1 | 4 |
5930-0016 | 13–16mm | 4 x 10 | 28.5 x 11.5 | 40 | 1 | 4 |
5930-0020 | 16–20mm | 4 x 10 | 28.5 x 11.5 | 40 | 1 | 4 |
5930-0030 | 21–25mm | 3 x 8 | 32.0 x 11.5 | 24 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Test Tube Slant Racks polycarbonate
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Test Tube Slant Racks are useful for incubating liquid cultures on a slant. Unique end plate design on this slant rack rests at a 5° or 20° tilt to allow media to harden at an angle for incubating liquid cultures. Keyed with numbers and letters for easy identification of tube location. details- After microwaving, set rack of tubes filled with media at either 5° or 20° slant
- Media will harden with a consistent slant
- Keyed with numbers and letters for identification
- Stackable when empty to save space on your benchtop
- Higher specific gravity than water so stays submerged in a water bath – won’t float
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | Description | Array | L x W (cm) | Width of End Plates (cm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5935-0016 | For 15-16 mm tubes | 4 x 10 | 28.5 x 11.5 | 15.5 | 1 | 4 |
5935-0020 | For 20 mm tubes | 4 x 10 | 28.5 x 11.5 | 15.5 | 1 | 4 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Test Tube Peg Racks filled polypropylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Test Tube Peg Racks are ideal for holding sample collection tubes, reaction tubes and similar diameter test tubes. This rack is also suitable for drying glass plates used in electrophoresis and chromatography. Racks exhibit good chemical resistant and are autoclavable. details- Consist of an array of pegs spaced to hold given-diameter test tubes while allowing full view of the tube contents
- Pegs also hold tubes in inverted position for drying
- Ribs keep inverted tubes off base to allow drainage through holes and minimize collection of airborne contaminants inside the tubes
- Suitable for drying glass plates are used in electrophoresis and chromatography
- Higher specific gravity than water so stays submerged in a water bath – won’t float
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | Array | Color | L x W x H (cm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
For 10 to 13 mm tubes; 96 places | |||||
5977-0013 | 8 x 12 | White | 17.9 x 12.7 x 6.4 | 2 | 8 |
5977-0313 | 8 x 12 | Blue | 17.9 x 12.7 x 6.4 | 2 | 8 |
For 14 to 17 mm tubes; 50 places | |||||
5977-0017 | 5 x 10 | White | 18.7 x 10.5 x 7.0 | 2 | 8 |
5977-0317 | 5 x 10 | Blue | 18.7 x 10.5 x 7.0 | 2 | 8 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Microcentrifuge Tube Rack ResMer™ Manufacturing Technology
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Microcentrifuge Tube Racks retain their performance in harsh lab environments. These racks are useful in a wide temperature range and exhibit good chemical resistance for versatility in the lab. Racks are stackable when filled with tubes, or when empty. details- Keyed with molded-in letters and numbers for easy sample identification
- 4 × 6 array
- Stackable when empty or full to save space on benchtop
- Useful in a wide temperature range up to 121°C
- Exhibits good chemical resistance for long life in the lab
- Autoclavable
Cat. No. | Tube capacity (ml) | Array | Color | L x W x H (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5973-0015 | 1.5 | 4 x 6 | White | 143 x 90 x 52 | 1 | 8 |
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Floating Microtube Racks polypropylene
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Polypropylene Floating Microtube Racks are ideal for genetic cloning, microbiology and immunology labs. This rack offers excellent temperature resistance from -70° to +100°C, allowing you to thaw, cool and incubate samples at either elevated or reduced temperatures. details- Square- and round-style racks for incubating 1.0 to 2.0 mL microcentrifuge tubes
- Round-style racks fit conveniently inside 400 or 1000 mL beakers
- Square-rack is designed for stable flotation in turbulent water baths
- Racks will float with a full load of filled tubes
- On benchtop, rack legs prevent bottom of tubes from touching bench surface and rack lip supports tube
- Handle provides convenient transport, agitation and removal from water bath
- Thaw, cool and incubate samples at elevated or reduced temperatures – tolerates a wide temperature range
- Each hole has molded-in letters and numbers for easy sample identification
Cat. No. | For Tube Size (ml) | Fit Nalgene Beakers (ml) | Color | L x W x H (mm) | Array | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
Square Racks | |||||||
5974-0404 | 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 and 2.0 | – | 103x103x65 | 4x4 | 4 | 16 | |
Round Racks | |||||||
5974-1015 | 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 and 2.0 | 1000 | 96 | 20 | 4 | 16 | |
5974-4015 | 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 and 2.0 | 400 | 66 | 8 | 4 | 16 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker
Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PFA Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles |
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance | Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control | Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — |
Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable |
Max use 121oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* | Max use 120oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* |
Graduations: silk screened | Graduations: silk screened | No graduations | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL |
Volume range: 30mL–4L | Volume range: 50mL–4L | Volume range: 50mL–1L | Volume range: 1L, 3L | Volume range: 1L, 3L | Volume range: 1L, 3L |
PPCO | PMP | PFA | HDPE | PMP | PFA |
Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white | Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white |
No handle | No handle | No handle | Handle | Handle | Handle |
Nesting | Nesting | Nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting |
BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker
Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene PFA Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers | Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles | Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles |
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance | Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance | Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control | Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring | Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 | — |
Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable | Not autoclavable | Autoclavable | Autoclavable |
Max use 121oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* | Max use 120oC* | Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* | Max Use 250oC* |
Graduations: silk screened | Graduations: silk screened | No graduations | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL | Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL |
Volume range: 30mL–4L | Volume range: 50mL–4L | Volume range: 50mL–1L | Volume range: 1L, 3L | Volume range: 1L, 3L | Volume range: 1L, 3L |
PPCO | PMP | PFA | HDPE | PMP | PFA |
Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white | Translucent white | Clear | Translucent white |
No handle | No handle | No handle | Handle | Handle | Handle |
Nesting | Nesting | Nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting | Not nesting |
BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free | BPA free |
Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free | Phthalate-free |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Nalgene Tubing

Nalgene Vacuum Equipment
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Vacuum Pumps, Vacuum Chamber & Accessories
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Repairable Hand-Operated Vacuum Pumps" tab_id="RepairableHandPumps"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Repairable Hand-Operated PVC Body Vacuum Pumps without Gauge
Nalgene™ Hand Vacuum Pumps require only one hand to operate, and vacuum is released with the touch of an index finger.
New handle design makes these pumps more durable and ergonomic. They quickly attain and hold vacuum of 25 in. (635 mm Hg.). Adjustable vacuum release rate. This economy version is ideal for field or lab use.
details
- Quickly attain and hold vacuum of 25 in. (635 mm) Hg
- Easy and convenient operation
- Adjustable vacuum release rate provides control
- Full blank port pressure is obtained with only two strokes, making operation efficient
- Removable cover on exhaust port and trigger to release vacuum without disconnecting pumps from the line
- Without vacuum gauge – economical design
- Adjustable vacuum release rate controlled by trigger on pump
- Nozzle fits standard 1/4 in. I.D. tubing
- Can be disassembled for repair and replacement of internal parts (see catalog numbers for repair kits in the table below
Includes: Supplied with 2 ft. length of Clear Plastic Tubing.
Nalgene Repairable PVC Hand Pump without Gauge
Cat. No. | Use with Repair Kit: | Size | No. per Rack | No. per Case |
6131-0010 | 6132-2000 | 15ml/stroke | 1 | 4 |
6131-0020 | 6132-3000 | 36ml/stroke | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3505" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Repairable PVC Hand-Operated Vacuum Pump
Repair Kits
Everything you need to maintain and repair the internal parts of your Nalgene™ Cat. Nos. 6131-series and 6132-series hand pumps for extended hand pump life
Includes: Instructions for maintenance and repair.
Nalgene Repair Kit for PVC Hand Pumps
Cat. No. | Description | No. per Rack | No. per Case |
6132-2000 | Repair Kit for Style 15ml PVC Hand Pumps | 1 | 4 |
6132-3000 | Repair Kit for Style 36ml PVC Hand Pumps | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Cat. No. 6132-2000
Cat. No. 6132-3000[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Repairable Hand-Operated Vacuum Pumps with Gauge" tab_id="RepairableHandPumpswGauge"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Repairable Hand-Operated PVC Vacuum Pumps with Gauge
Nalgene™ Repairable Hand-Operated Vacuum Pumps with Gauge are ideal for siphoning, filtration, liquid transfer, bleeding fluid lines and checking for leaks.
Lightweight units are sealed and self-lubricating with removable covers on exhaust port and trigger to release vacuum without disconnecting pumps from the line. New handle design is more durable and ergonomic. Quickly attain and hold vacuum of 25 in. (635 mm) Hg. Vacuum trigger release requires only one hand to operate and releases vacuum with the touch of an index finger. Adjustable vacuum release rate.
details
- Gauge monitors vacuum in kPa and inches of mercury for visual indication of pump rate and progress
- Quickly attain and hold vacuum of 1/4 in. (635 mm) Hg
- Easy and convenient operation
- Adjustable vacuum release rate provides control
- Full blank port pressure is obtained with only two strokes, making operation efficient
- Removable cover on exhaust port and trigger to release vacuum without disconnecting pumps from the line
- Adjustable vacuum release rate controlled by trigger on pump
- Nozzle fits standard 1/4 in. I.D. tubing
- Can be disassembled for repair and replacement of internal parts (see catalog numbers for repair kits)
Includes: 2 ft. (0.6 m) Nalgene 180 clear plastic tubing.
Nalgene Repairable PVC Hand Pump with Gauge
Cat. No. | Use with Repair Kit: | Size | No. per Rack | No. per Case |
6132-0010 | 6132-2000 | 15ml/stroke | 1 | 4 |
6132-0020 | 6132-3000 | 36ml/stroke | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3442" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Repairable PVC Hand-Operated Vacuum Pump
Repair Kits
Everything you need to maintain and repair the internal parts of your Nalgene™ Cat. Nos. 6131-series and 6132-series hand pumps for extended hand pump life
Includes: Instructions for maintenance and repair.
Nalgene Repair Kit for PVC Hand Pumps
Cat. No. | Description | No. per Rack | No. per Case |
6132-2000 | Repair Kit for Style 15ml PVC Hand Pumps | 1 | 4 |
6132-3000 | Repair Kit for Style 36ml PVC Hand Pumps | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Cat. No. 6132-2000
Cat. No. 6132-3000[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Metal Repairable Hand-Operated Pump with Gauge " tab_id="MetalRepairablehandpumpwgauga"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Zinc/Aluminum Hand-Operated Vacuum Pump with Gauge
Nalgene™ Repairable Hand-Operated Pump with Guage is a multi-purpose vacuum/pressure pump.
New-style handle is more ergonomic and easy to operate. Cast in corrosion resistant zinc/aluminum and can be disassembled for repair or replacement of internal parts. Hand pump quickly and easily attains a vacuum of 25 in. (635 mm) Hg or a pressure of 30 psi (35kPa).
details
- Ergonomic handle design makes this pump easier on the hands
- Versatile flip of a lever allows you to change from vacuum to pressure.
- Easily attains a vacuum of 25 in. (635 mm) Hg or a positive pressure of 30 psig (35 kPa)
- Features a pumping rate of 15 cc/stroke
- Full blank pressure with only two strokes makes this hand pump efficient and ergonomic
- Trigger releases vacuum or pressure without disconnecting the tubing for added convenience, efficiency and ergonomics
- Gauge is calibrated in inches of Mercury and in kPa
- Attaches to 1/4 in. (63.5 cm) I.D. flexible tubing. Includes a 2 ft. (0.7 m) length of clear PVC tubing
- Use repair kit 6133-2000 for maintenance and repair of internal parts to extend hand pump life-time
Includes: Instructions for maintenance and repair.
Nalgene Repairable Metal Hand Pump
Cat. No. | Use with Repair Kit: | Size | No. per Rack | No. per Case |
6133-0010 | 6133-2000 | 15ml/stroke | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3502" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Metal Hand-Operated Vacuum Pump Repair Kit
Nalgene™ Metal Hand-Operated Vacuum Pump Repair Kit includes everything necessary to perform maintenance on the new style Nalgene repairable zinc/aluminimum hand pumps
details
- Everything you need to maintain and repair the internal parts of your Nalgene Cat. No. 6133-0010 metal hand pump for extended hand pump life
Includes: Instructions for maintenance and repair.
Nalgene Repair Kit for Metal Hand Pump
Cat. No. | Description | No. per Rack | No. per Case |
6133-2000 | Repair Kit for Metal Hand Pump | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3501" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Aspirator Vacuum Pump" tab_id="AspiratorPump"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Aspirator Vacuum Pump
Nalgene™ Vacuum Pump Aspirator attaches directly to sink faucets for vacuum draw.
Can draw 11.5 L air per minute at a water flow rate of 6.5 L per minute. Operates efficiently with water pressures as low as 7.5 psig for minimum water consumption. Comes with an integral check valve and tubing for insertion in discharge end.
details
- Attaches to a standard faucet with 3/8 in. NPT connecting thread for easy installation
- Maximum free air pumping capacity of 11.5 L per minute with a water flow rate of 6.5 L per minute.
- Ultimate achievable vacuum of 28-1/2 in. (724 mm) Hg
- Discharge end equipped with 4-3/4 in. (12 cm ) length of tubing to direct discharge water toward the drain or to allow attachment to additional discharge tubing
- Integral check valve prevents loss of vacuum when water source is disrupted and prevents backflow
Includes: Integral check valve, 3/8 in. NPT connecting thread, 4-3/4 in. (12 cm) of tubing.
Nalgene Vacuum Pump Aspirator
Cat. No. | Ultimate Vacuum, in. | No. per Rack | No. per Case |
6140-0010 | 28-1/2 Hg | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3500" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Vacuum Chamber and parts" tab_id="VacuumChamberandparts"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Vacuum Chambers
Nalgene™ Vacuum Chambers withstand full vacuum without risk of implosion or shattering.
Useful as a controlled environment chamber for degassing operations and freeze drying.
details
- Withstands a full vacuum without risk of implosion or shattering
- Useful as a controlled environment chamber for degassing operations and freeze drying
- Transparent
Includes: Transparent PC or Amber PEI bell jar; Gasketed white polycarbonate or polypropylene vacuum plate.
Warning: Do not expose jar to partially halogenated hydrocarbons or their vapors. Avoid direct exposure of all chemicals to the polycarbonate plate. Do not autoclave when used for vacuum service. Do not use Cat. No. 5305-0609 with organic solvents, acids or bases.
Nalgene Vacuum Chamber
Cat. No. | Jar Material | Capacity (L) | Plate Material | Outside Jar Dia. x Height (mm) | Plate O.D. (mm) | Gasket O.D. (mm) |
No. per Pack | No. per Case |
5305-0609 | PC | 4.7 | PP | 170 x 237 | 211 | 178 | 1 | 2 |
5305-0910 | PEI | 8.3 | PC | 222 x 253 | 330 | 321 | - | 1 |
5305-1212 | PEI | 18.9 | PC | 305 x 304 | 330 | 321 | - | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3508" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Replacement Plates for Vacuum Chambers
Nalgene™ vacuum chamber replacement plates are molded of white polypropylene or polycarbonate, with neoprene gaskets.
details
- For use with Nalgene Vacuum Chambers (Cat. No. 5305 series), Nalgene Replacement Bell Jars (Cat. No. DS5320 series), or with glass bell jars up to 12-1/2 in. (31.75 cm) in diameter
- Supplied with 3/32 in. thick (2.4 mm) neoprene gaskets
- Tubing adapter conveniently located on rim of plate, fits 1/4 in. I.D. (6 mm) tubing
Nalgene Replacement Plates for Vacuum Chambers
Cat. No. | For Use With | O.D. x thickness (mm) | Gasket O.D (cm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
White Polypropylene | |||||
5306-0070 | 5305-0609 | 211 x 27 | 20 | 1 | 6 |
White Polycarbonate | |||||
5306-0130 | DS5320-0910, DS5320-1212 | 343 x 27 | 20, 28, 33 | 1 | 4 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3507" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Replacement Vacuum Jars
Nalgene™ Replacement Vacuum Jars are chemical-resistant and have a warm amber cast.
Weigh less than glass and may be used for demanding service.
details
- Identical to jars included with Cat. Nos. 5305-0910 and 5305-1212
- Lighter weight than glass, easier to handle and won’t break, chip or shatter
- Designed to withstand demanding service
- Transparent
Ordering Information: Jar only; plate and gaskets must be ordered separately
Alerts: Do not autoclave vacuum jars when used for vacuum service. Do not use with unsaturated halogenated hydrocarbons.
Nalgene Replacement Vacuum Jars
Cat. No. | Capacity (L) | O.D. x H (mm) | No. per Case |
DS5320-0910 | 8.3 | 222 x 253 | 1 |
DS5320-1212 | 18.9 | 305 x 304 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3506" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Vials
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Sample Vials with Closure
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Sample Vials with Closure" tab_id="LDPESampleVial"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ LDPE Sample Vials with Closure
Nalgene™ Sample Vials have a friction-fit, snap closure.
Useful for samples, pH cups, weighing vessels and packing applications. Will not shatter like glass or polystyrene vials.
details
- Straight sided vials allow easy access for filling and emptying
- Friction-fit closures are completely removable and snap in place for convenient vial access
- Translucent wall allow user to see vials are filled or empty
- Low density polyethylene is impact resistant and shatter-proof even at temperatures down to -100°C
Nalgene Sample Vials with Closure
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | O.D. with Closure (mm) | Height with Closure, (mm) | No. per Pack | No. per Case |
6250-0005 | 5 | 23.6 | 24.9 | 12 | 144 |
6250-0012 | 12 | 27.1 | 35.6 | 12 | 144 |
6250-0018 | 18 | 27.1 | 52.6 | 12 | 144 |
6250-9028 | 28 | 27.1 | 84.6 | 12 | 144 |
6250-9050 | 50 | 37.3 | 70.9 | 12 | 144 |
6250-9075 | 75 | 37.3 | 107.3 | 12 | 144 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3437" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Top-dispensing Wash Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Wash Bottles
Nalgene plastic wash bottles feature sturdy construction and are always straight-shooters, guaranteed. Available in more styles and more resins for more applications than other wash bottles on the market. Whether you're disinfecting a countertop with a bleach solution, rinsing microscope slides or reusable labware, cleaning electrodes, bringing reagents to volume, working with especially harsh chemicals, or performing other applications, there's a Thermo Scientific Nalgene wash bottle that will make the job easier and safer.
Nalgene Top-dispensing Wash Bottles feature a tight-fitting draw tube and closure. Closure and stem are molded in one piece to provide uniform leakproof* service. Precision molded tip for straight, steady stream. Tip can be cut back to increase flow.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3404" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
provide uniform leakproof* service. Precision molded tip for straight, steady stream. Tip can be cut back to increase flow.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Economy" tab_id="LDPEEcon"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ LDPE Economy Wash Bottles
Nalgene™ Economy Wash Bottles
are designed to dispense through
the top with a closure and stem
molded in one piece for uniform
leakproof service.
Tip can be cut back to increase flow.
Tight fit of draw tube and closure
prevents separation when squeezing
bottle.
details
• Designed to dispense uniformly
through the top with a closure and
stem molded in one piece for leakproof
service and a straight, steady stream
• Tip can be cut back to provide
increased flow
• Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents
separation when squeezing bottle
• Fully assembled
• Leakproof†
Nalgene Economy Wash Bottles
2401[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Wide mouth" tab_id="LDPEwide"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene™ Wide-Mouth LDPE Wash Bottles
Nalgene™ Wide-Mouth Wash Bottles feature a wide-mouth design for
easy filling and a through-the-top closure and stem molded in one piece.
Flexible bottles with easy-to-fill wide mouth with one piece closure and stem.
details
• Designed to dispense uniformly through the top with a closure and stem molded in one
piece for leakproof service
• Precision molded tip provides a straight stream free from sputter
• Tip can be cut back to provide increased flow
• Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents separation when squeezing bottle
• Fully assembled – no assembly required
• Leakproof†
Nalgene Wide-Mouth Wash Bottles
2407[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Color-coded" tab_id="LDPEColor"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene™ Color-Coded LDPE Wash Bottles
Nalgene™ Color-Coded Wash Bottles with red, blue, green or yellow
closures/stems permit easy content identification.
Bottles are designed to dispense through the top with a closure and stem molded
in one piece for uniform leakproof service. Precision molded tip provides a
straight, steady stream without sputtering.
details
• Color-coded top lets you coordinate reagents with industry storage codes
• Designed to dispense uniformly through the top with a closure and stem molded in one
piece for leakproof service and precision control
• Tip can be cut back to provide increased flow
• Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents separation when squeezing bottle
• Fully assembled – no assembly required
• Leakproof†
Nalgene Narrow-Mouth Color-Coded Wash Bottles
2422[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Autoclavable" tab_id="Auto"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene™ PPCO Wash Bottles
Nalgene™ Autoclavable Wash Bottles are useful for dispensing sterile
water or reagents wherever it is necessary to reduce the risk of
contamination.
Flexible and contact-clear, these bottles are designed to dispense through the top
with a closure and stem molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service. Bent
stem dispensing tube retains its bend after autoclaving but bend angle can be
modified by hand while warm if desired.
details
• With polypropylene screw/stem and draw tube
• Designed to dispense uniformly through the top with a closure and stem molded in one
piece for leakproof service
• Tip can be cut back to provide increased flow
• Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents separation when squeezing bottle
• Fully assembled – no assembly required
• Autoclavable/Leakproof†
Notes: After autoclaving, adjust tip to < 90° angle during cooling to ensure stream is pointing downward.
Nalgene Autoclavable Wash Bottles
2405[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Fluorinated" tab_id="Fluorinated"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene™ Fluorinated HDPE Solvent Wash Bottle
Nalgene™ Fluorinated Solvent Wash Bottles are self-venting, so solvent
stays in the bottle with no risk of leakage.
Offers low permeability and excellent chemical resistance to many organic
solvents. “Solvent Wash Bottle” silk-screened in red on the bottle. Fluorinated
HDPE reduces the risk of absorption of the solvent into the bottle itself. Designed
to dispense through the top with a closure and stem molded in one piece for
uniform leakproof† service.
details
• With polypropylene draw tube
• Translucent fluorinated HDPE wash bottle with red polypropylene closure and stem
• Non-metallic vent keeps solvent in the bottle and prevents self-dispensing
• Bright red lettering silk-screened on bottle reads “Solvent Wash Bottle” for easy
identification and no mix-ups
• Low permeability and excellent chemical resistance to many organic solvents used
in HPLC, TLC, and gas chromatography
• Useful over a temperature range from 0° to 90°C (32° to 194°F)
• Wide mouth designed for easy filling
• Tip molded to provide a straight stream with precision control
• Tip can be cut back to increase flow
• Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents separation when squeezing bottle
• Leakproof†
Nalgene Fluorinated Solvent Wash Bottles
2421[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="FEP" tab_id="FEP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene™ Wash Bottles made with Teflon™ FEP
Nalgene™ Teflon® FEP Solvent Wash Bottles offer excellent chemical
resistance and are molded entirely of fluoropolymers.
Designed to dispense through the top with a closure and stem molded in one
piece for uniform leakproof service. They provide contamination-free dispensing
– useful for trace element work. Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents
separation when squeezing bottle.
details
• With Tefzel ETFE screw closure/stem and draw tube
• Demonstrates excellent chemical resistance to nearly any chemical in your lab including
solvents – won’t embrittle or crack
• Inert fluoropolymer construction is low in extractables and low-binding – useful for trace
element work; phthalate-free
• Designed to dispense uniformly through the top with a closure and stem molded in one
piece for leakproof service and a steady, straight stream
• Fully assembled – no assembly required
• Tip can be cut back to provide increased flow
• Closure won’t disengage from bottle when squeezed
• Outstanding chemical compatibility with virtually all chemicals and temperature extremes
• Autoclavable/Leakproof†/Teflon® FEP/Transparent
Notes: After autoclaving, adjust nozzle angle to < 90° angle while cooling to ensure stream is
pointing downward.
Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation.
Nalgene Wash Bottles
2403[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Unitary Wash Bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Wash Bottles
Nalgene plastic wash bottles feature sturdy construction and are always straight-shooters, guaranteed. Available in more styles and more resins for more applications than other wash bottles on the market. Whether you're disinfecting a countertop with a bleach solution, rinsing microscope slides or reusable labware, cleaning electrodes, bringing reagents to volume, working with especially harsh chemicals, or performing other applications, there's a Thermo Scientific Nalgene wash bottle that will make the job easier and safer.
Dispense contents easily down to the last drop by using Nalgene Unitary Wash Bottles. Side-arm design with dispensing tubulation molded into the wall of the bottle in one-piece for uniform leakproof* service and precision flow without sputtering. Precision molded tip for straight, steady stream. Tip can be cut back to increase flow. Wide mouth closure is separate from the dispensing tip and draw tube for easy access and helps avoid contamination during filling.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Unitary" tab_id="LDPEUnitary"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene™ Unitary™ LDPE Wash Bottles
Nalgene™ Unitary™ Wash Bottles are designed with a wide mouth for
faster, easier filling.
Bottle and tubulation are molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service and
precision flow without sputtering. Tip can be cut back to increase flow. Contents
can be dispensed without tipping or shaking.
details
• Designed with a wide mouth for faster, easier filling
• Bottle and tubulation are molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service
• Tip delivers a uniform, straight, ultrafine stream without sputtering, but can also be cut
back to increase flow
• Contents can be dispensed without tipping or shaking
• No assembly required
• Leakproof†
Nalgene Unitary Wash Bottles
2402[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Color-coded Unitary" tab_id="LDPEColorUnitary"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene™ Color-Coded Unitary™ LDPE Wash Bottles
Nalgene™ Color-Coded Unitary™ Wash Bottles come in a convenient,
pre-packaged, color-coded, easy-to-identify assortment.
Red, white, blue or yellow closures/stems on these flexible unitary bottles permit
easy content identification. Designed with a wide mouth for faster, easier filling.
Bottle and tubulation are molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service.
details
• Includes one bottle of each color closure (red, white, yellow and blue) per package
• Designed with a wide mouth for faster, easier filling
• Bottle and tubulation are molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service
• Tip delivers a straight, uniform, ultrafine stream, but can also be cut back to increase flow
• Contents can be dispensed without tipping or shaking
• Leakproof†
Includes: A sample of Polypaper™ Right-To-Know Custom Labeling System
(Cat. No. 6316-1000).
Nalgene Color-Coded Unitary Wash Bottles
2423[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Red LDPE Unitary" tab_id="RedLDPEUnitary"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene™ Unitary™ Red LDPE Safety Wash Bottles
Nalgene™ Unitary Safety Wash Bottles feature a wide mouth for faster,
safe filling, and are red for easy identification.
Bottle and tubulation are molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service.
Precision molded tip provides a steady, straight stream without sputtering.
Contents can be dispensed without tipping or shaking.
details
• Colored red for easy identification and instant recognizablility, for use with acids, bases
and alcohols
• Designed with a wide mouth for faster, easier filling
• Bottle and tubulation are molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service
• Tip delivers a uniform, straight, ultrafine stream for precision dispensing, but can also be
cut back to increase flow
• Leakproof†
Nalgene Unitary Safety Wash Bottles
DS2408[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene safety-labeled wash bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Wash Bottles
Nalgene plastic wash bottles feature sturdy construction and are always straight-shooters, guaranteed. Available in more styles and more resins for more applications than other wash bottles on the market. Whether you're disinfecting a countertop with a bleach solution, rinsing microscope slides or reusable labware, cleaning electrodes, bringing reagents to volume, working with especially harsh chemicals, or performing other applications, there's a Thermo Scientific Nalgene wash bottle that will make the job easier and safer.
Nalgene safety-labeled wash bottles help your laboratory meet regulatory requirements for labeling chemical containers in the workplace. Globally Harmonized System (GHS) symbology is used on on all our labeled wash bottles to provide instantly recognizable hazard warnings for commonly-used laboratory chemicals. Nalgene Right-to-Know wash bottles incorporate the standard US Department of Transportation (DOT), National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and International Chemical Society (ISC) formula information. The new Right-to-Understand wash bottles strictly follow Globally Harmonized System (GHS) labeling standards with no other system labelling or symbology represented. This avoids potential confusion caused when different and conflicting standards are depicted on the same bottle.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Vented Unitary Right-to-Know" tab_id="LDPEUnitaryRighttoKnow"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene™ Vented Unitary Right-to-Know LDPE Wash Bottles
Nalgene™ Vented Unitary™ Right-To-Know Wash Bottles feature a unique
vent system that keeps hazardous volatile liquids in the wash bottles and
off the lab bench.
Marked with four colors, NFPA diamonds, GHS compliant hazard symbols, and
Right-To-Know chemical information. Choose from seven chemical markings. A
strong, straight and steady stream of liquid is dispensed when the wash bottle is
squeezed. Unitary bottle prevents contamination when filling the bottle; no draw
tube assembly to pick up contamination off the lab bench. Vented.
Choose from six different chemicals.
details
• With polypropylene or high-density polyethylene closure, polytetrafluoroethylene membrane
• Bottle and tubulation molded in one piece to prevent chemical splash when removing
closure and contamination when filling
• Unique 38 mm colored, vented closure designed to prevent dripping
• Sturdy polypropylene closures – HDPE on Sodium Hypochloride (bleach) bottles
• Color-coded bar corresponds to closure, preventing cross-contamination
• Prelabeled with ICS name and formula, as well as NFPA symbols for chemical handling,
hazard, care and storage of six commonly-used chemicals
• Fully assembled
• Leakproof†
Compliance: Meets OSHA requirements for workplace chemical container
labeling.
Nalgene Vented Unitary Right-To-Know Wash Bottles
2436[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Right-to-Know" tab_id="LDPERighttoKnow"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene™ Narrow-Mouth Right-to-Know LDPE Wash Bottles
Nalgene™ Right-To-Know Narrow-Mouth Wash Bottles help laboratories
meet regulatory labeling requirements for chemical containers, using
standard, instantly-recognizable symbols and colors.
Sodium Hypochlorite bottle is white LDPE with HDPE closure for light-protective
barrier qualities between 280 and 450 nm; all others have natural bottles and
polypropylene closures. Feature chemical name, International Chemical Society
(ICS) chemical formula and Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) number. Bottles
have a color bar matching their colored closures to prevent cross-contamination.
details
• With polypropylene or high-density polyethylene closure, polypropylene copolymer fill tube
• Designed to dispense through the top with a closure and stem molded in one piece for
uniform leakproof service; self-venting
• Tip can be cut back to increase flow
• Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents separation when squeezing bottle
• Cat. No. 2425-series uses GHS-compliant symbols
• European versions (Cat. Nos. 202425) display the EEC number
• Leakproof†
Ordering Information: Available in packs of the same 16 or 32 oz. (500 or 1000
mL) bottle, or in a 5-bottle (16 oz./500 mL only) assortment pack consisting of
one each acetone, ethyl alcohol, isopropanol, methanol, and distilled water.
Compliance: Meets requirements of OSHA Hazard Communication Regulation
[29 CFR 1910.1200(f)(4)].
Nalgene Right-To-Know Narrow-Mouth Wash Bottles
2425[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Right-to-Understand" tab_id="LDPERighttoUnderstand"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Harmonized System (GHS) labeling
Prevent chemical accidents in the lab with Nalgene™ Right-to-Understand LDPE Wash Bottles. Bottles are pre-labeled with chemical identification and safe handling information following the Globally Harmonized System (GHS) specifications as applicable to secondary laboratory containers. Wash bottles are ready to use when you transfer common laboratory chemicals from manufacturers’ containers. Self-venting wash bottles eliminate risk of bottles self-dispensing.
2428[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="FEP Right-to-Understand" tab_id="FEPRighttoUnderstand"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Nalgene™ Right-to-Understand FEP Safety Wash Bottles with Globally Harmonized System (GHS) Labeling for Harsh Chemicals
Prevent chemical accidents in the lab with Nalgene™ Right-to-Understand FEP Wash Bottles. Bottles are permanently etched with chemical identification and safe handling information following the Globally Harmonized System (GHS) specifications as applicable to secondary laboratory containers. Wash bottles are ready to use when you transfer harsh laboratory chemicals from manufacturers’ containers. Self-venting wash bottles eliminate risk of bottles self-dispensing. Six bottles available. For use with methyl ethyl ketone; n-hexane; toluene; xylene; methylene chloride; acetone.
2429[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® Laboratory Bottle GL45/GL32/GL25
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Laboratory Bottle GL45/GL32/GL25[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
DURAN® LABORATORY GLASS BOTTLES GL45/GL32/GL25:
THOROUGHLY PROVEN – UNIVERSALLY APPLICABLE
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]DURAN® laboratory glass bottles impress because of their outstanding properties. In more than forty years of production, the bottles have been consistently developed and improved. Thanks to this experience, the DURAN GROUP offers quality that remains unmatched.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]With numerous variants and the comprehensive original equipment from DURAN®, a broad range of high-quality products and systems is available, permitting almost unlimited applications.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
The advantages at a glance
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Standardised GL-thread and matching cap systems –
for particularly tight sealing and simple, clean pouring out
Outstanding chemical resistance and near inert behaviour –
no interfering ion exchange
High temperature and thermal shock resistance –
ideal for autoclaving and dry sterilising[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Sturdy design and uniform wall thickness distribution –
for improved safety and longer service life
Transparent –
contents and volume can be quickly checked
Glass Type 1 (neutral glass) conforming toUSP/EP –
especially suited to applications in the pharmaceutical and food industries[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Very steady –
due to large base
Easy labelling –
thanks to large labelling field
Practicality –
easy to read, permanent graduations[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Retrace Code
Using the eight-character Retrace Code and the corresponding article number, the batch and quality certificate for every DURAN® laboratory glass bottle can be obtained at www.dwk-lifesciences.com/DURAN/retracecode or contact our sales people.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3048" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Ordering Information
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Original" tab_id="Original"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® Original Laboratory Bottle
with DIN thread
With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. With proven DURAN® properties. Complete with blue screw cap (PP, integral lip seal) and pouring ring (PP) for drip-free pouring and clean, safe working. Service temperature level of screw cap and pouring ring: + 140 °C.
Typical applications: storage, sample preparation, transport. Autoclaving media.
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) |
DIN Thread (GL) |
d(OD) (mm) |
h (mm) |
Remarks | Pack Unit |
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue) | ||||||
218010851 | 10 | 25 | 36 | 54 | Acceptance within ISO 4796 standard has been requested. With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). | 10 |
218011453 | 25 | 25 | 36 | 74 | With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). | 10 |
218011753 | 50 | 32 | 46 | 91 | 10 | |
218012458 | 100 | 45 | 56 | 105 | 10 | |
218012955 | 150 | 45 | 62 | 115 | 10 | |
218013651 | 250 | 45 | 70 | 143 | 10 | |
218014459 | 500 | 45 | 86 | 181 | 10 | |
218015155 | 750 | 45 | 95 | 208 | 10 | |
218015455 | 1000 | 45 | 101 | 230 | 10 | |
218016357 | 2000 | 45 | 136 | 265 | 10 | |
218016957 | 3500 | 45 | 160 | 300 | 1 | |
218017353 | 5000 | 45 | 182 | 335 | 1 | |
218018658 | 10000 | 45 | 227 | 415 | 1 | |
218018855 | 15000 | 45 | 268 | 450 | 1 | |
218019157 | 20000 | 45 | 288 | 510 | 1 | |
218019251 | 25000 | 45 | 316 | 545 | 1 | |
without screw cap and pouring ring | ||||||
218010802 | 10 | 25 | 36 | 50 | Acceptance within ISO 4796 standard has been requested. With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). | 10 |
218011404 | 25 | 25 | 36 | 70 | With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). | 10 |
218011704 | 50 | 32 | 46 | 87 | 10 | |
218012409 | 100 | 45 | 56 | 100 | 10 | |
218012906 | 150 | 45 | 62 | 110 | 10 | |
218013602 | 250 | 45 | 70 | 138 | 10 | |
218014401 | 500 | 45 | 86 | 176 | 10 | |
218015106 | 750 | 45 | 95 | 203 | 10 | |
218015406 | 1000 | 45 | 101 | 225 | 10 | |
218016308 | 2000 | 45 | 136 | 260 | 10 | |
218016908 | 3500 | 45 | 160 | 295 | 1 | |
218017304 | 5000 | 45 | 182 | 330 | 1 | |
218018609 | 10000 | 45 | 227 | 410 | 1 | |
218018806 | 15000 | 45 | 268 | 445 | 1 | |
218019108 | 20000 | 45 | 288 | 505 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® Original GL 45 Laboratory Bottles complete with High Temperature Closures
with DIN Thread, clear, graduated
DURAN® original GL 45 Laboratory Bottles are available complete with high temperature screw caps and pouring rings. The PBT cap and ETFE pouring rings offer greater thermal and chemical resistance than the equivalent polypropylene components.
Typical applications: Dry heat sterilization, autoclaving of liquid media, storage of corrosive reagents and sampling.
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) |
DIN Thread (GL) |
d(OD) (mm) |
h (mm) |
Pack Unit |
With high temperature screw cap and ETFE pouring ring | |||||
218012417 | 100 | 45 | 56 | 105 | 10 |
218013619 | 250 | 45 | 70 | 143 | 10 |
218014418 | 500 | 45 | 86 | 181 | 10 |
218015414 | 1000 | 45 | 101 | 230 | 10 |
218016316 | 2000 | 45 | 136 | 265 | 10 |
218017312 | 5000 | 45 | 182 | 335 | 1 |
218018617 | 10000 | 45 | 227 | 415 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Original Amber" tab_id="OriginalAmber"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Laboratory Bottle Amber with cap
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Laboratory Bottle Amber without cap[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® Laboratory Bottle Amber with DIN thread, USP <660> and USP <671> (Spectral Transmission) compliant
With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. UV protection up to approx. 500 nm wavelength. Unchanged DURAN® properties within the bottle, as colouration is only on the outer surface. Very uniform, durable and chemically resistant amber colour due to use of innovative technology.
Typical applications: storage and transport of light-sensitive substances.
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) |
DIN Thread (GL) |
d(OD) (mm) |
h (mm) |
Remarks | Pack Unit |
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue) | ||||||
218060856 | 10 | 25 | 36 | 54 | Acceptance within ISO 4796 standard has been requested. With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). | 10 |
218061458 | 25 | 25 | 36 | 74 | With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). | 10 |
218061758 | 50 | 32 | 46 | 91 | 10 | |
218062454 | 100 | 45 | 56 | 105 | 10 | |
218062951 | 150 | 45 | 62 | 115 | 10 | |
218063656 | 250 | 45 | 70 | 143 | 10 | |
218064455 | 500 | 45 | 86 | 181 | 10 | |
218065151 | 750 | 45 | 95 | 208 | 10 | |
218065451 | 1000 | 45 | 101 | 230 | 10 | |
218066353 | 2000 | 45 | 136 | 265 | 10 | |
218066953 | 3500 | 45 | 160 | 300 | 1 | |
218067358 | 5000 | 45 | 182 | 335 | 1 | |
218068654 | 10000 | 45 | 227 | 415 | 1 | |
without screw cap and pouring ring | ||||||
218060807 | 10 | 25 | 36 | 50 | Acceptance within ISO 4796 standard has been requested. With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). | 10 |
218061409 | 25 | 25 | 36 | 70 | With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). | 10 |
218061709 | 50 | 32 | 46 | 87 | 10 | |
218062405 | 100 | 45 | 56 | 100 | 10 | |
218062902 | 150 | 45 | 62 | 110 | 10 | |
218063607 | 250 | 45 | 70 | 138 | 10 | |
218064406 | 500 | 45 | 86 | 176 | 10 | |
218065102 | 750 | 45 | 95 | 203 | 10 | |
218065402 | 1000 | 45 | 101 | 225 | 10 | |
218066304 | 2000 | 45 | 136 | 260 | 10 | |
218066904 | 3500 | 45 | 160 | 295 | 1 | |
218067309 | 5000 | 45 | 182 | 330 | 1 | |
218068605 | 10000 | 45 | 227 | 410 | 1 | |
218068802 | 15000 | 45 | 268 | 445 | 1 | |
218069104 | 20000 | 45 | 288 | 505 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Protect" tab_id="Protect"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Protect Laboratory Bottle with cap[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Protect Laboratory Bottle without cap[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® Protect Laboratory Bottle with DIN thread, plastic coated
With easy-to-read scale. In fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Service temperature limit of the PU plastic coating: – 30 °C to + 135 °C. The coating provides scratch, leak* and splinter* protection and is ideally suited to both the transport and storage of hazardous media or valuable samples. UV protection up to approx. 380 nm wavelength. High transparency. Suitable for microwaving. (* only applies to bottles 5 000 mL and less)
Typical applications: storage, transport and safe handling of hazardous or valuable substances.
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) |
DIN Thread (GL) |
d(OD) (mm) |
h (mm) |
Remarks | Pack Unit |
with screw cap and pouring ring | ||||||
218052453 | 100 | 45 | 56 | 100 | 10 | |
218052959 | 150 | 45 | 62 | 110 | 10 | |
218053655 | 250 | 45 | 70 | 138 | 10 | |
218054454 | 500 | 45 | 86 | 176 | 10 | |
218055159 | 750 | 45 | 95 | 203 | 10 | |
218055459 | 1000 | 45 | 101 | 225 | 10 | |
218056352 | 2000 | 45 | 136 | 260 | 10 | |
218056952 | 3500 | 45 | 160 | 295 | 1 | |
218057357 | 5000 | 45 | 182 | 330 | 1 | |
without screw cap and pouring ring | ||||||
218050806 | 10 | 25 | 36 | 50 | Acceptance within ISO 4796 standard has been requested. With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). | 10 |
1092676 | 25 | 25 | 36 | 70 | With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). | 10 |
1092677 | 50 | 32 | 46 | 87 | 10 | |
218052404 | 100 | 45 | 56 | 100 | 10 | |
218052901 | 150 | 45 | 62 | 110 | 10 | |
218053606 | 250 | 45 | 70 | 138 | 10 | |
218054405 | 500 | 45 | 86 | 176 | 10 | |
218055101 | 750 | 45 | 95 | 203 | 10 | |
218055401 | 1000 | 45 | 101 | 225 | 10 | |
218056303 | 2000 | 45 | 136 | 260 | 10 | |
218056903 | 3500 | 45 | 160 | 295 | 1 | |
218057308 | 5000 | 45 | 182 | 330 | 1 | |
218058604 | 10000 | 45 | 228 | 410 | 1 | |
218058801 | 15000 | 45 | 268 | 445 | 1 | |
218059103 | 20000 | 45 | 289 | 505 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Protect Amber" tab_id="ProtectAmber"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® Protect Laboratory Bottle Amber with DIN thread, plastic coated, USP <660> and USP <671> (Spectral Transmission) compliant
With easy-to-read scale. In fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Service temperature limit of the PU plastic coating: – 30 °C to + 135 °C. The coating provides scratch, leak and splinter protection and is ideally suited to both the transport and storage of hazardous media or valuable samples. UV protection up to approx. 500 nm wavelength. Unchanged DURAN® properties within the bottle, as colouration is only on the outer surface. Very uniform, durable and chemically resistant amber colour due to use of innovative technology. Suitable for microwaving.
Typical applications: storage, transport and safe handling of hazardous or valuable substances.
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) |
DIN Thread (GL) |
d(OD) (mm) |
h (mm) |
Remarks | Pack Unit |
without screw cap and pouring ring | ||||||
218061433 | 25 | 25 | 36 | 70 | With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). | 10 |
218061733 | 50 | 32 | 46 | 87 | 10 | |
218062438 | 100 | 45 | 56 | 110 | 10 | |
218063631 | 250 | 45 | 70 | 138 | 10 | |
218064439 | 500 | 45 | 86 | 176 | 10 | |
218065435 | 1000 | 45 | 101 | 225 | 10 | |
218066337 | 2000 | 45 | 136 | 260 | 10 | |
218067333 | 5000 | 45 | 182 | 330 | 1 | |
1173548 | 10000 | 45 | 227 | 410 | 1 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Pressure plus+" tab_id="Pressureplus"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® pressure plus+ Laboratory Bottle with DIN thread, GL 45
With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable ceramic. Pressure resistance conforms to DIN EN 1595, confirmed by GS marking (TÜV ID: 0000020716). Vacuum and/or pressure resistant from – 1 bar to + 1.5 bar due to modified geometry (based on ISO 4796-1). When pressure loaded the following apply: thermal shock resistance 30 K and maximum usage temperature + 140 °C. Blue scale for visual differentiation from the standard laboratory bottle. Also available in amber.
Typical applications: safe working under pressure or vacuum, sampling under pressure, storage of gas generating media.
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) |
DIN Thread (GL) |
d(OD) (mm) |
h (mm) |
Pack Unit |
without screw cap and pouring ring | |||||
218102406 | 100 | 45 | 56 | 100 | 10 |
1092234 | 250 | 45 | 70 | 138 | 10 |
1092235 | 500 | 45 | 86 | 176 | 10 |
218105403 | 1000 | 45 | 101 | 225 | 10 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Pressure plus + Amber" tab_id="pressureplusAmber"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® pressure plus+ Laboratory Bottle Amber with DIN thread, GL 45, USP <660> and USP <671> (Spectral Transmission) compliant
With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable ceramic. Pressure resistance conforms to DIN EN 1595, confirmed by GS marking (TÜV ID: 0000020716). Vacuum and/or pressure resistant from – 1 bar to + 1.5 bar due to modified geometry (based on ISO 4796-1). When pressure loaded the following apply: thermal shock resistance 30 K and maximum usage temperature + 140 °C. Blue scale for visual differentiation from the standard laboratory bottle. UV protection up to approx. 500 nm wavelength. Unchanged DURAN® properties within the bottle, as colouration is only on the outer surface. Very uniform, durable and chemically resistant amber colour due to use of innovative technology.
Typical applications: safe working under pressure or vacuum, sampling under pressure, storage of gas generating media.
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) |
DIN Thread (GL) |
d(OD) (mm) |
h (mm) |
Pack Unit |
without screw cap and pouring ring | |||||
218162403 | 100 | 45 | 56 | 100 | 10 |
1094367 | 250 | 45 | 70 | 138 | 10 |
1094368 | 500 | 45 | 86 | 176 | 10 |
218165409 | 1000 | 45 | 101 | 225 | 10 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Pressure plus + and Protect" tab_id="PressureplusProtect"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® pressure plus+ Laboratory Bottle Protect plastic coated, with DIN thread, GL 45
With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable ceramic. Pressure resistance conforms to DIN EN 1595, confirmed by GS marking (TÜV ID: 0000020716). Vacuum and/or pressure resistant from – 1 bar to + 1.5 bar due to modified geometry (based on ISO 4796-1). When pressure loaded the following apply: thermal shock resistance 30 K and maximum usage temperature + 140 °C. Blue scale for visual differentiation from the standard laboratory bottle. The coating provides scratch, leak and splinter protection and is ideally suited to both the transport and storage of hazardous media or valuable samples.
Typical applications: safe working under pressure or vacuum, sampling under pressure, storage of gas generating media.
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) |
DIN Thread (GL) |
d(OD) (mm) |
h (mm) |
Pack Unit |
without screw cap and pouring ring | |||||
218152402 | 100 | 45 | 56 | 100 | 10 |
1175925 | 250 | 45 | 70 | 138 | 10 |
1175926 | 500 | 45 | 86 | 176 | 10 |
218155408 | 1000 | 45 | 101 | 225 | 10 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Premium" tab_id="Premium"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® Premium Bottle with DIN thread, GL 45
With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Complete with pouring ring and cap from TpCh260 (similar to PFA ). The premium cap with its PTFE coated silicone seal is colourless and temperature resistant from – 196 °C to + 200 °C. Together with proven DURAN® properties, TÜV tested thermal shock resistance of 160 K, confirmed by GS-marking (TÜV ID: 0000020715). USP/FDA conformity for the entire system comprised of bottle, screw cap and pouring ring. Accurate scale: ± 5 %. Additional graduations as well as additional opposing scale simplify reading off.
Typical applications: Due to its properties, ideal for applications in the pharmaceutical industry, handling of aggressive media, sterilisation processes (hot air and dry sterilisation) and depyrogenation.
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) |
DIN Thread (GL) |
d(OD) (mm) |
h (mm) |
Pack Unit |
with premium screw cap and pouring ring | |||||
1127075 | 100 | 45 | 56 | 105 | 10 |
1127076 | 250 | 45 | 70 | 143 | 10 |
1127077 | 500 | 45 | 86 | 181 | 10 |
1127078 | 1000 | 45 | 101 | 230 | 10 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Square" tab_id="Square"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® Laboratory Bottle, Square with DIN thread
With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Complete with blue screw cap (PP, integral lip seal) and pouring ring (PP) for drip-free pouring and clean, safe working. Service temperature limit of screw cap and pouring ring: + 140 °C. Ergonomic handling due to angular shape, highly stable, good stackability. Alongside proven DURAN® properties, a space saving of 44 % in comparison with standard laboratory bottles (example applies to 100 mL bottles). Screw caps are also available in the following colours: green, yellow and grey.
Typical applications: space-saving storage, space-saving transport.
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) |
DIN Thread (GL) |
d(OD) (mm) |
h (mm) |
Pack Unit |
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue) | |||||
218202453 | 100 | 32 | 50 | 109 | 10 |
218203655 | 250 | 45 | 64 | 143 | 10 |
218204454 | 500 | 45 | 78 | 181 | 10 |
218205459 | 1000 | 45 | 94 | 222 | 10 |
without screw cap and pouring ring | |||||
218202404 | 100 | 32 | 50 | 109 | 10 |
1008834 | 250 | 45 | 64 | 143 | 10 |
1008842 | 500 | 45 | 78 | 181 | 10 |
1008843 | 1000 | 45 | 94 | 222 | 10 |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Overview (Simpified Chinese)" tab_id="overview"][vc_single_image image="3050" img_size="full"][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® GLS 80® Bottles Wide Neck
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® GLS 80® Bottles Wide Neck[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
DURAN® GLS 80® GLASS BOTTLES WITH WIDE NECK
Large, wide neck ideal for filling and pouring.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]GREATER CONVENIENCE FOR EVERYDAY LAB WORK We have extended our DURAN® laboratory glassware range. Our new wide neck glass bottles with large, 80 mm diameter neck size are available in eight different sizes. All sizes are also available in amber for light-sensitive media. This range also features a selection of quickrelease caps.

SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE DURAN® GLS 80 WIDE NECK GLASS BOTTLE
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Wide neck screw thread – 80 mm diameter, special thread design for rapid opening and closing. Inert and chemically resistant – exceptional properties of DURAN® eliminate problems with ion leaching. Mechanical strength – the sturdy design of these wide neck bottles enhances safety and service life. Sterilisable – excellent thermal properties for autoclaving and dry sterilization. Transparency – contents and volume can be visually checked with ease.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Traceability – the eight-digit batch code allows the bottles to be traced back to the point of production, including the matching batch. The end-user can use the corresponding item number to retrieve a batch and quality certificate for any DURAN® laboratory bottle at any time via the Internet. Stability – the large, stable base area allows for safe and easy storage. Labelling – provided with a printed white panel for labelling the contents. Graduated – convenient, easy-to-read graduations indicating volume.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

SPECIAL ADVANTAGES OF THE GLS 80® QUICK-RELEASE CAP
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]User-friendly – the special thread design enables the bottle to be opened and closed quickly with less than two turns of the cap. Temperature-resistant – the polypropylene cap is autoclavable up to 140° C. Matching pouring ring – for drip-free pouring[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Ordering Inforatmion
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GLS80" tab_id="GLS80"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® GLS 80® Laboratory Bottle Wide Mouth
with GLS 80® thread With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Complete with blue quick release closure (PP, integral lip seal) and pouring ring (PP) for drip-free pouring and clean, safe working. Service temperature limit of closure and pouring ring: + 140 °C. Special thread means opening takes less than a turn. The 80 mm wide outer diameter of the bottle mouth permits easy filling and pouring out of powders and viscous substances. Typical applications: storage, transport, safekeeping and sampling of substances, easy to use with granulated material, powders and viscous media, sampling of hot media.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Thread | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue) | |||||
218603656 | 250 | 80 | 95 | 110 | 10 |
1112627 | 500 | 80 | 101 | 153 | 10 |
1112713 | 1000 | 80 | 101 | 223 | 10 |
1112715 | 2000 | 80 | 136 | 253 | 10 |
218606953 | 3500 | 80 | 160 | 276 | 1 |
1113949 | 5000 | 80 | 182 | 315 | 1 |
1113950 | 10000 | 80 | 227 | 390 | 1 |
1113951 | 20000 | 80 | 288 | 485 | 1 |
1200265 | 30000 | 80 | 340 | 548 | 1 |
1200154 | 50000 | 80 | 400 | 590 | 1 |
without screw cap and pouring ring | |||||
218603607 | 250 | 80 | 95 | 105 | 10 |
1178392 | 500 | 80 | 101 | 148 | 10 |
1178424 | 1000 | 80 | 101 | 218 | 10 |
1178425 | 2000 | 80 | 136 | 248 | 10 |
218606904 | 3500 | 80 | 160 | 271 | 1 |
1178426 | 5000 | 80 | 182 | 310 | 1 |
1178427 | 10000 | 80 | 227 | 385 | 1 |
1178428 | 20000 | 80 | 288 | 480 | 1 |
DURAN® GLS 80® Laboratory Bottle Wide Mouth Amber
with GLS 80®, USP <660> and USP <671> (Spectral Transmission) compliant With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Complete with blue quick release closure (PP, integral lip seal) and pouring ring (PP) for drip-free pouring and clean, safe working. Service temperature limit of closure and pouring ring: + 140 °C. Alongside easy handling, UV protection up to 500 nm. Unchanged DURAN® properties within the bottle, as colouration is only to the outer surface. Very uniform, durable and chemically resistant amber colour due to use of innovative technology. Typical applications: storage, transport and safekeeping of light-sensitive substances, easy to use with granulated material, powders and viscous media.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Thread | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue) | |||||
218663653 | 250 | 80 | 95 | 110 | 10 |
1160146 | 500 | 80 | 101 | 153 | 10 |
1160147 | 1000 | 80 | 101 | 223 | 10 |
1160148 | 2000 | 80 | 136 | 253 | 10 |
218666959 | 3500 | 80 | 160 | 276 | 1 |
1160149 | 5000 | 80 | 182 | 315 | 1 |
1160150 | 10000 | 80 | 227 | 390 | 1 |
1160151 | 20000 | 80 | 288 | 485 | 1 |
without screw cap and pouring ring | |||||
218663604 | 250 | 80 | 95 | 105 | 10 |
1178429 | 500 | 80 | 101 | 148 | 10 |
1178430 | 1000 | 80 | 101 | 218 | 10 |
1178431 | 2000 | 80 | 136 | 248 | 10 |
218666901 | 3500 | 80 | 160 | 271 | 1 |
1178432 | 5000 | 80 | 182 | 310 | 1 |
1178433 | 10000 | 80 | 227 | 385 | 1 |
1178434 | 20000 | 80 | 288 | 480 | 1 |
DURAN® GLS 80® Protect Laboratory Bottle Wide Mouth
with GLS 80® thread, plastic coated With easy-to-read scale. In fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Complete with blue quick release closure (PP, integral lip seal) and pouring ring (PP) for drip-free pouring and clean, safe working. Service temperature limit of closure and pouring ring: + 140 °C. Service temperature limit of the PU plastic coating: – 30 °C to + 135 °C. The coating provides scratch, leak and splinter protection and is ideally suited to both the transport and storage of hazardous media or valuable samples. UV protection up to approx. 380 nm wavelength. High transparency. Suitable for microwaving. Typical applications: storage, transport and safe handling of hazardous substances. Storage of high value viscous liquids, pastes and powder.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Thread | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue) | |||||
218653652 | 250 | 80 | 95 | 110 | 10 |
1160152 | 500 | 80 | 101 | 153 | 10 |
1160163 | 1000 | 80 | 101 | 223 | 10 |
1160164 | 2000 | 80 | 136 | 253 | 10 |
218656953 | 3500 | 80 | 160 | 276 | 1 |
1160165 | 5000 | 80 | 182 | 315 | 1 |
without screw cap and pouring ring | |||||
218653603 | 250 | 80 | 95 | 105 | 10 |
218656909 | 3500 | 80 | 160 | 271 | 1 |
DURAN® GLS 80® Protect Laboratory Bottle Wide Mouth Amber
with GLS 80®, plastic coated, USP <660> and USP <671> (Spectral Transmission) compliant With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Complete with blue quick release closure (PP, integral lip seal) and pouring ring (PP) for drip-free pouring and clean, safe working. Service temperature limit of closure and pouring ring: + 140 °C. Service temperature limit of the PU plastic coating: – 30 °C to + 135 °C. The coating provides scratch, leak and splinter protection and is ideally suited to both the transport and storage of hazardous media or valuable samples. UV protection up to approx. 380 nm wavelength. Suitable for microwaving. Typical applications: storage, transport and safe handling of hazardous substances. Storage of high value viscous liquids, pastes and powder.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | Thread | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue) | |||||
1167308 | 500 | 80 | 101 | 153 | 10 |
1167309 | 1000 | 80 | 101 | 223 | 10 |
without screw cap and pouring ring | |||||
218664436 | 500 | 80 | 101 | 148 | 10 |
218665432 | 1000 | 80 | 101 | 218 | 10 |
218666334 | 2000 | 80 | 136 | 248 | 10 |
218667339 | 5000 | 80 | 182 | 310 | 1 |
Related products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
DURAN® YOUTILITY bottles
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® YOUTILITY bottles[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
DURAN® YOUTILITY
DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle system, a new generation of glass laboratory bottles for use in a wide and diverse range of scientific research applications. The innovation does not stop at the improved ergonomic bottle shape, but extends to dedicated accessories that incorporate many new innovative features to improve handling, sample identification, and ease of use. The new YOUTILITY bottle system helps to make laboratory work easier, safer, more economical and fun.
YOUTILITY BOTTLE - DESIGNED FOR YOU
THE AWARD-WINNING LABORATORY BOTTLE SYSTEM FROM DURAN®

YOUTILITY CAP - ONE GOOD TURN DESERVES ANOTHER
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
ERGONOMIC DESIGN
The optimized, ergonomic shape of the screw cap has comfortable grooves and ridges for a more efficient and easier tightening or removal, especially with smaller sized or gloved hands. The inverted cone form of the cap makes bottle handling easier and far safer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
SHORTENED THREAD
The shortened thread inside the cap permits faster opening and closing, yet it is fully compatible with standard DIN GL 45 glass bottle threads.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]SECURE SEALING
The tried and tested cap plug sealing system ensures a liquid tight seal.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
PRODUCT FEATURES
The YOUTILITY screw cap features an integrated two or three character Retrace Code to provide product traceability via a downloadable certificate. The cap is manufactured from a food grade polypropylene that is fully autoclavable and totally reusable.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
GLASS THREAD - NO PLAYING AROUND
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]With the new glass threa, the opening or closing of the YOUTILITY bottles is significantly faster. Yet the thread remains fully compatiable with DIN GL45 Closures and other accessories.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]
BOTTLE TAGE - SHOW YOUR TRUE COLOR
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
COLOUR CODING
The colourful GL 45 Bottle Tags offer an elegant solution to the marking of laboratory bottles. The Bottle Tags can be easily and securely attached around the neck of the YOUTILITY bottle, even with the screw cap in place. The Bottle Tags feature a graspable tab that makes them easy to remove with bare or gloved hands.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
EIGHT COLOURS
Eight playful colours: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, purple, black and white. Available in single colour packs.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
ROBUST AND RE-USABLE
The silicone Bottle Tags are chemically robust, heat resistant, fully autoclavable and totally re-usable.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]SCALE - STEPPING UP TO THE MARK
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]The total volume is clearly and unambigously indicated in durable white ceramic. This enables a long service life and the measured volume can be read clearly and accurately.

BOTTLE FEATURE - GET TO GRIPS WITH YOUR RESEARCH
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
GRIP ZONES
The specially shaped gripping zones on both sides of the bottle permit easier and safer handling.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
SPACE SAVING
The slimmer YOUTILITY bottle shape allows a more optimal use of limited space in autoclaves and laboratory refrigerators. The bottles can be conveniently stacked horizontally on their sides.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]BOTTLE LABELLING
A pre-defined labelling area is compatible with the dedicated self-adhesive YOUTILITY bottle labels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
FOUR USEFUL SIZES
Sequentially sized bottles 125, 250, 500 and 1000 ml. The glass bottles are moulded from the tried and tested DURAN® borosilicate 3.3, a pharmacopoeial Type 1 neutral glass. DURAN® glass offers a very good chemical resistance and high temperature resistance.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

AMBER, LOW ACTINIC GLASS
As an alternative to clear DURAN® glass, the amber coloured glass offers protection against ultraviolet light for light sensitive material, and fully meets the requirements of the USP <660> and Eur. Ph. 3.2.1. The amber colour is permanently fired into the exterior glass surface. The treatment does not affect the properties of the inner surface of the bottle. The amber bottles can be used for the storage or transport of chemicals sensitive to light.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
RETRACE CODE
Integrated Retrace Code for full product traceability of the borosilicate glass bottle.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]OPTIMISED PACK SIZES
Good things come in small packages. YOUTILITY bottles are available in smaller pack of four complete bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
LABELS - A PLACE FOR EVERYTING
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]YOUTILITY LABELS
The YOUTILITY labels were developed to address the need for a reliable, short term method of sample, cap and bottle tracking and identification. The labels will stay on when you need them to do so, and are easy to remove when no longer required. This allows the bottles and caps to be quickly and easily cleaned, ready for re-use. After use, the YOUTILITY labels may be easily and completely removed by peeling.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text]



ROBUST BUT FLEXIBLE
Manufactured from a tear resistant, matt white, polyester material coated with a high performance adhesive. The print receptive top surface will accept a variety of inks, including copier, printer and technical markers. The labels are chemically resistant to typical laboratory chemicals such as disinfectants and many solvents. They have a wide -40 °C to +150 °C temperature performance range, making them suitable for use in fridges, freezers, autoclaves, incubators and water baths without the risk of the labels drying out or falling off.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text]









Ordering Information
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Youtility" tab_id="Youtility"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® YOUTILITY Laboratory Bottle
GL 45
The specially shaped gripping zones on both sides of the bottle enable easier and safer handling. With the new DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle thread opening or closing the bottle is significantly faster. The thread is fully compatible with DIN GL 45 closures and other accessories. The slimmer DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle shape allows a more optimal use of limited space in autoclaves and laboratory refrigerators. A pre-defined labelling area is compatible with the dedicated DURAN® self-adhesive YOUTILITY bottle labels. Nominal volume is shown at the top of the easy-to-read graduation scale for fast determination of the volumes. Each DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle is supplied as a complete system, with a pouring ring (PP) and a GL 45 cap (PP).Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | DIN Thread (GL) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue) | |||||
218812854 | 125 | 45 | 55 | 124 | 4 |
218813653 | 250 | 45 | 66 | 158 | 4 |
218814452 | 500 | 45 | 78 | 193 | 4 |
218815457 | 1000 | 45 | 93 | 253 | 4 |
DURAN® YOUTILITY Laboratory Bottle Amber
GL 45, USP <660> and USP <671> (Spectral Transmission) compliant
The specially shaped gripping zones on both sides of the bottle enable easier and safer handling. With the new DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle thread opening or closing the bottle is significantly faster. The thread is fully compatible with DIN GL 45 closures and other accessories. The slimmer DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle shape allows a more optimal use of limited space in autoclaves and laboratory refrigerators. A pre-defined labelling area is compatible with the dedicated DURAN® self-adhesive YOUTILITY bottle labels. Nominal volume is shown at the top of the easy-to-read graduation scale for fast determination of the volumes. The glass bottle body is moulded from the tried and tested DURAN® borosilicate 3.3 pharmacopoeial Type 1 neutral glass. DURAN® glass offers very good chemical resistance and high temperature resistance. Each DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle is supplied as a complete system, with a pouring ring (PP) and a GL 45 cap (PP).Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | DIN Thread (GL) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue) | |||||
218862859 | 125 | 45 | 55 | 124 | 4 |
218863658 | 250 | 45 | 66 | 158 | 4 |
218864457 | 500 | 45 | 78 | 193 | 4 |
218865453 | 1000 | 45 | 93 | 253 | 4 |
DURAN® YOUTILITY Screw Cap from PP
GL 45
The DURAN® YOUTILITY Screw Cap GL 45 is manufactured from a food-grade polypropylene (PP). Ergonomically shaped screw cap with optimised grooves and ridges for a more efficient and easier tightening or removal. The faster opening and closing thread of the YOUTILITY screw cap is fully compatible with DIN GL 45 bottle threads. The optimised cap sealing system ensures a liquid tight seal. A pre-defined labelling area on the cap is compatible with the dedicated DURAN® self-adhesive YOUTILITY labels.Cat. No. | DIN Thread (GL) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Colour | Pack Unit |
screw cap | |||||
292292802 | 45 | 53 | 25 | cyan | 10 |
pouring ring | |||||
292412808 | 45 | 4 | cyan | 16 |
DURAN® YOUTILITY Bottle Tag
GL 45, from silicone
The silicone GL 45 Bottle Tags can be securely attached around the neck of the YOUTILITY bottle for easy customisation and unambiguous bottle identification. The elastic Bottle Tags will fit around any DIN GL 45 bottle neck.Cat. No. | Thread | Colour | Pack Unit |
292432904 | 45 | eight colours, two pieces each | 16 |
292432818 | 45 | red | 20 |
292432826 | 45 | orange | 20 |
292432834 | 45 | yellow | 20 |
292432842 | 45 | green | 20 |
292432859 | 45 | blue | 20 |
292432867 | 45 | purple | 20 |
292432875 | 45 | black | 20 |
292432883 | 45 | white | 20 |
DURAN® YOUTILITY LABELS
Printable self-adhesive
The robust DURAN® YOUTILITY identification labels are suitable for use with the YOUTILITY bottle, plus many other types of laboratory glassware, such as GL 45 bottles, beakers and conical flasks- The tear resistant, white polyester YOUTILITY labels use a high performance, peelable adhesive.
- An easy-to-use label creator web app. is available (www.duranlabels.com) to design, and print your own label designs.
- Ideal for use in fridges, freezers, autoclaves, incubators, and water baths, without the risk of the labels falling off.
- Can be printed with office printers, copiers, or marked with technical lab pens (pre-test ink for suitability).
- Chemically resistant to many typical laboratory chemicals, and solvents.
- Wide −40 to +150 °C thermal performance range.
- Supplied in a re-sealable, pack of 100 labels on five A4 sheets.
www.duranlabels.com 
or contact our sales people.
Cat. No. | Description | Pack Unit |
294010203 | DURAN® YOUTILITY Printable Identification labels White polyester 36 x 70 mm | 1 x 100 labels |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
DURAN® TILT Media Bottle System
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® TILT Media Bottle System[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
DURAN® TILT MEDIA BOTTLE SYSTEM
TURNING USABILITY INTO SECURITY
Biosafety cabinets and clean hoods are essential for working with cell cultures under sterile conditions. Unfortunately, they make the handling of media bottles difficult and time-consuming for researchers. The DURAN® TILT bottle changes everything. The TILT bottle has two positions: upright for filter sterilization or storage, and tilted at 45° for pipetting. Take a look at cell culture media from a new angle and discover a bottle system that eases handling and turns usability into security.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text]GL 56 mouth and screw cap for safer handling The wide mouth ensures safe and easy pipetting. The ergonomic cap is easy to open and close. Made from non-cytotoxic materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
OPTIMIZE YOUR WORKFLOW BY TILT ING
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® TILT ACCESSORIES
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3138" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® TILT GL 56 cap labels Careful labeling is very important to prevent mix-ups and mistakes. The GL 56 self-adhesive cap labels can be used to clearly indicate the separate bottles of media for each cell line, preventing possible cross-contamination.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3140" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® GL 56 Bottle Tags The Bottle Tags can be used on their own for color identification or to secure the protective Light Shield around the bottle. The GL 56 Bottle Tags are available in four colors (orange, yellow, blue and purple).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3139" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® TILT protective Light Shield The DURAN® TILT Light Shield is a white silicone sleeve that covers 94% of the bottle surface. The sleeve has a number of protective functions: it blocks damaging ultraviolet (UV) light, protects the glass surface from damage, and facilitates safer handling. Silicone provides a much better grip than glass; especially when the bottle has been sprayed with 70% alcohol for surface disinfection.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Specification and ordering information
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="TILT media bottle and screw cap" tab_id="TILTbottlecap"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® TILT Media Bottle
GL 56 The DURAN® TILT bottle has two positions: upright for filter sterilization or storage, and tilted at 45° for pipetting. The bottle systems allows working with cell culture media under sterile conditions in biosafety cabinets and clean hoods.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | DIN Thread (GL) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP | |||||
218914459 | 500 | 56 | 124 | 148 | 4 |
DURAN® TILT Screw Cap
GL 56, from PP The ergonomic cap is easy to open and close. Made from non-cytotoxic materials.Cat. No. | DIN Thread (GL) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Colour | Pack Unit |
292295602 | 56 | 62 | 27 | white | 10 |
DURAN® TILT Bottle Top Filter Unit
GL 45 Designed for sterilization or clarification of aqueous cell culture media Supplied as a filter funnel unit for use with the DURAN® TILT bottle (with GL 45 thread adaptor) or 45 mm media bottles. Comes in three different asymmetric pore sizes (0.1 μm, 0.2 μm, or 0.45 μm). Raised moulded graduation marks for easy volume reading. Manufactured in a Class 100,000 clean room from Class VI, non-cytotoxic materials. Supplied sterile.Cat. No. | Description | Capacity (ml) | DIN Thread (GL) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
292702818 | PES 0.1μm | 500 | 45 | 92 | 103 | 12 |
292702826 | PES 0.2μm | 500 | 45 | 92 | 103 | 12 |
292702842 | PES 0.45μm | 500 | 45 | 92 | 103 | 12 |
DURAN® TILT Adaptor
GL 45/GL 56, from PTFE The re-usable adaptor (GL 45 external / GL 56 internal) allows the use of the DURAN® TILT bottle with 45 mm filtation units for the filter sterilisation of cell culture media. Manufactured from inert PTFE; can be autoclaved and depyrogenised at 300 °C.Cat. No. | DIN Thread (GL) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Colour | Pack Unit |
291195601 | GL 45 / GL 56 | 65 | 46 | white | 1 |
DURAN® TILT GL 56 Cap Labels
self-adhesive Careful labelling is very important to prevent mix-ups and mistakes. The GL 56 selfadhesive polyester cap labels can be used to clearly indicate the separate bottles of media for each cell line, preventing possible cross-contamination. A pack contains 60 screw cap labels.Cat. No. | Description | Pack Unit |
294015604 | White polyester | 1 pack, pack of 60 labels |
DURAN® TILT Bottle Tag
GL 56, from silicone The Bottle Tags can be used on their own for colour identification or to secure the protective Light Shield around the bottle. The GL 56 Bottle Tags are available in four colours: orange, yellow, blue and purple.Cat. No. | DIN Thread (GL) | Colour | Pack Unit |
292435626 | 56 | orange | 20 |
292435634 | 56 | yellow | 20 |
292435659 | 56 | blue | 20 |
292435667 | 56 | purple | 20 |
DURAN® TILT Light Shield
white, from silicone The DURAN® TILT Light Shield is a white silicone sleeve that covers 94 % of the bottle surface. The sleeve has a number of protective functions: it blocks damaging ultraviolet light (UV), protects the glass surface from damage, and facilitates safer handling. DURAN® TILT Light Shield includes four GL 56 Bottle Tags (Orange, Yellow, Blue, Purple) made from silicone.Cat. No. | Colour | Pack Unit |
292435601 | white | 4 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
DURAN® GL 45 BOTTLE CARRYING SYSTEM
The new modular Bottle Carrying System fi ts standard laboratory bottles that have a GL 45 neck fi nish and is compatible with four bottle sizes 2, 5, 10 and 20 litres. It is ergonomically designed, and o ers health & safety benefi ts to the user and allows easy and safe transport of bottles around the laboratory or production facility. It makes pouring liquids from the larger bottles more comfortable and safer. All materials are fully autoclavable. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Carrying Handle- Carrying handle is suitable for bare or gloved hands
- Handle strap is fl exible enough to allow pouring
- With indicator arrow
- End modifi ed to prevent unthreading
- Ergonomically shaped
- Anti-slip grip

- Structural support for base of larger 5, 10 and 20 litre bottles
- Protection of glass bottle base from impact during lifting or handling
- Spacer to protect glass from contact with Metal Dolly
- Moulded-in holes minimize liquid traps and allow maximum steam penetration during autoclaving

- The collar is securely attached by pushing down over the GL 45 thread with 4 teeth that lock under transfer ring.
- The collar is only removable by cutting – so attachment is 100% secure in use. A cut line indicator for removal of collar when required.
- Durable stitched construction
- Made from “anti-slip” material

- for traceability and certifi cation

- Stainless steel dolly for 10 or 20 litre bottles (2 sizes only)
- Fully compatible with carrying system
- Easy to clean, crevice-free construction
- Optional handle is available for easier handling
FOR EASY AND SAFE CARRYING & POURING
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]
- Handle attaches at the neck and fully supports the base
- For 2, 5, 10 and 20 litre bottles

- Safer pouring of liquids using a second lower“ Pouring Handle” located on the side strap
- Available on the 5 litre carriers only
4 sizes available: 2 L / 5 L / 10 L / 20 L
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Ordering information
Cat. No. | Description | Pack Unit |
292836307 | DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 2 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Blue) | 1 |
292826306 | DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 2 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Purple) | 1 |
292816305 | DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 2 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Red) | 1 |
292806304 | DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 2 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Yellow) | 1 |
292807309 | DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 5 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Yellow) | 1 |
292808605 | DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 10 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Yellow) | 1 |
292809104 | DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 20 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Yellow) | 1 |
299018607 | DURAN® Metal Dolly for 10 L DURAN® GL 45 Bottle (Stainless steel) | 1 |
299038609 | DURAN® Handle for the 10 L Metal Dolly (Stainless steel) | 1 |
292808654 | DURAN® Silicone Bottle Base Protector for the 10 L Metal Dolly (Yellow) | 1 |
299019106 | DURAN® Metal Dolly for 20 L DURAN® GL 45 Bottle (Stainless steel) | 1 |
299039108 | DURAN® Handle for the 20 L Metal Dolly (Stainless steel) | 1 |
292809153 | DURAN® Silicone Bottle Base Protector for the 20 L Metal Dolly (Yellow) | 1 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
DURAN® Volumetric Flasks
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Volumetric Flasks[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
DURAN® VOLUMETRIC FLASKS
Achieving precision through quality
Volume measurement – a routine laboratory procedure. All the more important is the assurance of quality in the associated instrumentation over the long term, from volumetric flasks to stoppers. From one day to the next, with each analysis. DURAN® volumetric instruments have the same attributes as DURAN® laboratory glassware: They are robust, virtually inert and exceptionally resistant to high temperatures. Outstanding corrosion protection also guarantees they are particularly cost effective.End-to-end production from a single source
Stringent specifications apply for the selection of raw materials and mixture preparation for the borosilicate glass 3.3. In addition, because DURAN® laboratory glassware is manufactured exclusively in-house, high quality is guaranteed. This applies to every manufacturing phase – from glass melting through to calibration. The result: outstanding precision during volumetric measurement.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]now with printed graduation mark
SCREEN PRINT LABEL FOR DURAN® VOLUMETRIC FLASKS
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]Volumetric flask, accuracy class A, USP <31> conform
Volumetric flask, accuracy class A, with individual certificate
Volumetric flask, accuracy class A, with batch certificate
![]() |
United States Pharmacopoeia – the product satisfies the requirements specified in USP <31> |
![]() |
Certificated |
![]() |
Batch number, e.g. 15.01 |
![]() |
Nominal volume in ml |
±0.08ml | Accuracy tolerance - the deviation of the nominal volume must be no greater than this value which is specified in standards |
![]() |
Reference temperature - the temperature at which a volumetric instrument must achieve the nominal volume (20°C) stated on it |
![]() |
Country of origin |
![]() |
Accuacy class - denotes the accuracy limit |
NS 14/23 | Standard taper joint size |
ISO 1042 | Standard designation |
![]() |
Conformity mark - verifies compliance with the requirements of the German weights and measures regulation and applicable standards |
AAA-0001 | Individual number (laser-etched onto the base) |
DD.MM.YY | Production date (laser-etched onto the base) |
- Achieves precision due to better visibility of the printed graduation mark
- Print is highly resistant to chemicals
- Comply with the requirements of ISO 1042
- With new PE stopper – can be ordered separately
- Well-known DURAN® borosilicate glass 3.3 quality due to high internal raw material requirements
- Increased service life and cost-effectiveness
- Retraceable
- Auditable
OVERVIEW OF CERTIFICATES
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Conformity mark DE-M
Volumetric instruments that comply with the requirements of applicable standards (e.g. the German weights and measures regulation) are labelled accordingly with “DE-M”. The “DE-M 18” mark is made up of the elements DE (which stands for “Deutschland”), M (which stands for “Metrologie” (metrology)), and the year number 18 (2018, the year in which the measuring instrument was labelled).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3128" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Batch certificate
Volumetric flasks and measuring and mixing cylinders with a batch number and accuracy class A are supplied with a batch certificate. This certificate documents the mean value obtained from measuring the batch in question, the standard deviation and the day of issue. The batch certificates can also be retrieved online. The batch number consists of four digits, e.g.: The first two numbers specify the production year, and the following two numbers specify the batch.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3125" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Individual certificate
Volumetric flasks which are numbered individually, are supplied with an individual certificate. The individual number is permanently laser-etched onto the base of the volumetric flask and is entered on the corresponding certificate. The volume measured for the corresponding volumetric flask, the measurement uncertainty and the day of issue are documented on this certificate. The individual number is a consecutive number and comprises three letters and a four digit number, for example: AAA-0001.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3124" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]USP individual certificate
The volumetric flasks are labelled with an individual number. This is permanently laser-etched onto the base of the volumetric flask and is entered on the corresponding certificate. The accuracy limits for USP <31> compliant volumetric flasks are stricter than flasks conforming to ISO 1042 and therefore satisfy the requirements of the United States Pharmacopoeia (USP). The volume measured for the corresponding volumetric flask, the measurement uncertainty and the day of issue are documented on this certificate.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3127" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]UKAS certificate
Our DURAN® volumetric gauges already meet the highest standards of accuracy, yet DURAN® now also provides a new range of volumetric gauges and graduated cylinders with a UKAS single certificate. This new volumetric instrument product line is tested and calibrated to the requirements of United Kingdom Accreditation Services (UKAS) and complies with ISO 17025, a standard for global comparability of test and calibration results.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3126" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Ordering Information
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Volumetric Flask Class A without certificate of conformity" tab_id="CAWOConf"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class A, without certificate of conformity
with scribed graduation mark and octagonal stopper from PE, white printed image, with batch certificate, without certificate of conformity Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class A, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Neck | Stopper size | Accuracy unit (ml) | Pack Unit |
216780704 | 5 | 22 | 70 | 7 ± 1 | 7/16 | 0.025 | 2 |
216780807 | 10 | 27 | 90 | 7 ± 1 | 7/16 | 0.025 | 2 |
216781203 | 20 | 39 | 110 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | 2 |
216781409 | 25 | 40 | 110 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | 2 |
216781709 | 50 | 50 | 140 | 11 ± 1 | 12/21 | 0.06 | 2 |
216782405 | 100 | 60 | 170 | 13 ± 1 | 12/21 | 0.1 | 2 |
216782508 | 100 | 60 | 170 | 13 ± 1 | 14/23 | 0.1 | 2 |
216783204 | 200 | 75 | 210 | 15.5 ± 1.5 | 14/23 | 0.15 | 2 |
216783607 | 250 | 80 | 220 | 15.5 ± 1.5 | 14/23 | 0.15 | 2 |
216784406 | 500 | 100 | 260 | 19 ± 2 | 19/26 | 0.25 | 2 |
216785402 | 1000 | 125 | 300 | 23 ± 2 | 24/29 | 0.4 | 2 |
216786304 | 2000 | 160 | 370 | 27.5 ± 2.5 | 29/32 | 0.6 | 2 |
216787309 | 5000 | 215 | 475 | 38 ± 3 | 34/35 | 1.2 | 1 |
DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class A, batch certificate
with scribed graduation mark and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, blue printed image, with batch certificate and certificate of conformity Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class A, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Neck | Stopper size | Accuracy unit (ml) | Remarks | Pack Unit |
246780159 | 1 | 13 | 65 | 7 ± 1 | 7/16 | 0.025 | 2 | |
246780253 | 2 | 17 | 70 | 7 ± 1 | 7/16 | 0.025 | 2 | |
246780956 | 5 W | 22 | 70 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | wide neck | 2 |
246781052 | 10 W | 27 | 90 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | wide neck | 2 |
246781258 | 20 | 39 | 110 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | 2 | |
246781455 | 25 | 40 | 110 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | 2 | |
246781755 | 50 | 50 | 140 | 11 ± 1 | 12/21 | 0.06 | 2 | |
246782451 | 100 | 60 | 170 | 13 ± 1 | 12/21 | 0.1 | 2 | |
246782554 | 100 | 60 | 170 | 13 ± 1 | 14/23 | 0.1 | 2 | |
246783259 | 200 | 75 | 210 | 15.5 ± 1.5 | 14/23 | 0.15 | 2 | |
246783653 | 250 | 80 | 220 | 15.5 ± 1.5 | 14/23 | 0.15 | 2 | |
246784452 | 500 | 100 | 260 | 19 ± 2 | 19/26 | 0.25 | 2 | |
246785457 | 1000 | 125 | 300 | 23 ± 2 | 24/29 | 0.4 | 2 | |
246785551 | 1000 W | 125 | 300 | 27.5 ± 2.5 | 29/32 | 0.6 | wide neck | 2 |
246786359 | 2000 | 160 | 370 | 27.5 ± 2.5 | 29/32 | 0.6 | 2 | |
246787355 | 5000 | 215 | 475 | 38 ± 3 | 34/35 | 1.2 | 1 |
DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class A, individual certificate
with scribed graduation mark and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, blue printed image, with individual certificate and certificate of conformity Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class A, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Neck | Stopper size | Accuracy unit (ml) | Remarks | Pack Unit |
246790151 | 1 | 13 | 65 | 7 ± 1 | 7/16 | 0.025 | 2 | |
246790254 | 2 | 17 | 70 | 7 ± 1 | 7/16 | 0.025 | 2 | |
246790957 | 5 W | 22 | 70 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | wide neck | 2 |
246791053 | 10 W | 27 | 90 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | wide neck | 2 |
246791259 | 20 | 39 | 110 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | 2 | |
246791456 | 25 | 40 | 110 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | 2 | |
246791756 | 50 | 50 | 140 | 11 ± 1 | 12/21 | 0.06 | 2 | |
246792452 | 100 | 60 | 170 | 13 ± 1 | 12/21 | 0.1 | 2 | |
246792555 | 100 | 60 | 170 | 13 ± 1 | 14/23 | 0.1 | 2 | |
246793251 | 200 | 75 | 210 | 15.5 ± 1.5 | 14/23 | 0.15 | 2 | |
246793654 | 250 | 80 | 220 | 15.5 ± 1.5 | 14/23 | 0.15 | 2 | |
246794453 | 500 | 100 | 260 | 19 ± 2 | 19/26 | 0.25 | 2 | |
246795458 | 1000 | 125 | 300 | 23 ± 2 | 24/29 | 0.4 | 2 | |
246795552 | 1000 W | 125 | 300 | 27.5 ± 2.5 | 29/32 | 0.6 | wide neck | 2 |
246796351 | 2000 | 160 | 370 | 27.5 ± 2.5 | 29/32 | 0.6 | 2 | |
246797356 | 5000 | 215 | 475 | 38 ± 3 | 34/35 | 1.2 | 1 |
DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class A, USP conformity <31>, USP individual certificate
with scribed graduation mark and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, blue printed image, with USP individual certificate and certificate of conformity Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class A, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Neck | Stopper size | Accuracy unit (ml) | Remarks | Pack Unit |
246710958 | 5 W | 22 | 70 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.02 | wide neck | 2 |
246711054 | 10 W | 27 | 90 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.02 | wide neck | 2 |
246711457 | 25 | 40 | 110 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.03 | 2 | |
246711757 | 50 | 50 | 140 | 11 ± 1 | 12/21 | 0.05 | 2 | |
246712556 | 100 | 60 | 170 | 13 ± 1 | 14/23 | 0.08 | 2 | |
246713252 | 200 | 75 | 210 | 15.5 ± 1.5 | 14/23 | 0.1 | 2 | |
246713655 | 250 | 80 | 220 | 15.5 ± 1.5 | 14/23 | 0.12 | 2 | |
246714454 | 500 | 100 | 260 | 19 ± 2 | 19/26 | 0.2 | 2 | |
246715459 | 1000 | 125 | 300 | 23 ± 2 | 24/29 | 0.3 | 2 | |
246716352 | 2000 | 160 | 370 | 27.5 ± 2.5 | 29/32 | 0.5 | 2 |
DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class B
with scribed graduation mark and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, white printed image Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class B, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Neck | Stopper size | Accuracy unit (ml) | Remarks | Pack Unit |
246700957 | 5 W | 22 | 70 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.08 | wide neck | 2 |
246701053 | 10 W | 27 | 90 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.08 | wide neck | 2 |
246701259 | 20 | 39 | 110 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.08 | 2 | |
246701456 | 25 | 40 | 110 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.08 | 2 | |
246701756 | 50 | 50 | 140 | 11 ± 1 | 12/21 | 0.12 | 2 | |
246702555 | 100 | 60 | 170 | 13 ± 1 | 14/23 | 0.2 | 2 | |
246703251 | 200 | 75 | 210 | 15.5 ± 1.5 | 14/23 | 0.3 | 2 | |
246703654 | 250 | 80 | 220 | 15.5 ± 1.5 | 14/23 | 0.3 | 2 | |
246704453 | 500 | 100 | 260 | 19 ± 2 | 19/26 | 0.5 | 2 | |
246705458 | 1000 | 125 | 300 | 23 ± 2 | 24/29 | 0.8 | 2 | |
246706351 | 2000 | 160 | 370 | 27.5 ± 2.5 | 29/32 | 1.2 | 2 | |
246707356 | 5000 | 215 | 475 | 38 ± 3 | 34/35 | 2.4 | 1 |
DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class A, amber, batch certificate
with scribed graduation mark and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, white printed image, with batch certificate and certificate of conformity Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class A, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Neck | Stopper size | Accuracy unit (ml) | Remarks | Pack Unit |
246760954 | 5 W | 22 | 70 | 9±1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | wide neck | 2 |
246761059 | 10 W | 27 | 90 | 9±1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | wide neck | 2 |
246761256 | 20 | 39 | 110 | 9±1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | 2 | |
246761453 | 25 | 40 | 110 | 9±1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | 2 | |
246761753 | 50 | 50 | 140 | 11±1 | 12/21 | 0.06 | 2 | |
246762458 | 100 | 60 | 170 | 13±1 | 12/21 | 0.1 | 2 | |
246762552 | 100 | 60 | 170 | 13±1 | 14/23 | 0.1 | 2 | |
246763257 | 200 | 75 | 210 | 15.5±1.5 | 14/23 | 0.15 | 2 | |
246763651 | 250 | 80 | 220 | 15.5±1.5 | 14/23 | 0.15 | 2 | |
246764459 | 500 | 100 | 260 | 19±2 | 19/26 | 0.25 | 2 | |
246765455 | 1000 | 125 | 300 | 23±2 | 24/29 | 0.4 | 2 | |
246766357 | 2000 | 160 | 370 | 27.5±2.5 | 29/32 | 0.6 | 2 |
DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class A, amber, individual certificate
with scribed graduation mark and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, white printed image, with individual certificate and certificate of conformity Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class A, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Neck | Stopper size | Accuracy unit (ml) | Remarks | Pack Unit |
246770955 | 5 W | 22 | 70 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | wide neck | 2 |
246771051 | 10 W | 27 | 90 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | wide neck | 2 |
246771257 | 20 | 39 | 110 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | 2 | |
246771454 | 25 | 40 | 110 | 9 ± 1 | 10/19 | 0.04 | 2 | |
246771754 | 50 | 50 | 140 | 11 ± 1 | 12/21 | 0.06 | 2 | |
246772459 | 100 | 60 | 170 | 13 ± 1 | 12/21 | 0.1 | 2 | |
246772553 | 100 | 60 | 170 | 13 ± 1 | 14/23 | 0.1 | 2 | |
246773258 | 200 | 75 | 210 | 15.5 ± 1.5 | 14/23 | 0.15 | 2 | |
246773652 | 250 | 80 | 220 | 15.5 ± 1.5 | 14/23 | 0.15 | 2 | |
246774451 | 500 | 100 | 260 | 19 ± 2 | 19/26 | 0.25 | 2 | |
246775456 | 1000 | 125 | 300 | 23 ± 2 | 24/29 | 0.4 | 2 | |
246776358 | 2000 | 160 | 370 | 27.5 ± 2.5 | 29/32 | 0.6 | 2 |
DURAN® Polyethylene Stoppers
DURAN® polyethylene stoppers are ergonomically shaped. This ensures that measuring flasks, mixing cylinders and storage bottles can be easily opened and securely closed. Furthermore, a taper with several grooves ensures the perfect seal. The standard taper joint size can be easily and quickly assigned using stopper inserts with different colours.Cat. No. | d1(OD) (mm) | d2(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Colour | Stopper size | Pack Unit |
292050201 | 29.5 | 17.5 | 28 | blue | 7/16 | 10 |
292050304 | 32.5 | 20 | 32 | green | 10/19 | 10 |
292050407 | 36.5 | 22 | 35 | violet | 12/21 | 10 |
292050604 | 40 | 25 | 38 | yellow | 14/23 | 10 |
292050707 | 44.5 | 31 | 42 | blue | 19/26 | 10 |
292050801 | 51.5 | 38 | 46 | green | 24/29 | 10 |
292050904 | 61 | 45.5 | 50 | red | 29/32 | 10 |
292051103 | 71 | 54.5 | 54 | orange | 34/45 | 1 |
292051206 | 81.5 | 65.5 | 60 | brown | 45/40 | 1 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
DURAN® Beaker
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Beaker[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Duran Beaker
DURAN beakers are widely used in laboratories. The low form is ideal for heating up contents on laboratory hotplates or Bunsen burners. The tall form is ideal for heating up contents in liquid or sand baths as the tall shape of the beaker protects its content from the surrounding medium. There is thus no risk of cross-contamination. Graduated beakers should not be used for volume measurement purposes as the printed scale only indicates the contents within a tolerance of +/-10%. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="low form with spout" tab_id="lowformwspout"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking in fired-on, highly durable, white ceramic. Spout for clean pouring. Uniform wall thickness distribution makes these beakers ideal for heating applications.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Remarks | Pack Unit |
211060701 | 5 | 22 | 30 | Without graduation.Without Retrace Code. | 10 |
211060804 | 10 | 26 | 35 | Without graduation.Without Retrace Code. | 10 |
211061406 | 25 | 34 | 50 | 10 | |
211061706 | 50 | 42 | 60 | 10 | |
211062402 | 100 | 50 | 70 | 10 | |
211062908 | 150 | 60 | 80 | 10 | |
211063604 | 250 | 70 | 95 | 10 | |
211064103 | 400 | 80 | 110 | 10 | |
211064806 | 600 | 90 | 125 | 10 | |
211065305 | 800 | 100 | 135 | 10 | |
211065408 | 1000 | 105 | 145 | 10 | |
211066301 | 2000 | 132 | 185 | 10 | |
211066807 | 3000 | 152 | 210 | 4 | |
211067306 | 5000 | 170 | 270 | 1 | |
211068602 | 10000 | 217 | 350 | Non-DIN/ISO size. | 1 |
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
211161704 | 50 | 38 | 70 | 10 |
211162409 | 100 | 48 | 80 | 10 |
211162906 | 150 | 54 | 95 | 10 |
211163602 | 250 | 60 | 120 | 10 |
211164101 | 400 | 70 | 130 | 10 |
211164804 | 600 | 80 | 150 | 10 |
211165303 | 800 | 90 | 175 | 10 |
211165406 | 1000 | 95 | 180 | 10 |
211166308 | 2000 | 120 | 240 | 10 |
211166805 | 3000 | 135 | 280 | 2 |
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
211171705 | 50 | 38 | 70 | 10 |
211172401 | 100 | 48 | 80 | 10 |
211172907 | 150 | 54 | 95 | 10 |
211173603 | 250 | 60 | 120 | 10 |
211174102 | 400 | 70 | 130 | 10 |
211174805 | 600 | 80 | 150 | 10 |
211175407 | 1000 | 95 | 180 | 10 |
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Remarks | Pack Unit |
211312409 | 100 | 52 | 85 | 10 | |
211312906 | 150 | 54 | 93 | 10 | |
211313602 | 250 | 70 | 94 | 10 | |
211314401 | 500 | 89 | 124 | 10 | |
211315406 | 1000 | 105 | 160 | 10 | |
211316308 | 2000 | 135 | 195 | 10 | |
211316805 | 3000 | 157 | 205 | 4 | |
211317304 | 5000 | 182 | 256 | 1 | |
211318609 | 10000 | 225 | 340 | Without graduation. | 1 |
211318806 | 15000 | 260 | 390 | Without graduation. | 1 |
211319108 | 20000 | 285 | 430 | Without graduation. | 1 |
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
211072909 | 150 | 60 | 80 | 10 |
211073605 | 250 | 70 | 95 | 10 |
211074104 | 400 | 80 | 110 | 10 |
211074807 | 600 | 90 | 125 | 10 |
211075409 | 1000 | 105 | 145 | 10 |
211076302 | 2000 | 132 | 185 | 10 |
211077307 | 5000 | 170 | 270 | 1 |
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
211182908 | 150 | 54 | 95 | 10 |
211183604 | 250 | 60 | 120 | 10 |
211184806 | 600 | 80 | 150 | 10 |
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
211412904 | 150 | 59 | 87 | 10 |
211413609 | 250 | 68 | 105 | 10 |
211414408 | 500 | 86 | 142 | 10 |
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
211260106 | 100 | 50 | 78 | 10 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}分类
■低型烧杯,有倾倒口 ■高型烧杯,有倾倒口 ■高型烧杯,无倾倒口 ■厚壁烧杯(过滤烧杯) ■低型烧杯加强型,有倾倒口,杯口加固 ■高型烧杯加强型,有倾倒口,杯口加固主页>耗材>玻璃器皿
DURAN®低型烧杯,有倾倒口

- 易读刻度线,烧制而成的陶瓷材质书写区域,面积大易标记,且经久耐用.
- 杯口无滴漏.
- 壁厚均匀分布,这些特性非常适合加热应用.
目录号 | 容量 (ml) | 直径 (mm) | 高度 (mm) | 注 |
211060701 | 5 | 22 | 30 | 没有刻度, 没有追溯码. |
211060804 | 10 | 26 | 35 | 没有刻度, 没有追溯码. |
211061406 | 25 | 34 | 50 | |
211061706 | 50 | 42 | 60 | |
211062402 | 100 | 50 | 70 | |
211062908 | 150 | 60 | 80 | |
211063604 | 250 | 70 | 95 | |
211064103 | 400 | 80 | 110 | |
211064806 | 600 | 90 | 125 | |
211065305 | 800 | 100 | 135 | |
211065408 | 1000 | 105 | 145 | |
211066301 | 2000 | 135 | 185 | |
211066807 | 3000 | 152 | 210 | |
211067306 | 5000 | 170 | 270 | |
211068602 | 10000 | 217 | 350 | 非DIN/ISO尺寸 |
DURAN®高型烧杯,有倾倒口

- 易读刻度线,烧制而成的陶瓷材质书写区域,面积大易标记,且经久耐用.
- 杯口无滴漏.
- 壁厚均匀分布,这些特性非常适合加热应用.
目录号 | 容量 (ml) | 直径 (mm) | 高度 (mm) |
211161704 | 50 | 38 | 70 |
211162409 | 100 | 48 | 80 |
211162906 | 150 | 54 | 95 |
211163602 | 250 | 60 | 120 |
211164101 | 400 | 70 | 130 |
211164804 | 600 | 80 | 150 |
211165303 | 800 | 90 | 175 |
211165406 | 1000 | 95 | 180 |
211166308 | 2000 | 120 | 240 |
211166805 | 3000 | 135 | 280 |
DURAN®高型烧杯,无倾倒口

- 易读刻度线,烧制而成的陶瓷材质书写区域,面积大易标记,且经久耐用.
- 杯口无滴漏.
- 壁厚均匀分布,这些特性非常适合加热应用.
目录号 | 容量 (ml) | 直径 (mm) | 高度 (mm) |
211171705 | 50 | 38 | 70 |
211172401 | 100 | 48 | 80 |
211172907 | 150 | 54 | 95 |
211173603 | 250 | 60 | 120 |
211174102 | 400 | 70 | 130 |
211174805 | 600 | 80 | 150 |
211175407 | 1000 | 95 | 180 |
DURAN®厚壁烧杯(过滤烧杯)

- 易读刻度线,烧制而成的陶瓷材质书写区域,面积大易标记,且经久耐用.
- 厚壁烧杯的抗机械强度显著增强.抗热冲击性能降低.
- 杯口无滴漏.
目录号 | 容量 (ml) | 直径 (mm) | 高度 (mm) | 注 |
211312409 | 100 | 52 | 85 | |
211312906 | 150 | 54 | 93 | |
211313602 | 250 | 70 | 94 | |
211314401 | 500 | 89 | 124 | |
211315406 | 1000 | 105 | 160 | |
211316308 | 2000 | 135 | 195 | |
211316805 | 3000 | 157 | 205 | |
211317304 | 5000 | 182 | 256 | |
211318609 | 10000 | 225 | 340 | 没有刻度 |
211318806 | 15000 | 260 | 390 | 没有刻度 |
211319108 | 20000 | 285 | 430 | 没有刻度 |
DURAN®低型烧杯加强型,有倾倒口,杯口加固

- 和普通烧杯相比,厚壁烧杯的抗机械强度显著增强.
- 杯口加固设计增强了其机械抗冲击性,降低了破碎的风险.
- 典型应用:载重情况下的应用.
- 注:推荐均匀,缓慢加热.标准的DURAN® 烧杯应用于高温加热,或者温度变化迅速.
目录号 | 容量 (ml) | 直径 (mm) | 高度 (mm) |
211072909 | 150 | 60 | 80 |
211073605 | 250 | 70 | 95 |
211074104 | 400 | 80 | 110 |
211074807 | 600 | 90 | 125 |
211075409 | 1000 | 105 | 145 |
211076302 | 2000 | 132 | 185 |
211077307 | 5000 | 170 | 270 |
DURAN®高型烧杯加强型,有倾倒口,杯口加固
- 和普通烧杯相比,厚壁烧杯的抗机械强度显著增强.
- 杯口加固设计增强了其机械抗冲击性,降低了破碎的风险.
- 典型应用:载重情况下的应用.
- 注:推荐均匀,缓慢加热.标准的DURAN® 烧杯应用于高温加热,或者温度变化迅速.
目录号 | 容量 (ml) | 直径 (mm) | 高度 (mm) |
211182908 | 150 | 54 | 95 |
211183604 | 250 | 60 | 120 |
211184806 | 600 | 80 | 150 |

DURAN® Measuring and Mixing Cylinder
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Measuring and Mixing Cylinder[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
DURAN® measuring and mixing cylidners
Measuring cylinders are used to receive and at the same time to measure various quantities of liquid. Mixing cylinders can be used for diluting solutions and mixing several components in a given quantity ratio. DURAN meauring and mixing cylinders are very resistant to mechanical and thermal loads. The large hexagonal base with 3 knobs on its bottom increase stability and prevent the cylidner rolling away. The cylinders have the same wall thickness over the whole measuring range, ensuring linear scales. They are calibrated to contain("In") for a reference temperature of 20C. Accuracy limits for measuring and mixing cylidners are laid down in DIN12680, DIN12685 and ISO4788. DURAN® Measuring cylinders are available in two different accuracy classes – class “A” with main ring points graduation and class “B” with line graduation. For additional differentiation, the measuring cylinders with accuracy class ”A” have a blue graduation whereas the “B” class measuring cylinders a white graduation. The batch certificates for the mixing cylinders are also available to download online.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Measuring cylinder Class A" tab_id="MCClassA"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Measuring Cylinder with hexagonal base, class A
blue scale, ring graduations, with batch certificate and certificate of conformity The large hexagonal base prevents the cylinder from rolling. The base is equipped with three knobs which increase its stability. The cylinders have uniform wall thickness over the entire measurement range, so wedge errors are avoided. Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Measuring cylinder accuracy limits conform to DIN and ISO standards. The batch certificates for the mixing cylinders are also available to download online. Typical applications: holding and simultaneous measurement of varying liquid amounts.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Accuracy limits (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Pack Unit |
213900701 | 5 | 12 | 112 | 0.05 | 0.1 | 2 |
213900804 | 10 | 14 | 137 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2 |
213901406 | 25 | 21 | 167 | 0.25 | 0.5 | 2 |
213901706 | 50 | 25 | 196 | 0.5 | 1 | 2 |
213902402 | 100 | 29 | 256 | 0.5 | 1 | 2 |
213903604 | 250 | 39 | 331 | 1 | 2 | 2 |
213904403 | 500 | 53 | 360 | 2.5 | 5 | 2 |
213905408 | 1000 | 65 | 460 | 5 | 10 | 1 |
213906301 | 2000 | 85 | 500 | 10 | 20 | 1 |
DURAN® Measuring Cylinder with hexagonal base, class B
white scale, with graduation The large hexagonal base prevents the cylinder from rolling. The base is equipped with three knobs which increase its stability. The cylinders have uniform wall thickness over the entire measurement range, so wedge errors are avoided. Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Measuring cylinder accuracy limits conform to DIN and ISO standards (class B). Typical applications: holding and simultaneous measurement of varying liquid amounts.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Accuracy limits (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Pack Unit |
213960707 | 5 | 12 | 112 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 2 |
213960801 | 10 | 14 | 137 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 2 |
213961403 | 25 | 21 | 167 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 2 |
213961703 | 50 | 25 | 196 | 1 | 1 | 2 |
213962408 | 100 | 29 | 256 | 1 | 1 | 2 |
213963601 | 250 | 39 | 331 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
213964409 | 500 | 53 | 360 | 5 | 5 | 2 |
213965405 | 1000 | 65 | 460 | 10 | 10 | 1 |
213966307 | 2000 | 85 | 500 | 20 | 20 | 1 |
DURAN® Mixing Cylinder with hexagonal base, class A
blue scale, ring graduations, with standard ground joint and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, with batch certificate and certificate of conformity The large hexagonal base prevents the cylinder from rolling. The base is equipped with three knobs which increase its stability. The cylinders have uniform wall thickness over the entire measurement range, so wedge errors are avoided. Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Mixing cylinder accuracy limits conform to DIN and ISO standards. The batch certificates for the mixing cylinders are also available to download online. Typical applications: diluting solutions, mixing several components with specified proportions.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Stopper size | Accuracy limits (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Pack Unit |
246180856 | 10 | 14 | 156 | 10/19 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2 |
246181458 | 25 | 21 | 190 | 14/23 | 0.25 | 0.5 | 2 |
246181758 | 50 | 25 | 222 | 19/26 | 0.5 | 1 | 2 |
246182454 | 100 | 29 | 287 | 24/29 | 0.5 | 1 | 2 |
246183656 | 250 | 39 | 363 | 29/32 | 1 | 2 | 2 |
246184455 | 500 | 53 | 395 | 34/35 | 2.5 | 5 | 2 |
246185451 | 1000 | 65 | 500 | 45/40 | 5 | 10 | 1 |
246186353 | 2000 | 85 | 540 | 45/40 | 10 | 20 | 1 |
DURAN® Mixing Cylinder with hexagonal base, class B
white scale, with graduation, standard ground joint and polypropylene octagonal stopper The large hexagonal base prevents the cylinder from rolling. The base is equipped with three knobs which increase its stability. The cylinders have uniform wall thickness over the entire measurement range, so wedge errors are avoided. Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Mixing cylinder accuracy limits conform to DIN and ISO standards. Typical applications: diluting solutions, mixing several components with specified proportions.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Stopper size | Accuracy limits (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Pack Unit |
216180801 | 10 | 14 | 156 | 10/19 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 2 |
216181403 | 25 | 21 | 190 | 14/23 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 2 |
216181703 | 50 | 25 | 222 | 19/26 | 1 | 1 | 2 |
216182408 | 100 | 29 | 287 | 24/29 | 1 | 1 | 2 |
216183601 | 250 | 39 | 363 | 29/32 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
216184409 | 500 | 53 | 395 | 34/35 | 5 | 5 | 2 |
216185405 | 1000 | 65 | 500 | 45/40 | 10 | 10 | 1 |
216186307 | 2000 | 85 | 540 | 45/40 | 20 | 20 | 1 |
DURAN® Measuring Cylinder with hexagonal base, class B, graduated low form
white scale, with graduation The large hexagonal base prevents the cylinder from rolling. The base is equipped with three knobs which increase its stability. The cylinders have uniform wall thickness over the entire measurement range, so wedge errors are avoided. Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Measuring cylinder accuracy limits conform to DIN and ISO standards (class B). Typical applications: holding and simultaneous measurement of varying liquid amounts.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Accuracy limits (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Pack Unit |
213950809 | 10 | 21 | 90 | 0.2 | 1 | 2 |
213951402 | 25 | 25 | 115 | 0.5 | 1 | 2 |
213951702 | 50 | 29 | 145 | 1 | 2 | 2 |
213952407 | 100 | 39 | 165 | 1 | 2 | 2 |
213953609 | 250 | 54 | 195 | 2 | 5 | 2 |
213954408 | 500 | 65 | 250 | 5 | 10 | 2 |
213955404 | 1000 | 85 | 285 | 10 | 20 | 1 |
213956306 | 2000 | 105 | 340 | 20 | 50 | 1 |
DURAN® SUPER DUTY Measuring Cylinder
low form, class B, with graduation and hexagonal base The DURAN® SUPER DUTY products are characterized by a higher mechanical strength achieved by reinforcing the rim. As a result of this modification, the impact strength is improved, and the risk of accidental breakage is significantly reduced. Application note: To avoid breakages due to thermal stress, uniform and slow heating of SUPER DUTY products is recommended.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Accuracy limits (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Pack Unit |
213942406 | 100 | 39 | 168 | 1 | 2 | 2 |
213943608 | 250 | 54 | 205 | 2 | 5 | 2 |
213944407 | 500 | 66 | 253 | 5 | 10 | 2 |
213945403 | 1000 | 85 | 290 | 10 | 20 | 2 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
DURAN® Erlenmeyer Flask (Conical Flask)
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Erlenmeyer Flask (Conical Flask)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Typical uses for DURAN Erlenmeyer flasks include boiliing and swirling. They are also used as components in apparatus. Their shape makes them ideal for mixing and storing liquids.
An advantage of the conical shape is that there is little tendency for precipitates to stick to the inside surface as they slide down the wall with the rest of the contents. DURAN Erlenmeyer flasks are also used as culture flasks.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="narrow neck" tab_id="narrowneck"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® Erlenmeyer Flask
narrow neck With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking in fired-on, highly durable, white ceramic. Due to conical form, suited to the mixing of liquids. Uniform wall thickness distribution makes these flasks ideal for heating applications.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | d1(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Remarks | Pack Unit |
212161407 | 25 | 42 | 22 | 75 | Without Retrace Code | 10 |
212161707 | 50 | 51 | 22 | 90 | 10 | |
212162403 | 100 | 64 | 22 | 105 | 10 | |
212162806 | 125 | 67 | 28 | 112 | 10 | |
219902702 | 150 | 74 | 28 | 118 | Non-DIN ISO size | 10 |
212163202 | 200 | 79 | 34 | 131 | Non-DIN ISO size | 10 |
212163605 | 250 | 85 | 34 | 145 | 10 | |
212163905 | 300 | 87 | 34 | 156 | Non-DIN ISO size | 10 |
212164404 | 500 | 105 | 34 | 180 | 10 | |
212165306 | 800 | 120 | 42 | 200 | 10 | |
212165409 | 1000 | 131 | 42 | 220 | 10 | |
212166302 | 2000 | 166 | 50 | 280 | 10 | |
212166808 | 3000 | 187 | 52 | 310 | 2 | |
212167307 | 5000 | 220 | 52 | 365 | 1 |
DURAN® Erlenmeyer Flask
wide neck With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking in fired-on, highly durable, white ceramic. Due to conical form, suited to the mixing of liquids. Uniform wall thickness distribution makes these flasks ideal for heating applications. The wide neck enables easy filling and cleaning.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | d1(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Remarks | Pack Unit |
212261405 | 25 | 43 | 31 | 70 | Non-DIN EN ISO size | 10 |
212261705 | 50 | 51 | 34 | 85 | 10 | |
212262401 | 100 | 64 | 34 | 105 | 10 | |
212263209 | 200 | 79 | 50 | 131 | Non-DIN EN ISO size | 10 |
212263603 | 250 | 85 | 50 | 140 | 10 | |
212263903 | 300 | 87 | 50 | 156 | Non-DIN EN ISO size | 10 |
212264402 | 500 | 105 | 50 | 175 | 10 | |
212265407 | 1000 | 131 | 50 | 220 | 10 | |
212266309 | 2000 | 153 | 72 | 276 | Non-DIN EN ISO size | 10 |
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | d1(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
212171408 | 25 | 42 | 22 | 75 | 10 |
212171708 | 50 | 51 | 22 | 90 | 10 |
212172404 | 100 | 64 | 22 | 105 | 10 |
212173606 | 250 | 85 | 34 | 145 | 10 |
212174405 | 500 | 105 | 34 | 180 | 10 |
212175401 | 1000 | 131 | 42 | 220 | 10 |
212176303 | 2000 | 166 | 50 | 280 | 10 |
212177308 | 5000 | 220 | 52 | 365 | 1 |
DURAN® SUPER DUTY Erlenmeyer Flask
wide neck, with reinforced rim The DURAN® SUPER DUTY products are characterized by a higher mechanical strength achieved by reinforcing the rim. As a result of this modification, the impact strength is improved, and the risk of accidental breakage is significantly reduced. Application note: To avoid breakages due to thermal stress, uniform and slow heating of SUPER DUTY products is recommended.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | d1OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
212272402 | 100 | 64 | 34 | 105 | 10 |
212273604 | 250 | 85 | 50 | 140 | 10 |
212274403 | 500 | 105 | 50 | 175 | 10 |
212275408 | 1000 | 131 | 50 | 220 | 10 |
DURAN® Erlenmeyer Flask
with DIN thread With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking in fired-on, highly durable, white ceramic. The flask can be closed with a PBT cap or membrane cap (permits gas exchange). Typical applications: The flask is suitable for storage, media preparation and cultivation.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | DIN Thread (GL) | Pack Unit |
with PBT cap | |||||
218032451 | 100 | 64 | 109 | 25 | 10 |
218033653 | 250 | 85 | 149 | 32 | 10 |
218034452 | 500 | 105 | 180 | 32 | 10 |
218035457 | 1000 | 131 | 225 | 32 | 10 |
without screw cap | |||||
218032402 | 100 | 64 | 105 | 25 | 10 |
218033604 | 250 | 85 | 145 | 32 | 10 |
218034403 | 500 | 105 | 175 | 32 | 10 |
218035408 | 1000 | 131 | 220 | 32 | 10 |
DURAN® Iodine Flask
Erlenmeyer shape, with standard ground joint and glass stopper With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking in fired-on, highly durable, white ceramic. The flask can be closed with a glass stopper. Typical applications: the iodine flask is suitable for determining the iodine number, i.e. the content of unsaturated fatty acids in oils and fats.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | DIN Thread (GL) | Pack Unit |
241922704 | 100 | 64 | 120 | 29/32 | 10 |
241923709 | 250 | 85 | 160 | 29/32 | 10 |
241924602 | 500 | 105 | 195 | 29/32 | 10 |
241925607 | 1000 | 131 | 235 | 29/32 | 10 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
DURAN® Desiccator
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Desiccator[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DESICCATORS
DURAN® desiccators are used for drying moist substances or as storage vessels for moisture-sensitive products. To accelerate the drying process, the desiccators can be used under vacuum. Due to the high wall-thickness of the vessels and the exact machining of the vacuum-tight ground joints on the lid and base, storage under vacuum is possible – even over extremely long periods. All individual parts and a wide range of accessories such as lids, stopcocks, bases, etc. are compatible and can be interchanged as required. Always ensure the individual parts have the same DN (nominal diameter). For desiccators, the DN is based on the diameter of the sieve plate; this can be measured directly. For lids, measure the outside diameter of the flange and crossreference with the tables on the product pages. Usage tips:- Designed for use under absolute vacuum.
- Due to the high wall thickness and the reduced thermal shock resistance under pressure loading, the desiccators must not be heated on one side only or heated using a naked flame.
- Before evacuation, it is recommended that the glass surfaces of the desiccator be checked for damage such as scratches, cracks or nicks. Damaged desiccators must not be used for safety reasons.
- Never expose desiccators to abrupt pressure changes (do not suddenly ventilate evacuated vessels).
DURAN® Vacuum Desiccator
with NOVUS standard ground joint (NS 24/29) junction tube in the lid, stopcock, and flat flange Vacuum-tight, made from DURAN® borosilicate glass 3.3. To accelerate drying, a vacuum can be applied via the stopcock. Spare parts such as lids, bases, stopcocks and caps can be interchanged (observe DN). Typical applications: drying of moist samples and storage of moisture-sensitive substances.Cat. No. | DN | ID Flange (mm) | Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) | h (mm) | Tubulature (NS) | Volume approx. (mL) | Pack Unit |
with porcelain plate | |||||||
247825752 | 150 | 172 | 215 ± 2 | 239 | 24/29 | 2400 | 1 |
247826157 | 200 | 224 | 270 ± 2 | 296 | 24/29 | 5800 | 1 |
247826654 | 250 | 274 | 320 ± 2 | 344 | 24/29 | 10500 | 1 |
247826954 | 300 | 332 | 380 ± 2 | 420 | 24/29 | 18500 | 1 |
without porcelain plate | |||||||
247824604 | 100 | 119 | 153 ± 2 | 174 | 24/29 | 700 | 1 |
247825703 | 150 | 172 | 215 ± 2 | 239 | 24/29 | 2400 | 1 |
247826108 | 200 | 224 | 270 ± 2 | 296 | 24/29 | 5800 | 1 |
247826605 | 250 | 274 | 320 ± 2 | 344 | 24/29 | 10500 | 1 |
247826905 | 300 | 332 | 380 ± 2 | 420 | 24/29 | 18500 | 1 |
DURAN® Vacuum Dessicator Set
with threaded outlet, type MOBILEX (GL 32), stopcock with PTFE spindle DURAN® desiccators completed with a porcelain plate and a vacuum connection. Porcelain plate and the lid diameter correspond to the diameter of the base and vacuum connection remains air tight. Typical applications: drying of moist samples and storage of moisture-sensitive substances.Cat. No. | DN | ID Flange (mm) | Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) | Thread | h (mm) | Volume approx. (mL) | Pack Unit |
with porcelain plate | |||||||
247835753 | 150 | 172 | 215 ± 2 | 32 | 239 | 2400 | 1 |
247836158 | 200 | 224 | 270 ± 2 | 32 | 296 | 5800 | 1 |
247836655 | 250 | 274 | 320 ± 2 | 32 | 344 | 10500 | 1 |
247836955 | 300 | 332 | 380 ± 2 | 32 | 420 | 18500 | 1 |
without porcelain plate | |||||||
247855706 | 150 | 172 | 215 ± 2 | 32 | 239 | 2400 | 1 |
247856102 | 200 | 224 | 270 ± 2 | 32 | 296 | 5800 | 1 |
247856608 | 250 | 274 | 320 ± 2 | 32 | 344 | 10500 | 1 |
247856908 | 300 | 332 | 380 ± 2 | 32 | 420 | 18500 | 1 |
DURAN® Vacuum Desiccator
with screw thread outlet, type MOBILEX (GL 32), with screw cap from PBT DURAN® desiccators completed with a desiccator lid and a screw cap. Typical applications: drying of moist samples and storage of moisture-sensitive substances.Cat. No. | DN | ID Flange (mm) | Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) | Thread | h (mm) | Volume approx. (mL) | Pack Unit |
without porcelain plate | |||||||
247865707 | 150 | 172 | 215 ± 2 | 32 | 239 | 2400 | 1 |
247866103 | 200 | 224 | 270 ± 2 | 32 | 296 | 5800 | 1 |
247866609 | 250 | 274 | 320 ± 2 | 32 | 344 | 10500 | 1 |
247866909 | 300 | 332 | 380 ± 2 | 32 | 420 | 18500 | 1 |
DURAN® Desiccator
with flat flange, and knobbed lid, no connection Made from DURAN® borosilicate glass 3.3. Components are vacuum tight. Spare parts such as lids and bases can be interchanged (observe DN). Typical applications: drying of moist products and storage of moisture-sensitive substances.Cat. No. | DN | ID Flange (mm) | Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) | h (mm) | Volume approx. (mL) | Pack Unit |
247814603 | 100 | 119 | 153 ± 2 | 187 | 700 | 1 |
247815702 | 150 | 172 | 215 ± 2 | 252 | 2 400 | 1 |
247816107 | 200 | 224 | 270 ± 2 | 309 | 5 800 | 1 |
247816604 | 250 | 274 | 320 ± 2 | 357 | 10 500 | 1 |
247816904 | 300 | 332 | 380 ± 2 | 433 | 18 500 | 1 |
DURAN® Desiccator Base
with flat flange, no outlet, suitable for all types of lidsCat. No. | DN | ID Flange (mm) | Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) | h (mm) | h1 (mm) | Volume approx. (mL) | Pack Unit |
247704604 | 100 | 119 | 153 ± 2 | 112 | 58 | 700 | 1 |
247705703 | 150 | 172 | 215 ± 2 | 154 | 81 | 2400 | 1 |
247706108 | 200 | 224 | 270 ± 2 | 202 | 115 | 5800 | 1 |
247706605 | 250 | 274 | 320 ± 2 | 235 | 120 | 10500 | 1 |
247706905 | 300 | 332 | 332 ± 2 | 283 | 150 | 18500 | 1 |
DURAN® Desiccator Base
with ring-grooved flange, suitable for all types of lidsCat. No. | DN | ID Flange (mm) | Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) | h (mm) | h1 (mm) | Volume approx. (ml) | Pack Unit |
247736102 | 200 | 224 | 270 ± 2 | 202 | 115 | 5800 | 1 |
DURAN® Desiccator Base
with flat flange, standard ground outlet (24/29), type NOVUS, suitable for all types of lidsCat. No. | DN | ID Flange (mm) | Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) | h (mm) | h1 (mm) | Volume approx. (ml) | Pack Unit |
247714605 | 100 | 119 | 153 ± 2 | 112 | 58 | 700 | 1 |
247715704 | 150 | 172 | 215 ± 2 | 154 | 81 | 2400 | 1 |
247716109 | 200 | 224 | 270 ± 2 | 202 | 118 | 5800 | 1 |
247716606 | 250 | 274 | 320 ± 2 | 235 | 122 | 10500 | 1 |
247716906 | 300 | 332 | 380 ± 2 | 283 | 154 | 18500 | 1 |
DURAN® Desiccator Base
with flat flange, screw thread outlet, type MOBILEX (GL 32), suitable for all types of lidsCat. No. | DN | ID Flange (mm) | Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) | h (mm) | h1 (mm) | Volume approx. (ml) | Pack Unit |
247725705 | 150 | 172 | 215 ± 2 | 154 | 81 | 2400 | 1 |
247726101 | 200 | 224 | 270 ± 2 | 202 | 118 | 5800 | 1 |
247726607 | 250 | 274 | 320 ± 2 | 235 | 122 | 10500 | 1 |
247726907 | 300 | 332 | 380 ± 2 | 283 | 154 | 18500 | 1 |
DURAN® Desiccator Lid
with knob, suitable for all types of basesCat. No. | DN | ID Flange (mm) | Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
244104607 | 100 | 119 | 153 ± 2 | 75 | 1 |
244105706 | 150 | 172 | 215 ± 2 | 98 | 1 |
244106102 | 200 | 224 | 270 ± 2 | 107 | 1 |
244106608 | 250 | 274 | 320 ± 2 | 122 | 1 |
244106908 | 300 | 332 | 380 ± 2 | 150 | 1 |
DURAN® Desiccator Lid
with special tube (NS 24/29 type WERTEX), with ring grooved flange, suitable for all types of basesCat. No. | DN | ID Flange (mm) | Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) | h (mm) | Neck | Pack Unit |
244305702 | 150 | 172 | 215 ± 2 | 85 | 24/29 | 1 |
244306604 | 250 | 274 | 320 ± 2 | 109 | 24/29 | 1 |
DURAN® Desiccator Lid
for standard ground joint stopcocks (NS 24/29), type NOVUS, suitable for all types of basesCat. No. | DN | ID Flange (mm) | Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) | h (mm) | Neck | Pack Unit |
244204605 | 100 | 119 | 153 ± 2 | 62 | 24/29 | 1 |
244205704 | 150 | 172 | 215 ± 2 | 85 | 24/29 | 1 |
244206109 | 200 | 224 | 270 ± 2 | 94 | 24/29 | 1 |
244206606 | 250 | 274 | 320 ± 2 | 109 | 24/29 | 1 |
244206906 | 300 | 332 | 380 ± 2 | 137 | 24/29 | 1 |
DURAN® Desiccator Lid
with threaded outlet, type MOBILEX (GL 32), suitable for all basesCat. No. | DN | ID Flange (mm) | Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) | h (mm) | Neck | Pack Unit |
244405709 | 150 | 172 | 215 ± 2 | 32 | 85 | 1 |
244406105 | 200 | 224 | 270 ± 2 | 32 | 94 | 1 |
244406602 | 250 | 274 | 320 ± 2 | 32 | 109 | 1 |
244406902 | 300 | 332 | 380 ± 2 | 32 | 137 | 1 |
Porcelain Desiccator Plate
Cat. No. | DN | d(OD) (mm) | Pack Unit |
297254608 | 100 | 90 | 1 |
297255707 | 150 | 140 | 1 |
297256103 | 200 | 190 | 1 |
297256609 | 250 | 235 | 1 |
297256909 | 300 | 280 | 1 |
Stainless Steel Desiccator Plate
Material: 1.4301, Type 304, rust-freeCat. No. | DN | d(OD) (mm) | Pack Unit |
290804606 | 100 | 90 | 1 |
290805705 | 150 | 140 | 1 |
290806101 | 200 | 190 | 1 |
290806607 | 250 | 235 | 1 |
290806907 | 300 | 285 | 1 |
DURAN® Stopcock with PTFE Spindle
for threaded outlets, type MOBILEX (GL 32)Cat. No. | d(OD)(mm) | l(mm) | Pack Unit |
247970305 | 8 | 160 | 1 |
DURAN® Stopcock with PTFE Spindle
for desiccator lid outlets, type NOVUS (NS 24/29)Cat. No. | d(OD)(mm) | l(mm) | Neck | Pack Unit |
247990401 | 8 | 85 | 24/29 | 1 |
DURAN® Stopcock with PTFE Spindle
for desiccator base side outlets, type NOVUS (NS 24/29)Cat. No. | d(OD)(mm) | l(mm) | Neck | Pack Unit |
247980306 | 8 | 85 | 24/29 | 1 |
Safety Stopcock NS 24/29
for safety outlets type WertexCat. No. | h(mm) | l(mm) | Pack Unit |
247960304 | 76 | 70 | 1 |
O-Ring
suitable only for desiccator Base with ring-grooved flange, from silicone (VMQ)Cat. No. | DN | d(OD) (mm) | s (mm) | Pack Unit |
292156108 | 200 | 236 | 5.3 | 1 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
DURAN® Measuring Pipette (Graduated Pipette)
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Measuring Pipette (Graduated Pipette)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
DURAN® Measuring Pipette (Graduated Pipette)
Pipettes are manufactured from soda-lime glass. They are used for the precise measurement and decanting of liquids. Full pipettes only allow filling to specific quantities. Measuring pipettes allow different quantities of liquids to be held and dispensed in portions of the same size or different sizes. Calibration of the pipettes and burettes is based on the discharged volume (“Ex”) at a reference temperature of 20°C. This means that the quantities can be withdrawn precisely as shown on the scale as the adhesion of the liquid to the glass has been taken into account during calibration. Conformity mark DE-M – The conformity mark confirms that the instruments satisfy the requirements of the German weights and measures regulation and the applicable standards. Batch certificate – Pipettes and burettes in the accuracy class AS have a batch number and are supplied with a batch certificate. This certificate documents the mean value obtained from measuring the batch in question, the standard deviation and the day of issue. The batch certificates can also be retrieved online. The batch number consists of four digits, for example: 18.01. The first two numbers specify the production year, and the following two numbers specify the batch.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]Screen print label for pipettes

![]() |
Batch number, e.g. 15.01 |
![]() |
Conformity mark – verifies compliance with the requirements of the German weights and measures regulation and applicable standards. |
10 | Nominal volume in ml |
±0.05ml | Accuracy limit – the deviation of the nominal volume must be no greater than this value which is specified in standards |
20°C | Reference temperature – the temperature at which a volumetric instrument must achieve the nominal volume (20°C) stated on it. |
AS | Accuracy class – denotes the accuracy limit |
ISO 835 | Standard designation |
Ex | Calibration based on discharged volume. The quantity of liquid discharged corresponds to the volume specification printed on the product, e.g. pipettes, burettes. The remaining liquid on the walls of the vessel or in the tip is also taken into consideration. |
Ex + 5 | Waiting time. Allow to discharge and wait 30 seconds. It is important to comply with the specified waiting time to prevent measurement errors |
![]() |
Total measurement volume – scale increment is specified below |

DIFFERENCE TYPE OF MEASURING PIPETTES
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]MEASURING PIPETTE TYPE 1- Drain-out
- zero at top
- Blow-out
- zero at bottom
- graduated to tip (total delivery)
- Blow-out
- zero at top
- graduated to tip (total delivery)



MEASURING PIPETTES TYPE 1
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Class AS Batch cert Blue print" tab_id="1535691820872-f0483baf-030a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Measuring Pipette from Soda-lime Glass, class AS, type 1
blue printed image, Drain-out, zero at top, with main graduations as circular divisions and cotton plug, with certificate of conformity and With batch certificate Numbering from the top down. Calibration is based on the poured out volume (“Ex”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | l (mm) | Accuracy limits (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Colour code DIN 12621 | Pack Unit |
233460606 | 0.5 | 360 | 0.006 | 0.01 | 3 x yellow | 12 |
233461105 | 1 | 360 | 0.007 | 0.01 | 2 x yellow | 12 |
233461602 | 2 | 360 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 2 x black | 12 |
233462307 | 5 | 360 | 0.03 | 0.05 | 2 x red | 12 |
233462907 | 10 | 360 | 0.05 | 0.1 | 2 x orange | 12 |
233463209 | 20 | 360 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 3 x yellow | 6 |
233463406 | 25 | 450 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 2 x white | 6 |
233463603 | 50 | 450 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 2 x black | 6 |
Measuring Pipette from Soda-lime Glass, class B, type 1
Brown diffusion print, drain-out, zero at top, graduated, with cotton plug Numbering from the top down. Calibration is based on the poured out volume (“Ex”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | l (mm) | Accuracy limits (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Colour code DIN 12621 | Remarks | Pack Unit |
243430102 | 0.1 | 360 | 0.01 | 0.001 | 3 x green | Non-ISO size, calibrated to contain (“Ex”). | 12 |
243430308 | 0.2 | 360 | 0.01 | 0.001 | 3 x blue | Non-ISO size, calibrated to contain (“Ex”). | 12 |
243430608 | 0.5 | 360 | 0.008 | 0.01 | 3 x yellow | 12 | |
243431107 | 1 | 360 | 0.008 | 0.01 | 2 x yellow | 12 | |
243431604 | 2 | 360 | 0.015 | 0.02 | 2 x black | 12 | |
243432309 | 5 | 360 | 0.04 | 0.05 | 2 x red | 12 | |
243432909 | 10 | 360 | 0.08 | 0.1 | 2 x orange | 12 | |
243433408 | 25 | 450 | 0.15 | 0.1 | 2 x white | 12 |
MEASURING PIPETTES TYPE 2
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Class AS Batch cert Brown print" tab_id="2ASbatchbrown"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Measuring Pipette from Soda-lime Glass, class AS, type 2
brown inscription, Blow-out, zero at bottom, graduated to tip (total delivery), with main graduations as circular divisions and cotton plug, with certificate of conformity and batch certificate Numbering: zero at bottom. Calibration is based on the poured out volume (“Ex”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | l (mm) | Accuracy limits (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Colour code DIN 12621 | Pack Unit |
233470607 | 0.5 | 360 | 0.006 | 0.01 | 2 x yellow | 12 |
233471106 | 1 | 360 | 0.007 | 0.01 | 1 x yellow | 12 |
233471603 | 2 | 360 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1 x black | 12 |
233472308 | 5 | 360 | 0.03 | 0.05 | 1 x red | 12 |
233472908 | 10 | 360 | 0.05 | 0.1 | 1 x orange | 12 |
233473201 | 20 | 360 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 2 x yellow | 6 |
233473407 | 25 | 450 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 1 x white | 6 |
233473604 | 50 | 450 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 1 x black | 6 |
Measuring Pipette from Soda-lime Glass, class AS, type 2
blue inscription, Blow-out, zero at bottom, graduated to tip (total delivery), with main graduations as circular divisions and cotton plug, with certificate of conformity and batch certificate Numbering: zero at bottom. Calibration is based on the poured out volume (“Ex”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | l (mm) | Accuracy limits (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Colour code DIN 12621 | Pack Unit |
233480608 | 0.5 | 360 | 0.006 | 0.01 | 2 x yellow | 12 |
233481107 | 1 | 360 | 0.007 | 0.01 | 1 x yellow | 12 |
233481604 | 2 | 360 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1 x black | 12 |
233482309 | 5 | 360 | 0.03 | 0.05 | 1 x red | 12 |
233482909 | 10 | 360 | 0.05 | 0.1 | 1 x orange | 12 |
233483202 | 20 | 360 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 2 x yellow | 6 |
233483408 | 25 | 450 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 1 x white | 6 |
233483605 | 50 | 450 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 1 x black | 6 |
MEASURING PIPETTES TYPE 3
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Class AS Batch cert Brown print" tab_id="3ASbatchbrown"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Measuring Pipette from Soda-lime Glass, class AS, type 3
Brown diffusion print, blow-out, zero at top, with ring graduations, with cotton plug, with batch certificate and certificate of conformity Numbering from the top down. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | l (mm) | Accuracy limits (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Colour code DIN 12621 | Pack Unit |
243451109 | 1 | 360 | 0.007 | 0.01 | 1 x yellow | 12 |
243451709 | 2 | 360 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1 x black | 12 |
243452302 | 5 | 360 | 0.03 | 0.05 | 1 x red | 12 |
243452902 | 10 | 360 | 0.05 | 0.1 | 1 x orange | 12 |
243453401 | 25 | 450 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 1 x white | 12 |
Measuring Pipette from Soda-lime Glass, class AS, type 3
blue inscription, Blow-out, zero at top, graduated to tip (total delivery), with main graduations as circular divisions and cotton plug, with certificate of conformity and batch certificate Numbering from the top down. Calibration is based on the poured out volume (“Ex”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | l (mm) | Accuracy limits (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Colour code DIN 12621 | Pack Unit |
233490609 | 0.5 | 360 | 0.006 | 0.01 | 2 x yellow | 12 |
233491108 | 1 | 360 | 0.007 | 0.01 | 1 x yellow | 12 |
233491605 | 2 | 360 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1 x black | 12 |
233492301 | 5 | 360 | 0.03 | 0.05 | 1 x red | 12 |
233492901 | 10 | 360 | 0.05 | 0.1 | 1 x orange | 12 |
233493203 | 20 | 360 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 2 x yellow | 6 |
233493409 | 25 | 450 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 1 x white | 6 |
233493606 | 50 | 450 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 1 x black | 6 |
Measuring Pipette from soda-lime glass, class B, type 3
Brown diffusion print, blow-out, zero at top, graduated, with cotton plug Numbering from the top down. Calibration is based on the poured out volume (“Ex”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | l (mm) | Accuracy limits (ml) | Graduation (ml) | Colour code DIN 12621 | Remarks | Pack Unit |
243440103 | 0.1 | 360 | 0.01 | 0.001 | 2 x green | calibrated to contain (“Ex”). | 12 |
243440309 | 0.2 | 360 | 0.01 | 0.001 | 2 x blue | calibrated to contain (“Ex”). | 12 |
243440609 | 0.5 | 360 | 0.008 | 0.01 | 2 x yellow | 12 | |
243441108 | 1 | 360 | 0.008 | 0.01 | 1 x yellow | 12 | |
243441605 | 2 | 360 | 0.015 | 0.02 | 1 x black | 12 | |
243442301 | 5 | 360 | 0.04 | 0.05 | 1 x red | 12 | |
243442901 | 10 | 360 | 0.08 | 0.1 | 1 x orange | 12 | |
243443409 | 25 | 450 | 0.15 | 0.1 | 1 x white | 12 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
DURAN® Filtering Flask
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Filtering Flask[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® Filtering Flask
Filtering flasks are used for drawing off liquids and vacuum filtration. DURAN filtering flasks- available in both conical and bottle form.
- appropriate pressure tested to ensure that items are suitable for use under vacuum.
- 3 types hose connection: KECK Assembly set, glass hose connection and side-arm socket
- DURAN filtering flasks with KECK Assembly set provide protection and safety for laboratory workers and the laboratory. Their design makes it easier to fit and remove the vacuum tubing. There is also less risks of breakage in the dishwashing machine so that they have a longer service life.

DURAN filtering flask with Keck Assembly set connection
DURAN fitlering flask side-arm socket
DURAN filtering flask with glass hose connection
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="KECK Assembly Set" tab_id="keck"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Filtering Flask with KECK™ Assembly Set Heavy walled for vacuum use. These filtering flasks fulfil the regulations of the ”equipment and product safety regulations“. The plastic hose connection is replaceable. Typical application: Separations by vacuum filtration.Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | d1(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Hose connection d(OD)(mm) | Pack Unit |
Erlenmeyer shape (Conical flask shape) | ||||||
212042452 | 100 | 64 | 24 | 105 | 9 | 10 |
212043654 | 250 | 85 | 34 | 155 | 9 | 10 |
212044453 | 500 | 105 | 34 | 185 | 9 | 10 |
212045458 | 1000 | 135 | 45 | 230 | 9 | 10 |
212046351 | 2000 | 166 | 60 | 255 | 9 | 1 |
Bottle shape | ||||||
211946854 | 3000 | 170 | 58 | 295 | 9 | 1 |
211947353 | 5000 | 185 | 68 | 360 | 9 | 1 |
211948658 | 10000 | 240 | 70 | 420 | 9 | 1 |
211948855 | 15000 | 257 | 70 | 500 | 9 | 1 |
211949157 | 20000 | 290 | 70 | 535 | 9 | 1 |
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | d1(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
211833603 | 250 | 85 | 34 | 155 | 10 |
211834402 | 500 | 105 | 34 | 185 | 10 |
211835407 | 1000 | 135 | 45 | 230 | 10 |
211836309 | 2000 | 166 | 60 | 255 | 1 |
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | d1(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
211936804 | 3000 | 170 | 58 | 295 | 1 |
211937303 | 5000 | 185 | 68 | 360 | 1 |
211938608 | 10000 | 240 | 70 | 420 | 1 |
211938805 | 15000 | 255 | 70 | 500 | 1 |
211939107 | 20000 | 290 | 70 | 535 | 1 |
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | d1(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Hose connection d(OD)(mm) | Pack Unit |
Erlenmeyer shape (Conical flask shape) | ||||||
212012409 | 100 | 64 | 24 | 105 | 11 | 10 |
212013602 | 250 | 85 | 34 | 155 | 11 | 10 |
212014401 | 500 | 105 | 34 | 185 | 11 | 10 |
212015406 | 1000 | 135 | 45 | 230 | 11 | 10 |
212016308 | 2000 | 166 | 60 | 255 | 11 | 1 |
Bottle shape | ||||||
211916802 | 3000 | 170 | 58 | 295 | 11 | 1 |
211917301 | 5000 | 185 | 68 | 360 | 11 | 1 |
211918606 | 10000 | 240 | 70 | 420 | 11 | 1 |
211918803 | 15000 | 255 | 70 | 500 | 11 | 1 |
211919105 | 20000 | 290 | 70 | 535 | 11 | 1 |

Bottle shape
Cat. No. | Hose connection d (OD) (mm) | Pack Unit |
292585407 | 9 | 10 |
Cat. No. | Description | Pack Unit |
292020001 | 8 Guko gaskets, size 22 to 84 | 1 |
Cat.No. | d1(OD) (mm) | d2(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | s (mm) | Pack Unit |
292021203 | 22 | 12 | 18 | 2.5 | 10 |
292021709 | 29 | 16 | 23 | 3.5 | 10 |
292022302 | 36 | 22 | 25 | 3.5 | 10 |
292022705 | 44 | 27 | 30 | 4 | 10 |
292023204 | 53 | 33 | 35 | 4.5 | 10 |
292023607 | 63 | 43 | 35 | 5 | 10 |
292023907 | 73 | 52 | 37 | 5 | 10 |
292024303 | 84 | 61 | 40 | 5.5 | 10 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Duran® Test Tube
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>Duran® Test Tube[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Test Tube
Test tube are used for simple esperoments, in particular for qualitative chemical analyses. These are available in a variety of sizes.
Test tube sizes are only roughly matched to a particular capacity. The exact capacity does not matter. There is, therfore, no need for any indication of capacity or calibration. The crucial factor when carrying out test tube experiments is generally the change of that occurs to the contents, e.g. any change in colour.
DURAN® test tubes are available with or without beaded rim. If the contents are frequently poured out or shaken, it is advisable to use test tubes with beaded rim.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="DURAN® Test Tube" tab_id="Duran"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® Test Tube
with beaded rim or straight rim The test tubes are thick-walled and therefore mechanically very resistant, yet still retain good thermal shock resistance.Cat. No. | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Volume approx. (mL) | Wall thickness (mm) | Pack Unit |
beadedrim | |||||
261300105 | 8 | 70 | 2 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261300302 | 10 | 75 | 4 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261300602 | 10 | 100 | 5 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261300808 | 12 | 75 | 6 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261301101 | 12 | 100 | 8 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261301204 | 13 | 100 | 9 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261301307 | 14 | 130 | 16 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261301607 | 16 | 130 | 17 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 100 |
261302106 | 16 | 160 | 21 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 100 |
261302303 | 18 | 180 | 32 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 100 |
261302603 | 20 | 150 | 34 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 100 |
261302809 | 20 | 180 | 40 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 100 |
261303308 | 25 | 150 | 55 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 50 |
261303608 | 25 | 200 | 70 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 50 |
261303805 | 30 | 200 | 100 | 1.0 – 1.4 | 50 |
straightrim | |||||
261310106 | 8 | 70 | 2 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261310303 | 10 | 75 | 4 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261310603 | 10 | 100 | 5 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261310809 | 12 | 75 | 6 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261311102 | 12 | 100 | 8 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261311205 | 13 | 100 | 9 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261311308 | 14 | 130 | 16 | 0.8 – 1.0 | 100 |
261311608 | 16 | 130 | 17 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 100 |
261312107 | 16 | 160 | 21 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 100 |
261312304 | 18 | 180 | 32 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 100 |
261312604 | 20 | 150 | 34 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 100 |
261312801 | 20 | 180 | 40 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 100 |
261313309 | 25 | 150 | 55 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 50 |
261313609 | 25 | 200 | 70 | 1.0 – 1.2 | 50 |
261313806 | 30 | 200 | 100 | 1.0 – 1.4 | 50 |
Fiolax® Borosilicate Test Tube
with beaded rim Thin-walled test tubes suited to rapid temperature changes or localized heating.Cat. No. | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Volume approx. (mL) | Wall thickness (mm) | Pack Unit |
261100109 | 8 | 70 | 2 | 0.4 – 0.5 | 100 |
261100306 | 10 | 75 | 4 | 0.4 – 0.5 | 100 |
261100606 | 10 | 100 | 6 | 0.4 – 0.5 | 100 |
261100803 | 12 | 75 | 6.5 | 0.4 – 0.5 | 100 |
261101105 | 12 | 100 | 9 | 0.4 – 0.5 | 100 |
261101302 | 14 | 130 | 16 | 0.4 – 0.5 | 100 |
261101602 | 16 | 130 | 20 | 0.5 – 0.6 | 100 |
261102101 | 16 | 160 | 25 | 0.5 – 0.6 | 100 |
261102307 | 18 | 180 | 35 | 0.5 – 0.6 | 100 |
261102607 | 20 | 150 | 39 | 0.5 – 0.6 | 100 |
261102804 | 20 | 180 | 45 | 0.5 – 0.6 | 100 |
261103303 | 25 | 150 | 60 | 0.6 – 0.7 | 50 |
261103603 | 25 | 200 | 80 | 0.6 – 0.7 | 50 |
261103809 | 30 | 200 | 110 | 0.7 – 0.8 | 50 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
DURAN® Funnel
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Funnel[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Duran Funnels
DURAN funnels are used for filling and filtration duties. Duran funnels Round filter paper are available for the funnels. These are used for simple filtration. Their shape are analytical funnels can be used for rapid filtration duties. A slight vacuum is formed in the hollow chambers on the inside of the funnls which results in suction being applied to the liquid being filtered.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Short Stem Funnel" tab_id="shortstem"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]DURAN® funnel with short stem
Particular suited to use with hot or aggressive media thanks to the thermal shock and chemical resistance of DURAN®. Also available in soda-lime glass.
Typical applications: Decanting and filtration of substances.Cat. No. | d(OD) (mm) | d1(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | h1 (mm) | Matching filter paper Ø (mm) | Remarks | Pack Unit |
213512308 | 35 | 6 | 60 | 35 | 45 – 55 | 10 | |
213512805 | 45 | 6 | 80 | 45 | 55 – 70 | Non-DIN ISO size. | 10 |
213513304 | 55 | 8 | 95 | 55 | 70 – 90 | 10 | |
213513801 | 70 | 8 | 125 | 70 | 110 – 125 | Non-DIN ISO size. | 10 |
213514103 | 80 | 10 | 140 | 80 | 125 – 150 | Non-DIN ISO size. | 10 |
213514609 | 100 | 10 | 180 | 100 | 150 – 185 | 10 | |
213515108 | 120 | 16 | 210 | 120 | 185 – 240 | Non-DIN ISO size. | 10 |
213515708 | 150 | 16 | 265 | 150 | 240 – 270 | 10 | |
213515905 | 180 | 20 | 290 | 150 | 270 – 320 | Non-DIN ISO size. | 1 |
213516104 | 200 | 26 | 325 | 175 | 320 – 385 | Non-DIN ISO size. | 1 |
213516601 | 250 | 30 | 370 | 175 | 385 – 400 | Non-DIN ISO size. | 1 |
213516901 | 300 | 30 | 409 | 175 | 500 | Non-DIN ISO size. | 1 |
Cat. No. | d(OD) (mm) | d1(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | h1 (mm) | Matching filter paper Ø (mm) | Remarks | Pack Unit |
213533306 | 55 | 6 | 190 | 150 | 70 – 90 | 10 | |
213533803 | 70 | 6 | 200 | 150 | 110 – 125 | Non-DIN ISO size. | 10 |
213534105 | 80 | 6 | 210 | 150 | 125 – 150 | Non-DIN ISO size. | 10 |
Cat. No. | d(OD) (mm) | d1(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | h1 (mm) | Pack Unit |
213543307 | 55 | 20 | 60 | 30 | 10 |
213543804 | 70 | 22 | 72 | 30 | 10 |
213544106 | 80 | 24 | 79 | 30 | 10 |
213544603 | 100 | 26 | 94 | 30 | 10 |
213545102 | 120 | 34 | 105 | 30 | 10 |
213545505 | 160 | 35 | 140 | 30 | 1 |
213546107 | 200 | 40 | 170 | 30 | 1 |
Cat. No. | Capacity (ml) | d(OD) (mm) | d1(OD) (mm) | d2(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Porosity | Pack Unit |
258540309 | 25 | 55 | 25 | 8 | 100 | 3 | 1 |
258540403 | 25 | 55 | 25 | 8 | 100 | 4 | 1 |
Cat. No. | d(OD) (mm) | d1(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | h1 (mm) | Matching filter paper Ø (mm) | Pack Unit |
213313702 | 65 | 9 | 200 | 150 | 70 – 90 | 10 |
213314107 | 80 | 9 | 210 | 150 | 110 – 125 | 10 |
213314801 | 110 | 9 | 265 | 180 | 150 – 185 | 10 |
Cat. No. | d(OD) (mm) | d1(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | h1 (mm) | Matching filter paper Ø (mm) | Pack Unit |
213523802 | 70 | 8 | 125 | 70 | 110 - 125 | 10 |
213524104 | 80 | 10 | 140 | 80 | 125 - 150 | 10 |
213524601 | 100 | 10 | 180 | 100 | 150 - 185 | 10 |
213525709 | 150 | 16 | 266 | 150 | 240 - 270 | 10 |
213526105 | 200 | 26 | 326 | 175 | 320 - 385 | 1 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Duran® Petri Dish
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>Duran® Petri Dish[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN petri dishes are used in particular for biological and medcal work.
The better the surface of the glass, the better they are for use under the microscope. They must be flat, so that they can be stacked in the minium of space and without slipping. DUROPLAN petri dishes are transparent without distortion and optimally flat.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="DUROPLAN®" tab_id="DUROPLAN"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DUROPLAN® Petri Dish
lid and base have planar surfaces, and free from bubbles and streaks These Petri dishes are made from DURAN® borosilicate 3.3 glass using a special manufacturing process that permits the uniform distribution of agar and guarantees distortion-free observation. Typical applications: biological and clinical research, cultivation of microorganism, microscopy.Cat. No. | d1(OD) (mm) | d2(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | h1 (mm) | Pack Unit |
217554101 | 60 | 54 | 22 | 20 | 10 |
217554307 | 80 | 74 | 22 | 20 | 10 |
217554607 | 100 | 94 | 17 | 15 | 10 |
217554804 | 100 | 94 | 22 | 20 | 10 |
217555106 | 120 | 114 | 22 | 20 | 10 |
217555303 | 150 | 143 | 32 | 30 | 10 |
STERIPLAN® Petri Dish
from Soda-lime GlassCat. No. | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
237553903 | 40 | 12 | 10 |
237554008 | 60 | 15 | 10 |
237554205 | 80 | 15 | 10 |
1184071 | 90 | 15 | 10 |
237554505 | 100 | 10 | 10 |
237554608 | 100 | 15 | 10 |
237554805 | 100 | 20 | 10 |
237555107 | 120 | 20 | 10 |
237555201 | 150 | 25 | 10 |
237555604 | 180 | 30 | 10 |
237555904 | 200 | 30 | 10 |
237556103 | 200 | 45 | 10 |
DURAN® Petri Dish
pressed Bottom of the base has three knobs for stability. Typical applications: biological and clinical work, preparation of agars, microscopy.Cat. No. | d(OD) (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
without sections | |||
217544606 | 100 | 15 | 10 |
217544803 | 100 | 20 | 10 |
Half-sectional | |||
217504808 | 100 | 20 | 10 |
Three-sectional | |||
217534802 | 100 | 20 | 10 |
Four-sectional | |||
217524801 | 100 | 20 | 10 |
Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Soxtec™ 8000 Extraction Unit
[vc_row][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Tecator Line Fully Automated Extraction Unit - Soxtec™ 8000
The Soxtec™ 8000 extraction unit is a fully automated system for fast and safe extraction of soluble matter from a wide range of matrices. It performs the four extraction steps boiling, rinsing, solvent recovery and auto-shut down, fully unattended. Just load, start and walk away. The Soxtec™ 8000 Total Fat solution helps you respond to the demands of your customers, for example, you can do Total or Crude Fat analysis or both. It’s easy to increase capacity according to customer requirements with up to 12 position hydrolysis and six position extraction that is expandable to 12, all with individual hotplate control.Sample | Parameters |
Raw Materials, Intermediates and Finished Products in Food, Animal Feed and Petfood | Total Fat (Free and Bound Fat) |
Soxtec integrated total fat analysis
The FOSS total fat solution allows you to perform total fat analysis with one integrated process. There are three main elements to the solution: the Hydrotec™ 8000 hydrolysis unit, the Soxtec™ 8000 extraction unit and the Hydrocap that works in both. The extraction unit has an external controller and a broad range of accessories. The Hydrotec™ 8000 unit performs automated acid hydrolysis of samples to break up bonds between fat and other components. Traditionally, hydrolysis units have a capacity of up to six samples and, at this capacity, instruments take up a lot of bench space in the laboratory. The Hydrotec™ 8000 changes that paradigm. It has a twelve place sample holder with a folding action so that samples to fit neatly into the hydrolysis unit. Chemicals are added and removed by pump, improving safety and reducing the risk of human error. After hydrolysis the samples and Hydrocaps are dried and placed in the specially designed tool for transferring to the extraction unit in sets of six hydrolysed samples. The filter is made of an inert material that retains the fat during hydrolysis, but releases it during extraction. The Soxtec™ 8000 extraction unit is a fully automated system for fast and safe determinations of extractable matter. For total fat analysis, the Hydrocap filter is transferred from the hydrolysis unit to the extraction unit which then performs the four extraction steps boiling, rinsing, solvent recovery and auto shut down, fully unattended. Just load and start. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
Soxtec 8000
Hydrotec 8000
Technical Specification
Extraction time | Typically 45 – 60 min | |
Solvent volume | 40 – 110 ml depending on cup type | |
Sample size | 0.5 – 3 g depending on sample type 0.5 – 2 g (for total fat) | |
Capacity/batch | 6/12 positions | |
Capacity/day | 42/84 samples | |
Temperature range | 0 – 285 °C | |
Measuring range |
0.1 – 100 % |
|
Reproducibility | 1% rel. Or better (5 – 100% fat) | |
Solvent Recovery |
Typically 80 % |
|
Accuracy | According to officially approved methods | |
Installation requirements | ||
Power supply |
200 – 240 V 50 – 60 Hz |
|
Power consumption |
1500 W (120 VAC version) 1800 W (230 VAC version) |
|
Water consumption |
2 l/min < 25°C minimum flow |
|
Weight net |
Extraction Unit 35 kg | Control unit 4 kg |
Dimensions (W×D×H) |
640 × 350 × 630 mm | 280 × 200 × 190 mm |

Soxtec™ ST255 Extractor
[vc_row][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Labtec™ Line Extraction System - Soxtec™ ST255 (semi-automated)
Soxtec™ solvent extraction systems for safe, convenient and economical determination of soluble, or extractable, matter. Typically five times faster than classical Soxhlet equipment, Soxtec™ systems provide rapid analysis with absolutely no loss in precision or accuracy. Soxtec™ 200 series comprises 2 different solvent extraction systems (ST 255 and 243) and a unique, patented hydrolysis unit (SC 247 SoxCap™) for hydrolysis including filtration and washing.
The semi-automated ST 255 Soxtec™ is used for fast and safe determinations of extractable matter. It is ideal for laboratories with a lower throughput, offering many of the benefits and features of the fully automated Soxtec, but at a lower price. The system allows for a throughput of up to six extractions, 36 samples per day and includes batch handling tools that ensure fast and safe handling of samples and cups.
Sample | Parameters |
Food, Feed, Agriculture, Soil, Wastewater, Sludge, Textiles, Plastics, Petrochemicals, Pharmaceuticals, Paper and a wide range of other industrial products. | Crude Fat, Total Fat Extractable matter |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]
Soxtec ST255
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Technical Specification
Performance data at 230 V | |||
Extraction time | Typically 45 – 60 min | ||
Solvent volume | 70 – 90 ml depending on cup type | ||
Sample size | 0.5 – 3 g depending on sample type 0.5 – 2 g (for total fat) | ||
Capacity/batch | 6 positions | ||
Capacity/day | 36 samples | ||
Temperature range | 0 – 285 °C | ||
Measuring range | 0.1 – 100 % | ||
Reproducibility | 1% rel. Or better (5 – 100% fat) | ||
Solvent recovery | Typically 80 % | ||
Accuracy | According to officially approved methods | ||
Installation Requirements | |||
Power supply | 230 V, 50-60 Hz | ||
Power consumption | 1550 W | ||
Water consumption | 2/l min | ||
ST 255 Soxtec™ Extraction Unit | ST 255 Soxtec™ Control Unit | ||
Weight net | 30 kg | 3 kg | |
Dimensions (W x D x H) | 600 × 380 × 580 mm | 310 × 240 × 160 mm | |
Ventilation | Fume hood min. Airflow 0,5 m/s (inter locked) |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]> Download Brochure
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Soxtec™ ST243 Extractor
[vc_row][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Labtec™ Line Extraction System - Soxtec™ ST243 (manual)
Soxtec™ solvent extraction systems for safe, convenient and economical determination of soluble, or extractable, matter. Typically five times faster than classical Soxhlet equipment, Soxtec™ systems provide rapid analysis with absolutely no loss in precision or accuracy. Soxtec™ 200 series comprises 2 different solvent extraction systems (ST 255 and 243) and a unique, patented hydrolysis unit (SC 247 SoxCap™) for hydrolysis including filtration and washing. The ST 243 Soxtec™ is a six-place solvent extraction system used for fast and safe determination of extractable matter in food, feed, soil, polymers, paper pulp and textiles. The system comes with an extraction and control unit as well as 26 mm/30 ml cellulose thimbles.Sample | Parameters |
Food, Feed, Agriculture, Soil, Wastewater, Sludge, Textiles, Plastics, Petrochemicals, Pharmaceuticals, Paper and a wide range of other industrial products. | Crude Fat, Total Fat Extractable matter |
Soxtec ST243
Technical Specification
Extraction time | Typically 45 – 60 min | |
Solvent volume | 40 – 50 ml | |
Sample size | 0.5 – 3 g depending on sample type 0.5 – 2 g (for total fat) | |
Capacity/batch | 6 positions | |
Capacity/day | 36 samples | |
Temperature range | 0 – 285 °C | |
Measuring range | 0.1 – 100 % | |
Reproducibility | 1% rel. Or better (5 – 100% fat) | |
Solvent recovery | Typically 80 % | |
Accuracy | According to officially approved methods | |
Installation Requirements | ||
Power supply | 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 115 V, 50-60 Hz | |
Power consumption | 1250 W | |
Water consumption | 2/l min | |
ST 243 Soxtec Extraction Unit | ST 243 Soxtec Control Unit | |
Weight | 30 kg | 3 kg |
Dimensions (W x D x H) | 570 × 350 × 580 mm | 280 × 230 × 190 mm |
Ventilation | Fume hood min. Airflow 0,5 m/s (inter locked) |

DURAN® Pasteur Pipettes
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Pasteur Pipettes[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
PASTEUR PIPETTES MADE OF BOROSILICATE GLASS 5.1
Due their material properties, Pasteur pipettes made of borosilicate glass 5.1 are a high-quality alternative to plastic pipettes and pipettes made of soda-lime glass. Features & Benefits- Glass pasteur pipettes with short and long drawn fine tip
- Made of clear borosilicate glass 5.1
- USP Type I neutral glass
- Pipettes conform to ISO 7712
- Inured to rapid temperature changes and chemical attack
- Very good chemical resistance to acidic and alkaline solutions
- Borosilicate glass 5.1 is more stable than soda-lime glass and therefore ideal for the transfer of hot liquids
- Virtually inert borosilicate glass minimizes interaction with the material and reduces the risk of sample contamination
- Rubber teat, made from natural rubber, can be ordered separately
- Pasteur pipettes are intended for one-time use in microbiological and serological laboratories
- Ideal for distributing aliquots quantities of liquid
Cat. No. | l (mm) | Pipette diameter (mm) | Tip diameter (mm) | Volume (ml) | Pack Unit |
233301504 | 150 | 6.95 | approx. 1.1 | approx. 2 | 1000 = 4 x 250 |
233302303 | 230 | 6.95 | approx. 1.1 | approx. 2 | 1000 = 4 x 250 |
Cat. No. | Description | d (mm) | h (mm) | Pack Unit |
292000102 | Rubber teat made from natural rubber | 15 | 35 | 100 |

Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Kjeldahl Digestor (Automated)
Tecator™ Line Digestion Systems - Digestor™ 2508 and 2520
Fully automated digestor for safe and flexible Kjeldahl digestion
FOSS Tecator line Digestion systems allow fully automated digestion for convenient, safe and flexible Kjeldahl analysis.Two way PC communication supports traceability and GLP. Capable of handling eight or twenty tubes.Samples | Parameters |
• Raw materials and finished products in food, feed, agriculture and related matrices • Water & wastewater and a wide range of industrial compounds • Also used in a wide range of industrial applications | • Kjeldahl digestions • Chemical oxygen demand & other reflux chemistries • Trace metal analysis by AAS or ICP instruments • Often used in combination with FIA and SFA systems |
System Description
Digestors: All models are delivered with a tube rack with integrated heat shields. They should always be combined with a matching exhaust manifold or reflux head and test tubes – 100 ml, 250 ml or 400 ml volume. For Kjeldahl digestions the Scrubber 2501 should always be considered for safe and efficient neutralisation of corrosive gases. This replaces the water aspirator, supplied as standard. Lift models, complete with lift and integrated controller for fully automatic control of digestion applications, including the operation of the lift and a scrubber unit (optional extra). The digestor can be connected to PC for application updates, traceability and logging purposes. NOTE. An appropriate exhaust manifold or reflux head MUST be added for an automatic system. Rack models, complete with rack and integrated controller for full control of digestion applications, including the operation of a scrubber (optional extra). The digestion unit can be connected to PC for application updates, traceability and logging purposes. Can be upgraded to an auto lift system by addition of the lift. NOTE. An appropriate exhaust manifold or reflux head MUST be added for an automatic system.Scrubber Unit 2501 (supplied as standard)
Where water is a scarce or expensive commodity, or simply when a higher level of automation is desired, the water aspirator should be replaced with an efficient scrubber unit. Exhaust manifolds and scrubber units which require an external water source are subject to variation in vacuum efficiency due to fluctuations in local water pressure. The compact bench top Tecator™ Line Scrubber 2501 is self contained and is therefore unaffected by water supply issues. During digestion moist, acidic fumes from the connected exhaust are drawn through the scrubber. Acid vapours are first condensed and diluted in a large acid trap. Any residual fumes are collected, washed and neutralised before passing through a second small acid trap which protects the vacuum pump in the event that the scrubbing agents are exhausted. The cleaned air is then vented via a tubing outlet. In the interest of GLP and H&S this venting tube should be directed into a fume cupboard. When the scrubber is connected to the lift or rack system the program will fully control the function including switching from high to low aspiration settings.
Technical specification
Temperature range | Ambient - 440°C | |
Temperature setting repeatability | 1°C | |
Temperature stability at 100°C | ± 2°C | |
Temperature stability at 400°C | ± 1°C | |
Heating up time 20 to 400 °Cat 230 V | Digestor 2508: ~35 min Digestor 2520: ~40 min | |
Digestion application memory | Up to 254 | |
Digestion steps per application | Up to 23 | |
Lift connection | Yes, full control | |
Scrubber | Digestor 2508/2520: Yes, full control | |
Tubes/batch | Digestor 2508: 8 tubes Digestor 2520: 20 tubes | |
Installation requirements | Digestor 2508 | Digestor 2520 |
Power supply | 200-240 V, 50-60 Hz | 200-240 V, 50-60 Hz |
Power consumption | 1100 W | 2300 W |
Weight net | 10 kg | 18 kg |
Dimensions (W x D x H) | 300 × 390 × 140 mm | 300 × 550 × 140 mm |
Water supply | EM 2508 Exhaust Manifold: 3 -5 l/min for 5 minutes, then 1 l/min | EM 2520 Exhaust Manifold: 10 - 12 l/min for 5 minutes, then 3-5 l/min |
Ventilation requirement | Exhaust system and Fume hood |

Kjeldahl Digestor (Manual)
Labtec™ Line Digestion Systems - Digestor™ DT208 & DT220
The DT 208 & DT 220 basic Digestion systems for Kjeldahl analysis consist of a digestion block and a tube rack. The digestion blocks are insulated to minimise heat transfer to the surroundings and allow fast, even heating for good working conditions and minimal energy consumption.
Labtec™ Line digestion systems are based on a digestion unit and tube rack, allowing digestion for safe and flexible Kjeldahl analysis. These versatile digestion systems are capable of handling eight or twenty tubes in volumes of 100 ml, 250 ml or 400 ml. dependant on chosen configuration.
Samples | Parameters |
• Raw materials and finished products in Food, Feed, Agriculture and related matrices • Water & Wastewater and a wide range of industrial compounds • Also used in a wide range of industrial applications | • Kjeldahl digestions • Chemical Oxygen Demand & other reflux chemistries • Trace metal analysis by AAS or ICP instruments • Often used in combination with FIA and SFA systems |
System Description
Digestion units: All models are delivered with a tube rack with integrated heat shields. They should always be combined with a matching exhaust manifold or reflux head and test tubes – 100 ml, 250 ml or 400 ml volume. For Kjeldahl digestions the SR 210 Scrubber should always be considered for safe and efficient neutralisation of corrosive gases. This replaces the water aspirator, supplied as standard. Labtec™ Line with built in electronics for control of temperature and time only. Cannot be upgraded to Auto models but are compatible with RS 2500 Rack system.SR 210 Scrubber Unit (supplied as standard)
Where water is a scarce or expensive commodity, the water aspirator should be replaced with an efficient scrubber unit. Exhaust manifolds and scrubber units which require an external water source are subject to variation in vacuum efficiency due to fluctuations in local water pressure. The compact bench top Labtec™ Line SR 210 Scrubber Unit is self contained and is therefore unaffected by water supply issues. During digestion moist, acidic fumes from the connected exhaust are drawn through the scrubber unit. Acid vapours are first condensed and diluted in a large acid trap. Any residual fumes are collected, washed and neutralised before passing through a second small acid trap which protects the vacuum pump in the event that the scrubbing agents are exhausted. The cleaned air is then vented via a tubing outlet. In the interest of GLP and H&S this venting tube should be directed into a fume cupboard.
Technical Specification
Performance data | ||
Temperature range | 100°C – 440 °C | |
Temperature setting repeatability | 1°C | |
Temperature stability at 100°C | ± 5°C | |
Temperature stability at 400°C | ± 2°C | |
Heating up time 20 to 400 °Cat 230 V | DT 208: ~35 min | |
DT 220: ~40 min | ||
Installation requirements | DT 208 Digestor | DT 220 Digestor |
Power supply | 100 – 115 V, 50 – 60 Hz | 200 - 240V, 50 – 60 Hz |
200 – 240 V, 50 – 60 Hz | ||
Power consumption | 1100 W | 2300 W |
Weight net | 10 kg | 18 kg |
Dimensions (W x D x H) | 300 × 390 × 140 mm | 300 × 550 × 140 mm |
Water supply | 3 -5 l/min for 5 minutes, then 1 l/min* | 10 - 12 l/min for 5 minutes, then 3-5 l/min* |
Ventilation requirement | Exhaust system and Fume hood | Exhaust system and Fume hood |

Kjeltec™ Distillation Unit
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Kjeltec™ 8000 - Kjeldahl Distillation Solutions for Food and Feed

Sample | Parameters |
Raw materials and finished products in Food, Feed and Agriculture | Nitrogen, Protein |

Analysis time | 3.5 minutes at 30 mg N (6.5 minutes at 200 mg N) |
Distillation capacity | ~ 40 ml/min |
Measurement range | 0.1 – 200 mg N |
Reproducibility | 1% RSD (including the digestion step) |
Recovery | > 99.5% at nitrogen levels between 1 – 200 mg N |
Installation Requirements | |
Power supply | 200 – 240 V 50 – 60 Hz |
Tolerable voltage variation | ± 10 % |
Power consumption | 2 200 W |
Water consumption | (during distillation only) 3 l/min at water temp of 25°C *1 l/min at water temp of 15°C * Circulating Cooler recommended at >25°C |
Weight | 35 kg |
Dimensions (W x D x H) | 480 × 580 × 690 mm |

Analysis time | 3.5 minutes at 30 mg N (6.5 minutes at 200 mg N) |
Distillation capacity | ~ 40 ml/min |
Measuring range |
0.1 – 200 mg N |
Reproducibility | 1% RSD (including the digestion step) |
Recovery | > 99.5% at nitrogen levels between 1 – 200 mg N |
Installation requirements | |
Power supply | 200 – 240 V 50 – 60 Hz |
Tolerable voltage variation | ± 10 % |
Power consumption | 2 200 W |
Water consumption | (during distillation only) 3 l/min at water temp of 25°C *1 l/min at water temp of 15°C *Circulating Cooler recommended at >25°C |
Weight net | Kjeltec™ (8100, 8200, 8400) 35kg |
Dimensions: (W×D×H) | 480 × 580 × 690 mm |

Autosampler capacity | Kjeltec™ sampler 8420, 1 rack with 20 Kjeldahl tubes 250 ml or 400 ml Kjeltec™ sampler 8460, 3 racks with 20 Kjeldahl tubes 250 ml or 400 ml | ||
Analysis time | 3.5 minutes at 30 mg N (6.5 minutes at 200 mg N) | ||
Distillation capacity |
~ 40 ml/min |
||
Measuring range | 0.1 – 200 mg N | ||
Reproducibility | 1% RSD (including the digestion step) | ||
Recovery | |||
Installation requirements | |||
Power supply | 200 – 240 V 50 – 60 Hz | ||
Tolerable voltage variation | ± 10 % | ||
Power consumption | 2 200 W | ||
Water consumption | (during distillation only) 3 l/min at water temp of 25°C *1 l/min at water temp of 15°C * Circulating Cooler recommended at >25°C | ||
Weight net | Kjeltec™ (8100, 8200, 8400) 35kg | Sampler Kjeltec™ 8420 71kg | Sampler Kjeltec™ 8460 89kg |
Dimensions: (W×D×H) | 480 × 580 × 690 mm | 645 × 840 × 900 mm | 1000 × 800 × 900 mm |
Overview of Kjeltec Models
200 | 8100 | 8200 | 8400 | |
---|---|---|---|---|
Variable output steam generator | x | x | x | |
Water saving system | x | x | x | |
Cooling water flow control | x | x | x | |
Distillate temperature monitor | x | x | x | |
Polypropylene splash head | x | x | x | x |
Polypropylene tube emptying vessel | x | x | x | |
Bellows pumps for reagent addition | x | x | x | x |
Automatic alkali addition | x | x | x | x |
Automatic dilution water addition | x | x | x | |
Automatic receiver solution addition | x | x | ||
SAfE - Steam Addition for Equilibration | x | x | x | x |
Tube emptying/Waste collection | x | x | x | |
Reagent alarms | x | x | x | |
Removable drip tray | x | x | x | x |
Automatic safety door | x | x | ||
Interlocked safety door | x | x | x | |
Removable safety door | x | x | x | |
Tube-in-place safety | x | x | x | |
Tube replacement sensor | x | x | x | |
Colorimetric titration system | Opt. | x | ||
External titrator connection | Opt. | Opt. | ||
Interchangeable burette | x | |||
Titration bypass | x | |||
Results calculation | x | |||
Storage of raw data in instrument | 40 batch | |||
Data management PC software | x | |||
Storage of raw data with PC software | Unltd | |||
Ethernet connection for: | ||||
PC | x | |||
Balance | x | |||
Printer | x | |||
Autosampler system 8420 or 8460 | Opt. |

Smeg Basic line GW0160 60cm glassware washer
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW0160[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW0160 is a glassware washer designed to work with one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620mm (168L gross). Possibility for washing and thermic disinfection (up to 85°C).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2627" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Specifications and Technical Features
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW0160" tab_id="GW0160"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]GW0160 (art. 860384)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- washing up to 85 °C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 7 default
- microprocessor electronic control
- active thermodynamic drying
- alkaline powder detergent dispenser
- peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 304 stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
- single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW0160-1)
- 60 Hz version available
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW0160A (art. 860692)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- additional booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
- B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- P14060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
- PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
- TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
GW0160S (art. 860386)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- washing up to 85 °C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 7 default
- microprocessor electronic control
- active thermodynamic drying
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
- peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 304 stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
- single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW0160S1)
- 60 Hz version available
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW0160SA (art. 860693)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
- B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
- TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
Technical Features
GW0160 TECHNICAL FEATURES | All versions |
Electronic control | microprocessor |
Standard programs stored | 7 |
Customisable programs | 0 |
Display with segments and communication | yes, 4 digits |
Clock and calendar | yes |
Tank internal temperature | from room temperature to 85°C |
Accurancy | 0,1°C |
Temperature sensors in tank | n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751 |
Detergent and neutralizing agent dosing system | max. 1 powder dispenser and 1 pump for neutralizing agent |
Detergent level sensor | no |
Safety lock | yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening |
Safety devices | safety thermostats, door interlock |
Alarm display | 30 |
Troubleshooting menu | no |
Programme editing | no |
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS | |
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs | no |
RS232 serial port for PC connection | no |
Cycle storage | no |
Cycle file download | no |
Download archivio cicli | no |
Program editing | no |
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR) | |
Cold water inlet | yes, hardness max 42°f |
Demineralized water inlet | yes, < 30 μS/cm |
Demineralized water booster pump | optional |
Water softener incorporated | yes |
Recirculation pump | 400 l/min |
WATER HEATING | |
Electrical | 6,3 kW on three-phase version, 2,3 kW on single-phase version |
STEAM CONDENSER | no |
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm | |
Outside (with built-in top) | 600x600x850 (830) |
Inside (gross) | 530x510x620 |
Net weight (Kg) | 72 |
STAINLESS STEEL | |
Wash tank | AISI 304 |
Exterior covering | AISI 304 |
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY | |
Max. voltage/power | 1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 2,8 kW 3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 7,0 kW |
NOISE LEVEL | max 50 dB |

Possible Washing Configuration - GW0160 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2682" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for different types of glassware. Photo: CS1-1 upper basket: it is fitted with RC1/2 net in the right side for the support of various glass items. On the left side: test tube accessory. CS2 lower basket: SB28 insert on the right and SB30 on the left for washing beakers, flasks, plates and various other materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one mixed injection washing level suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware and pipettes. Photo: LPM2020: this system allows simultaneously washing narrownecked glassware (flasks, beakers, round-bottom flasks) and 20 pipettes.Specific carriers for laboratories which clean many different types of glassware at the same time.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2683" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2684" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one injection washing level suitable for washing narrownecked glassware. Photo: LM40: universal injection carrier as it optimises washing of narrow-necked glassware of different sizes. It has a capacity of 40 items and can wash both large items and small flasks or bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Accessories - GW0160 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM40 WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE TILL 49 CM IN HEIGHT







CS1-1
UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CS2
LOWER LEVEL BASKET
Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.
.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2831" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB9
9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB15
15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB28
28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB30
30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK1
1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK2
½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “CP”
¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle insert" tab_id="insert_c"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2839" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB50
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 56 50 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 46 mm - h 87 mm. PB100 (not in photo) suitable for holding 32 100 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 56 mm - h 100 mm. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB500
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 21 500 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 86 mm - h 177 mm. PB250 (not in photo) suitable for holding 25 250 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 70 mm - h 138 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2840" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2668" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB1000
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 16 1000 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 101 mm - h 225 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PV105
SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL6
PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL9
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL18
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PD"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PF"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SA3
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “U”
SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2751" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM20
UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM40
UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2656" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2635" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM40S
UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM80
UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2659" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2789" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB4B
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LBT5
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing. Suitable for washing of 5 x 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2849" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB8
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 x U6260 spigots and 8 x special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB16
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2664" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2633" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB16S
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16I: same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB32
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2850" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2851" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB1-20
WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2631" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPM2010
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes. Suitable for washing of 10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPM2020
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes. Suitable for washing 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2660" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2790" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LR4
REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LT20
WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier for washing 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2852" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2753" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPV40
PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPT100
PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2663" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2853" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]KP100
TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200 (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB40
BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing . Suitable for washing 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2854" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Carbon Monoxide (CO) Meter
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Extech CO15: Carbon Monoxide (CO) Meter
Carbon Monoxide Meter with Adjustable CO Warning Level and Backlit Display
Check CO levels up to 999ppm with the push of a button using Model CO15. An audible alarm indicator will continuously beep starting at 25ppm (preset warning level - value can be adjusted) and the display will flash until the CO level goes down to normal range. A backlight on the display can be used for low light areas. The meter comes complete with batteries, wrist strap, and pouch.- Dual LCD simultaneously displays Carbon Monoxide (CO) level and maximum CO reading taken from when the meter was powered on
- Long life electrochemical sensor
- Adjustable CO warning level at 25, 30, 35, 45, 50, 70, 100 and 200ppm (alarm is preset to 25ppm)
- Audible alarm when CO level reaches the warning set point level
- Choose from 3 calibration points: 0 (preset), 100, and 500ppm
- Backlit display feature for easy viewing in dimly lit areas
- Auto power off after 15 minutes
- Low battery indicator
- Complete with 3 AAA batteries, wrist strap and pouch
Specifications | Range | Resolution | Basic Accuracy |
---|---|---|---|
Carbon Monoxide (CO) | 0 to 999ppm | 1ppm | ±20% @ 0 to 100ppm; ±15% @ 100 to 500ppm |
Dimensions | 6.9x1.9x1.1" (175x47x28mm) | ||
Weight | 5.6oz (158.8g) |
Extech CO30: CO (Carbon Monoxide) Monitor
Indoor Compact CO Monitor with Tilt Leg Stand
The CO30 is a CO Monitor which displays Carbon Monoxide (CO) concentration, Air Temperature, and Relative Humidity. The CO30 features a programmable audible alarm with a high decibel beeper, sounds when CO concentration rises to unsafe levels. Unit can be wall mounted or used on a desktop close to areas of concern. Other features include a visible bright tri-colored (green, yellow, red) LED alarm indicator, a "ZERO" re-calibration function, manual temperature and relative humidity compensation (adjustable), CO calibration function in fresh air, and a low battery indicator. Complete with universal AC adaptor (including US, EU, UK, and AU plugs), and 4 AAA batteries.- Alternately displays Carbon Monoxide (CO) concentration, Air Temperature, and Relative Humidity readings (cycles approximately every 6 seconds)
- Visible bright tri-colored (green, yellow, red) LED alarm indicator
- Adjustable audible alarm for readings exceeding one of the selected ranges: 25ppm, 30ppm, 35ppm, 50ppm, 100ppm or 200ppm
- ZERO Re-Calibration function
- Manual Temperature and Relative Humidity Compensation (adjustable)
- CO Calibration function in fresh air
- Low battery indicator
- Complete with universal AC adaptor (including US, EU, UK, and AU plugs), and 4 AAA batteries
Specifications | Range | Resolution | Basic Accuracy |
---|---|---|---|
Carbon Monoxide (CO) | 0 to 999ppm | 1ppm | ±5% of rdg or ±10ppm |
Temperature (Air) | 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) | 0.1°F/°C | ±2°F/1°C |
Relative Humidity | 20 to 90%RH | 1%RH | ±5%RH @ 25°C |
Dimensions / Weight | 4.4x4.3x2.1" (113x108x53mm) / 5.6oz (159g) |

Smeg Basic line GW2145 45cm glassware washer
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW2145[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW2145 is a glassware washer with slim dimensions,designed to work with either one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 380 x 480 x 580mm (105 litres) and has the capability for washing and thermic disinfection (up to 95°C).
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2572" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Specifications and Technical Features
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW2145" tab_id="GW2145"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]GW2145 (art. 860454)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 9 default + 6 custom
- microprocessor programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
- active thermodynamic drying
- alkaline powder detergent dispenser
- peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
- possibility of installing 1 additional peristaltic pump
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 450 x 620 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 370 x 480 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 3,3 kW max
- 60 Hz version available
- Schuko plug 16 A - 250 V included
- upper and lower trolleys D-CS1 and D-CS2 included
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW2145A (art. 860698)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- P12145 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
- PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- TOP45I - BUILT-IN TOP 45 CM
- WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
Technical Features
GW2145 TECHNICAL FEATURES | All versions |
Electronic control | microprocessor |
Standard programs stored | 9 |
Customisable programs | 6 |
Display with segments and communication | yes, 4 digits |
Clock and calendar | yes |
Tank internal temperature | from room temperature to 95°C |
Accuracy | 0,1°C |
Temperature sensor in tank | n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751 |
Detergent and neutralizing agent dosing system | max. 1 powder dispenser, 1 liquid pumps and 1 pump as optional |
Detergent level sensor | optional |
Safety lock | yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening |
Safety devices | safety thermostats, door interlock |
Alarm display | 30 |
Troubleshooting menu | yes, using PC connection |
Programme editing | yes, using 6 customisable programs |
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS | |
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs | yes |
RS232 serial port for PC connection | yes |
RS232 serial port for printer | yes |
Cycle storage | yes |
Cycle file download | yes |
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR) | |
Cold water inlet | yes, hardness max 42°f |
Demineralized water inlet | yes, < 30 μS/cm |
Demineralized water booster pump | optional |
Water softener incorporated | yes |
Recirculation pump | 200 l/min |
WATER HEATING | |
Electrical | 3,3 kW Max |
STEAM CONDENSER | no |
DIMENSIONS LXDXH MM | |
Outside (with built-in top) | 450x620x850 (830) |
Inside (gross) | 370x480x620 |
Net weight (Kg) | 56 |
STAINLESS STEEL | |
Wash tank | AISI 316L |
Exterior covering | AISI 304 |
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY | |
Max. voltage/power | 1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 3,3 kW |
NOISE LEVEL | max 50 dB |

Possible Washing Configuration - GW2145
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="2678" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms where supports for all types of glassware can be located (beakers, test tubes, flasks, plates and various other materials). Photo: D-CS1 upper basket: SB9 straight line support for beakers and flasks to the left, SB14 spring tine support to the right. Each support occupies ½ the rack for machines with width of 45 cm. D-CS2 lower basket: SB28 universal spring support for beakers and flasks, standard on 60-cm models, occupying all the lower base but cannot be positioned on the upper rack.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for all types of glassware. Photo: D-CS1 upper basket: it is fitted with 2 supports equipped with compartments (CP192 and CP222) to wash test tubes. D-CS2 lower basket: SB9 insert for beakers and flasks to the left, SB14 spring support to the right. Each support occupies ½ the rack for machines with width of 45 cm to optimise the load on the rack.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="2679" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="2680" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration is suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware of different sizes Photo: The LM24 is secured to the lower D-CS2 basket using two special fastenings. This solution is suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware of different sizes with a capacity of 24 items and a maximum height of glassware of 500 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Accessories - GW2145 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM24 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE - 24 POSITIONS







D-CS1
UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]D-CS2
LOWER LEVEL BASKET
Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2891" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB9
9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB15
15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB28
28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB30
30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK1
1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK2
½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “CP”
¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PV105
SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL6
PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL9
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL18
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PD"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PF"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SA3
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “U”
SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2612" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPM24
PIPETTES/FLASK WASHING CARRIER Mixed stainless-steel flask/pipette carriage with 12+12 positions, suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with the following nozzles: 4 x U6240, 2 x U6220, 2 x U4160, 2 x U4140, 2 x U3110, 12 x LB40. Maximum glassware height of 490 mm. Positioning on the D-CS2 rack lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM24
FLASK WASHING INSERT Universal 24-position stainless steel flask washer, suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with the following nozzles: 6 x U6240, 5 x U6220, 6 x U4160, 5 x U4140, 2 x U3110. Positioning on the D-CS2 rack lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2608" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2611" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM22S
FLASK WASHING INSERT Universal 22-position stainless steel flask washer, suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Fitted with the following nozzles: 12 x U4140, 5 x U3110, 5 x U390. Positioning on the D-CS1 rack upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM46
UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER– 46 POSITIONS Suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 220 mm in height. Upper basket insert equipped with the following nozzles: 12 x U4140 (140 mm), 6 x U390 (90 mm), 6 x U3110 (110 mm). Lower basket insert equipped with the following nozzles: 6 x U4140 (140 mm), 2 x U390 (90 mm), 2 x U3110 (110 mm), 2 x U6220 (220 mm), 2 x U6240 (240 mm), 2 x U6260 (260 mm), 2 x U4180 (160 mm), 6 x U4160 (160 mm), 1 x UC6 (curved).Made of stainless steel. Positioned on the rack levels of D-CS1 and D-CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2610" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页>仪器>洗瓶机[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
规格
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW2145" tab_id="GW2145"][vc_column_text]GW2145 (目录号 860454) - 实验室洗瓶机
- 洗涤温度高至95°C - 抗菌热消毒
- 程序: 9个预设 + 6个自定义
- 可编程微处理电子控制器
- RS232接口,连接打印机或者电脑
- 主动热力干燥
- 碱性洗涤粉剂分配器
- 酸性中和剂蠕动泵
- 可安装1个附加蠕动泵
- AISI 316不锈钢洗涤内腔
- AISI 304不锈钢外壳
- 2层独立洗涤层,带伸缩导轨
- 外部尺寸 LxDxH: 450 x 620 x 850mm
- 内腔尺寸 LxDxH: 370 x 480 x 570mm
- 软水器含盐传感器
- 冷水和软化水连接
- 电子门锁系统,保障用户安全
- 电源: 1/N/PE 230V - 50Hz - 3.3kW 最大
- 60Hz版本可选
- 包括Schuko插头16 A/250 V
- 包括上层(D-CS1)和下层(D-CS2)洗涤推车
其他可选型号
GW2145A (目录号 860698) - 实验室洗瓶机
- GW2145标准规格
- 增压泵,用于没有压力软化水
可选配件
- P12145 - 液体洗涤剂蠕动泵
- PAD1 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
- PAD2 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
- PAD2-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
- PAD2R - PAD2 继电器套件
- PAD2X - 不锈钢增压泵用于没有压力软水
- PAD2X-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水,60Hz
- TOP45I - 嵌入式安装顶盖, 45cm
- WD-LS3060 - 洗涤剂液位传感器
- WD-PRINTE - 外置打印机
常用洗涤推车,篮子和支架
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM24 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE - 24 POSITIONS















Technical Features
GW2145 TECHNICAL FEATURES | All versions |
Electronic control | microprocessor |
Standard programs stored | 9 |
Customisable programs | 6 |
Display with segments and communication | yes, 4 digits |
Clock and calendar | yes |
Tank internal temperature | from room temperature to 95°C |
Accuracy | 0,1°C |
Temperature sensor in tank | n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751 |
Detergent and neutralizing agent dosing system | max. 1 powder dispenser, 1 liquid pumps and 1 pump as optional |
Detergent level sensor | optional |
Safety lock | yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening |
Safety devices | safety thermostats, door interlock |
Alarm display | 30 |
Troubleshooting menu | yes, using PC connection |
Programme editing | yes, using 6 customisable programs |
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS | |
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs | yes |
RS232 serial port for PC connection | yes |
RS232 serial port for printer | yes |
Cycle storage | yes |
Cycle file download | yes |
WATER SUPPLY | |
(PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR) | |
Cold water inlet | yes, hardness max 42°f |
Demineralized water inlet | yes, < 30 μS/cm |
Demineralized water booster pump | optional |
Water softener incorporated | yes |
Recirculation pump | 200 l/min |
WATER HEATING | |
Electrical | 3,3 kW Max |
STEAM CONDENSER | no |
DIMENSIONS LXDXH MM | |
Outside (with built-in top) | 450x620x850 (830) |
Inside (gross) | 370x480x620 |
Net weight (Kg) | 56 |
STAINLESS STEEL | |
Wash tank | AISI 316L |
Exterior covering | AISI 304 |
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY | |
Max. voltage/power | 1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 3,3 kW |
NOISE LEVEL | max 50 dB |

Formaldehyde (CH2O or HCHO) Meter
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Extech VFM200: VOC/Formaldehyde Meter
Measures Volatile Organic Compounds and CH2O/HCHO Concentrations in Real Time
The VFM200 measures VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) and Formaldehyde concentrations in real-time. Fast response time, compact, easy-to-carry, and excellent for checking the indoor air quality of homes, offices, factories, hotels, schools and other indoor environments. Potential sources for VOCs include paints, finishes, adhesives, cigarette smoke, pesticides, personal care products, car exhaust, new furnishings, wall coverings, household cleansers, and cooking fuels. Chemicals include: Acetone, Ethylene Glycol, Formaldehyde, Xylene, 1,3-butadiene, Tetrachloroethene, Hydrogen Sulfide, Ammonia, Toluene, Benzene, Methylene Chloride, Perchloroethylene, and MTBE.- Backlit LCD displays TVOC (Total Volatile Organic Compound) and HCHO (Formaldehyde) concentrations simultaneously in real-time
- Built-in fast response, high accuracy fuel cell Formaldehyde sensor
- Two selectable units of measure (ppm, mg/m3)
- Adjustable audible and visible high/low alarms
- Auto Power Off
- Complete with rechargeable battery and Universal AC Adaptor/Charger (multi-plugs US, EU, UK, and AU)
Specifications | Range | Resolution | Basic Accuracy |
---|---|---|---|
TVOC | 0.00 to 9.99ppm (mg/m³) | 0.01ppm | ±5%FS |
Formaldehyde (CH₂O or HCHO) | 0.00 to 5.00ppm (mg/m³) | 0.01ppm (mg/m³) | ±5%FS |
Response Time | <2s | ||
Power Supply | Rechargeable battery and AC adaptor | ||
Charge Time | approx. 3 hours | ||
Dimensions | 6.5x2.4x1" (165 x 60 x 25mm) | ||
Weight | 1.3lbs (584g) |

Indoor CO2 Meter/Datalogger
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Extech EA80: EasyView™ Indoor Air Quality Meter/Datalogger
Measures CO2
The EA80 checks for Carbon Dioxide concentrations using a maintenance-free dual wave NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO2 sensor with a range of 0 to 6,000 PPM. It can automatically data log up to 20,000 data sets or you can manually enter up to 99 sets for later recall. Additional features include: auto power off, data hold, max/min with time stamp and alarm. Comes complete with six AAA batteries, Windows 95/98/NT/2000/ME/XP compatible software and an RS-232 interface cable.- Checks for Carbon Dioxide (CO₂) concentrations
- Maintenance free dual wavelength NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO₂
- CO₂ measurement range: 0 to 6,000ppm
- Temperature measurement range: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C)
- Humidity measurement range: 10 to 95%RH
- Continuous (20,000 sets) or Manual (99 sets) datalogging
- Complete with (6) AAA batteries, RS-232 cable, and Windows® compatible software
Specifications | Range | Resolution |
---|---|---|
Carbon Dioxide (CO₂) | 0 to 6,000ppm | 1ppm |
Temperature | -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) | 0.1°F/°C |
Humidity | 10 to 95% | 0.1% |
Dimensions/ Weight | 5.3 x 2.8 x 1.2" (135 x 72 x 31mm)/ 8.2oz (235g) |
Extech SD800: CO2, Humidity and Temperature Datalogger
Records data on an SD card in Excel® format
SD800 monitors air quality in schools, office buildings, greenhouses, hospitals and anywhere that high levels of carbon dioxide are generated. Selectable data sampling rate of 5, 10, 30, 60, 120, 300, 600 seconds or automatic. Maintenance free dual wavelength NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO2 sensor. Triple LCD simultaneously displays CO2, Temperature and Relative Humidity. Complete with six AAA batteries, 2G SD memory card, universal AC adaptor, and mounting bracket.- Checks for Carbon Dioxide (CO2) concentrations
- Maintenance free dual wavelength NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO2 sensor
- Triple LCD simultaneously displays CO2 , Temperature and Relative Humidity
- Measurement ranges: CO2 - 0 to 4,000ppm; Temperature - 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C); Humidity - 10 to 90%RH
- Datalogger stores readings on an SD card in Excel® format for easy transfer to a PC
- Selectable data sampling rate: 5, 10, 30, 60, 120, 300, 600 seconds or Auto
- Complete with six AAA batteries, 2G SD memory card, universal AC adaptor, and mounting bracket
Specifications | Range |
---|---|
CO2 | 0 to 4,000ppm |
Accuracy | ±40ppm ( <1000ppm); ±5% rdg (>1000ppm) |
Resolution | 1ppm |
Temperature | 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) |
Accuracy | ±1.8°F/0.8°C |
Resolution | 0.1°F/°C |
Humidity | 10 to 90% |
Accuracy | ±4%RH |
Resolution | 0.1% |
Datalogging | 20M data using 2G SD memory card |
Dimensions | 5.2 x 3.1 x 1.3" (132 x 80 x 32mm) |
Weight | 9.9oz (282g) |
Extech CO240: Indoor Air Quality, Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
Measures Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
The CO240 measures Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Air Temperature and Humidity, as well as Dew Point and Wet Bulb calculations. The user settable high alarm with audible beeper is perfect for conducting a quick check of CO2 level to help adjust the environmental conditions in an enclosed area, such as a greenhouse or nursery, to insure optimal plant grown. Complete with six AAA batteries, USB cable, PC software and soft case.- Dual display of Carbon Dioxide (CO₂) concentrations and Relative Humidity, Temperature, Dew Point, or Wet Bulb
- Maintenance free NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO₂ sensor
- Audible CO₂ warning alarm when concentration level exceeds high user set point
- Min/Max CO₂ value recall function
- Includes software and cable for on-line (real-time) datalogging to a PC
- Automatic Baseline Calibration function
- Data Hold, Auto Power Off (with disable), Low battery indicator
- Tripod mount (tripod sold separately)
- Complete with six AAA batteries, USB cable, PC software, and soft case
Specifications | Range | Resolution | Basic Accuracy |
---|---|---|---|
Carbon Dioxide (CO₂) | 0 to 9,999ppm | 1ppm | ±(5%rdg + 75ppm) |
Temperature (Air) | 14 to 122°F (-10 to 50°C) | 0.1°F/°C | ±2.0°F (1.0°C) |
Relative Humidity | 10 to 90%RH | 0.1%RH | ±5%RH @ 25°C |
Dew Point | -99.2 to 118°F (-72.9 to 47°C) | 0.1°F/°C | |
Wet Bulb | 12.2 to 118.8°F (-11 to 48.2°C) | 0.1°F/°C | |
Dimensions | 8.3x2.4x1.6" (211x60x40mm) | ||
Weight | 6.4oz (181.4g) |
Extech CO230: Indoor Air Quality, Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Monitor
Measures Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Air Temperature and Humidity
The CO230 measures Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Air Temperature and Humidity, plus calculates Dew Point and Wet Bulb. Features Automatic Baseline Calibration (ABC) with disable for use in areas with continuously elevated CO2 levels. Its alarm function with user settable high/low CO2 level is perfect for monitoring air quality and ensuring proper air ventilation in conference rooms, schools, greenhouses, factories, hotels, hospitals and anywhere that high levels of carbon dioxide are generated. The CO230 also calculates Dew Point and Wet Bulb values, Min/Max CO2 value recall function, statistical weighted averages of TWA (8 hour Time Weighted Average) and STEL (15 minute Short Term Exposure Limit), Alarm relay output for ventilation control and wall mount. Complete with Universal AC adaptor and multiple plug types (US, EU, UK, AUS).- Checks for Carbon Dioxide (CO₂) concentrations
- Maintenance free NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO₂ sensor
- Automatic Baseline Calibration (ABC) with disable feature for use in areas with continuously elevated CO₂ levels (>400ppm)
- Triple LCD simultaneously displays CO₂, Temperature and Humidity
- Visible and Audible CO₂ warning alarm when concentration level exceeds high or low user set point
- Calculates Dew Point and Wet Bulb values
- Min/Max CO₂ value recall function
- Calculates statistical weighted averages of TWA (8 hour Time Weighted Average) and STEL (15 minute Short Term Exposure Limit)
- Alarm relay output for ventilation control
- Desktop or wall mount
- Complete with Universal AC adaptor and multi-plugs (US, EU, UK, AU)
Specifications | Range | Resolution |
---|---|---|
Carbon Dioxide (CO₂) | 0 to 9,999ppm | 1ppm |
Temperature (Air) | 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C) | 0.1°F/°C |
Relative Humidity | 0.1 to 99.9%RH | 0.1%RH |
Wet Bulb | Calculated | |
Dew Point | Calculated | |
Dimensions | 5.1x3.4x2.4" (130x85x60mm) | |
Weight | 7.2oz (204g) |

Smeg Basic Line GW1160 60cm glassware washer
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW1160[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW1160 is a glassware washer designed to work on either one or two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620 mm (168l gross). Possibility for washing and thermic disinfection (up to 95°C).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2749" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Specifications and Technical Features
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW1160" tab_id="GW1160"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]GW1160 (art. 860335)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 9 default + 6 custom
- microprocessor programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
- active thermodynamic drying
- alkaline powder detergent dispenser
- peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
- possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
- single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW1160-1)
- 60 Hz version available
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW1160A (art. 860694)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
GW1160C (art. 860337)LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
GW1160CA (art. 860695)LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
- B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- P14060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
- P34060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR CAUSTIC SODA
- P44060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
- PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
- TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
- TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
GW1160S (art. 860336)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 9 default + 6 custom
- microprocessor programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
- active thermodynamic drying
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
- peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
- possibility of installing one additional peristaltic pump
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
- single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW1160S1)
- 60 Hz version available
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW1160SA (art. 860696)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
GW1160SC (art. 860326)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH STEAM CONDENSER
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
GW1160SCA (art. 860697)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
- B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- P34060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR CAUSTIC SODA
- P44060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
- PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
- TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
- TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
Technical Features
GW1160 TECHNICAL FEATURES | All versions |
Electronic control | microprocessor |
Standard programs stored | 9 |
Customisable programs | 6 |
Display with segments and communication | yes, 4 digits |
Clock and calendar | yes |
Tank internal temperature | from room temperature to 95°C |
Accuracy | 0,1°C |
Temperature sensors in tank | n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751 |
Detergent and agents dosing system | max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 2 other pumps as optional |
Detergent level sensor | optional |
Safety lock | yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening |
Safety devices | safety thermostats, door interlock |
Alarm display | 30 |
Troubleshooting menu | yes, using PC connection |
Programme editing | yes, using 6 customisable programs |
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS | |
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs | yes |
RS232 serial port for PC connection | yes |
RS232 serial port for printer | yes |
Cycle storage | yes |
Cycle file download | yes |
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR) | |
Cold water inlet | yes, hardness max 42°f |
Demineralized water inlet | yes, < 30 μS/cm |
Demineralized water booster pump | optional |
Water softener incorporated | yes |
Recirculation pump | 400 l/min |
WATER HEATING | |
Electrical | 6,3 kW on three-phase version, 2,3 kW on single-phase version |
STEAM CONDENSER | optional |
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm | |
Outside (with built-in top) | 600x605x850 (830) |
Inside (gross) | 530x510x620 |
Net weight (Kg) | 74 |
STAINLESS STEEL | |
Wash tank | AISI 316L |
Exterior covering | AISI 304 |
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY | |
Max. voltage/power | 1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 2,8 kW 3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 7,0 kW |
NOISE LEVEL | max 50 dB |

Possible Washing Configuration - GW1160 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2682" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for different types of glassware. Photo: CS1-1 upper basket: it is fitted with RC1/2 net in the right side for the support of various glass items. On the left side: test tube accessory. CS2 lower basket: SB28 insert on the right and SB30 on the left for washing beakers, flasks, plates and various other materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one mixed injection washing level suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware and pipettes. Photo: LPM2020: this system allows simultaneously washing narrownecked glassware (flasks, beakers, round-bottom flasks) and 20 pipettes.Specific carriers for laboratories which clean many different types of glassware at the same time.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2683" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2684" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one injection washing level suitable for washing narrownecked glassware. Photo: LM40: universal injection carrier as it optimises washing of narrow-necked glassware of different sizes. It has a capacity of 40 items and can wash both large items and small flasks or bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Accessories - GW1160 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM20 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKEDGLASSWARE - 24 POSITIONS







CS1-1
UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CS2
LOWER LEVEL BASKET
Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.
.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2831" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB9
9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB15
15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB28
28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB30
30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK1
1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK2
½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “CP”
¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle insert" tab_id="insert_c"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2839" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB50
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 56 50 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 46 mm - h 87 mm. PB100 (not in photo) suitable for holding 32 100 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 56 mm - h 100 mm. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB500
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 21 500 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 86 mm - h 177 mm. PB250 (not in photo) suitable for holding 25 250 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 70 mm - h 138 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2840" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2668" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB1000
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 16 1000 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 101 mm - h 225 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PV105
SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL6
PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL9
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL18
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PD"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PF"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SA3
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “U”
SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2751" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM20
UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM40
UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2656" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2635" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM40S
UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM80
UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2659" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2789" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB4B
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LBT5
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing. Suitable for washing five 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2849" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB8
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 U6260 spigots and 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB16
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2664" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2633" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB16S
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16I: same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB32
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2850" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2851" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB1-20
WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2631" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPM2010
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes. Suitable for washing 10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPM2020
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes. Suitable for washing 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2660" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2790" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LR4
REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LT20
WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier for washing 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2852" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2753" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPV40
PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPT100
PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2663" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2853" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]KP100
TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200 (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB40
BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing. Suitable for washing 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2854" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Video Particle Counter
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Extech VPC300: Video Particle Counter with built-in Camera
Measure up to 6 Channels of Particle Sizes plus Air Temperature and Relative Humidity
The VPC300 is a Video Particle Counter with built-in Camera. Measures up to 6 channels of particle sizes plus air temperature and relative humidity. Used for capturing videos and photos that are stored onto internal memory or a micros card. The VPC300 can measure up to 6 channels of particle sizes plus air temperature and relative humidity. Use the included software to generate reports with videos, photos and data points. Complete with NIST-traceable calibration certificate, Universal AC Adapter/Charger with multiple plugs, USB cable, PC software, tripod, filter, 7.4V NiMH battery and a hard, protective case.- Simultaneously measure and display 6 channels of particle sizes (down to 0.3µm), Air Temperature, Humidity, Dew Point and Wet Bulb
- 2.8" TFT Color LCD display
- Built-in 320x240-pixel camera takes videos (3GP) and photo images (JPEG) and records them in internal 74MB memory
- Store 5000 records (date, time, counts, humidity, temperature, sample volumes, and location label) and 20 minutes of video
- Selectable sample time, count data, and programmable delay
- Max, Min, DIF, AVG record, Date/time setup controls, Auto Power Off
- Mini-USB port connection
- Complete with NIST-traceable calibration certificate, Universal AC Adapter/Charger with multiple plugs, USB cable, PC software, tripod, filter, 7.4V NiMH battery and hard case
Specifications | Range |
---|---|
Particle Size Channels | 0.3, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10µm |
Flow Rate | 0.1ft3 (2.83L/min) controlled by internal pump |
Count Modes | Cumulative, Differential, Concentration |
Counting Effeciency | 50% @ 0.3µm; 100% for particles>0.45 |
Coincidence Loss | 5% @ 2,000,000 particles per ft3 |
Air Temperature | -14 to 140ºF (-25 to 60ºC); Accuracy:±2ºF/1ºC |
Relative Humidity | 0 to 100%RH; Accuracy:±3%RH (40% to 60%RH) |
Dew Point/ Wet Bulb | 32 to 122ºF (0 to 50ºC) |
Dimensions/Weight | 9.4 x 3 x 2.2" (240 x 75 x 57mm)/1.26lbs (570g) |

Chart Recorder (Humidity+Temperature)
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Extech RH520A-220:Humidity+Temperature Chart Recorder with Detachable Probe (220V)
Graphical datalogger for Humidity/Temperature measurements and Dew Point calculation
This paperless chart recorder provides simultaneous digital and graphical display of relative humidity and temperature. The display also shows dew point, date and time and Min/Max measurements. Stored readings can be recalled on the display or downloaded to a PC to obtain a permanent record. Provisions for wall mounting or the control panel swivels to act as a desk stand. The user can set audible and visual alarms with High and Low limits for humidity and temperature. LabView software calculates Wet Bulb and Grains per Pound (GPP). Comes complete with detachable sensor probe with 1 meter cable, RS-232 cable with USB adapter, LabView-based software, 220 VAC adapter, and three AA batteries.- Simultaneous numerical and graphical display of Humidity and Temperature readings, plus Time and Date
- Measures Humidity (10 to 95%RH) and Temperature (-20.0°F to 140.0°F) plus calculates Dew Point
- Basic accuracy 3%RH, 1.8°F/1°C
- Large dual graphical LCD displays with adjustable vertical and horizontal TAC resolution
- Internal memory records up to 49,000 data points and can be transferred to a PC via RS-232 serial port for further data analysis
- LCD indicates percentage of memory remaining
- Comes with 220V AC power supply
Specifications | Range |
---|---|
Relative Humidity Range | 10.0 to 95.0% |
Temperature Range | -20.0 to 140.0°F (-28.0 to 60.0°C) |
Accuracy | ±3% Relative Humidity; ±1.8°F/±1°C |
Dimensions | 5 x 7.7 x 0.9" (129x195x22mm) |
Weight | 12.6oz (357g) |

RH520A-220湿度和温度图示记录仪
这是市场上性价比最高的图示数据记录仪,而且设置和操作方便
• 可同时显示湿度(10.0 至 95.0%)和温度(-20.0至140.0°F/-28.0至60.0°C)
读数的数值和图形以及时间和日期
• 基本精度:±3%相对湿度;±1.8°F(±1°C)
• 包含基于LabView™的软件,可计算露点、湿球温度和比湿(谷/磅),并绘制曲线图
• 配有大型双图示液晶显示屏,其垂直和水平分辨率可以进行调节
• 内部存储器可记录多达49,000个数据点,而且可以将这些数据传输到PC上
• 带高位/低位设定点的声音和可视警报
• 输出插座配合可选外部警报模块使用
• 尺寸:129×195×22mm;重量:357g
• 配有内置支架、带 3 英尺(1m)电缆的可拆卸探针、RS-232线缆、RS-232(连接USB适配器)、PC软件、100-240VAC 50/60Hz适配器和3节AA电池;1年质保
规格 | 范围 |
---|---|
相对湿度服务 | 10.0 至 95.0% |
温度范围 | -28.0 至 60.0°C |
准确度 | ±3% 相对湿度; ±1°C |
尺寸 | 129x195x22mm |
重量 | 357g |

USB Datalogging Hygro-thermometers
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Extech RHT10: Humidity and Temperature USB Datalogger
Records up to 16,000 readings for each parameter
The RHT10 datalogs Humidity and Temperature readings (up to 16,000 each) with user programmable sample rates from 2 seconds up to 24 hours for days, weeks and months. USB interface for easy setup and download. Dew Point indication via the included Windows software. User-programmable High/Low alarm thresholds for RH and temperature. Complete with 3.6-Volt Lithium battery, protective USB cap, mounting bracket, and Windows compatible software for analysis.- 32,000 readings (16,000 for each parameter: Humidity/Temperature)
- Selectable data sampling rate: 2s, 5s, 10s, 30s, 1m, 5m, 10m, 30m, 1hr, 2hr, 3hr, 6hr, 12hr, 24hr
- Dew point indication via Windows® software (included)

Specifications | Range | Resolution | Accuracy (%rdg+digits) |
---|---|---|---|
Temperature | -40 to 158°F | 0.1°F/°C | ±1.8°F (14 to 104°F) |
±3.6°F (-40 to +14 and 104 to 158°F) | |||
-40 to 70°C | ±1.0°C (-10 to 40°C) | ||
±2.0°C (-40 to -10 and +40 to 70°C) | |||
Humidity | 0 to 100%RH | 0.1%RH | ±3%RH |
Datalogging interval | 2 seconds to 24 hours | ||
Memory | Temperature: 16,000 points; Relative Humidity: 16,000 points | ||
Dimensions | 5.1 x 1.1 x 0.98" (130 x 30 x 25mm) | ||
Weight | 1oz (20g) |
Extech RHT30: USB Humidity/Temperature Datalogger
Easy-to-use Datalogger Records Humidity and Temperature with Date/Time Stamp

- Compact size housing with built-in NTC thermistor and capacitive humidity sensor designed with standard USB connector for easy data downloading to a PC
- 5-digit LCD display with battery life indicator
- User programmable settings: 6 languages, sample rate, start delay time, alarm delay time, high/low alarm range, and security feature
- Status Indication via Red and Green LEDs
- Start button begins continuous datalogging, which continues until memory is full at 48,000 readings (24,000 for each parameter: Humidity/Temperature), or when Stop button is pressed
- Bookmark 8 locations in a data recording log with a press of the Mark button
- Long battery life (approx. 3 months)
- Generates a PDF report or Excel® spreadsheet with data and trending graph when plugged into a PC after datalogging is completed (Adobe® Reader® required)
- Max/Min function
- Includes 2 CR2032 batteries, USB cover (can be used as a stand), wall mounting screw, and built-in hanger
Specifications | Range | Max Resolution | Basic Accuracy |
---|---|---|---|
Humidity | 0.1 to 99.9%RH | 0.1%RH | ±3%RH |
Temperature (Air) | -22 to 158°F (-30 to 70°C) | 0.1° | ±1.0°F (±0.5°C) |
Datalogging interval | 30 seconds to 2 hours | ||
Memory | Temperature: 24,000 points; Relative Humidity: 24,000 points | ||
Dimensions/Weight | 4.3x1.6x0.75" (110x40x19mm)/ 1oz (90g) |

Smeg Basic line GW4060 60cm w/drying system glassware washer
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW4060[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW4060 is a glassware washer designed to work with either one or two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620 mm (168l gross). Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2638" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Specifications and Technical Features
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW4060" tab_id="GW4060"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]GW4060 (art. 860296)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 9 default + 6 custom
- microprocessor programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
- forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
- alkaline powder detergent dispenser
- peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
- possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
- single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW4060-1)
- 60 Hz version available
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW4060A (art. 860704) - LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
GW4060C (art. 860186)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
GW4060CA (art. 860705)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- AF4060 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
- AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
- B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- P14060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
- P34060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR CAUSTIC SODA
- P44060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
- PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
- TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
- TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
GW4060S (art. 860297)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 9 default + 6 custom
- microprocessor programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
- forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
- peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
- possibility of installing one additional peristaltic pump
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
- single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW4060S1)
- 60 Hz version available
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW4060SA (art. 860706)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
GW4060SC (art. 860280)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
GW4060SCA (art. 860707)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- AF4060 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
- AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
- B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- P34060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR CAUSTIC SODA
- P44060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
- PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
- TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
- TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
Technical Features
GW4060 TECHNICAL FEATURES | All versions |
Electronic control | microprocessor |
Standard programs stored | 9 |
Customisable programs | 6 |
Display with segments and communication | yes, 4 digits |
Clock and calendar | yes |
Tank internal temperature | from room temperature to 95°C |
Accuracy | 0,1°C |
Temperature sensors in tank | n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751 |
Detergent and agents dosing system | max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 2 other pumps as optional |
Detergent level sensor | optional |
Safety lock | yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening |
Safety devices | safety thermostats, door interlock |
Alarm display | 30 |
Troubleshooting menu | yes, using PC connection |
Programme editing | yes, using 6 customizable programs |
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS | |
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs | yes |
RS232 serial port for PC connection | yes |
RS232 serial port for printer | yes |
Cycle storage | yes |
Cycle file download | yes |
DRYING SYSTEM | |
Drying fan | yes |
Drying heating element | 0,8 kW |
Prefilter class C 98% | yes |
HEPA filter class S 99,999% | optional |
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR) | |
Cold water inlet | yes, hardness max 42°f |
Demineralized water inlet | yes, < 30 μS/cm |
Demineralized water booster pump | optional |
Water softener incorporated | yes |
Recirculation pump | 400 l/min |
WATER HEATING | |
Electrical | 6,3 kW on three-phase version, 2,3 kW on single-phase version |
STEAM CONDENSER | yes |
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm | |
Outside (with built-in top) | 600x605x850 (830) |
Inside (gross) | 530x510x620 |
Net weight (Kg) | 77 |
STAINLESS STEEL | |
Wash tank | AISI 316L |
Exterior covering | AISI 304 |
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY | |
Max. voltage/power | 1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 2,8 kW 3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 7,0 kW |
NOISE LEVEL | max 50 dB |

Possible Washing Configuration - GW4060 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2682" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for different types of glassware. Photo: CS1-1 upper basket: it is fitted with RC1/2 net in the right side for the support of various glass items. On the left side: test tube accessory. CS2 lower basket: SB28 insert on the right and SB30 on the left for washing beakers, flasks, plates and various other materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one mixed injection washing level suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware and pipettes. Photo: LPM2020: this system allows simultaneously washing narrownecked glassware (flasks, beakers, round-bottom flasks) and 20 pipettes.Specific carriers for laboratories which clean many different types of glassware at the same time.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2683" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2684" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one injection washing level suitable for washing narrownecked glassware. Photo: LM40: universal injection carrier as it optimises washing of narrow-necked glassware of different sizes. It has a capacity of 40 items and can wash both large items and small flasks or bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Accessories - GW4060 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM40DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE TILL 49CM IN HEIGHT



CS1-1
UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CS2
LOWER LEVEL BASKET
Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.
.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2831" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB9
9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB15
15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB28
28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB30
30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK1
1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK2
½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “CP”
¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle insert" tab_id="insert_c"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2839" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB50
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 56 50 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 46 mm - h 87 mm. PB100 (not in photo) suitable for holding 32 100 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 56 mm - h 100 mm. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB500
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 21 500 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 86 mm - h 177 mm. PB250 (not in photo) suitable for holding 25 250 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 70 mm - h 138 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2840" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2668" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB1000
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 16 1000 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 101 mm - h 225 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PV105
SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL6
PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL9
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL18
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PD"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PF"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SA3
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “U”
SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2651" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM20DS
UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM40DS
UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2640" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2896" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM40SDS
UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM80DS
UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2897" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2898" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB4BDS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LBT5DS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of five 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2900" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB8DS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 U6260 spigots and 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB16DS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2901" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2902" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB16SDS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16IDS (not shown in the photo): same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB32DS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2650" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2903" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB1-20DS
WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum with drying system connection. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2667" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPM2010DS
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPM2020DS
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2642" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2669" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LR4DS
REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LT20DS
WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing and drying of 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2904" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2649" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPV40DS
PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPT100DS
PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2641" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2905" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]KP100DS
TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200DS (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB40DS
BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2906" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Wireless Hygro-thermometer
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Extech RH200W: Multi-Channel Wireless Hygro-Thermometer
Connect up to 8 Wireless Transmitters to Remotely Measure Indoor Temperature/Humidity
Extech’s Multi-Channel Hygro-Thermometer, with easy-to-read 1.3" (33mm) digits, displays indoor Temperature and Humidity levels. You can connect up to 8 wireless transmitters to remotely measure Temperature/Humidity levels up to 98ft (30m) away. The LCD is designed with an auto-night light and it displays icons that indicate indoor comfort levels and trending arrows that show the increase, decrease or constant readings. It also records Min/Max for the duration of each measurement session. Ideal for multi-room environmental monitoring for restaurants, manufacturing facilities, offices, homes, greenhouses, and storage/archive buildings.- Base Station LCD with Auto-Night Light displays local and up to eight remote Temperature/Humidity readings either auto-cycle or manual mode from the wireless transmitters
- Easy-to-read 1.3" (33mm) oversized digits
- Min/Max recording with reset
- Indoor Comfort icons displayed on Base Station indicating too cold, comfortable, or too hot/humid conditions
- Trend arrows indicate rising, steady or falling of the Temperature/Humidity readings
- Snow icon appears when remote temperature is 37.4°F (3°C) or below
- Transmitter LED flashes to indicate normal operation
- Transmitters can be mounted up to 98ft (30m) from the base station
- Operates at 433MHz; FCC approved
- Includes a base station with 4 AA batteries and one transmitter with 2 AA batteries. Additional remote Transmitters (RH200W-T) sold separately (up to 8 transmitters can be wirelessly connected to the base)
Specifications | Range | Max Resolution | Basic Accuracy |
---|---|---|---|
Temperature - Indoor Base Station | 23 to 122°F (-5 to 50°C) | 0.1°F/°C | ±1.8°F (1°C) |
Temperature - Remote Transmitter (RH200W-T) | -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C) | 0.1°F/°C | ±1.8°F (1°C) |
Relative Humidity | 1 to 99%RH | 1%RH | ±5%RH |
Wireless Sensor Signal | 433MHz | ||
Number of Remote Transmitters | Base Station can connect up to 8 Transmitters (RH200W-T) | ||
RF Transmission Range | 98ft (30m) | ||
Dimensions | Base: 5.1 x 4.4 x 1.1" (130 x 112 x 27.5mm); Transmitter: 4.5 x 2.4 x 1.6" (113 x 61 x 39.5mm) | ||
Weight | Base: 10.4oz (295g); Transmitter: 4.8oz (136g) |
Extech RH200W-T: Wireless Hygro-Thermometer Transmitter
Wireless Multi-Channel Temperature/Humidity Transmitter for RH200W
Extech's RH200W-T is a wireless temperature/humidity transmitter for RH200W. You can connect up to 8 wireless transmitters to remotely measure temperature/humidity levels up to 98ft (30m) away. Ideal for multi-room environmental monitoring for restaurants, manufacturing facilities, offices, homes, greenhouses, and storage/archive buildings.- Up to 8 transmitters can be wirelessly connected to RH200W base station
- Transmitter LED flashes to indicate normal operation
- Transmitters can be mounted up to 98ft (30m) from the base station
- Operates at 433MHz; FCC approved
- Complete with 2 AA batteries
Specifications | Range | Max Resolution | Basic Accuracy |
---|---|---|---|
Temperature | -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C) | 0.1°F/°C | ±1.8°F (1°C) |
Relative Humidity | 1 to 99%RH | 1%RH | ±5%RH |
Wireless Sensor Signal | 433MHz | ||
RF Transmission Range | 98ft (30m) | ||
Dimensions | 4.5 x 2.4 x 1.6" (113 x 61 x 39.5mm) | ||
Weight | 4.8oz (136g) |

4-Channel Datalogging Thermometer
Extech SDL200: 4-Channel Datalogging Thermometer
Records data on an SD card in Excel® format
The SDL200 records data on an SD card in Excel format. 4-Channel datalogging with 6 Thermocouple types (J, K, E, T, R,S) and 2-Channel datalogging with RTD (Pt100Ohm) probes. Displays [T1, T2, T3, T4] or differential [T1-T2] readings. Offset adjustment used for zero function to make relative measurements. Stores 99 readings manually and 20M readings via 2G SD card. Records readings with real date and time stamp. User programmable sampling rate from 1 to 3600 seconds. Min/Max, Data Hold, Auto Power Off. Complete with 6 AA batteries, four general purpose Type K bead wire temperature probes, SD card, and hard carrying case.- 4-Channel datalogging with 6 Thermocouple types (J, K, E, T, R,S) and 2-Channel datalogging with RTD (Pt100Ohm) probes
- Displays [T1, T2, T3, T4] or differential [T1-T2] reading
- Offset adjustment used for zero function to make relative measurements
- Stores 99 readings manually and 20M readings via 2G SD card
- Records readings with real date and time stamp
- User programmable sampling rate: 1 to 3600 seconds
- Min/Max, Data Hold, Auto Power Off
- Complete with 6 AA batteries, four general purpose Type K bead wire temperature probes, SD card, and hard carrying case
Specifications | Range |
---|---|
Type J | -148 to 2102°F (-100 to 1150°C) |
Type K | -148 to 2372°F (-100 to 1300°C) |
Type T | -58 to 752°F (-50 to 400°C) |
Type E | -58 to 1652°F (-50 to 900°C) |
Type R | 32 to 3092°F (0 to 1700°C) |
Type S | 32 to 2732°F (0 to 1500°C) |
RTD (Pt100) | -327 to 1562°F (-200 to 850°C) |
Resolution | 0.1°/1° |
Basic Accuracy | ±0.4% rdg (+1.8°F/+1°C) Types J,K,E,T, Pt100 |
±0.5% rdg (+2°F/+1°C) Types R,S | |
Datalogging | 20M data records using a 2G SD card |
Dimensions | 7.2 x 2.9 x 1.9" (182 x 73 x 47.5mm) |
Weight | 17.6oz (500g) |

12-Channel Datalogging Thermometer
Extech TM500: 12-Channel Datalogging Thermometer
Datalogging Thermometer with 6 Thermocouple Types (J, K, E, T, R, S)
The TM500 is a 12-Channel Datalogging Thermometer. This Datalogging Thermometer features 6 Thermocouple Types (J, K, E, T, R, S). Displays CH1 to CH8 or CH9 to CH12 on screen, data can be recorded from all 12 channels simultaneously onto an SD card in Excel format for further analysis. Complete with 8 AA batteries, 12 general purpose Type K bead wire temperature probes, SD card, and hard carrying case.- Simultaneously displays CH1 to CH8 or CH9 to CH12
- Offset adjustment used for zero function or to make relative measurements
- Stores 99 readings manually
- Datalogging feature records readings with date and time stamp on an SD card (included) in Excel® format
- User programmable sampling rate from 1 to 3600 seconds
- Min/Max, Data Hold, Auto Power Off
- Complete with 8 AA batteries, 12 general purpose Type K bead wire temperature probes, SD card, and hard carrying case
Specifications | Range |
---|---|
Type J | -148 to 2102°F (-100 to 1150°C) |
Type K | -148 to 2372°F (-100 to 1300°C) |
Type T | -148 to 752°F (-100 to 400°C) |
Type E | -148 to 1652°F (-100 to 900°C) |
Type R | 32 to 3092°F (0 to 1700°C) |
Type S | 32 to 2732°F (0 to 1500°C) |
Resolution | 0.1°/1° |
Basic Accuracy | ±0.4% rdg (+1.8°F/+1°C) Types J, K, E, T; ±0.5% rdg (+5°F/+3°C) Types R, S |
Datalogging | Datalog readings on SD card (included) |
Dimensions/ Weight | 8.9 x 4.9 x 2.5" (225 x 125 x 64mm)/ 2.1lbs (944g) |

Big Digit Thermometer
Extech 401014: Big Digit Indoor/Outdoor Thermometer
Built-in memory stores Min/ Max Temperature readings
401014 is a Big Digit Thermometer that simultaneously displays indoor and outdoor temperatures. Its waterproof sensor for outdoor measurement extends on a 9.6 ft. thin cable for easy installation. Internal memory stores Min/Max readings over time. Thermometer comes complete with built-in stand, external temperature sensor, AAA battery, and wall mount bracket.- Large LCD display with 1" (25mm) digits
- Simultaneous display of indoor/outdoor temperature
- Indoor Range: 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C)
- Outdoor Range: -58 to 158°F (-50 to 70°C)
- ±1.8°F /1°C accuracy; 0.1°F/°C resolution
- Dimensions: 4.4 x 4 x 0.9" (112 x 102 x 22mm); Weight: 6.5oz (186g)
- Complete with internal and weatherproof outdoor temperature sensor with 9.6ft (3m) thin cable, built-in stand, AAA battery and wall mounting bracket

Type K/J Thermometer
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Extech TM100: Type K/J Single Input Thermometer
Compact-size Thermometer with Side-Button Controls For Convenient One-hand Operation
The Extech TM100 Type J/K Single Input Thermometer has a wide temperature range of -328 to 2501°F/-200 to 1372°C for type k and -346 to 2012°F / -210 to 1100°C for type j measurements. It has a high 0.1°/1° resolution and a large backlit LCD display with readouts in °F, °C, or Kelvin. The data hold function freezes the reading on the display and the screen displays the Max/Min/Avg. Readings capture a relative time stamp. Also, the offset key is used for zero function to make relative measurements. Auto power off with a disable feature. This thermometer comes complete with the Type K bead wire temperature probe and one 9V battery.- Wide temperature range: -328 to 2501°F/-200 to 1372°C (Type K); -346 to 2012°F / -210 to 1100°C (Type J)
- High 0.1°/1° resolution
- Large backlit LCD display, Readout in °F, °C, or K (Kelvin)
- Data Hold function freezes reading on display
- Max/Min/Avg readings with relative time stamp
- Offset key used for zero function to make relative measurements
- Auto Power off with disable feature
- Complete with Type K bead wire temperature probe and 9V battery
Specifications | Range |
---|---|
Temperature (Type K) | -328 to 2501°F (-200 to 1372°C) |
Temperature (Type J) | -346 to 2012°F (-210 to 1100°C) |
Basic Accuracy | ±(0.15% rdg + 1°C) |
Resolution | 0.1°/1° |
Dimensions | 8.7 x 2.5 x 1.1" (220 x 63 x 28mm) |
Weight | 7oz (200g) |
Extech TM300: Type K/J Dual Input Thermometer
Compact meter for differential temperature measurements
The TM300 is a compact meter for differential temperature measurements. Large backlit LCD displays T1, T2, T1-T2 differential, plus Min, Max, and Avg. Wide temperature range with 0.1°/1° resolution. Readout in °F, °C, or K (Kelvin). Data Hold function freezes reading on display. Max/Min/Avg readings with relative time stamp. Offset key used for zero function to make relative measurements. Auto Power off with disable feature. Complete with two general purpose Type K bead wire temperature probes, three AAA batteries, and pouch case.- Large backlit LCD displays T1, T2, T1-T2 differential, plus Min, Max, and Avg
- Wide temperature range with 0.1°/1° resolution
- Readout in °F, °C, or K (Kelvin)
- Data Hold function freezes reading on display
- Max/Min/Avg readings with relative time stamp
- Offset key used for zero function to make relative measurements
- Auto Power off with disable feature
- Complete with two general purpose Type K bead wire temperature probes, three AAA batteries, and pouch case
Specifications | Range |
---|---|
Temperature (Type K) | -328 to 2501°F (-200 to 1372°C) |
Temperature (Type J) | -346 to 2012°F (-210 to 1100°C) |
Basic Accuracy | ±(0.15% rdg + 1.8°F/1°C) |
Resolution | 0.1°/1° |
Dimensions | 8.7 x 2.5 x 1.1" (220 x 63 x 28mm) |
Weight | 7oz (200g) |

EasyView Thermometer
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Extech EA11A: EasyView™ Type K Single Input Thermometer
Thermocouple thermometer with dual LCD display and memory function
EA11A is an easyview Type K Single Input Thermometer. This Hand Held Thermometer has a temperature range (Type K) from -58 to 1999 F (-50 to 1300 C). Features a Dual Display LCD, Manually store/recall up to 150 readings and Mode Min/Max/Average functions. Includes 6 AAA Batteries, Two Bead Probes, and Holster.- Compact and rugged design with high contrast large LCD display
- Manually store/recall up to 150 readings
- -58 to 1999°F (-50 to 1300°C) temperature range with 0.1°/1° resolution
- Records Max/Min/Avg readings for later recall
- Offset key used for zero function to make relative measurements
- Data Hold, Auto power off
Specifications | Range |
---|---|
Temperature (Type K) | -58 to 1999°F (-50 to 1300°C) |
Basic Accuracy | ±(0.3%rdg +2°F); ±(0.3%rdg +1°C) |
Resolution | 0.1°/1° |
Memory | Manual store/recall up to 150 readings |
Dimensions | 5.9 x 2.8 x 1.3" (150 x 72 x 35mm) |
Weight | 8.3oz (235g) |
Extech EA10: EasyView™ Dual Input Thermometers
Basic Type K Thermometer with wide temperature range
EA10 is an EasyView Dual Input Thermometer. Basic Type K Thermometer with wide temperature range. Temperature range from -200 to 1999°F (-200 to 1360°C) with 0.1°/1° resolution. Features Data Hold, Auto power off, low battery and overrange indication. Complete with built-in stand, protective holster, two Type K bead wire temperature probes and batteries.- Temperature range: -200 to 1999°F (-200 to 1360°C) with 0.1°/1° resolution
- Compact and rugged design features large backlit display
- Displays [T1 plus T2] or [T1-T2 plus T1] or [T1-T2 plus T2]
- Timer function displays elapsed time plus the time when MIN and MAX readings are taken
- Data Hold, Auto power off, low battery and overrange indication
- Records Max/Min readings for later recall
- OFFSET key used for zero function to make relative measurements
- Complete with built-in stand, protective holster, two Type K bead wire temperature probes and batteries
Specifications | Range |
---|---|
Thermocouple Type K | -200 to 1999°F (-200 to 1360°C) |
Resolution | 0.1° |
Basic Accuracy | ±0.3% (+2°F/+1°C) |
Dimensions | 6 x 2.8 x 1.5" (152 x 72 x 37mm) |
Weight | 8.3oz (235g) |

Smeg Basic line GW4190 90cm w/drying system glassware washer
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW4190[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW4190 is a glassware washer designed to work from one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620mm (168l gross). Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter. Integrated compartment for the detergents.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2647" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Specifications and Technical Features
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW4190" tab_id="GW4190"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]GW4190 (art. 860351)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 9 default + 6 custom
- microprocessor programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to printer or PC
- forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
- alkaline powder detergent dispenser
- peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
- possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 4 x 5 liters tanks
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 600 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
- single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW4190-1)
- 60 Hz version available
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW4190A (art. 860711)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
GW4190C (art. 860353)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
GW4190CA (art. 860712)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
-
- AF4060 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
- AS4190 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
- B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- P14060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
- P14190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
- P34190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- P44190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
- PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
- TANKBSK - UPPER LEVEL CAN HOLDER BASKET
- TOP90IB - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
- TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS4190 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINT9 - PANEL PRINTER
GW4190S (art. 860352)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 9 default + 6 custom
- microprocessor programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to printer or PC
- forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
- peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
- possibility of installing one additional peristaltic pump
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 4 x 5 liters tanks
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 600 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
- single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW4190S1)
- 60 Hz version available
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW4190SA (art. 860713)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
GW4190SC (art. 860354)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
GW4190SCA (art. 860714)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- AF4060 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
- AS4190 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
- B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- P14190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
- P34190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- P44190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
- PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
- TANKBSK - UPPER LEVEL CAN HOLDER BASKET
- TOP90IB - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
- TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS4190 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINT9 - PANEL PRINTER
Technical Features
GW4190 TECHNICAL FEATURES | All versions |
Electronic control | microprocessor |
Standard programs stored | 9 |
Customisable programs | 6 |
Display with segments and communication | yes, 4 digits |
Clock and calendar | yes |
Tank internal temperature | from room temperature to 95°C |
Accuracy | 0,1°C |
Temperature sensors in tank | n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751 |
Detergent and agents dosing system | max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 2 other pumps as optional |
Detergent level sensor | optional |
Safety lock | yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening |
Safety devices | safety thermostats, door interlock |
Alarm display | 30 |
Troubleshooting menu | yes, using PC connection |
Programme editing | yes, using 6 customizable programs |
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS | |
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs | yes |
RS232 serial port for PC connection | yes |
RS232 serial port for printer | yes |
Cycle storage | yes |
Cycle file download | yes |
DRYING SYSTEM | |
Drying fan | yes |
Drying heating element | 0,8 kW |
Prefilter class C 98% | yes |
HEPA filter class S 99,999% | optional |
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR) | |
Cold water inlet | yes, hardness max 42°f |
Demineralized water inlet | yes, < 30 μS/cm |
Demineralized water booster pump | optional |
Water softener incorporated | yes |
Recirculation pump | 400 l/min |
WATER HEATING | |
Electrical | 6,3 kW on three-phase version, 2,3 kW on single-phase version |
STEAM CONDENSER | optional |
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm | |
Outside (with built-in top) | 900x605x853 (830) |
Inside (gross) | 530x510x620 |
Net weight (Kg) | 105 |
STAINLESS STEEL | |
Wash tank | AISI 316L |
Exterior covering | AISI 304 |
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY | |
Max. voltage/power | 1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 2,8 kW 3/N/PE 400V ~ 50Hz 7,0 kW |
NOISE LEVEL | max 50 dB |

Possible Washing Configuration - GW4190 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2682" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for different types of glassware. Photo: CS1-1 upper basket: it is fitted with RC1/2 net in the right side for the support of various glass items. On the left side: test tube accessory. CS2 lower basket: SB28 insert on the right and SB30 on the left for washing beakers, flasks, plates and various other materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one mixed injection washing level suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware and pipettes. Photo: LPM2020: this system allows simultaneously washing narrownecked glassware (flasks, beakers, round-bottom flasks) and 20 pipettes.Specific carriers for laboratories which clean many different types of glassware at the same time.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2683" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2684" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one injection washing level suitable for washing narrownecked glassware. Photo: LM40: universal injection carrier as it optimises washing of narrow-necked glassware of different sizes. It has a capacity of 40 items and can wash both large items and small flasks or bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Accessories - GW4190 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LPV40DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR 40 PIPETTES



CS1-1
UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CS2
LOWER LEVEL BASKET
Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.
.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2831" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB9
9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB15
15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB28
28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB30
30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK1
1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK2
½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “CP”
¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle insert" tab_id="insert_c"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2839" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB50
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 56 50 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 46 mm - h 87 mm. PB100 (not in photo) suitable for holding 32 100 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 56 mm - h 100 mm. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB500
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 21 500 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 86 mm - h 177 mm. PB250 (not in photo) suitable for holding 25 250 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 70 mm - h 138 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2840" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2668" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB1000
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 16 1000 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 101 mm - h 225 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PV105
SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL6
PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL9
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL18
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PD"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PF"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SA3
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “U”
SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2651" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM20DS
UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM40DS
UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2640" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2896" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM40SDS
UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM80DS
UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2897" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2898" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB4BDS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LBT5DS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of five 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2900" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB8DS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 U6260 spigots and 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB16DS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2901" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2902" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB16SDS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16IDS (not shown in the photo): same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB32DS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2650" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2903" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB1-20DS
WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum with drying system connection. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2667" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPM2010DS
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPM2020DS
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2642" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2669" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LR4DS
REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LT20DS
WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing and drying of 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2904" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2649" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPV40DS
PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPT100DS
PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2641" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2905" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]KP100DS
TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200DS (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB40DS
BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2906" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Nitrile Gloves
{:en}Your Location: Main>Consumable>Gloves
Nitrile Gloves Powdered & Powder-Free
Functional Benefits- Protection from unwanted or dangerous substances.
- Beaded cuff ensures easy donning and prevent roll down.
- Superior strength with better puncture resistance.
- Full textured enhances wet and dry grip.
- Thinner gauger improves tactile sensitivity.
- Custom design enhances comfort and fit.
- Provide an alternative solution for individuals who are allergic to natural rubber latex.
- Conforms to ASTM D6319 and EN455 Standards.
- Manufactured under QSR (GMP) and ISO9001: 2008 and ISO13485: 2003 Quality Management System.
- Biocompatibility tested.
- Manufactured from 100% nitrile latex (Acrylonitrile-butadiene).
- Resits permeation by a wide range of chemicals as compared to natural rubber latex of the same thickness.
- Conforms to MDD 93/42/EEC Class I
- Extra-small, Small, Medium, Large, Extra-large.
- Marked in the check box on the shipping carton with black ink.
Dimensions | Standards | ||
Top Glove | ASTM D6319 | EN 455 | |
Length (mm) | 240 min | 220min (XS, S) 230 min (M, L, XL) | 240 min |
Width (mm) XS S M L XL | . 76±3 84±3 94±3 105±3 113±3 | . 70±10 80±10 95±10 110±10 120±10 | . ≤80 80±10 95±10 110±10 ≥110 |
Thickness - Single wall (mm) Fingers Palm | . 0.05 min 0.05 min | . 0.05min 0.05 min | N/A |
Property | ASTM D6319 | EN 455 |
Elongation at break (%) - Before Aging - After Aging | . Min 500 Min 400 | N/A |
Tensile Strength (MPa) - Before Aging - After Aging | . Min 14 Min 14 | N/A |
Force at Break (N) - Before Aging - After Aging | N/A | . 6.0 6.0 |


丁腈手套 有粉和无粉
功能优点- 防止有害和危险物质
- 袖口卷边容易穿戴,防止滑落
- 超强的物理性能和极强的耐破力
- 布满纹理的表面加强了干湿度的抓力
- 薄的表层提高触觉度
- 定制设计加强舒适和合适度
- 为对天然乳胶过敏的用户提供另一个的选择
- 符合ASTM D6319(00aє3)和EN455标准
- 依据QSR(GMP)和ISO9001:2000质量管理系统下运行
- 进行生物相容性测试
- 100%丁腈(丙烯晴丁二烯)制造
- 与同样厚度的天然乳胶相比,可预防广泛的化学物质的渗透
- 加小号,小号,中号,大号,加大号
- 用黑色油墨标注在要出运外箱上
尺寸 | 标准范围 | ||
Top Glove | ASTM D6319 | EN 455 | |
长度 (mm) | 240 最短 | 220最短 (XS, S) 230 最短(M, L, XL) | 240 最短 |
宽度 (mm) XS(特小号) S (小号) M (中号) L (大号) XL (特大号) | . 76±3 84±3 94±3 105±3 113±3 | . 70±10 80±10 95±10 110±10 120±10 | . ≤80 80±10 95±10 110±10 ≥110 |
厚度 - 单层 (mm) 手指部分 手掌部分 | . 0.05 最薄 0.05 最薄 | . 0.05 最薄 0.05 最薄 | 不适用 |
特性 | ASTM D6319 | EN 455 |
扯断伸长率 (%) - 老化前 - 老化后 | . 最低 500 最低 400 | 不适用 |
抗拉强度 (MPa) - 老化前 - 老化后 | . 最低 14 最低 14 | 不适用 |
断裂力量 (N) - 老化前 - 老化后 | 不适用 | . 6.0 6.0 |


Latex Gloves
{:en}Your Location: Main>Consumable>Gloves
Latex Gloves Powdered & Powder-Free
Functional Benefits- Protection from unwanted or dangerous substances.
- Easy donning and helps prevent roll back.
- Softness provides superior comfort and natural fit.
- Beaded cuff makes donning easy.
- Ambidextrous and straight fingers.
- Conforms to ASTM D3578 and EN455 Standards.
- Manufactured under QSR (GMP) and ISO9001: 2008 Quality Management System.
- Using FDA approved absorbable corn starch, USP grade.
- Extra-small, Small, Medium, Large, Extra-large.
- Marked in the check box on the shipping carton with black ink.
Dimensions | Standard | |
Top Glove | ASTM D3578 | |
Length (mm) | 240 min | 220min (XS, S) 230 min (M, L, XL) |
Width (mm) XS S M L XL | . 76±3 84±3 94±3 105±3 113±3 | . 70±10 80±10 95±10 111±10 . |
Thickness - Single wall (mm) Fingers Palm | . 0.14+/-0.03 0.11+/-0.03 | . 0.08 min 0.08 min |
Property | ASTM D3578 |
Elongation at break (%) - Before Aging - After Aging | . Min 650 Min 500 |
Tensile Strength (MPa) - Before Aging - After Aging | . Min 18 Min 14 |


乳胶手套 有粉和无粉
功能优点- 防止有害和危险物质
- 容易穿戴,防止滑落
- 柔软、非常舒适合适
- 袖口卷边容易穿戴
- 双手通用及手指笔
- 符合ASTM D3578(05)和EN455(00)标准
- 在QSR(GMP)和IS09001:2000质量管理体系下运行
- 使用经过FDA审核之USP级别的玉米淀粉(有粉乳胶手套)
- 加小号,小号,中号,大号,加大号
- 用黑色油墨标注在要出运外箱上
尺寸 | 标准范围 | |
Top Glove | ASTM D3578 | |
长度 (mm) | 240 最短 | 220 最短 (XS, S) 230 最短 (M, L, XL) |
宽度 (mm) XS (特小号) S (小号) M (中号) L (大号) XL (特大号) | . 76±3 84±3 94±3 105±3 113±3 | . 70±10 80±10 95±10 111±10 . |
厚度 – 单层 (mm) 手指部分 手掌部分 | . 0.14+/-0.03 0.11+/-0.03 | . 0.08 最薄 0.08 最薄 |
特性 | ASTM D3578 |
扯断伸长率 (%) – 老化前 – 老化后 | . 最低 650 最低 500 |
抗拉强度 (MPa) – 老化前 – 老化后 | . 最低 18 最低 14 |


Smeg Professional line GW3060 60cm glassware washer
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Professional Line>GW3060[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW3060 is a glassware washer designed to work with either one or two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620 mm (168l gross). Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Specifications and Technical Features
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW3060BX" tab_id="GW3060BX"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]GW3060BX (art. 860141)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 20 default + 10 custom
- n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
- 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
- active thermodynamic drying
- alkaline powder detergent dispenser
- peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
- possibility of installing up to 3 additional peristaltic pumps
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 640 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
- 60 Hz version available
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW3060BXA (art. 860699)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
GW3060BXC (art. 860241)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
GW3060BXCA (art. 860700)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
- TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
- WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
- WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
GW3060S (art. 860189)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 20 default + 10 custom
- n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
- 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
- active thermodynamic drying
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
- peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
- possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 640 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
- 60 Hz version available
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW3060SA (art. 860702)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
GW3060SC (art. 860210)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
GW3060SCA (art. 860703)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
- TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
- WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
- WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
GW3060P (art. 860190)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER - PETROL
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 20 default + 10 custom
- n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
- 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
- active thermodynamic drying
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
- peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
- peristaltic pump for caustic soda solution
- peristaltic pump for anti-foam additive
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 640 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
- 60 Hz version available
- spare parts kit for petrol
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW3060PA (art. 860701)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER - PETROL
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
- TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
- WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
- WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
Technical Features
GW3060 TECHNICAL FEATURES | All versions |
Electronic control | 3 microprocessors + 1 (optional communication card) |
Standard programs stored | 20 |
Customisable programs | 10 (expandable to 50) |
Backlit graphic LCD display | 128 x 64 pixels |
Clock and calendar | yes |
Tank internal temperature | from room temperature to 95°C |
Accuracy | 0,1°C |
Temperature sensors in tank | n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751 |
Detergent and agents dosing system | max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 3 other pumps as optional |
Detergent level sensor | optional |
Safety lock | yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening |
Safety devices | safety thermostats, door interlock |
Alarm display | 80 |
Troubleshooting menu | yes, using PC connection |
Program editing | yes, using customizable programs |
Display languages | Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish, Turkish and Polish |
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS | |
External sensor duct | optional |
Waste water separation solenoid valve control | optional |
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs | yes |
RS232 serial port for PC connection | yes |
RS232 serial port for printer | yes |
Cycle storage | yes |
Cycle file download | yes |
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR) | |
Cold water inlet | yes, hardness max 42°f |
Demineralized water inlet | yes, < 30 μS/cm |
Demineralized water booster pump | optional |
Water softener incorporated | yes |
Recirculation pump | 400 l/min |
WATER HEATING | |
Electrical | 6,3 kW |
STEAM CONDENSER | optional |
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm | |
Outside (with built-in top) | 600x640x850 (830) |
Inside (gross) | 530x510x620 |
Net weight (Kg) | 86 |
STAINLESS STEEL | |
Wash tank | AISI 316L |
Exterior covering | AISI 304 |
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY | |
Max. voltage/power | 3/N/PE 400V ~ 50Hz 7,0 kW |
NOISE LEVEL | max 50 dB |

Possible Washing Configuration - GW3060 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2682" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for different types of glassware. Photo: CS1-1 upper basket: it is fitted with RC1/2 net in the right side for the support of various glass items. On the left side: test tube accessory. CS2 lower basket: SB28 insert on the right and SB30 on the left for washing beakers, flasks, plates and various other materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one mixed injection washing level suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware and pipettes. Photo: LPM2020: this system allows simultaneously washing narrownecked glassware (flasks, beakers, round-bottom flasks) and 20 pipettes.Specific carriers for laboratories which clean many different types of glassware at the same time.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2683" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2684" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one injection washing level suitable for washing narrownecked glassware. Photo: LM40: universal injection carrier as it optimises washing of narrow-necked glassware of different sizes. It has a capacity of 40 items and can wash both large items and small flasks or bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Accessories - GW3060 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM40 WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE TILL 49 CM IN HEIGHT







CS1-1
UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CS2
LOWER LEVEL BASKET
Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.
.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2831" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB9
9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB15
15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB28
28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB30
30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK1
1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK2
½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “CP”
¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle insert" tab_id="insert_c"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2839" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB50
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 56 50 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 46 mm - h 87 mm. PB100 (not in photo) suitable for holding 32 100 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 56 mm - h 100 mm. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB500
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 21 500 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 86 mm - h 177 mm. PB250 (not in photo) suitable for holding 25 250 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 70 mm - h 138 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2840" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2668" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB1000
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 16 1000 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 101 mm - h 225 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PV105
SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL6
PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL9
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL18
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PD"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PF"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SA3
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “U”
SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2751" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM20
UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM40
UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2656" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2635" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM40S
UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM80
UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2659" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2789" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB4B
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LBT5
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing. Suitable for washing five 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2849" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB8
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 U6260 spigots and 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB16
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2664" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2633" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB16S
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16I: same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB32
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2850" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2851" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB1-20
WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2631" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPM2010
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes. Suitable for washing10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPM2020
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes. Suitable for washing 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2660" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2790" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LR4
REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LT20
WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier for washing 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2852" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2753" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPV40
PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPT100
PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2663" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2853" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]KP100
TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200 (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB40
BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing. Suitable for washing 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2854" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页>仪器>洗瓶机[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
规格
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW3060BX" tab_id="GW3060BX"][vc_column_text]GW3060BX (目录号: 860141)
- 洗涤温度高至95°C抗菌热消毒
- 程序:20个预设+10个自定义
- 3个可编程微处理电子控制器
- RS232接口,连接打印机或者电脑
- 128×64像素屏幕显示信息
- 主动热力干燥
- 碱性洗涤粉剂分配器
- 酸性中和剂蠕动泵
- 可安装最多3个附加蠕动泵
- AISI316不锈钢洗涤内腔
- AISI304不锈钢外壳
- 2层独立洗涤层,带伸缩导轨
- 外部尺寸LxDxH:600x640x850mm
- 内腔尺寸LxDxH:525x490x570mm
- 软水器含盐传感器
- 冷水,热水和软化水连接
- 电子门锁系统,保障用户安全
- 电源:3/N/PE400V50Hz7kW最大(可转换为1/N/PE230V)
- 60Hz版本可选
- 没有洗涤推车
其他可能的配置
GW3060BXA (目录号: 860699)
- GW3060BX标准规格
- 增压泵,用于没有压力软化水
GW3060BXC (目录号: 860241)
- GW3060BX标准规格
- 高效蒸汽冷凝器,冷水接入
GW3060BXCA (目录号: 860700)
- GW3060BX标准规格
- 高效蒸汽冷凝器,冷水接入
- 增压泵,用于没有压力软化水
可选配件
- ADU - 通用液体添加剂蠕动泵
- B6040L - 不锈钢底座带锁,用于60cm宽机器
- IC5090 - 电导率传感器检查洗涤质量
- IRCP - 吊顶喷洒臂
- PAD - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
- PAD2 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
- PAD2-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
- PAD2X - 不锈钢增压泵用于没有压力软水
- PAD2X-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水,60Hz
- T6040 - 不锈钢框架用于60cm宽机器
- TOP45I - 嵌入式安装顶盖, 60cm
- WD-LAN60 - 数据通信卡
- WD-LS3060 - 洗涤剂液位传感器
- WD-PRINTE - 外置打印机
- WDTRACE - 远程控制与可追溯软件
- WD-VDS - 双排水阀
GW3060S (目录号: 860189)
- 洗涤温度高至95°C - 抗菌热消毒
- 程序: 20个预设 + 10个自定义
- 3个可编程微处理电子控制器
- RS232接口,连接打印机或者电脑
- 128×64像素屏幕显示信息
- 主动热力干燥
- 液体洗涤剂蠕动泵
- 酸性中和剂蠕动泵
- 可安装最多2个附加蠕动泵
- AISI 316不锈钢洗涤内腔
- AISI 304不锈钢外壳
- 2层独立洗涤层,带伸缩导轨
- 外部尺寸 LxDxH: 600 x 640 x 850mm
- 内腔尺寸 LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570mm
- 软水器含盐传感器
- 冷水,热水和软化水连接
- 电子门锁系统,保障用户安全
- 电源: 3/N/PE 400V - 50Hz - 7kW 最大(可转换为1/N/PE 230V)
- 60Hz版本可选
- 没有洗涤推车
其他可能的配置
GW3060P (目录号: 860190)
- GW3060S标准规格
- 碱性液体蠕动泵
- 消泡剂蠕动泵
- 石油类洗涤套件
GW3060PA (目录号: 860701)
- GW3060S标准规格
- 碱性液体蠕动泵
- 消泡剂蠕动泵
- 增压泵,用于没有压力软化水
- 石油类洗涤套件
GW3060SA (目录号: 860702)
- GW3060S标准规格
- 增压泵,用于没有压力软化水
GW3060SC (目录号: 860210)
- GW3060S标准规格
- 高效蒸汽冷凝器,冷水接入
GW3060SCA (目录号: 860703)
- GW3060S标准规格
- 高效蒸汽冷凝器,冷水接入
- 增压泵,用于没有压力软化水
可选配件
- ADU - 通用液体添加剂蠕动泵
- B6040L - 不锈钢底座带锁,用于60cm宽机器
- IC5090 - 电导率传感器检查洗涤质量
- IRCP - 吊顶喷洒臂
- PAD - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
- PAD2 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
- PAD2-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水,60Hz
- PAD2X - 不锈钢增压泵用于没有压力软水
- PAD2X-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水,60Hz
- T6040 - 不锈钢框架用于60cm宽机器
- TOP60I - 嵌入式安装顶盖, 60cm
- WD-LANE - 数据通信卡
- WD-LS3060 - 洗涤剂液位传感器
- WD-PRINTE - 外置打印机
- WDTRACE - 远程控制与可追溯软件
- WD-VDS - 双排水阀
Common Use Trolleys, Baskests and Racks - GW3060 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM40 WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE TILL 49 CM IN HEIGHT







Technical Features
GW3060 TECHNICAL FEATURES | All versions |
Electronic control | 3 microprocessors + 1 (optional communication card) |
Standard programs stored | 20 |
Customisable programs | 10 (expandable to 50) |
Backlit graphic LCD display | 128 x 64 pixels |
Clock and calendar | yes |
Tank internal temperature | from room temperature to 95°C |
Accuracy | 0,1°C |
Temperature sensors in tank | n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751 |
Detergent and agents dosing system | max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 3 other pumps as optional |
Detergent level sensor | optional |
Safety lock | yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening |
Safety devices | safety thermostats, door interlock |
Alarm display | 80 |
Troubleshooting menu | yes, using PC connection |
Program editing | yes, using customizable programs |
Display languages | Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish, Turkish and Polish |
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS | |
External sensor duct | optional |
Waste water separation solenoid valve control | optional |
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs | yes |
RS232 serial port for PC connection | yes |
RS232 serial port for printer | yes |
Cycle storage | yes |
Cycle file download | yes |
WATER SUPPLY | |
(PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR) | |
Cold water inlet | yes, hardness max 42°f |
Demineralized water inlet | yes, < 30 μS/cm |
Demineralized water booster pump | optional |
Water softener incorporated | yes |
Recirculation pump | 400 l/min |
WATER HEATING | |
Electrical | 6,3 kW |
STEAM CONDENSER | optional |
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm | |
Outside (with built-in top) | 600x640x850 (830) |
Inside (gross) | 530x510x620 |
Net weight (Kg) | 86 |
STAINLESS STEEL | |
Wash tank | AISI 316L |
Exterior covering | AISI 304 |
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY | |
Max. voltage/power | 3/N/PE 400V ~ 50Hz 7,0 kW |
NOISE LEVEL | max 50 dB |

BB-001 (3 inch Slim)
BB-001 is 3 inch baby type cotton swab. Head is spherical, lint-less and high-absorbable so it is excellent to clean the application with soaking solvent. It is used to clean Micro scoop, optical equipment, connecter and so on, also burnable for easy dispose.
Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

Smeg Professional line GW4090 90cm w/drying system glassware washer
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Professional Line>GW4090[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW4090 is a glassware washer designed to work from one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620mm (168L gross). Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter. Integrated compartment for the detergents.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2666" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Specifications and Technical Features
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW4090" tab_id="GW4090"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]GW4090 (art. 860139)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 20 default + 10 custom
- n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
- 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
- forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% dop
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
- peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
- possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 2 x 5 liters tanks or 4 x 2 liters tanks of capacity
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 640 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
- 60 Hz version available
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW4090A (art. 860236)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
GW4090C (art. 860191)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser with cold water injection
GW4090CA (art. 860709)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- standard equipment
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
- B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
- TOP90I - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
- WD-LANI - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS5090 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
- WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
GW4090BXC (art. 860314)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 20 default + 10 custom
- n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
- 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
- forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
- high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
- alkaline powder detergent dispenser
- peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
- possibility of installing up to 3 additional peristaltic pumps
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 2 x 5 liters tanks or 4 x 2 liters tanks of capacity
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 640 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
- 60 Hz version available
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW4090BXCA (art. 860708)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
- B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
- TOP90I - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
- WD-LANI - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS5090 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
- WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
GW4090P (art. 860634)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 20 default + 10 custom
- n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
- 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
- forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% dop
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
- peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
- peristaltic pump for caustic soda solution
- peristaltic pump for anti-foam additive
- possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 2 x 5 liters tanks or 4 x 2 liters tanks of capacity
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 640 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
- 60 Hz version available
- spare parts kit for petrol
- without trolleys
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW4090PA (art. 860710)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER
- standard equipment
- booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water
Machine optionals
- ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
- B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
- TOP90I - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
- WD-LANI - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS5090 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
- WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
GW4090BXP (art. 860637)
LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 20 default + 10 custom
- n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
- serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
- 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
- forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
- alkaline powder detergent dispenser
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
- peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
- peristaltic pump for caustic soda solution
- peristaltic pump for anti-foam additive
- washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 2 x 5 liters tanks or 4 x 2 liters tanks of capacity
- n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
- external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 640 x 850 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
- incorporated water softener with salt sensor
- cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
- electronic door lock system for user safety
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
- 60 Hz version available
- spare parts kit for petrol
- without trolleys
Machine optionals
- ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
- B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
- TOP90I - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
- WD-LANI - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS5090 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
- WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
Technical Features
GW4090 TECHNICAL FEATURES | All versions |
Electronic control | 3 microprocessors + 1 (optional communication card) |
Standard programs stored | 20 |
Customisable programs | 10 (expandable to 50) |
Backlit graphic LCD display | 128 x 64 pixels |
Clock and calendar | yes |
Tank internal temperature | from room temperature to 95°C |
Accuracy | 0,1°C |
Temperature sensors in tank | n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751 |
Detergent and agents dosing system | max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 3 other pumps as optional |
Detergent level sensor | optional |
Safety lock | yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening |
Safety devices | safety thermostats, door interlock |
Alarm display | 80 |
Troubleshooting menu | yes, using PC connection |
Program editing | yes, using customizable programs |
Display languages | Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish, Turkish and Polish |
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS | |
External sensor duct | optional |
Waste water separation solenoid | optional |
valve control | yes |
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs | yes |
RS232 serial port for PC connection | yes |
RS232 serial port for printer | yes |
Cycle storage | yes |
DRYING SYSTEM | |
Drying fan | yes |
Drying heating element | 2,5 kW |
Prefilter class C 98% | yes |
HEPA filter class S 99,999% | optional |
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR) | |
Cold water inlet | yes, hardness max 42°f |
Demineralized water inlet | yes, < 30 μS/cm |
Demineralized water booster pump | optional |
Water softener incorporated | yes |
Recirculation pump | 400 l/min |
WATER HEATING | |
Electrical | 6,3 kW |
STEAM CONDENSER | optional |
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm | |
Outside (with built-in top) | 900x640x850 (830) |
Inside (gross) | 530x510x620 |
Net weight (Kg) | 110 |
STAINLESS STEEL | |
Wash tank | AISI 316L |
Exterior covering | AISI 304 |
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY | |
Max. voltage/power | 3/N/PE 400V ~ 50Hz 7,0 kW |
NOISE LEVEL | max 50 dB |

Possible Washing Configuration - GW4090 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2682" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for different types of glassware. Photo: CS1-1 upper basket: it is fitted with RC1/2 net in the right side for the support of various glass items. On the left side: test tube accessory. CS2 lower basket: SB28 insert on the right and SB30 on the left for washing beakers, flasks, plates and various other materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one mixed injection washing level suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware and pipettes. Photo: LPM2020: this system allows simultaneously washing narrownecked glassware (flasks, beakers, round-bottom flasks) and 20 pipettes.Specific carriers for laboratories which clean many different types of glassware at the same time.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2683" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2684" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one injection washing level suitable for washing narrownecked glassware. Photo: LM40: universal injection carrier as it optimises washing of narrow-necked glassware of different sizes. It has a capacity of 40 items and can wash both large items and small flasks or bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Accessories - GW4090 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LPM2010DS MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES,PIPETTES AND NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE -20 +10 POSITIONS



CS1-1
UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CS2
LOWER LEVEL BASKET
Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.
.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2831" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB9
9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB15
15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB28
28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB30
30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK1
1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CSK2
½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “CP”
¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle insert" tab_id="insert_c"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2839" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB50
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 56 50 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 46 mm - h 87 mm. PB100 (not in photo) suitable for holding 32 100 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 56 mm - h 100 mm. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB500
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 21 500 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 86 mm - h 177 mm. PB250 (not in photo) suitable for holding 25 250 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 70 mm - h 138 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2840" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2668" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PB1000
BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 16 1000 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 101 mm - h 225 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]PV105
SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL6
PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL9
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SL18
CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PD"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES "PF"
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SA3
DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SERIES “U”
SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2651" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM20DS
UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM40DS
UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2640" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2896" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM40SDS
UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM80DS
UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2897" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2898" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB4BDS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LBT5DS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of five 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2900" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB8DS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 U6260 spigots and 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB16DS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2901" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2902" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB16SDS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16IDS (not shown in the photo): same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB32DS
BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2650" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2903" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB1-20DS
WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum with drying system connection. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2667" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPM2010DS
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPM2020DS
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2642" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2669" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LR4DS
REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LT20DS
WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing and drying of 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2904" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2649" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPV40DS
PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LPT100DS
PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2641" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2905" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]KP100DS
TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200DS (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LB40DS
BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2906" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Smeg Professional line GW6290 large dimension glassware washers
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Large Capacity>GW6290[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW6290 is a glassware washer designed to work from one to three independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 680x670x1020mm (465L gross). Integrated compartment for the detergents. Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2672" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Specifications and Technical Features
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW6290" tab_id="GW6290"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]GW6290 (art. 860682)
LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (405 LITRES)
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
- programs: 20 default + 20 custom
- multi-language TFT colour touch screen
- functioning protected by different levels password
- USB port for downloading washing cycles log
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
- peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
- possibility of installing up to 5 additional peristaltic pumps
- washing chamber and internal door made of AISI 316L stainless steel
- all internal piping made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel for 4 x 5 liters cans
- washing up to 3 levels
- external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 800 x 1940 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 680 x 670 x 890 mm
- n. 2 independent washing pumps
- high efficiency drain pump
- built-in boiler for fast cycles preheating water
- cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
- double electronic door lock system for user safety
- emergency opening system
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 18 kW max
- 60 Hz version available
- without trolley
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW6290DS (art. 860683)
LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (405 LITRES)
- standard equipment
- n. 2 motors forced hot air drying system
Machine optionals
- IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
- P36090B - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- P46090B - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- WD-FLUX - FLOW METER FOR ADDITIONALS PERISTALTIC PUMPS
- WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
- WD-PRINTP6010 - CLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
- WD-PRINTS6010 - UNCLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
- WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
Technical Features
GW6290 TECHNICAL FEATURES | All versions |
Electronic control | microprocessor |
Standard programs stored | 20 |
Customisable programs | 20 |
Display | touch screen graphic display TFT color (4.3’’with capacitive sensing) |
Clock and calendar | yes |
Tank internal temperature | from room temperature to 95°C |
Accuracy | 0,1°C |
Temperature sensors in tank | n° 2 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751 |
Detergent and agents dosing system | max. n° 5, 2 installed pumps |
Detergent level sensor | optional, max n° 5 |
Safety lock | yes |
Water heating | electrical – 18kW |
Steam connection | no |
Steam condenser | no |
Alarm display | yes, acoustic and visible |
Troubleshooting menu | yes |
Program editing | yes, using customizable programs |
Display languages | Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese |
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS | |
External sensor duct | no |
Traceability | storage of data for 100 most recently run programs |
RS232 serial port | yes |
Cycle file download | yes |
Cycle storage | yes |
LAN connection | optional |
Dirty/clean side printer | optional |
Interior lights | optional |
Water quality control(conductivity sensor) | optional |
Sprayers speed control | |
(heaven and background) | no |
Automatic recognition cart | no |
Pressure sensor circuit washing | optional |
DRYING SYSTEM | |
Drying fan | yes, n° 2 dryers - 220 m3 /h |
Drying heating element | yes |
Prefilter class C 98% | yes |
HEPA filter class S 99,999% | optional |
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR) | |
Cold water inlet | yes, hardness max 42°f |
Hot water inlet | yes, hardness max 10°f, max t 60°C |
Demineralized water inlet | yes, < 30 μS/cm / 5 -8 ph, t max 60°C |
Cold water booster pump | yes |
Demineralized water booster pump | no |
External water softner | outside, optional |
Recirculation pump | n° 2 pumps of 600 l/min |
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm | |
Outside (with built-in top) | 900 x 800 x 1940mm - drop down door |
Inside (gross) | 670 x 650 x 835mm |
Net weight (Kg) | 280 |
STAINLESS STEEL | |
Wash tank | AISI 316L |
Exterior covering | AISI 304 |
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY | |
Max. voltage/power | 3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 18 kW |
NOISE LEVEL | Max 66 dB |

Possible Washing Configuration – GW6290 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2856" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one washing level suitable for washing glassware of large dimensions Photo: C61 with injection insert L685 (76 spigots available) [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO INJECTION LEVELS This configuration has two injection washing level suitable for washing glassware of small and medium dimensions. Photo: Level 1: C61 basic trolley with L680 direct injection system. Maximum useful height 260 mm, 76 spigots. Level 2: C63 telescopic support with L685 direct injection system. Maximum useful height 440 mm, 76 spigots. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2857" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]DIRECT INJECTION SYSTEMS | MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF GLASSWARE (mm) | ROTATING SPRAYER SYSTEM | MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF GLASSWARE(mm) | |||||||
3°LEVEL | C63_L690 Telescopic base injection system | 130 | 390 | 130 | 720 | C62 Telescopic base with rotating sprayer | 95 | 360 | 95 | 790 |
2°LEVEL | C63_L680 Telescopic base injection system | 180 | 510 | C62 Telescopic base with rotating sprayer | 170 | 640 | ||||
1°LEVEL | C61_L685 Telescopic base injection system | 220 | 220 | C61 Telescopic base with rotating sprayer at the bottom of the wash tank | 390 | 340 |
Accessories - GW6290 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="suggestion"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]L680 INJECTION WASHING SOLUTION UP TO 76 MEDIUM AND SMALL GLASSWARE



C61
1ST LEVEL BASIC CARRIER Stainless steel first level basic carrier with grid. It is suitable for positioning various glassware up 790mm in height. The C61 basic carrier is also used to position the injection systems (L685/L680/L690) on level 1. The injector inserts are inserted into the guide rails of the C61: in this case, the maximum height of glass items must be 720mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]C62
2ND AND 3RD LEVEL BASIC CARRIER Stainless steel second and third level basic carrier with rotating sprayer. It is used on its own and is suitable for positioning glassware up to 360mm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2859" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2860" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]C63
2ND AND 3RD LEVEL BASIC CARRIER Telescopic carrier for injection systems. The support is used to position the injection systems on levels 2 and 3. Suitable for positioning injection inserts (L680/685/690) directly in turn into the guide rails. Its flexibility allows the injection systems to be completely removed to simplify loading the glassware. Glass items max height 390mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]C64
DRUM BASIC CARRIER – 1ST LEVEL Stainless steel carrier to be positioned on the 1st level. With direct injection through specific nozzles. Suitable for washing drums with heights up to 530 mm and diameters up to 30 mm. Maximum useful height 835 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2861" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2673" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]L680
UNIVERSAL GLASSWARE INSERT Injection stainless steel insert for washing a max of 76 small and medium glass items. Spigots at the same height of 140 mm. Preferential use of the insert on the 1st or 2nd level over the specific carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]L685
UNIVERSAL GLASSWARE INSERT Injection stainless steel insert for washing a max of 76 small and medium glass items. Spigots of differing heights make it possible to optimise loading of different sized glassware. This spigot configuration allows the system to be used on the 1st or 2nd level over the specific carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2863" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2864" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]L690
UNIVERSAL GLASSWARE INSERT Injection stainless steel insert for washing a max of 86 small glass items. Spigots at the same height of 110 mm. Preferential use of the insert on the 1ST, 2nd, 3rd level over the specific carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LP6
PIPETTES WASHING INSERT Suitable for washing pipettes with max in height 450mm and 8.5mm as maximum diameter. It easily hooks into the hydraulic grip positioned on L680 and L685.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2676" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2674" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]C65-I
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR BIG DIMENSIONS GLASSWARES Injection stainless steel carrier for big dimensions glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 9 bottles with max dimensions: diam. 175mm and in height 285 mm. Positioned on the lower level. C65S (not shown in the photo): same carrier for the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]C636-I
MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR BOTTLES Injection stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing max 36 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 90 mm, h 285mm).Positioned on the lower level. C636S (not shown in the photo): same carrier for the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2867" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2868" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LM6-10U
DRUM INJECTION CARRIER Injection stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing 5 drum max. of different dimensions. The customer can customize the carrier thanks to the spigots of variable in height and the repositionable rails.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]L685CIL
INJECTION CARRIER FOR CYLINDERS Injection stainless steel carrier for washing 12 graduated cylinders max from 500ml to 2000ml. Positioned on the lower level. L690CIL (not shown in the photo): Suitable for washing a max of 36 graduated cylinders from 300ml to 700ml. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2675" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Smeg Professional line GW6010 drop down glass door glassware washers
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Large Capacity>GW6010[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW6010 is a glassware washer designed to work with one to five independent and flexible washing levels. Drop down door in glass. The washing chamber measures 550 x 620 x 685mm. Integrated compartment for the detergents. Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2774" img_size="full"][vc_column_text]Photo: GW6010M
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Specifications and Technical Features
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW6010 Double doors" tab_id="GW6010"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]GW6010 (art. 860512)
LARGE CAPACITY DOUBLE DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
- capacity up to 5 adjustable levels
- programs: 20 default + 20 custom
- multi-language TFT colour touch screen on both sides
- functioning protected by different levels password
- integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
- USB port for downloading washing cycles log
- ethernet port for LAN connection (optional)
- n. 2 drop down full glass door
- door locked for safety
- high pressure hot air drying system
- high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
- peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
- possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
- detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 3 x 5 liters cans + 1 x 1 liter can
- washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- external dimensions LxDxH: 650 x 720 x 1950 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 550 x 620 x 685 mm
- cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
- floor drain connection
- drain pump (optional)
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 13 kW max
- 60 Hz version available
- without racks
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW6010T (art. 860595)
LARGE CAPACITY DOUBLE DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)
- standard equipment
- equipped with FAST cycles (max. 33 minutes)
Machine optionals
- AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
- DRAINP6010 - DRAIN PUMP FOR WALL DRAIN
- IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
- LED6010 - LED LIGHTING FOR WASHING CHAMBER
- P36010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- P46010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
- PAD26010 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X6010 - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- RACKREC60 - WASHING TROLLEY RECOGNITION SYSTEM
- STEAMCO60 - ECOSLIM STEAM CONDENSER
- STEAMFEED60 - HYBRID STEAM HEATING
- WD-FLUX6010 - DETERGENT DOSAGE CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
- WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS6010 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
- WD-PRINTP6010 - CLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
- WD-PRINTS6010 - UNCLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
- WD-VDS6010 - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
GW6010M (art. 860507)
LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
- capacity up to 5 adjustable levels
- programs: 20 default + 20 custom
- multi-language TFT colour touch screen
- functioning protected by different levels password
- integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
- USB port for downloading washing cycles log
- ehernet port for LAN connection (optional)
- drop down full glass door
- door locked for safety
- high pressure hot air drying system
- high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
- peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
- possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
- detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 3 x 5 liters cans + 1 x 1 liter can
- washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- external dimensions LxDxH: 650 x 720 x 1950 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 550 x 620 x 685 mm
- cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
- floor drain connection
- drain pump (optional)
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 13 kW max
- 60 Hz version available
- without racks
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW6010TM (art. 860596)
LAREG CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)
- standard equipment
- equipped with FAST cycles (max. 33 minutes)
Technical Features
GW6010 TECHNICAL FEATURES | All versions |
Electronic control | microprocessor |
Standard programs stored | 20 |
Customisable programs | 20 |
Display | touch screen graphic display TFT color (4.3’’with capacitive sensing) |
Clock and calendar | yes |
Tank internal temperature | from room temperature to 95°C |
Accuracy | 0,1°C |
Temperature sensors in tank | n° 2 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751 |
Detergent and agents dosing system | max. n° 4, 2 installed pumps |
Detergent level sensor | optional, max n° 4 |
Safety lock | yes |
Water heating | electrical – 12kW |
Steam connection | optional |
Steam condenser | optional |
Alarm display | yes, acoustic and visible |
Troubleshooting menu | yes |
Program editing | yes, using customizable programs |
Display languages | Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese |
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS | |
External sensor duct | optional |
Traceability | storage of data for 100 most recently run programs |
RS232 serial port | yes |
Cycle file download | yes |
Cycle storage | yes |
LAN connection | optional |
Dirty/clean side printer | optional |
Interior lights | optional |
Water quality control(conductivity sensor) | optional |
Sprayers speed control | |
(heaven and background) | optional |
Automatic recognition cart | optional |
Pressure sensor circuit washing | optional |
DRYING SYSTEM | |
Drying fan | yes, 220 m3 /h |
Drying heating element | yes |
Prefilter class C 98% | yes |
HEPA filter class S 99,999% | optional |
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR) | |
Cold water inlet | yes, hardness max 42°f |
Hot water inlet | yes, hardness max 10°f, max t 60°C |
Demineralized water inlet | yes, < 30 μS/cm / 5 -8 ph, t max 60°C |
Cold water booster pump | optional |
Demineralized water booster pump | optional |
External water softner | outside, optional |
Recirculation pump | 600 l/min |
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm | |
Outside (with built-in top) | 900 x 800 x 1940mm - drop down door |
Inside (gross) | 550x 620x 685mm |
Net weight (Kg) | 280 |
STAINLESS STEEL | |
Wash tank | AISI 316L |
Exterior covering | AISI 304 |
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY | |
Max. voltage/power | 3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 12 kW |
NOISE LEVEL | < 66 dB |

POSSIBLE WASHING CONFIGURATION GW6010 SERIES
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Some of the possibilities of washing on multiple levels with injection inserts | |||
Insert code | Nozzle height | Simultaneous positioning on multiple levels | Compatibility systems |
INS56U390 | 90 mm | 3 levels: 1°AB + 2°CD, 3°E-TOP | 1° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U4140 |
INS56U4140 | 140 mm | 3 levels: 1°AB + 2°BD+ 3°D-TOP | 2° 3° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U390 |
INS56U4180 | 180 mm | 2 levels: 1°AC +2°C-TOP | 2° level interchangeable with the inserts INS56U4140 or INS56U390 |
INS28U6260 | 260 mm | 2 levels: 1°A + 2°C | 2° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U4180 |
Accessories - GW6010 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestion"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]CLB510 CUSTOMIZABLE WASHING SOLUTION UP TO 5 LEVELS. MODULES TO BE CHOSEN BY THE CUSTOMER



CLB210
MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of two inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CLB310
MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of three inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2876" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2794" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CLB510
MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of five inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LCB610
MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER One level multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of two collectors (one any ½ surface). Suitable for different big dimensions glass items. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2800" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2882" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]INSLP28U4140
MIXED INJECTION INSERT Injection insert specifically for glassware washing thanks to 28 nozzles measuring 140 mm and pipettes (max. 70), through a special manifold with 70 positions. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]INS12U4180DV
INJECTION INSERT WITH PARTITIONS Injection insert with 12 adjustable partitions and perimeter frame for better glassware positioning. Suitable for washing 12 bottles of max. 1L or 6L 2L flasks. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS12U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert without partitions and perimeter frame.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2879" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2880" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]INS20U4180DV
INJECTION INSERT WITH PARTITIONS Injection insert with 20 adjustable partitions and perimeter frame for better glassware positioning. Suitable for washing 20 bottles of max. 1L. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS20U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert without partitions and perimeter frame.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]INS56U4140
INJECTION INSERT Injection insert with 56 positions for small-medium dimensions glassware. Furnished with 56 spigots of 140mm in height with two dimensions plastic support for a better lodge of the items. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS56U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert with spigots of 180mm in height. INS56U390 (not shown in the photo): same insert with spigots of 90mm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2796" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2887" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]INSPLAV10
WASHING INSERT Washing level for “CLB” series carriers. Spraying arm included. Suitable to lodge different inserts and glass items.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]COCI42
COLLECTOR FOR GRADUATED CYLINDERS OF LARGE DIMENSIONS Collector for washing 4 graduated cylinders from 500 ml up to 2000 ml. Suitable for positioning on half the trolley LCB610.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2802" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2885" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]COBE63
COLLECTOR FOR FLASKS Collector for washing 6 flasks of up to 2 litres (max. diameter: 140 mm) or three 6-litre flasks (max. diameter 188 mm). Fitted with 6 nozzles and plastic supports in two sizes for optimal glassware positioning. Suitable for positioning on half the trolley LCB610.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB50
INSERT FOR FLASKS AND BEAKERS Insert for flasks and beakers up to 250ml max. Suitable for positioning on half INSPLAV10.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2884" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Smeg Professional line GW7010 sliding down glass door glassware washer
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Large Capacity>GW7010[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW7010 is a glassware washer designed to work with one to five independent and flexible washing levels. External sliding door in glass. The washing chamber measures 550 x 620 x 685mm. Integrated compartment for the detergents. Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2773" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Specifications and Technical Features
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW7010 Double doors" tab_id="GW7010"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]GW7010 (art. 860599)
LAREG CAPACITY DOUBLE SLIDING DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
- capacity up to 5 adjustable levels
- programs: 20 default + 20 custom
- multi-language TFT colour touch screen on both sides
- functioning protected by different levels password
- integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
- USB port for downloading washing cycles log
- ethernet port for LAN connection (optional)
- n. 2 sliding down full glass door
- door locked for safety
- high pressure hot air drying system
- high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
- peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
- possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
- detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 3 x 5 liters cans + 1 x 1 liter can
- washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- external dimensions LxDxH: 780 x 800 x 1950 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 550 x 620 x 685 mm
- cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
- floor drain connection
- drain pump (optional)
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 13 kW max
- 60 Hz version available
- without racks
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW7010T (art. 860646)
LARGE CAPACITY DOUBLE SLIDING DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)
- standard equipment
- equipped with FAST cycles (max. 33 minutes)
Machine optionals
- AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
- DRAINP6010 - DRAIN PUMP FOR WALL DRAIN
- IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
- LED6010 - LED LIGHTING FOR WASHING CHAMBER
- P36010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- P46010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
- PAD26010 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X6010 - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- RACKREC60 - WASHING TROLLEY RECOGNITION SYSTEM
- STEAMCO60 - ECOSLIM STEAM CONDENSER
- STEAMFEED70 - HYBRID STEAM HEATING
- WD-FLUX6010 - DETERGENT DOSAGE CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
- WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS6010 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
- WD-PRINTP6010 - CLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
- WD-PRINTS6010 - UNCLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
- WD-VDS6010 - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
GW7010M (art. 860598)
LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
- capacity up to 5 adjustable levels
- programs: 20 default + 20 custom
- multi-language TFT colour touch screen
- functioning protected by different levels password
- integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
- USB port for downloading washing cycles log
- ehernet port for LAN connection (optional)
- sliding down full glass door
- door locked for safety
- high pressure hot air drying system
- high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
- peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
- possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
- detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 3 x 5 liters cans + 1 x 1 liter can
- washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- external dimensions LxDxH: 780 x 800 x 1950 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 550 x 620 x 685 mm
- cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
- floor drain connection
- drain pump (optional)
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 13 kW max
- 60 Hz version available
- without racks
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
GW7010TM (art. 860645)
LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)
- standard equipment
- equipped with FAST cycles (max. 33 minutes)
Machine optionals
- AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
- DRAINP6010 - DRAIN PUMP FOR WALL DRAIN
- IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
- LED6010 - LED LIGHTING FOR WASHING CHAMBER
- P36010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- P46010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
- PAD26010 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X6010 - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- RACKREC60 - WASHING TROLLEY RECOGNITION SYSTEM
- STEAMCO60 - ECOSLIM STEAM CONDENSER
- STEAMFEED70 - HYBRID STEAM HEATING
- WD-FLUX6010 - DETERGENT DOSAGE CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
- WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS6010 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
- WD-PRINTP6010 - CLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
- WD-PRINTS6010 - UNCLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
- WD-VDS6010 - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
Technical Features
GW7010 TECHNICAL FEATURES | All versions |
Electronic control | microprocessor |
Standard programs stored | 20 |
Customisable programs | 20 |
Display | touch screen graphic display TFT color (4.3’’with capacitive sensing) |
Clock and calendar | yes |
Tank internal temperature | from room temperature to 95°C |
Accuracy | 0,1°C |
Temperature sensors in tank | n° 2 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751 |
Detergent and agents dosing system | max. n° 4, 2 installed pumps |
Detergent level sensor | optional, max n° 4 |
Safety door block | yes |
Water heating | electrical – 12kW |
Steam connection | optional |
Steam condenser | optional |
Alarm display | yes, acoustic and visible |
Troubleshooting menu | yes |
Program editing | yes, using customizable programs |
Display languages | Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese |
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS | |
External sensor duct | optional |
Traceability | storage of data for 100 most recently run programs |
RS232 serial port | yes |
Cycle file download | yes |
Cycle storage | yes |
LAN connection | optional |
Dirty/clean side printer | optional |
Interior lights | optional |
Water quality control(conductivity sensor) | optional |
Sprayers speed control | |
(heaven and background) | optional |
Automatic recognition cart | optional |
Pressure sensor circuit washing | optional |
DRYING SYSTEM | |
Drying fan | yes, 220 m3 /h |
Drying heating element | yes |
Prefilter class C 98% | yes |
HEPA filter class S 99,999% | optional |
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR) | |
Cold water inlet | yes, hardness max 42°f |
Hot water inlet | yes, hardness max 10°f, max t 60°C |
Demineralized water inlet | yes, < 30 μS/cm / 5 -8 ph, t max 60°C |
Cold water booster pump | optional |
Demineralized water booster pump | optional |
External water softner | outside, optional |
Recirculation pump | 600 l/min |
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm | |
Outside (with built-in top) | 780x800x1950 mm - slide door |
Inside (gross) | 550 x 620 x 685 mm |
Net weight (Kg) | 300 |
STAINLESS STEEL | |
Wash tank | AISI 316L |
Exterior covering | AISI 304 |
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY | |
Max. voltage/power | 3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 12 kW |
NOISE LEVEL | Max 66 dB |

POSSIBLE WASHING CONFIGURATION GW7010 SERIES
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Some of the possibilities of washing on multiple levels with injection inserts | |||
Insert code | Nozzle height | Simultaneous positioning on multiple levels | Compatibility systems |
INS56U390 | 90 mm | 3 levels: 1°AB + 2°CD, 3°E-TOP | 1° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U4140 |
INS56U4140 | 140 mm | 3 levels: 1°AB + 2°BD+ 3°D-TOP | 2° 3° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U390 |
INS56U4180 | 180 mm | 2 levels: 1°AC +2°C-TOP | 2° level interchangeable with the inserts INS56U4140 or INS56U390 |
INS28U6260 | 260 mm | 2 levels: 1°A + 2°C | 2° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U4180 |
Accessories - GW7010 Series
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestion"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]CLB510 CUSTOMIZABLE WASHING SOLUTION UP TO 5 LEVELS. MODULES TO BE CHOSEN BY THE CUSTOMER



CLB210
MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of two inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CLB310
MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of three inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2876" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2794" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]CLB510
MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of five inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]LCB610
MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER One level multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of two collectors (one any ½ surface). Suitable for different big dimensions glass items. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2800" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2882" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]INSLP28U4140
MIXED INJECTION INSERT Injection insert specifically for glassware washing thanks to 28 nozzles measuring 140 mm and pipettes (max. 70), through a special manifold with 70 positions. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]INS12U4180DV
INJECTION INSERT WITH PARTITIONS Injection insert with 12 adjustable partitions and perimeter frame for better glassware positioning. Suitable for washing 12 bottles of max. 1L or 6L 2L flasks. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS12U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert without partitions and perimeter frame.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2879" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2880" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]INS20U4180DV
INJECTION INSERT WITH PARTITIONS Injection insert with 20 adjustable partitions and perimeter frame for better glassware positioning. Suitable for washing 20 bottles of max. 1L. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS20U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert without partitions and perimeter frame.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]INS56U4140
INJECTION INSERT Injection insert with 56 positions for small-medium dimensions glassware. Furnished with 56 spigots of 140mm in height with two dimensions plastic support for a better lodge of the items. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS56U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert with spigots of 180mm in height. INS56U390 (not shown in the photo): same insert with spigots of 90mm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2796" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2887" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]INSPLAV10
WASHING INSERT Washing level for “CLB” series carriers. Spraying arm included. Suitable to lodge different inserts and glass items.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]COCI42
COLLECTOR FOR GRADUATED CYLINDERS OF LARGE DIMENSIONS Collector for washing 4 graduated cylinders from 500 ml up to 2000 ml. Suitable for positioning on half the trolley LCB610.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2802" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2885" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]COBE63
COLLECTOR FOR FLASKS Collector for washing 6 flasks of up to 2 litres (max. diameter: 140 mm) or three 6-litre flasks (max. diameter 188 mm). Fitted with 6 nozzles and plastic supports in two sizes for optimal glassware positioning. Suitable for positioning on half the trolley LCB610.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]SB50
INSERT FOR FLASKS AND BEAKERS Insert for flasks and beakers up to 250ml max. Suitable for positioning on half INSPLAV10.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2884" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Smeg Professional Line GW7015 Extra Large Capacity Glassware Washer
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Large Capacity>GW7015[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW7015 is a glassware washer designed to work from one to various levels for washing glassware of high dimensions. The washing chamber measures 626x812x820mm (417 l gross). Integrated compartment for the detergents. Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2776" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Specifications and Technical Features
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW7015 Double sliding down glass door" tab_id="GW7015"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]GW7015 (art. 860681)
HIGH CAPACITY DOUBLE SLIDING DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (348 LT)
- washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
- capacity up to 6 adjustable levels
- programs: 20 default + 20 custom
- multi-language TFT colour touch screen on both sides
- functioning protected by different levels password
- integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
- USB port for downloading washing cycles log
- ethernet port for LAN connection (optional)
- n. 2 sliding down full glass door
- door locked for safety
- high pressure hot air drying system
- high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
- peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
- peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
- possibility of installing up to 3 additional peristaltic pumps
- detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 4 cans of 5 liters and one of 2 liters
- washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
- external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 1000 x 1942 mm
- internal working dimensions LxDxH: 626 x 812 x 685 mm
- cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
- floor drain connection
- drain pump (optional)
- electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 22 kW max
- 60 Hz version available
- without racks
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
Machine optionals
- AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
- DRAINP7015 - DRAIN PUMP FOR WALL DRAIN
- IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
- LED6010 - LED LIGHTING FOR WASHING CHAMBER
- P36010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- P46010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
- P57015 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- PAD26010 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X6010 - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- STEAMCO15 - ECOSLIM STEAM CONDENSER
- STEAMFEED15 - HYBRID STEAM HEATING FOR CHAMBER
- WD-FLUX6010 - DETERGENT DOSAGE CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
- WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS6010 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
- WD-VDS6010 - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
Technical Features
GW7015 TECHNICAL FEATURES | All versions |
Electronic control | microprocessor |
Standard programs stored | 20 |
Customisable programs | 20 |
Display | touch screen graphic display TFT color (4.3’’with capacitive sensing) |
Clock and calendar | yes |
Tank internal temperature | from room temperature to 95°C |
Accuracy | 0,1°C |
Temperature sensors in tank | n° 2 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751 |
Detergent and agents dosing system | max. n° 5, 2 installed pumps |
Detergent level sensor | optional, max n° 5 |
Safety door block | yes |
Water heating | electrical – 20kW |
Steam connection | optional |
Steam condenser | optional |
Alarm display | yes, acoustic and visible |
Troubleshooting menu | yes |
Program editing | yes, using customizable programs |
Display languages | Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese |
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS | |
External sensor duct | optional |
Traceability | storage of data for 100 most recently run programs |
RS232 serial port | yes |
Cycle file download | yes |
Cycle storage | yes |
LAN connection | optional |
Dirty/clean side printer | optional |
Interior lights | optional |
Water quality control(conductivity sensor) | optional |
Sprayers speed control | |
(heaven and background) | optional |
Automatic recognition cart | optional |
Pressure sensor circuit washing | optional |
DRYING SYSTEM | |
Drying fan | yes, 440 m3 /h |
Drying heating element | yes |
Prefilter class C 98% | yes |
HEPA filter class S 99,999% | optional |
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR) | |
Cold water inlet | yes, hardness max 42°f |
Hot water inlet | yes, hardness max 10°f, max t 60°C |
Demineralized water inlet | yes, < 30 μS/cm / 5 -8 ph, t max 60°C |
Cold water booster pump | optional |
Demineralized water booster pump | optional |
External water softner | outside, optional |
Recirculation pump | n°2 pumps of 600 l/min |
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm | |
Outside (with built-in top) | 780x800x1950 mm - slide door |
Inside (gross) | 626x812x820mm |
Net weight (Kg) | 320 |
STAINLESS STEEL | |
Wash tank | AISI 316L |
Exterior covering | AISI 304 |
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY | |
Max. voltage/power | 3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 20 kW |
NOISE LEVEL | max 66 dB |
Washing Configuration and Accessories - GW7015 Series
Please contact us for details information.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
Decon Detergents
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>consumables>detergents[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Decon Laboratories Limited
With over 40 years experience in formulating and manufacturing surface active cleaning agents, Decon sets the standard for cleaning and decontamination around the world. Present their complete range of cleaning and disinfection agents, for laboratory, medical and industrial applications.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="2958" img_size="300x300" alignment="center"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/6"][vc_column_text]




Details Information
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="decon 90" tab_id="decon90"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]decon 90
Properties : decon 90 is biodegradable bactericidal, non-flammable, and rinses away completely after use. decon 90 does NOT contain phosphates, enzymes, EDTA/NTA or chlorine bleaches. Formulation : An emulsion of highest quality anionic and non-ionic surface active agents, stabilising agents, alkalis, detergent builders and sequestering agents in an aqueous base. Supplied as a liquid concentrate, for dilution with water. Performance : decon 90 has successfully replaced the use of chromic acid mixtures in cleaning applications. Offering improved performance without the unacceptable hazards associated with the storage, handling, use and disposal of corrosive acids. decon 90 provides the ideal solution to the problems of achieving consistent and reliable cleaning/decontamination to the highest standard. Simple to use, economical and highly versatile, decon 90 is suitable for the most critical applications, combining remarkable cleaning and decontamination power with total rinsability and biodegradability. decon 90 sets the standard for cleaning around the world. It is used routinely in every major industry to achieve the optimum levels of cleaning/decontamination essential to modern sophisticated techniques. An essential aid to radioactive decontamination, decon 90 is widely used in establishments handling radioactive materials. Applications : Safe and effective for cleaning/decontaminating glassware, ceramics, plastics (not polycarbonate), rubbers, stainless steel and ferrous metals. (being alkaline, decon 90 is not suitable for use on non-ferrous metals, notably aluminium and zinc).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2958" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="decon neutracon" tab_id="neutracon"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]decon neutracon
decon neutracon is a neutral pH cleaning agent, for the safe and total cleaning and/or decontamination of materials which may be corroded, etched, degraded, discoloured or weakened by acidic or alkaline cleaning agents. Properties : Biodegradable, non-corrosive, non-flammable and totally rinsable. decon neutracon does NOT contain phosphates, enzymes, EDTA/NTA or chlorine bleaches. Formulation : A precise blend of highest quality anionic and non-ionic surface active agents in an aqueous polyhydric alcohol base, producing a neutral (pH7+/-) concentrate. Supplied as a viscous liquid for dilution with water. Performance : decon neutracon has been specifically formulated to provide an effective neutral cleaning agent with maximum cleaning/decontamination properties which is totally rinsable and biodegradable. The concentrate dilutes without precipitation and may be used in hard water areas without causing the deposition of calcium or magnesium, or the precipitation of iron. Working solutions remain active, do not lose strength after use and will not redeposit suspended soils. They are thermally stable and do not absorb carbon dioxide from the air. Oils and fats are solubilised without hydrolysis or degradation. Applications : decon neutracon is formulated for cleaning/decontaminating all non-ferrous metals, such as aluminium, zinc, copper, silver, brass etc., ‘soft’ glass, coated lenses, polymer surfaces and other sensitive materials which must not be cleaned by acids or alkalis. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2960" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="decon decomatic" tab_id="decomatic"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]decon decomatic
decon decomatic is a liquid cleaning agent for use in all makes of automatic glassware washing machine, that dispenses liquid detergent during the wash cycle, as a main alkali wash. May also be used as a pre-soak, prior to machine washing. Properties : Biodegradable, bactericidal non-foaming, non-flammable and totally rinsable. decon decomatic does NOT contain phosphates, enzymes, EDTA/NTA or chlorine bleaches. Formulation : A blend of highest quality amphoteric surface active agents, detergent builders, alkalis and sequestering agents in an aqueous base. Supplied as a liquid concentrate, for use in automatic glassware washing machines. Performance : decon decomatic has been specifically formulated to provide outstanding detergent and free-rinsing action for improved results from every type of automatic glassware washing machine designed to accept a main wash detergent in liquid form, with no adverse effect on the components of the machine itself. Effective against a broad range of contaminants, decon decomatic is very economical, providing exceptionally high performance cleaning, total rinsability and biodegradability. Applications : Safe and highly effective for cleaning/decontaminating glassware, ceramics, plastics (not polycarbonate), rubbers, stainless steel and ferrous metals. (being alkaline, decon decomatic is not suitable for use on non-ferrous metals, notably aluminium and zinc).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2957" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="decon acid rinse" tab_id="acidrinse"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]decon acid rinse
Acid rinse (neutraliser) and/or pre-wash (preliminary cleaner), for use in all types of automatic glassware washing machine, in conjunction with main wash detergents. Properties : Biodegradable, bactericidal non-foaming, non-flammable and totally rinsable. Formulation : A blend of highest quality aliphatic polycarboxylic acid, aliphatic alcohol and non-ionic surface active agent in an aqueous base. Supplied as a liquid concentrate, for use in automatic glassware washing machines. High grade ingredients selected for their non-foaming and free-rinsing characteristics, producing a product which is highly effective, totally rinsable, bactericidal and biodegradable. Performance : decon acid rinse improves the performance of automatic glassware washing machines by preventing the carry-over of traces of the main wash detergent, which may be alkaline or contain phosphates, and by inhibiting the deposition of lime salts from “hard” water supplies, on both the items being cleaned and the components of the automatic washing machine itself. Where contamination/soiling is acid soluble, a preliminary wash with decon acid rinse, using the pre-wash facility of the automatic washing machine, prior to the main alkali wash, is beneficial. Pre-wash is especially useful when cleaning apparatus contaminated with superficial greases, dried protein, iron hydroxide deposits etc. Applications : Safe and effective for cleaning/decontaminating glassware, ceramics, plastics, rubbers, stainless steel and ferrous metals. (being acidic, decon acid rinse is not suitable for use on non-ferrous metals, notably aluminium and zinc).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2956" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="dri-decon" tab_id="dri"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]dri-decon
dri-decon is a highly effective surface active cleaning agent, in granular form, for use in all types of automatic glassware washing machines that accept ‘powder’ detergents. For laboratory, medical and industrial applications. Properties : Biodegradable, non-flammable, non-foaming and totally rinsable. dri-decon does NOT contain enzymes, EDTA/NTA or chlorine bleaches. Formulation : A mixture of high grade surface active cleaning agents, alkalis, phosphate builders and sequestering agents in granular form. Supplied as a finely milled powder, for use in automatic glassware washing machines. A combination of powerful ingredients, selected for their non-foaming and free-rinsing characteristics combined with very high cleaning power to tackle the most tenacious contaminants. Performance : dri-decon is a highly effective cleaning / decontamination agent, specially formulated to give maximum performance with all types of automatic glassware washing machine, which use a main wash detergent in powder form. The potent cleaning action of dri-decon together with its solubility and free-rinsing characteristics ensures consistency and reliability of performance. dri-decon is safe and effective to use in all makes of automatic glassware washing machine, and has no adverse effect on the components of the machine itself. Used routinely, dri-decon is exceptionally economical and provides an ideal general purpose cleaning agent. Applications : Safe and effective for cleaning/decontaminating glassware, ceramics, plastics (not polycarbonate), rubbers, stainless steel and ferrous metals. (being alkaline, dri-decon is not suitable for use on non-ferrous metals, notably aluminium and zinc).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2959" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Related Products
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Decon Laboratories Limited
超过40年期间在配制和制造表面活性洗涤剂的经验,Decon设定了清洁和去污的环球标准. 全线洗涤剂和消毒产品介绍,适合实验室,医疗和工业应用.Decon 90
领先的洗涤剂和放射性除染剂.可被生物分解,杀菌性能,无磷酸盐,不易燃和可完全冲洗,没有残渣,decon 90 提供最高水平的一致性和可靠性的清洁和去污.neutracon
中性酸碱度洗涤剂,可用于敏感材料的安全清洁和去污,不会产生因使用酸性或碱性洗涤剂时可能发生的腐蚀,蚀刻,降解,变色或减弱现象.decomatic
不起泡沫”液体”洗涤剂用于所有类型洗瓶机.Dri-decon
不起泡沫”颗粒状”洗涤剂用于所有类型洗瓶机.decon acid rinse
酸冲洗剂(中和剂)和/或者预先洗涤(初步清洗剂),用于所有类型洗瓶机,与主要洗涤剂关联使用.详细产品信息
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Decon 90" tab_id="Decon90"][vc_column_text]Decon 90
特性:decon 90 是可被生物分解,杀菌效能,不易燃和使用后可完全冲洗. decon 90 不含磷酸盐、酵素、EDTA/NTA 或者氯漂白剂. 配制:选用最优质的负离子和非离子表面活化剂,稳定剂,碱,洗涤助剂和隔离剂在水溶液中进行乳化.作为浓缩液体供应,用水稀释使用. 表现:decon 90 成功地替换了应用铬酸混合物清洁的应用.没有了不能接受的危险,如存贮,管理,使用和处置使用后的腐蚀酸性液体的问题. decon 90 为最高标准的一致性或可靠清洁/去污的问题提供了 理想的解答. 使用简单,经济和多用性,decon 90 适用于最关键的应用,结合卓越的清洁和去污能力与完全可清洗性和生物可分解性. decon 90 设定了清洗的环球标准. 在每家大型企业为达到现代化精密技术必要的和最理想的清洁或去污条件的已经定期地使decon 90. 对放射性去污不可缺的助手, decon 90 被广泛用于处理放射性材料的企业. 应用:安全和有效,可用于清洁或净化玻璃器皿、陶瓷、塑料(不包括聚碳酸酯材料)、橡胶、不锈钢和亚铁金属.(由于是碱性, decon 90 不适用在非铁金属,特别是铝和锌).[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="neutracon" tab_id="neutracon"][vc_column_text]neutracon
中性酸碱度洗涤剂,可安全地使用,不会产生因使用酸性或碱性洗涤剂时.可能发生的腐蚀,蚀刻,降解,变色或减弱现象. 特性:可被生物分解的,无腐蚀性,不易燃和完全可冲洗. decon neutracon 不包含磷酸盐、酵素、EDTA/NTA 或者氯漂白剂 配制: 选用最优质的负离子和非离子表面活化剂精确混合在一个含水多羟的酒精基础液,产生中性(pH7+/-)浓缩液. 作为黏性液体供应,用水稀释使用. 表现:decon neutracon 特别为提供有效的中性洗涤提供最大清洁或去污物特性而配制,也可以生物分解和完全冲洗. 浓缩液稀释后,不会有沈淀,并且也可以用于硬水区域不会导致钙或镁的和铁的沈淀.使用后工作溶液能保持活跃,不丢失力量并且不将已经悬浮的固体再次沈淀.他们对热量稳定,并且不吸收空气中的二氧化碳. 油和油脂溶解不会水解或分解. 应用: decon neutracon 为清洁或净化所有有色金属,例如不能被酸或碱清洗的铝、锌、铜、银、黄铜等,‘软’玻璃、涂层透镜、聚合物表面和其它敏感材料.[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="decomatic" tab_id="decomatic"][vc_column_text]decomatic
液体洗涤剂用于所有自动洗瓶机,在清洗过程中加入洗涤剂作为主要碱清洗过程. 在机器洗涤之前也可作为前浸泡. 特性: 可被生物分解的,杀菌,不起泡,不易燃和可完全冲洗. decon decomatic 不包含磷酸盐、酵素、EDTA/NTA或者氯漂白剂 配制: 最优质的两性表面活化剂,洗涤剂助剂,碱和隔离剂在水基礎溶液中混合. 作为浓缩液体供应,适用在全自动洗瓶机. 表现:decon decomatic 特别为每种类型的自动洗瓶机提供出众的洗涤和完全冲洗效果而配制,可用于使用液体清洗剂为最要洗涤过程的洗瓶机,不会对机器组件构成影响. 有效用于各种各样的污染物, decon decomatic 是非常经济的,提供格外的高性能清洁、可完全冲洗性和生物可分解性. 应用:安全和有效,可用于清洁或净化玻璃器皿、陶瓷、塑料(不包括聚碳酸酯材料)、橡胶、不锈钢和亚铁金属.(由于是碱性, decomatic decon不适用在非铁金属,特别是铝和锌).[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="dri-decon" tab_id="dri-decon"][vc_column_text]dri-decon
高效的表面活性洗涤剂,颗粒状形式,用于所有类型使用”颗粒状”洗涤剂的自动洗瓶机.可应用在实验室,医疗和工业应用. 特性: 可被生物分解的,不起泡,不易燃和可完全冲洗. dri-decon 不含酵素, EDTA/NTA 或氯漂白剂. 配制: 混合高级表面活性的洗涤剂,碱,磷酸盐促进剂和隔离剂物制成颗粒状. 以碾碎的微细粉末状太供应,用于自动洗瓶机. 强而有力的成份组合,不起泡和可完全冲洗的特征结合了以非常高的清洁效能.足而应付最顽强的污染物. 表现:dri-decon 是一个高效的清洁/去污剂,特别为主清洗过程使用粉末清洗剂的自动洗瓶机配制,能使清洗达到最高性能. dri-decon 高效能的清洗作用与它的可溶性和可完全冲洗性保证了一贯性和可靠性。 dri-decon 是可以安全地和有效地使用在不同的自动洗瓶机,并且对机器组件不会构成影响 定期使用dri-decon 是格外经济的,并且是一般洗涤时理想的洗涤剂. 应用:安全和有效,可用于清洁或净化玻璃器皿、陶瓷、塑料(不包括聚碳酸酯材料)、橡胶、不锈钢和亚铁金属.(由于是碱性, dri-decon 不适用在非铁金属,特别是铝和锌).[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="acid rinse" tab_id="acidrinse"][vc_column_text]acid rinse
酸冲洗(中和剂)和/或者预先洗涤(初步清洗剂),用于所有类型自动洗瓶机,与主要洗涤剂同时使用. 特性: 可被生物分解的,杀菌,不起泡,不易燃和可完全冲洗 配制: 选用最优质的羧酸酸、醇和非离子表面活化剂在水性基础中混合. 作为浓缩液体供应,适用在全自动洗瓶机 选用高质量不起泡和可完全冲洗特征原料,产生出高效,可完全冲洗,杀菌性能和可被生物分解的洗涤剂. 表现:decon acid rinse 改进自动洗瓶机的表现,防止主洗涤剂的成份(如碱性或包含磷酸盐和防止因使用“硬”水产生的石灰沈淀)转移到被清洗的器皿和自动洗瓶机的组件. 当污秽或脏物是酸可溶性,在洗瓶机碱性主清洗前,可使用decon acid rinse 作为预洗,可改善清洗效果.如果清洗器皿表面沾染了油膏,干蛋白质,铁氢氧类沈淀,预先洗涤特别有用. 应用:安全和有效,可用于清洁或净化玻璃器皿、陶瓷、塑料(不包括聚碳酸酯材料)、橡胶、不锈钢和亚铁金属.(由于是碱性, decon acid rinse 不适用在非铁金属,特别是铝和锌).[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}
PCR Chambers
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
PCR Chambers
PLAS-LABS is excited to announce the arrival of our new PCR Chamber. The 36" wide 825-PCR/HEPA/36 is latest product to the line of PLAS-LABS' PCR Chambers. The 825-PCR/HEPA/36 includes many of the same features as our standard PCR Chambers, but includes nine (9) cubic feet of capacity, eight (8) adjustable interior shelves, larger HEPA filter, and extra large U.V. emiting light for increased sterilization. The #825-UVC is designed to help improve the accuracy of P.C.R. and general tissue culture procedures. The chance for air borne contamination during D.N.A. sequencing is greatly reduced. The chamber is a “still air enclosure” which contains both our “Bright Light” illumination system and a U.V. germicidal lamp. The U.V. germicidal system is rated at 254 nm and will decontaminate all exposed surfaces in the interior. The lamp timer should be activated 15 minutes before and 15 minutes after each use. The front viewing panel and main housing are .375” (9.5 mm) thick optically clear material. This thickness helps to prolong the service life (about 2,500 operating hours) of the unit. The front viewing panel Catalog #825-UV(FS) is attached by six (6) screws and is easily and quickly replaced, if needed. Access to the interior of the chamber is gained by pulling swinging doors outward. New self closing hinges have eliminated the need for locks. The doors are removable, therefore do not take up valuable lab counter space. If a corner door is accidently opened, proximity sensors turn off the U.V. system for operator safety.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Standard Features of the PCR Chambers:- “Bright Light” illumination system (40,000 hour lamp guarantee).
- Two bright white plastic (adjustable) shelves. One is tooled to store pipettors.
- Front panel is .375” thick (9.5 mm) for Beta Ray protection. NOTE: Not Gamma Rays.
- Removable side access doors with slip apart hinges.
- Proximity sensors on doors for operator safety.
- Automatic timer to activate U.V. sterilization procedures.
- Bottom tray has a formed in place “spill guard” for easy cleaning.
- The U.V. system is rated at 254 nm.
- Standard 24 month warranty (Not gloves or consumables).
- Side and back walls are one piece formed optically clear acrylic .375” thick (9.5 mm).
- Main housing and top are removable for installation of large pieces of equipment.
- Approximately nine (9) cubic feet of capacity. Able to accommodate nearly 200 plates.
- Eight (8) adjustable interior shelves.
- Extra large U.V. emitting light for increased sterilization.
- New larger HEPA filter and blower.

825-UVC
Inside Dimensions: 23.5"w x 17"d x 21"h 597mm x 432mm x 530mm Outside Dimensions: 24"w x 18"d x 28" h 610mm x 457mm x 711mm Shipping Weight: 110 Pounds 50 kilos[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]825-PCR/HEPA/36
Inside Dimensions: 22.5" deep x 37.5" wide x 23.5" high 572mm x 953mm x 597mm Outside Dimensions: 25" deep x 39.5" wide x 32" high 635mm x 1,003mm x 813mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
HEPA Filtered PCR Chamber
The new HEPA filtered PCR Chamber, Catalog #825-PCR/HEPA, includes all of the same basic features as our standard #825-PCR(UV) Chamber, but includes a factory installed HEPA filter system. The HEPA filter system is rated at 99.9997% efficiency at 0.3 (μ) microns. No tools are required for HEPA filter change over. This is a positive pressure research chamber. The fan (blower) noise level is rated at less than 40 dBA. The 825-PCR/HEPA includes a "Mini HEPA" filter; size 4" x 9.5" x 1" thick. Replacement part 825-Filter[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]825-PCR/HEPA
Inside Dimensions: 23.5"w x 17"d x 21"h 597mm x 432mm x 530mm Outside Dimensions: 26"w x 23"d x 28" h 610mm x 457mm x 711mm Shipping Weight: 112 Pounds 51 kilos[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Rear View
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
pH Test Strips
pH-Fix pH-Fix – Unmatched pH test strips
pH-determination quick, easy, safe With pH-Fix test strips, you can test the pH value quickly and easily directly at the point of interest. The strips are ready to use at any time and don’t need any calibration, set-up or maintenance. Therefore, pH determination with pH-Fix test strips is very easy, regardless of your experience or chemical background. Safe analysis by long plastic handle The long plastic handle safely protects you from coming into contact with the sample. Thus, testing toxic, dangerous or aggressive substances is safely possible. Several test pads for exact results pH-Fix indicator test strips feature up to 4 different indicator pads that cover the whole pH range from 0–14. You can chose from a total of 14 different measuring ranges to find the ideal strip for your application. The brilliant color scale is optimally matched and aligned to the test pads on the strips, resulting in quick, easy and safe pH determination. No bleeding due to color bounded indicator dyes In contrast to common indicator papers, the indicator dyes in pH-Fix test strips are chemically bound to the test pads. This patented technology safely prevents bleeding of dyes into the sample, even in highly alkaline solutions. Your sample is not contaminated by indicator dyes. Consequently, you can use the solution for further analysis. The special non-bleeding technology provides additional benefits for you: • Even in weakly buffered solutions, a safe and reliable pH determination becomes possible, as the strips can be immersed for a long time until the final reaction color has developed • The colors of the individual test pads don’t bleed and mix, which assures exact comparison to the color scale • Your sample is not contaminated by indicator dyes


Ordering Information
Test | Gradation | Model |
Classic flat box with 100 test strips 6 x 85 mm | ||
pH-Fix 0 - 14 | 1 · 2 · 3 · 4 · 5 · 6 · 7 · 8 · 9 · 10 · 11 · 12 · 13 · 14 | 92110 |
pH-Fix 0.0 - 6.0 | 0 · 0.5 · 1.0 · 1.5 · 2.0 · 2.5 · 3.0 · 3.5 · 4.0 · 4.5 · 5.0 · 5.5 · 6.0 | 92115 |
pH-Fix 2.0 - 9.0 ![]() |
2.0 · 2.5 · 3.0 · 3.5 · 4.0 · 4.5 · 5.0 · 5.5 · 6.0 · 6.5 · 7.0 · 7.5 · 8.0 · 8.5 · 9.0 | 92118 |
pH-Fix 4.5 - 10.0 ![]() |
4.5 · 5.0 · 5.5 · 6.0 · 6.5 · 7.0 · 7.5 · 8.0 · 8.5 · 9.0 · 9.5 · 10.0 | 92120 |
pH-Fix 6.0 - 10.0 | 6.0 · 6.4 · 6.7 · 7.0 · 7.3 · 7.6 · 7.9 · 8.2 · 8.4 · 8.6 · 8.8 · 9.1 · 9.5 · 10.0 | 92122 |
pH-Fix 7.0 - 14.0 | 7.0 · 7.5 · 8.0 · 8.5 · 9.0 · 9.5 · 10.0 · 10.5 · 11.0 · 11.5 · 12.0 · 12.5 · 13.0 · 13.5 · 14.0 | 92125 |
pH-Fix 0.3 - 2.3 | 0.3 · 0.7 · 1.0 · 1.3 · 1.6 · 1.9 · 2.3 | 92180 |
pH-Fix 1.7 - 3.8 | 1.7 · 2.0 · 2.3 · 2.6 · 2.9 · 3.2 · 3.5 · 3.8 | 92190 |
pH-Fix 3.1 - 8.3 ![]() |
3.1 · 3.5 · 3.9 · 4.3 · 4.7 · 5.1 · 5.5 · 5.9 · 6.3 · 6.7 · 7.1 · 7.5 · 7.9 · 8.3 | 92135 |
pH-Fix 3.6 - 6.1 ![]() |
3.6 · 4.1 · 4.4 · 4.7 · 5.0 · 5.3 · 5.6 · 6.1 | 92130 |
pH-Fix 4.0 - 7.0 ![]() |
4.0 · 4.4 · 4.7 · 5.0 · 5.3 · 5.5 · 5.8 · 6.1 · 6.5 · 7.0 | 92137 |
pH-Fix 5.1 - 7.2 | 5.1 · 5.4 · 5.7 · 6.0 · 6.3 · 6.6 · 6.9 · 7.2 | 92140 |
pH-Fix 6.0 - 7.7 | 6.0 · 6.4 · 6.7 · 7.0 · 7.3 · 7.7 | 92150 |
pH-Fix 7.5 - 9.5 | 7.5 · 7.9 · 8.2 · 8.4 · 8.6 · 8.8 · 9.1 · 9.5 | 92160 |
pH-Fix 7.9 - 9.8 | 7.9 · 8.3 · 8.6 · 8.9 · 9.1 · 9.4 · 9.8 | 92170 |
PlopTop tube with 100 test strips 6 x 85 mm | ||
pH-Fix 0 - 14 PT | 1 · 2 · 3 · 4 · 5 · 6 · 7 · 8 · 9 · 10 · 11 · 12 · 13 · 14 | 92111 |
pH-Fix 3.6 - 6.1 PT ![]() |
3.6 · 4.1 · 4.4 · 4.7 · 5.0 · 5.3 · 5.6 · 6.1 | 92131 |
pH-Fix 4.5 - 10.0 PT ![]() |
4.5 · 5.0 · 5.5 · 6.0 · 6.5 · 7.0 · 7.5 · 8.0 · 8.5 · 9.0 · 9.5 · 10.0 | 92121 |
![]() |

QUALITATIVE Test Strips
Test papers for qualitative determinations
Qualitative determination of ions and chemical compounds With the aid of test papers for qualitative determinations, the presence of Ion and chemical compounds can be asserted with low effort. A color change is effected, if the concentration of the researched substance is situated above the specific detection limit.
Applications | |
Criminal investigations | Peroxtesmo KM, Phosphatesmo KM |
Milk analysis | Peroxtesmo MI, Phosphatesmo MI |
Water test | Watesmo, Wator |
Oil determination | Oil test paper |

Test Paper / Test Strips | for detection of | Model |
Aluminium test paper | Aluminium ions | 90721 |
Ammonium test paper | Ammonia, ammonium ions | 90722 |
Antimony test paper | Antimony ions | 90723 |
AQUATEC test strips | Oil, thickness of layer in oil separators | 90742 |
Arsenic test paper | Arsenic, arsine | 90762 |
Bismuth test paper | Bismuth ions | 90733 |
Chlortesmo | Halogens, especially free chlorine | 90603 |
Chromium test paper | Chromium, chromate | 90724 |
Cobalt test paper | Cobalt ions | 90728 |
Copper test paper | Copper(II) ions | 90729 |
Cuprotesmo | Copper, copper ions | 90601 |
Cyantesmo | Hydrocyanic acid, cyanides | 90604 |
Dipyridyl paper | Iron(II) ions | 90725 |
Fluoride test paper | Fluorides, hydrogen fluoride | 90750 |
Indanthrene yellow paper | Vat dyes, end-point of conversion | 90751 |
INDIPRO | Protein residues | 90765 |
Iron test paper | Iron ions | 90726 |
Lead acetate paper | Hydrogen sulphide, sulphide ions | 90744 |
Nickel test paper | Nickel(II) ions | 90730 |
Nitratesmo | Nitrate and nitrite | 90611 |
Oil test paper | Oil in water and soil | 90760 |
Peroxtesmo KM | Blood traces (peroxidase) | 90605 |
Peroxtesmo KO | Peroxidase in milk | 90606 |
Peroxtesmo MI | Peroxidase in milk | 90627 |
Phosphatesmo KM | Sperm, acid phosphatase | 90607 |
Phosphatesmo MI | Alkaline phosphatase in milk | 90612 |
Plumbtesmo | Lead, lead ions | 90602 |
Potassium test paper | Potassium ions | 90727 |
Potassium iodate starch paper | Reducing agents, SO2, sulphite ions | 90753 |
Potassium iodide starch paper | Nitrite ions | 90754 |
Silver test paper | Silver ions | 90732 |
Sulphide test paper | Sulphide | 90761 |
Sulphite test paper | Sulphur dioxide, sulphite ions | 90763 |
Turmeric paper | Boric acid, borates | 90747 |
Udder test paper | Mastitis | 90748 |
Waterfinder test paper | qualitative detection of water | 90630 |
Watesmo | Water in org. solvents | 90609 |
Wator | Water distribution in butter | 90610 |
Zirconium test paper | Zirconium ions | 90721 |

QUANTOFIX Test Strips
QUANTOFIX® test strips
Rapid results directly at the point of interest QUANTOFIX® test strips are semi-quantitative in nature. They meet the most important requirements for a modern quick test. Rapid Most of the QUANTOFIX® test strips can be carried out in 10-120 seconds. That makes the application very quick for the end user. Convenient All QUANTOFIX® tests are ready to use kits. They are precalibrated and contain all necessary equipment and reagents. As “labs in a pocket” they are very handy for the end user. Precise The color charts are adjusted and checked using certified standard solutions that are directly traceable to. The user can be sure to receive accurate readings whenever he tests. Applications Aquaculture - QUANTOFIX® Ammonium - QUANTOFIX® Carbonate Hardness - QUANTOFIX® Nitrate/Nitrite - QUANTOFIX® Multistick for aquarium owners Electroplating - QUANTOFIX® Chromate - QUANTOFIX® Copper - QUANTOFIX® Cyanide - QUANTOFIX® Nickel - QUANTOFIX® Nitrate - QUANTOFIX® Zince Metall workshops - QUANTOFIX® Nitrate - QUANTOFIX® Nitrite - QUANTOFIX® LubriCheckFood processing industry - QUANTOFIX® Ascorbic Acid - QUANTOFIX® Calcium - QUANTOFIX® Carbonate Hardness - QUANTOFIX® Chloride - QUANTOFIX® Total Acid - QUANTOFIX® Total Sugar - QUANTOFIX® Nitrate/Nitrite - QUANTOFIX® Peroxide - QUANTOFIX® Phosphate - QUANTOFIX® QUAT - QUANTOFIX® Sulphite
QUANTOFIX® test sticks at a glance | ||
Test | Gradation | Model |
QUANTOFIX® Active oxygen | 0 · 4 · 8 · 15 · 25 mg/L KMPS | 91349 |
QUANTOFIX® Aluminium | 0 · 5 · 20 · 50 · 200 · 500 mg/L Al3+ | 91307 |
QUANTOFIX® Ammonium | 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 200 · 400 mg/L NH4+ | 91315 |
QUANTOFIX® Arsenic Sensitive | 0 · 0.005 · 0.01 · 0.025 · 0.05 · 0.1 · 0.25 · 0.5 mg/L As3+/5+ | 91345 |
QUANTOFIX® Arsenic 10 | 0 · 0.01 · 0.025 · 0.05 · 0.1 · 0.5 mg/L As3+/5+ | 91334 |
QUANTOFIX® Arsenic 50 | 0 · 0.05 · 0.1 · 0.5 · 1.0 · 1.7 · 3.0 mg/L As3+/5+ | 91332 |
QUANTOFIX® Ascorbic acid | 0 · 50 · 100 · 200 · 300 · 500 · 1000 · 2000 mg/L ascorbic acid | 91314 |
QUANTOFIX® Calcium | 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 mg/L Ca2+ | 91324 |
QUANTOFIX® Carbonate hardness | 0 · 3 · 6 · 10 · 15 · 20 °d | 91323 |
QUANTOFIX® Chloride | 0 · 500 · 1000 · 1500 · 2000 · ≥3000 mg/L Cl– | 91321 |
QUANTOFIX® Chlorine | 0 · 1 · 3 · 10 · 30 · 100 mg/L Cl2 | 91317 |
QUANTOFIX® Chlorine Sensitive *CE | 0 · 0.1 · 0.5 · 1 · 3 · 10 mg/L Cl2 | 91339 |
QUANTOFIX® Chromate | 0 · 3 · 10 · 30 · 100 mg/L CrO42– | 91301 |
QUANTOFIX® Cobalt | 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 · 1000 mg/L Co2+ | 91303 |
QUANTOFIX® Copper | 0 · 10 · 30 · 100 · 300 mg/L Cu1+/2+ | 91304 |
QUANTOFIX® Cyanide | 0 · 1 · 3 · 10 · 30 mg/L CN– | 91318 |
QUANTOFIX® EDTA | 0 · 100 · 200 · 300 · 400 mg/L EDTA | 91335 |
QUANTOFIX®Formaldehyde | 0 · 10 · 20 · 40 · 60 · 100 · 200 mg/L HCHO | 91328 |
QUANTOFIX® Glucose | 0 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 · 1000 · 2000 mg/L Glucose | 91348 |
QUANTOFIX®Glutaraldehyde CE* | 0 · 0.5 · 1 · 1.5 · 2 · 2.5 % Glutaraldehyde | 91343 |
QUANTOFIX® LubriCheck | 0 · 15 · 50 · 75 · 130 · 200 mmol/L KOH | 91336 |
QUANTOFIX® Molybdenum | 0 · 5 · 20 · 50 · 100 · 250 mg/L Mo6+ | 91325 |
QUANTOFIX® Nickel | 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 · 1000 mg/L Ni2+ | 91305 |
QUANTOFIX® Nitrate 100 | 0 · 5 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 75 · 100 mg/L NO3– 0 · 0.5 · 2 · 5 · 10 · 25 · 50 mg/L NO2– | 91351 |
QUANTOFIX®Nitrate/Nitrite | 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 mg/L NO3– / 0 · 1 · 5 · 10 · 20 · 40 · 80 mg/L NO2– | 91313 |
QUANTOFIX® Nitrite | 0 · 1 · 5 · 10 · 20 · 40 · 80 mg/L NO2– | 91311 |
QUANTOFIX® Nitrite 3000 | 0 · 100 · 300 · 600 · 1000 · 2000 · 3000 g/L NO2– | 91322 |
QUANTOFIX® Nitrite/pH | 0 · 1 · 5 · 10 · 20 · 40 · 80 mg/L NO2 pH 6.0 · 6.4 · 6.7 · 7.0 · 7.3 · 7.6 · 7.9 · 8.2 · 8.4 · 8.6 · 8.8 · 9.0 · 9.3 · 9.6 | 91338 |
QUANTOFIX® Peracetic acid 50 CE* | 0 · 5 · 10 · 20 · 30 · 50 mg/L PAA | 91340 |
QUANTOFIX® Peracetic acid 500 CE* | 0 · 50 · 100 · 200 · 300 · 400 · 500 mg/L PAA | 91341 |
QUANTOFIX® Peracetic acid 2000 CE* | 0 · 500 · 1000 · 1500 · 2000 mg/L PAA | 91342 |
QUANTOFIX® Peroxide 25 | 0 · 0,5 · 2 · 5 · 10 · 25 mg/L H2O2 | 91319 |
QUANTOFIX® Peroxide 100 CE* | 0 · 1 · 3 · 10 · 30 · 100 mg/L H2O2 | 91312 |
QUANTOFIX® Peroxide 1000 | 0 · 50 · 150 · 300 · 500 · 800 · 1000 mg/L H2O2 | 91333 |
QUANTOFIX® Phosphate | 0 · 3 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 mg/L PO43– | 91320 |
QUANTOFIX® Potassium | 0 · 200 · 400 · 700 · 1000 · 1500 mg/L K+ | 91316 |
QUANTOFIX® QUAT | 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 · 1000 mg/L benzalkoniumchloride | 91337 |
QUANTOFIX® Silver | 1 · 2 · 3 · 5 · 7 · 10 g/L Ag+ | 91350 |
QUANTOFIX® Total acid | 0 · 2.0 · 2.5 · 3.0 · 3.5 · 4.0 · 5.0 g/L citric acid | 91353 |
QUANTOFIX® Total Iron 1000 | 0 · 5 · 20 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 · 1000 mg/L Fe2+/3+ | 91330 |
QUANTOFIX® Total Iron 100 | 0 · 2 · 5 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 mg/L Fe2+/3+ | 91344 |
QUANTOFIX® Total sugar | 0 · 55 · 100 · 250 · 400 · 600 · 800 mg/L Fructose / Glucose | 91352 |
QUANTOFIX® Sulfate | <200 · >400 · >800 · >1200 · >1600 mg/L SO42– | 91329 |
QUANTOFIX® Sulfite | 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 · 1000 mg/L SO32– | 91306 |
QUANTOFIX® Tin | 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 mg/L Sn2+ | 91309 |
QUANTOFIX® Zinc | 0 · 2 · 5 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 mg/L Zn2+ | 91310 |
QUANTOFIX® Multisticks for aquarium owners | 0 · 5 · 10 · 15 · 20 · 25 °d total hardness 0 · 3 · 6 · 10 · 15 · 20 °d carbonate hardness pH 6.4 · 6.8 · 7.2 · 7.6 · 8.0 · 8.4 | 91326 91327 |
CE-marked according to the directive for medical products 93/42/EWG |

石英纖維濾紙
- Highly resistant to chemical attack, biologically inert
- High Purity: Very low trace metal content, does not adsorb NOx and SOx dioxides; Grade QR-100 is prefired at 1,000°C for 2 hours to reduce organic contamination
- Easily sterilized: Can be baked or autoclaved
- Store indefinitely: Unaffected by humidity
APPLICATIONS
- Sample acidic gases at high (>500°C) temperatures
- Air pollution analysis
- Available in discs in the following diameters (mm): 21, 24, 26, 37, 45, 47, 55, 70, 90, 110, 125, 150.


- 高强度化学抵抗性,俱生物惰性
- 超低微量金属含量,不会吸收 NOx 和 SOx dioxides(氧化氮和氧化硫); QR-100 级别经2小时 1,000°C高温处理减低有机物污染
- 容易消毒:可以以烘的方式或高温高压消毒
- 存储方便:不受湿度影响
用途
- 处理高温(>500℃)酸性气体
- 空气污染分析

- 高強度化學抵抗性,俱生物惰性
- 超低微量金屬含量,不會吸收 NOx 和 SOx dioxides(氧化氮和氧化硫); QR-100 級別經2小時 1,000°C高溫處理減低有機物污染
- 容易消毒:可以以烘的方式或高溫高壓消毒
- 存儲方便:不受濕度影響
用途
- 處理高溫(>500℃)酸性氣體
- 空氣污染分析

玻璃纖維濾紙
- Highly resistant to chemical attack, biologically inert
- Autoclavable
- Thermostable: Can be used up to 500°C for non-binder type.
- Store indefinitely: Unaffected by humidity
APPLICATIONS
- Use as a prefilter to extend membrane life
- Water/air pollution analysis
- Liquid clarification


- 高强度化学抵抗性,俱生物惰性
- 可高温高压消毒
- 高温稳定性:最高使用温度500°C
- 存储方便:不受湿度影响
用途
- 作为预过滤可延长滤膜使用时间
- 水质/空气污染分析
- 液体净化

- 高強度化學抵抗性,俱生物惰性
- 可高溫高壓消毒
- 高溫穩定性:最高使用溫度500°C
- 存儲方便:不受濕度影響
用途
- 作為預過濾可延長濾膜使用時間
- 水質/空氣污染分析
- 液體淨化

濾紙筒
{:en}
High purity, seamless filters with a characteristic thimble shape. Applications include analysis of fats,
oils, grease, pesticides, pollutants, other organics and additives in plastics and rubber materials.
Cellulose Thimbles – No. 84
- Suitable for Soxhlet extractions of organic components
- Dust sampling
- Lipid content <0.1% by weight
Glass Fiber Thimbles – No. 86R
- Borosilicate glass
- High temperature extractions or dust monitoring (≤500°C)
- Acid resistant (except hydrofluoric)
Quartz Fiber Thimbles – No. 88R and 88RH
- Use up to 1,000°C
- No. 88RH is treated at 900°C to stabilize the weight prior to use
PTFE Fiber and PTFE/Quartz Fiber Thimbles – No. 89 and 89S
- Durable, temperature-resistant
- Non-adsorptive with respect to acid gases
- PTFE is inherently hydrophobic
- Little or no trace metal contamination


纤维素滤纸筒 - No.84
- 适用于对有机成分的索氏提取
- 灰粉取样
- 脂质含量 < 0.1% (重量计算)
玻璃纤维滤纸筒 - No.86R
- 硼沙玻璃
- 高温提取或灰分监控( 500°C)
- 防酸(氢氟酸(HF)除外)
石英纤维素滤纸筒 - No.88R 和 88RH
- 最高使用温度 1,000°C
- No.88RH 经 900°C高温处理,使重量保持稳定
PTFE纤维和PTFE/石英纤维滤纸筒 - No.89 和 89S
- 耐用,有温度抵抗能力
- 不吸收酸性气体
- PTFE 材料不吸附水分
- 小量或没有微量金属污染

纖維素濾紙筒 - No.84
- 適用于對有機成分的索氏提取
- 灰粉取樣
- 脂質含量 < 0.1% (重量計算)
玻璃纖維濾紙筒 - No.86R
- 硼沙玻璃
- 高溫提取或灰分監控( 500°C)
- 防酸(氫氟酸(HF)除外)
石英纖維素濾紙筒 - No.88R 和 88RH
- 最高使用溫度 1,000°C
- No.88RH 經 900°C高溫處理,使重量保持穩定
PTFE纖維和PTFE/石英纖維濾紙筒 - No.89 和 89S
- 耐用,有溫度抵抗能力
- 不吸收酸性氣體
- PTFE 材料不吸附水分
- 小量或沒有微量金屬污染

定性濾紙
{:en}
• 100% alpha cotton cellulose
• pH tolerant: 0 to 12
• Thermostable: up to 120°C
• Wide selection – seven types
• Ash Content: 0.1%
APPLICATIONS
• Clarify and remove precipitates
• Preparation for qualitative analysis
CHARACTERISTICS
Grade | Comments |
No. 1 | Retains large crystalline particles and gelatinou precipitates. Fast flow rate, smooth surface, normal hardness |
No. 2 | Retains medium crystalline precipitates, fast flow rate, smooth surface, normal hardness |
No. 231 | Retains crystalline precipitates, moderate flow rate, smooth surface, normal hardness |
No. 232 | Retains medium to medium fine particulates, slow flow rate, smooth, normal hardness |
No. 131 | High retention efficiency for fine crystalline precipitates like barium sulfate, slow flow rate, smooth surface, normal hardness |
No. 235 | Highest retention efficiency, retains very fine particulates, very slow flow rate, smooth |
No. 101 | Seed germination, retains large particles |


级别 | 介绍 |
No. 1 | 保留大结晶微粒和凝胶状沉淀物,高流速,平滑表面,一般硬度. |
No. 2 | 保留中等大少结晶微粒,高流速,平滑表面,一般硬度. |
No. 231 | 保留结晶微粒,中等流速,平滑表面,一般硬度. |
No. 232 | 保留中等到中等细小微粒,慢流速,平滑表面,一般硬度. |
No. 131 | 高保留效能,特别是对细小微粒,如硫酸钡微晶,慢流速,平滑表面,一般硬度. |
No. 235 | 最高保留效能,保留非常细小微粒,非常慢的流速,平滑表面. |
No. 101 | 保留大的微粒. |

級別 | 介紹 |
No. 1 | 保留大結晶微粒和凝膠狀沉澱物,高流速,平滑表面,一般硬度. |
No. 2 | 保留中等大少結晶微粒,高流速,平滑表面,一般硬度. |
No. 231 | 保留結晶微粒,中等流速,平滑表面,一般硬度. |
No. 232 | 保留中等到中等細小微粒,慢流速,平滑表面,一般硬度. |
No. 131 | 高保留效能,特別是對細小微粒,如硫酸鋇微晶,慢流速,平滑表面,一般硬度. |
No. 235 | 最高保留效能,保留非常細小微粒,非常慢的流速,平滑表面. |
No. 101 | 保留大的微粒. |

一次性針過濾器 – DISMIC/LABODISC
{:en}
Disposable Syringe Filter Units – DISMIC/LABODISC
• Minimum sample hold-up: Unit housings are specifically designed to maximize sample recovery
• High purity: Non-pigmented housing and integral filter sealing assure that filtrates will not be adulterated due to pigment, dye, or adhesives leaching into the filtrate
• Convenient: Each unit is clearly marked with an identifying code to denote pore size, membrane material and housing polymer
• Sterile: Units can be purchased pre-sterilized and individually packaged, or non-sterile in bulk pack
• All polypropylene can be autoclaved Acrylic can not be autoclaved
Mixed Cellulose Esters (MCE)
• Properties: A hydrophilic membrane
• Higher protein binding than cellulose acetate for most proteins
• High porosity provides a high flow rate
Cellulose Acetate (Acetate)
• Standard: A commonly used hydrophilic membrane
• Low protein binding, suitable for aqueous protein solutions
• Nitrate-free, suitable for groundwater filtration
• Housing material: polypropylene (3, 13, 50 mm) or styreneacrylonitrile (25 mm)
PTFE, hydrophilic
• Versatile: Good chemical resistance
• Compatible with many solvent mixtures used in HPLC, e.g. Acetonitrile/Water
PTFE, hydrophobic
• Application: use as vent
For Specifications and Ordering Information, please click here.{:}{:zh}
一次性针头过滤器 - DISMIC/LABODISC
- 最少样品保留量:过滤器的外壳经特别设计增加样品的重获量
- 高纯度:没有颜料外壳和整体密封过滤器保证过滤液不会被颜料,染料,或黏合剂污染.
- 方便使用:每个过滤器清楚标记了识别代号,表示孔径大小,滤膜材料和外壳材料
- 消毒:可选经预先消毒和单独包装过滤器或没有消毒大包装
- 聚丙烯(PP)可高温高压消毒.丙烯酸(Acrylic)不可以高温高压消毒
混合纤维素酯(MCE)
- 特性:亲水性滤膜
- 对大部分蛋白,相对于醋酸纤维素(cellulose acetate)有比较高的高蛋白捆绑量
- 多孔性提供快流速
醋酸纤维素(Acetate)
- 标准:常用亲水性滤膜
- 低蛋白捆绑量,适合蛋白溶液
- 没有硝酸盐类,适合过滤地下水
- 外壳:聚丙烯材料(PP) 3,13,50mm 或丙烯酸(Acrylic)材料 25mm
PTFE,亲水性
- 多方面适用:良好耐化学性
- 兼容大部分混合溶剂可用于 HPLC,例子: 乙腈/水(Acetonitrile/Water)
PTFE,疏水性
- 用途: 用于通气

一次性針過濾器 - DISMIC/LABODISC
- 最少樣品保留量:過濾器的外殼經特別設計增加樣品的重獲量
- 高純度:沒有顏料外殼和整體密封篩檢程式保證過濾液不會被顏料,染料,或黏合劑污染.
- 方便使用:每個篩檢程式清楚標記了識別代號,表示孔徑大小,濾膜材料和外殼材料
- 消毒:可選經預先消毒和單獨包裝篩檢程式或沒有消毒大包裝
- 聚丙烯(PP)可高溫高壓消毒.丙烯酸(Acrylic)不可以高溫高壓消毒
混合纖維素酯(MCE)
- 特性:親水性濾膜
- 對大部分蛋白,相對於醋酸纖維素(cellulose acetate)有比較高的高蛋白捆綁量
- 多孔性提供快流速
醋酸纖維素(Acetate)
- 標準:常用親水性濾膜
- 低蛋白捆綁量,適合蛋白溶液
- 沒有硝酸鹽類,適合過濾地下水
- 外殼:聚丙烯材料(PP) 3,13,50mm 或丙烯酸(Acrylic)材料 25mm
PTFE,親水性
- 多方面適用:良好耐化學性
- 相容大部分混合溶劑可用於 HPLC,例子: 乙腈/水(Acetonitrile/Water)
PTFE,疏水性
- 用途: 用於通氣

Chlorine Test Papers
• Detecting the concentration of residual chlorine in sodium hypochlorite solution (NaClO) or hypochlorous acid (HClO)
• Two types are available
Type | Catalog No. | Size (mm) | Package (strips/box) |
Chlorine Test Paper (10-50ppm) | 8010010 | 7x40 | 300 |
Chlorine Test Paper (25-200ppm) | 8010020 | 7x40 | 300 |
Note: Cannot be used for the detection of Chlorine Ion.


Special Test Paper
Most of our special test papers are semi-quantitative. They have a high-quality colour chart that allows the quick and easy determination.
Type | Gradation | REF |
Ag-Fix test strip | 0 · 0.5 · 1 · 2 · 3 · 5 · 7 · 10 g/l Ag+ pH 4 · 5 · 6 · 7 · 8 | 90741 |
Ammonia Test | 0 · 0.5 · 1 · 3 · 6 mg/l NH4+ | 90714 |
Chlorine Test | 10 · 50 · 100 · 200 mg/l Cl2 | 90709 |
Fluoride Test | 0 · 2 · 5 · 10 · 20 · 50 · 100 mg/l F– | 90734 |
Ozone Test | <90 · 90–150 · 150-210 · >210 µg/m3 |
90736 |
Saltesmo | 0 · 0.25 · 0.5 · 1 · 2 · 3 · 4 · 5 g/l NaCl | 90608 |
Swimming Pool Tests | various, please follow the link | |
Humidity indicators | various, please follow the link |

PTFE 濾紙
{:en}
• Pure PTFE fibers are sintered to improve handling characteristics andto minimize fiber slough-off for minimal downstream contamination
• Hydrophobic
• Porosity: High air permeability with minimal pressure drop
• Operating temperature range: -120°C~260°C
• Autoclavable
APPLICATIONS
• Filter hot oils and strong solvents
• Venting air and gases
• Collection of airborne particulates
For Specifications and Ordering Information, please click here.
• Discs: Available in the following diameters (mm): 55, 70, 90, 110, 125, 150
• Sheets: Available in 300 x 300 mm sheets
• Additional sizes available upon request{:}{:zh}
• 纯 PTFE 纤维烧结改善处理特性和最少化纤维脱落减少下游污染
• 疏水性
• 多孔性: 高空气渗透性,最少的压力减少
• 高使用温度: -120℃ - 260℃
• 可高压消毒
用途
• 过滤热的油类和强的溶剂
• 空气和气体的通过
• 收集悬浮微粒{:}{:tw}
• 純 PTFE 纖維燒結改善處理特性和最少化纖維脫落減少下游污染
• 疏水性
• 多孔性: 高空氣滲透性,最少的壓力減少
• 高使用溫度: -120℃ - 260℃
• 可高壓消毒
用途
• 過濾熱的油類和強的溶劑
• 空氣和氣體的通過
• 收集懸浮微粒{:}

BB-002 (3 inch Slim)
BB-002 is more slim than BB-001 head size 3 inch baby type cotton swab. Head is spherical, lint-less and highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and in convenient to use a solvent soaked. It is used by Micro scoop, optical equipment, connecter and so on, also burnable for easy dispose therefore suitable for mass-user.
Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

BB-003 (3 inch Slim)
BB-003 is sharp head 3 inch baby type cotton swab. Lint-less even sharp head and highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and in convenient to use a solvent soaked. It is used by Micro scoop, optical equipment, connecter and so on, also burnable for easy dispose therefore suitable for mass-user.
Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

BB-012 (3 inch Slim)
BB-012 is corn born stem aiming to increase the cotton for high absorbent, developed by end-user needs for more absorbency to clean critical areas. BB-012 is 3 inch baby type cotton swab. Head is spherical, lint-less and highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and in convenient to use a solvent soaked. It using by Micro scoop, optical equipment, connecter and so on, also burnable for easy dispose.
Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

BB-013 (3 inch Slim)
BB-013 is corn born stem aiming to increase the cotton for high absorbent and developed by end-user needs for more absorbency to clean critical areas. BB-013 is 3 inch baby type cotton swab. Head is sharp,
lint-less and highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and in convenient to use a solvent soaked. It using by Micro scoop, optical equipment, connecter and so on, also burnable for easy dispose.
Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

FS-010 (3 inch ESD)
FS-010 is Conductive carbon stem swab. Paper stem is easy to absorb moisture by nature, the values are low for resistance value, friction hitch voltage and decay time values but it is not placed under control. FS-010 uses conductive material to control above mentioned issues.
Regular carton 12,500 pieces (25 pieces x 50 packs x 10 boxes)

CA-002 (3 inch Standard)
CA-002 is 3 inch cotton applicator. Head is spherical and stem are stick and hard, easy to use for variously. Maintenance, cleaning for precision machinery and et cetera, one of the very popular item.
Regular carton 25,000 pieces (25 pieces x 50 packs x 20 boxes)

CA-003 (3 inch Standard)
CA-003 is 3 inch cotton applicator. Head is sharp and stem are stick and hard, easy to use for variously. Maintenance, cleaning for precision machinery and etcetera.
Regular carton 25,000 pieces (25 pieces x 50 packs x 20 boxes)

CA-005 (6 inch Standard)
CA-005 is 6 inch cotton applicator. Stem is paper, cotton is only one sideand head is spherical.
Highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and burnable for easy dispose. For long size stem can makes easy to cleaning and maintained for machinery.
Regular carton 50,000 pieces (100 pieces x 25 packs x 20 boxes)

CA-006 (6 inch Standard)
CA-006 is 6 inch cotton applicator. Stem is wooden, cotton is only one side and head is spherical.
Highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and burnable for easy dispose. For wooden stem makes easy to cleaning and maintained for machinery for stubborn.
Regular carton 20,000 pieces (100 pieces x 10 packs x 20 boxes)

CA-007 (6 inch Standard)
CA-007 is 6 inch cotton applicator. Stem is paper, cotton are both side and head is spherical. Highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and easy to disposal by incineration. For long size stem can makes easy to cleaning and maintained for machinery.
Regular carton 20,000 pieces (100 pieces x 10 packs x 20 boxes)

CA-008 (6 inch Standard)
CA-008 is 6 inch cotton applicator. Stem is paper, cotton are both side and head is sharp.
Highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and burnable for easy dispose. For long size stem can makes easy to cleaning and maintained for machinery.
Regular carton 20,000 pieces (100 pieces x 10 packs x 20 boxes)

CA-010 (6 inch Standard)
CA-010 is 6 inch cotton applicator for using to clean the hole of a small metal precision machinery such as motors, CA-010 was developed with the request from an end-user.
Regular carton 10,000 pieces (50 pieces x 20 packs x 10 boxes)

BB-001FL (3 inch Flat type)
With flatten the tip of the BB-001, now available to clean very narrow gap on an electronic component. Cotton tip does not collapse under the usage of solvent such as IPA because of high density in the cotton tip.
Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

BB-013FL (3 inch Flat type)
BB-013FL is possible to clean very narrow gap more than BB-001FL.
Cotton tip does not collapse under the usage of solvent such as IPA because of high density in the cotton tip.
Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

SS-001 (Special Specification)
SS-001 is an ultra slim cotton applicator. Finishing flat head and cylindrical cotton tip with special shaving on the paper stem for stiffness of the paper stem.
Lint-less, high-absorbent and burnable for easy dispose.
It is suitable for cleaning (such as optical connector LC) and concave areas where they were hard to be cleaned.
Regular carton 20,000 pieces (25 pieces x 80 packs x 10 boxes)

SS-002 (Special Specification)
SS-002 is an ultra slim cotton applicator. It is suitable to be used to clean the applications of concave areas with inner diameter of less than 2.5 mm.
Lint-less, high-absorbent and burnable for easy dispose.
It is suitable for cleaning (such as optical connector SC) and concave areas where they were hard to be cleaned.
Regular carton 15,000 pieces (25 pieces x 60 packs x 10 boxes)

SA-001 (Special Specification)
SA-001 has a state-of-the-art technological adhesive (elastomer = elastic polymer) which picks particle up without residue on the surface of application.
SA-001 is a special feature adhesive swab developed with major Photo mask maker. It is efficient to be used to remove particles on applications of Photo Mask, Color Filter, Lens Assy, Electrical parts and et cetera where adhesive residue ban with modification of mixing contents of three types of acrylic based resin has been used in adhesive point of the SA-001.
Regular carton 600 pieces (20 pieces x 30 packs)

Professional Freezer -40 °C
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Freezer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1217" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" shape="square" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.smeg-instruments.com%2Fajax%2Fload_product_pdf_instruments%2F15990%2F|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Model: C40S60C1A
- temperature range from -42 °C to -10 °C
- internal volume 600 liters
- n. 1 blind self-closing door
- hinges for door opening on right side (possibility to indicate left side when ordering)
- n. 1 safety door lock with key
- microprocessor electronic control
- soft touch user interface with LCD display
- n. 4 languages available (Italian, English, French, Spanish)
- memory capacity of 4 MB - 46000 data record, last 20 alarms available on display
- audible and visual alarms
- n. 7 different alarms: high temperature (adjustable threshold), low temperature (adjustable threshold), open door, condenser cleaning, probes defective, power failure, backup battery failure
- 12 V backup battery (optional) for temperature visualization and alarms acquisition up to 48h without power connection
- USB port for data downloading
- GSM module (optional)
- Ethernet port for LAN connection (optional)
- evaporator static type
- manual defrosting
- default configuration: n. 6 drawers made of AISI 304 stainless steel with Plexiglas frontal side
- alternative configuration: shelves made of AISI 304 stainless steel and height adjustable (optional, up to 6)
- n. 4 wheels + n. 2 front mounting adjustable feet
- internal structure made of AISI 304 stainless steel
- ecological polyurethane insulation 100 mm thick
- external dimensions LxDxH: 780 x 840 x 1930 mm
- weight 173 kg
- electrical connection: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 580 W
- detachable power cord with Schuko plug

Genesys 160 Biomate UV-Visible Spectrophotometer
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Spectrophotomete[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1192" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
(#840-301000)
- Life science enabled
- Includes Life Science Application Software package, included:
- Nucleic Acid A260; Protein A280 and A205; Protein Colorimetric assays and OD600
- Optical design: Dual-beam, Spectral Bandwidth: 2nm
- Networking capable (WiFi ready)
- Extend your capabilities with a microcell holder or Peltier thermostatic cell holder or other cell changer options

Thermo Scientific™ BioMate™ 160 紫外可见分光光度计 全功能设备,专为生命科学领域而设计
(#840-301000)
- 7”可倾斜式高清触摸屏用户界面
- 预设生命科学方法,包括核酸 A260(DNA、RNA、低聚糖);样品纯度信息 A260/A280、A260/A230;蛋白质 A280、A205 和比色分析;动力学
- 增强连接性:通过USB、以太网或WiFi将数据导出至网络或PC;可直接从本机打印报告;可通过PC软件控制Thermo Scientific™ VISIONlite™来控制仪器
- 选配气冷帕尔贴恒温单池支架,实现精确温度控制
- 支持使用一次性微量比色皿进行微量测量*

Genesys 180 UV-Vis Spectrophotometer
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Spectrophotomete[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1191" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
(#840-309000)
- High-throughput ready
- Optical design: Double-beam, Spectral Bandwidth: 2nm
- Ideal solution when a reference beam is required, such as for kinetics
- Standard 8-position cell changer with switchable turret
- Make measurements outside the sample compartment without cuvettes using fiber optic coupler and probe

Genesys 150 UV-Vis Spectrophotometer
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Spectrophotomete[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1193" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
(#840-300000)
- Elite performance, enhanced capabilities
- Optical design: Dual beam, Spectral Bandwidth: 2nm
- Tiltable, high-resolution touchscreen interface compatible with lab gloves
- Supports accessories: 8-cell changer, Peltier, sipper and fiber-optic dip probes
- Access favorite methods quickly through Smart Start
- Wi-Fi ready—save data and methods, print results from on-board control
- Visible light range only model available (Genesys 140 #840-308000)

Genesys 50 UV-Vis Spectrophotometer
(#840-298000)
- Advanced usability, modern functionality
- 7-inch, high-resolution touchscreen interface
- Optical design: Dual beam, Spectral Bandwidth: 5nm
- Local control increases speed and reliability for routine analysis
- Large sample compartment with front access simplifies sample handling
- Wi-Fi ready—save data and methods, print results from on-board control
- Visible light range only model available (Genesys 40 #840-297000)

Genesys 30 Vis Spectrophotometer
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Spectrophotomete[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="1196,1195" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
(#840-277000)
- Entirely new industrial design for better usability
- The gold standard in basic spectrophotometers
- Optical design: Single beam, Spectral Bandwidth: 5nm
- High definition 5-inch color screen with -rubberized push-button keypad for easy navigation
- Single cell measurement with removable, washable sample compartment liner
- Ideal solution when OD600 is your primary need
Link to Product Specification for Genesys 30[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Series MKFT | Dynamic climate chambers for rapid temperature changes with humidity control and extended low temperature range
Special features
- Temperature range: -70 °C to 180 °C
- Humidity range: 10 % to 98 % RH
- Integrated water-storage tank, 20 liters
- 4 zero-voltage relay contacts that can be activated via MCS controller
- Programmable condensation protection for test material
- Heated viewing window with LED interior lighting
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
MKFT 115 | 115 | 980x1725x865 | 600x480x400 |
MKFT 240 | 228 | 1115x1940x925 | 735x700x443 |
MKFT 720 | 734 | 1580x2005x1140 | 1200x1020x600 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm) |
MKFT 115 | 115 | 980x1725x865 | 600x480x400 |
MKFT 240 | 228 | 1115x1940x925 | 735x700x443 |
MKFT 720 | 734 | 1580x2005x1140 | 1200x1020x600 |

Series MKT | Dynamic climate chambers for rapid temperature changes with extended low temperature range
{:en}
Special features
- Temperature range: -70 °C to 180 °C
- 4 zero-voltage relay contacts that can be activated via MCS controller
- Programmable condensation protection for test material
- Heated viewing window with LED interior lighting
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
MKT 115 | 115 | 980x1725x865 | 600x480x400 |
MKT 240 | 228 | 1115x1940x925 | 735x700x443 |
MKT 720 | 734 | 1580x2005x1140 | 1200x1020x600 |
重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm) |
MKT 115 | 115 | 980x1725x865 | 600x480x400 |
MKT 240 | 228 | 1115x1940x925 | 735x700x443 |
MKT 720 | 734 | 1580x2005x1140 | 1200x1020x600 |

Series MKF | Dynamic climate chambers for rapid temperature changes with humidity control
- Temperature range: -40 °C to 180 °C
- Humidity range: 10 % to 98 % RH
- Integrated water-storage tank, 20 liters (Models 115, 240, 720)
- 4 zero-voltage relay contacts that can be activated via MCS controller
- Programmable condensation protection for test material
- Heated viewing window with LED interior lighting
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
MKF 56 | 60 | 732x1445x832 | 400x420x348 |
MKF 115 | 115 | 980x1725x865 | 600x480x400 |
MKF 240 | 228 | 1115x1715x925 | 735x700x443 |
MKF 720 | 734 | 1580x2005x1140 | 1200x1020x600 |

重要特性
可选容积型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm) |
MKF 56 | 60 | 732x1445x832 | 400x420x348 |
MKF 115 | 115 | 980x1725x865 | 600x480x400 |
MKF 240 | 228 | 1115x1715x925 | 735x700x443 |
MKF 720 | 734 | 1580x2005x1140 | 1200x1020x600 |

Series MK | Dynamic climate chambers for rapid temperature changes
- Temperature range: -40 °C to 180 °C
- Programmable condensation protection for test material
- Heated viewing window with LED interior lighting
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
MK 56 | 60 | 740x1225x740 | 402x402x330 |
MK 115 | 115 | 980x1725x865 | 600x480x400 |
MK 240 | 228 | 1115x1715x925 | 735x700x443 |
MK 720 | 734 | 1580x2005x1140 | 1200x1020x600 |

重要特性
可选容面型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm) |
MK 56 | 60 | 740x1225x740 | 402x402x330 |
MK 115 | 115 | 980x1725x865 | 600x480x400 |
MK 240 | 228 | 1115x1715x925 | 735x700x443 |
MK 720 | 734 | 1580x2005x1140 | 1200x1020x600 |

Series KBWF | Growth chambers with light and humidity
{:en}
Special features
- Temperature range: 0 °C to 70 °C
- Humidity range: 10 % to 80 % RH
- Humidity regulation with capacitative humidity sensor and vapor humidification
- Positionable illumination cassettes, each with 5 fluorescent tubes
- Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming
- Door heating
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
KBWF 240 | 247 | 925x1465x800 | 650x785x485 |
KBWF 720 | 700 | 1250x1925x890 | 973x1250x576 |
重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm) |
KBWF 240 | 247 | 925x1465x800 | 650x785x485 |
KBWF 720 | 700 | 1250x1925x890 | 973x1250x576 |

Series KBW | Growth chambers with light
{:en}
Special features
- Temperature range: 0 °C to 70 °C
- Positionable illumination cassettes, each with 5 fluorescent tubes
- Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming
- Door heating
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
KBW 240 | 247 | 925x1465x800 | 650x785x485 |
KBW 400 | 400 | 925x1950x805 | 650x1270x485 |
KBW 720 | 698 | 1250x1925x890 | 970x1250x576 |
重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm) |
KBW 240 | 247 | 925x1465x800 | 650x785x485 |
KBW 400 | 400 | 925x1950x805 | 650x1270x485 |
KBW 720 | 698 | 1250x1925x890 | 970x1250x576 |

Series KMF | Constant climate chambers with expanded temperature / humidity range
- Temperature range: -10 °C to 100 °C
- Humidity range: 10 % to 98 % RH
- Humidity regulation with capacitive humidity sensor and vapor humidification
- Inner chamber made of stainless steel
- Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
KMF 115 | 102 | 880x1050x650 | 600x483x351 |
KMF 240 | 247 | 930x1465x800 | 650x785x485 |
KMF 720 | 700 | 1250x1925x890 | 973x1250x576 |

重要特性
可选容积型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm) |
KMF 115 | 102 | 880x1050x650 | 600x483x351 |
KMF 240 | 247 | 930x1465x800 | 650x785x485 |
KMF 720 | 700 | 1250x1925x890 | 973x1250x576 |

Series KBF LQC | Constant climate chambers with ICH-compliant light source and light dose control
- Temperature range: 0 °C to 70 °C
- Humidity range: 10 % to 80 % RH
- Humidity regulation with capacitive humidity sensor and vapor humidification
- Illumination cassettes with ICH-compliant UV/Vis light source
- Independent light-dose control of UV-A and visible light with spherical sensors
- Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
KBF LQC 240 | 247 | 925x1460x800 | 650x785x485 |
KBF LQC 720 | 700 | 1250x1925x890 | 973x1250x576 |

重要特性
可选容积型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
KBF LQC 240 | 247 | 925x1460x800 | 650x785x485 |
KBF LQC 720 | 700 | 1250x1925x890 | 973x1250x576 |

Series KBF P | Constant climate chambers with ICH-compliant light source
{:en}
Special features
- Temperature range: 0 °C to 70 °C
- Humidity range: 10 % to 80 % RH
- Humidity regulation with capacitive humidity sensor and vapor humidification
- Illumination cassettes with ICH-compliant UV/Vis light source
- Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
KBF P 240 | 247 | 925x1460x800 | 650x785x485 |
KBF P 720 | 700 | 1250x1925x890 | 973x1250x576 |
重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
KBF P 240 | 247 | 925x1460x800 | 650x785x485 |
KBF P 720 | 700 | 1250x1925x890 | 973x1250x576 |

Series KBF | Constant climate chambers with large temperature / humidity range
{:en}
Special features
- Temperature range: 0 °C to 70 °C
- Humidity range: 10 % to 80 % RH
- Humidity regulation with capacitive humidity sensor and vapor humidification
- Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming
- Inner chamber made of stainless steel
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
KBF 115 | 102 | 880x1050x650 | 600x483x351 |
KBF 240 | 247 | 925x1460x800 | 650x785x485 |
KBF 720 | 700 | 1250x1925x890 | 973x1250x576 |
KBF 1020 | 1020 | 1250x1925x1145 | 976x1250x836 |
重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
KBF 115 | 102 | 880x1050x650 | 600x483x351 |
KBF 240 | 247 | 925x1460x800 | 650x785x485 |
KBF 720 | 700 | 1250x1925x890 | 973x1250x576 |
KBF 1020 | 1020 | 1250x1925x1145 | 976x1250x836 |

Series VDL | Vacuum drying chambers for flammable solvents
{:en}

Special features
- Temperature range: room temperature plus 15 °C to 200 °C
- Controller with time-segment and real-time programming
- 2 aluminum expansion racks
- Inert gas connection
- Shatterproof, spring-mounted safety glass panel
- Expanded safety functions
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
VDL 23 | 23 | 515x655x500 | 285x285x295 |
VDL 53 | 53 | 635x775x545 | 400x400x340 |
VDL 115 | 115 | 740x900x670 | 506x506x460 |
重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
VDL 23 | 23 | 515x655x500 | 285x285x295 |
VDL 53 | 53 | 635x775x545 | 400x400x340 |
VDL 115 | 115 | 740x900x670 | 506x506x460 |

Series VD | Vacuum drying chambers for non-flammable solvents
{:en}

Special features
- Temperature range: room temperature plus 15 °C to 200 °C
- Controller with time-segment and real-time programming
- 2 aluminum expansion racks
- Inert gas connection
- Shatterproof, spring-mounted safety glass panel
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
VD 23 | 23 | 515x665x500 | 285x285x295 |
VD 53 | 53 | 635x775x550 | 400x400x340 |
VD 115 | 115 | 740x900x670 | 506x506x460 |
重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
VD 23 | 23 | 515x665x500 | 285x285x295 |
VD 53 | 53 | 635x775x550 | 400x400x340 |
VD 115 | 115 | 740x900x670 | 506x506x460 |

Series FDL | Safety drying chambers for limited quantities of solvent
{:en}

Special features
- Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 300 °C
- Controller with time-segment and real-time programming
- Fresh-air monitoring with audible and visual alarm and automatic deactivation of heating
- Replaceable filter cartridge, Class M6
- Class 2 independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
- Computer interface: RS 422
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
FDL 115 | 115 | 830x805x685 | 600x435x435 |
重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
FDL 115 | 115 | 830x805x685 | 600x435x435 |

Series M | Drying and heating chambers Classic.Line with forced convection and advanced program functions
Special features
- Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 300 °C
- Adjustable fan speed
- Program-controlled ventilation flap
- Color LCD controller with time-segment programming
- Class 2 independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
- Computer interface: RS 422
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
M 53 | 53 | 635x780x575 | 400x400x340 |
M 115 | 115 | 835x865x645 | 600x480x410 |
M 240 | 240 | 1035x985x745 | 800x600x510 |
M 400 | 400 | 1235x1190x795 | 1000x800x510 |
M 720 | 720 | 1235x1690x865 | 1000x1200x610 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
M 53 | 53 | 635x780x575 | 400x400x340 |
M 115 | 115 | 835x865x645 | 600x480x410 |
M 240 | 240 | 1035x985x745 | 800x600x510 |
M 400 | 400 | 1235x1190x795 | 1000x800x510 |
M 720 | 720 | 1235x1690x865 | 1000x1200x610 |

Series FP | Drying and heating chambers Classic.Line with forced convection and program functions
{:en}
Special features
- Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 300 °C
- Adjustable fan speed
- Adjustable exhaust air flap
- Controller with time-segment and real-time programming
- Class 2 independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
- Computer interface: RS 422
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
FP 53 | 53 | 635x620x575 | 400x400x340 |
FP 115 | 115 | 835x705x645 | 600x480x410 |
FP 240 | 240 | 1035x825x745 | 800x600x510 |
FP 400 | 400 | 1235x1025x765 | 1000x800x510 |
FP 720 | 720 | 1235x1530x865 | 1000x1200x610 |
重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
FP 53 | 53 | 635x620x575 | 400x400x340 |
FP 115 | 115 | 835x705x645 | 600x480x410 |
FP 240 | 240 | 1035x825x745 | 800x600x510 |
FP 400 | 400 | 1235x1025x765 | 1000x800x510 |
FP 720 | 720 | 1235x1530x865 | 1000x1200x610 |

Series E | Drying and heating chambers Classic.Line with mechanical adjustment
Special features
- Temperature range: 60 °C to 230 °C
- Adjustable exhaust air flap
- Hydro-mechanical thermostat
- Class 1 temperature limitation device (Model E028-230V-T)
- Timer 0 – 120 min
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
E 28 | 28 | 580x405x425 | 400x280x250 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
E 28 | 28 | 580x405x425 | 400x280x250 |

Series FED | Drying and heating chambers Classic.Line with forced convection and enhanced timer functions
Special features
- Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 300 °C
- Adjustable fan speed
- Adjustable exhaust air flap
- Controller with expanded timer functions
- Class 2 independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
- Computer interface: RS 422
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
FED 400 | 400 | 1235x1025x765 | 1000x800x510 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
FED 400 | 400 | 1235x1025x765 | 1000x800x510 |

Series FED | Drying and heating chambers Avantgarde.Line with forced convection and enhanced timer functions
Special features
- Temperature range: ambient temperature plus 10 °C to 300 °C
- Adjustable fan speed
- Controller with LCD display and enhanced time functions
- Electromechanical control of the exhaust air flap
- Class 2 integrated independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
- Ethernet interface
- Up to 30% lower energy consumption compared to conventional units on the market
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
FED 56 | 60 | 560x625x565 | 400x440x345 |
FED 115 | 116 | 710x735x605 | 550x550x385 |
FED 260 | 259 | 810x965x760 | 650x780x515 |
FED 720 | 741 | 1165x1590x870 | 1000x1300x570 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
FED 56 | 60 | 560x625x565 | 400x440x345 |
FED 115 | 116 | 710x735x605 | 550x550x385 |
FED 260 | 259 | 810x965x760 | 650x780x515 |
FED 720 | 741 | 1165x1590x870 | 1000x1300x570 |

Series FD | Drying and heating chambers Classic.Line with forced convection
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Important characteristics
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
FD 23 | 20 | 435x495x520 | 222x330x300 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm) |
FD 23 | 20 | 435x495x520 | 222x330x300 |

Series FD | Drying and heating chambers Avantgarde.Line with forced convection
Special features
- Temperature range: ambient temperature plus 10 °C to 300 °C
- Forced convection
- Controller with LCD display
- Electromechanical control of the exhaust air flap
- Class 2 integrated independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
- Excellent temporal and spatial temperature accuracy
- Up to 30% lower energy consumption compared to conventional units on the market
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
FD 56 | 60 | 560x625x565 | 400x440x345 |
FD 115 | 116 | 710x735x605 | 550x550x385 |
FD 260 | 259 | 810x965x760 | 650x780x515 |
FD 720 | 741 | 1165x1590x870 | 1000x1300x570 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm) |
FD 56 | 60 | 560x625x565 | 400x440x345 |
FD 115 | 116 | 710x735x605 | 550x550x385 |
FD 260 | 259 | 810x965x760 | 650x780x515 |
FD 720 | 741 | 1165x1590x870 | 1000x1300x570 |

Series ED | Drying and heating chambers Classic.Line with natural convection
Special features
- Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 300 °C
- Natural convection
- Adjustable exhaust air flap
- Controller with timer functions
- Class 2 independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
ED 23 | 20 | 435x495x520 | 222x330x300 |
ED 400 | 400 | 1235x1025x765 | 1000x800x520 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
ED 23 | 20 | 435x495x520 | 222x330x300 |
ED 400 | 400 | 1235x1025x765 | 1000x800x520 |

Series ED | Drying and heating chambers Avantgarde.Line with natural convection
Special features
- Temperature range: ambient temperature plus 5 °C to 300 °C
- Natural convection
- Controller with LCD display
- Electromechanical control of the exhaust air flap
- Class 2 integrated independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
- Excellent temporal and spatial temperature accuracy
- Up to 30% lower energy consumption compared to conventional units on the market
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
ED 56 | 57 | 560x625x565 | 360x420x380 |
ED 115 | 114 | 710x735x605 | 510x530x425 |
ED 260 | 255 | 810x965x760 | 610x760x550 |
ED 720 | 743 | 1165x1590x870 | 960x1280x605 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
ED 56 | 57 | 560x625x565 | 360x420x380 |
ED 115 | 114 | 710x735x605 | 510x530x425 |
ED 260 | 255 | 810x965x760 | 610x760x550 |
ED 720 | 743 | 1165x1590x870 | 960x1280x605 |

Series KB | Cooling incubators with compressor technology
Special features
- Temperature range:
- -5 °C to 100 °C (except KB23)
- 0°C to 100 °C (KB23 only)
- Up to 30% lower energy consumption compared to the previous model
- Cooling with compressor cooling unit
- Adjustable fan speed
- Controller with time-segment and real-time programming
- Inner door made of tempered safety glass
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
KB 23 | 20 | 435x620x520 | 222x330x277 |
KB 53 | 53 | 635x835x580 | 400x400x330 |
KB 115 | 115 | 835x1025x650 | 600x480x400 |
KB 240 | 247 | 925x1465x800 | 650x785x485 |
KB 400 | 400 | 925x1950x805 | 650x1270x485 |
KB 720 | 698 | 1250x1925x885 | 970x1250x576 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
KB 23 | 20 | 435x620x520 | 222x330x277 |
KB 53 | 53 | 635x835x580 | 400x400x330 |
KB 115 | 115 | 835x1025x650 | 600x480x400 |
KB 240 | 247 | 925x1465x800 | 650x785x485 |
KB 400 | 400 | 925x1950x805 | 650x1270x485 |
KB 720 | 698 | 1250x1925x885 | 970x1250x576 |

Series KT | Cooling incubators with thermoelectric cooling
Special features
- Temperature range: 4 °C to 100 °C
- Electric cooling with Peltier module
- Adjustable fan speed
- Controller with time-segment and real-time programming
- Inner door made of tempered safety glass
- Data recording and USB interface
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
KT 53 | 53 | 660x635x630 | 400x400x334 |
KT 115 | 102 | 860x715x655 | 600x455x355 |
KT 170 | 163 | 860x1025x655 | 600x765x355 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
KT 53 | 53 | 660x635x630 | 400x400x334 |
KT 115 | 102 | 860x715x655 | 600x455x355 |
KT 170 | 163 | 860x1025x655 | 600x765x355 |

Series B | Incubators Classic.Line with mechanical adjustment
Special features
- Temperature range: 30 °C to 70 °C
- Hydro-mechanical thermostat
- Inner door made of tempered safety glass
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
B 28 | 28 | 580x405x425 | 400x280x250 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
B 28 | 28 | 580x405x425 | 400x280x250 |

Series BF | Incubators Classic.Line with forced convection
Special features
- Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 100 °C
- Adjustable fan speed
- Adjustable exhaust air flap
- Controller with timer functions
- Inner door made of tempered safety glass
- Class 3.1 independent temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual temperature alarm
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
BF 400 | 400 | 1235x1025x765 | 1000x800x500 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
BF 400 | 400 | 1235x1025x765 | 1000x800x500 |

Series BF | Incubators Avantgarde.Line with force convection
Special features
- Temperature range (model 56 | 260): ambient temperature plus 7 °C to 100 °C
- Temperature range (model 115): ambient temperature plus 8 °C to 100 °C
- Forced convection
- Controller with LCD display
- Electromechanical control of the exhaust air flap
- Class 3.1 integrated independent temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
- Excellent temporal and spatial temperature accuracy and high energy efficiency
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
BF 56 | 59 | 560x625x565 | 400x440x340 |
BF 115 | 114 | 710x735x605 | 510x550x380 |
BF 260 | 257 | 810x965x760 | 650x780x510 |
BF 720 | 734 | 1165x1590x870 | 1000x1300x565 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
BF 56 | 59 | 560x625x565 | 400x440x340 |
BF 115 | 114 | 710x735x605 | 510x550x380 |
BF 260 | 257 | 810x965x760 | 650x780x510 |
BF 720 | 734 | 1165x1590x870 | 1000x1300x565 |

Series BD | Incubators Classic.Line with natural convection
Special features
- Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 100 °C
- natural convection
- Adjustable exhaust air flap
- Controller with timer functions
- Inner door made of tempered safety glass
- Class 3.1 independent temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual temperature alarm
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
BD 23 | 20 | 435x495x520 | 222x330x277 |
BD 400 | 400 | 1235x1025x765 | 1000x800x500 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
BD 23 | 20 | 435x495x520 | 222x330x277 |
BD 400 | 400 | 1235x1025x765 | 1000x800x500 |

Series BD | Incubators Avantgarde.Line with natural convection
{:en}
- Temperature range: ambient temperature plus 5 °C to 100 °C
- Natural convection
- Controller with LCD display
- Electromechanical control of the exhaust air flap
- Class 3.1 integrated independent temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
- Excellent temporal and spatial temperature accuracy and high energy efficiency
Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
BD 56 | 57 | 560x625x565 | 360x420x380 |
BD 115 | 112 | 710x735x605 | 510x530x420 |
BD 260 | 253 | 810x965x760 | 610x760x545 |
BD 720 | 737 | 1165x1590x870 | 960x1280x600 |
重要特性
可选容积型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
BD 56 | 57 | 560x625x565 | 360x420x380 |
BD 115 | 112 | 710x735x605 | 510x530x420 |
BD 260 | 253 | 810x965x760 | 610x760x545 |
BD 720 | 737 | 1165x1590x870 | 960x1280x600 |

CB 系列 | CO₂ 培養箱 帶熱空氣消毒功能和可高溫消毒的 CO₂ 感測器
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
The BINDER CB series CO₂ incubator is the premium class among the CO₂ incubators. It is suitable for all sensitive incubation applications and ensures optimal cell growth. A BINDER CB series CO₂ incubator can perform complex cultivation experiments as well as specific enviromental conditions.
CO₂ incubators with hot air sterilization and heat sterilizable CO₂ sensor
The Binder CB series is a world first! Fitted with a sterilizable CO₂ sensor, the incubator meets the highest of standards when it comes to sample safety and cell growth. While C series CO₂ incubators have been designed with standard laboratory applications in mind, the BINDER CB comes highly recommended for the incubation of delicate cells, providing optimum growth conditions for cell cultures. Just like the C series units, the CO₂ incubators in the CB series have the option of automatic sterilization with hot air at 180 °C. Plus, they have a heat sterilizable CO₂ sensor with infrared technology and come with a double-pan humidification system with condensation protection. The units feature tightly sealed inner doors made of tempered safety glass and a lockable door handle, guaranteeing maximum safety conditions for work in the laboratory.CO₂ incubators with a patented humidity management system
CB series CO₂ incubators have a patented humidity management system. The Permadry double-pan humidity system provides active humidity limitation that keeps even the interior walls dry. What's more, evaporation is kept to a minimum thanks to the high humidity. These CO₂ incubators are incredibly user-friendly, with the option to control all of the key parameters at once using the operating panel. Measured values are recorded continually and can be exported as data sets with ease via USB. Navigation is straightforward and intuitive. The CO₂ incubators with hot air sterilization and heat sterilizable CO₂ sensor are ideal for the incubation of delicate cells, guaranteeing optimum conditions for cell cultures along with high levels of safety and usability.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]
Important characteristics
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Model | Housing Dimensions (excluding fittings and connections) W x H x D (mm) | Internal Dimensions W x H x D (mm) | Net weight (kg) | Interior volume (L) |
---|---|---|---|---|
CB 60 | 580 x 720 x 545 | 400 x 400 x 330 | 68 | 53 |
CB 170 (new) | 680 x 870 x 715 | 560 x 600 x 505 | 95 | 170 |
CB 220 | 740 x 1070 x 715 | 560 x 750 x 500 | 132 | 210 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
CB 60 | 53 | 580x720x545 | 400x400x330 |
CB 160 | 150 | 680x920x715 | 500x600x500 |
CB 220 | 210 | 740x1070x715 | 560x750x500 |

重要特性
- 溫度範圍:環境溫度加上 7 °C 至 60 °C
- 濕度範圍:最高達 95% 相對濕度
- 可選 O₂ 調節範圍:2-20 Vol.-% O₂ 或 10-95 Vol.-% O₂ (版本 O、GO)
- 通過 180 °C 的熱風進行自動滅菌
- 帶冷凝保護的培養皿加濕系統
- 帶有文丘裡效應的 CO₂ 混合氣體噴嘴
- 可用熱風滅菌的採用紅外線技術的 CO₂ 感測器
- 通過 LCD 彩色顯示器進行顯示
- 可鎖閉的門把手
- 由安全玻璃 (ESG) 製成的密封內門
- 由不銹鋼製成的無縫拉深的內腔
- 由不銹鋼製成的 2/3 個打孔擱板
- 利用堆疊適配器可堆疊設備
- 採用光學和聲音報警的故障診斷系統
- 電腦介面:乙太網
- 內部測量值記錄和 USB 介面
Available Sizes
型號 | 內部容積 [L] | 包括加裝件和連接件的外殼尺寸 寬 x 高 x 深 [mm] | 內部尺寸 寬 x 高 x 深 [mm] |
CB 60 | 53 | 580x720x545 | 400x400x330 |
CB 160 | 150 | 680x920x715 | 500x600x500 |
CB 220 | 210 | 740x1070x715 | 560x750x500 |

Series C | CO2 incubators with hot air sterilization
Special features
- Temperature range: room temperature plus 7 °C to 50 °C
- Humidity range: up to 95 % RH
- Auto-sterilization with hot air at 180 °C
- Humidification system with condensation protection
- CO₂ gas-mixing jet with Venturi effect
- CO₂ sensor with infrared technology
- Display with 3-digit, 7-segment LEDs
- Door hinged right or left
- Tightly-sealed inner door made of tempered safety glass
- Seamless, deep-drawn inner stainless steel chamber
- 3 perforated stainless steel shelves
- Units are stackable with stacking adapter
- Troubleshooting system with visual and audible alarms
- Zero-voltage alarm contact

Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
C 170 | 168 | 740x870x715 | 560x600x500 |

重要特性
可选容积
型号 | 内部容积 [L] | 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) | 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) |
C 170 | 168 | 740x870x715 | 560x600x500 |

重要特性
- 溫度範圍:環境溫度加上 7 °C 至 50 °C
- 濕度範圍:最高達 95% 相對濕度
- 通過 180 °C 的熱風進行自動滅菌
- 帶冷凝保護的加濕系統
- 帶有文丘裡效應的 CO₂ 混合氣體噴嘴
- 採用紅外線技術的 CO₂ 感測器
- 通過 3 位元 7 段 LED 顯示
- 帶右側或左側限位器的門
- 由安全玻璃 (ESG) 製成的密封內門
- 由不銹鋼製成的無縫拉深的內腔
- 由不銹鋼製成的 3 個打孔擱板
- 帶堆疊適配器的可堆疊設備
- 採用光學和聲音報警的故障診斷系統

Available Sizes
Model | Interior Volume [L] | Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm | Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm |
C 170 | 168 | 740x870x715 | 560x600x500 |

KBF1020-Large Scale Climatic Chamber
- Internal volume: 1020L
- Temperature range: 0 °C to 70 °C
- Humidity range: 10 % to 80 % RH
- line™ preheating chamber technology
- Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming
- Tight-sealing inner door made of safety glass (ESG)
- Inner chamber made of stainless steel
- Door heating

重要特性
{:}
myFuge Mini Centrifuge
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Centrifuge
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_gallery type="flexslider_slide" interval="5" images="308,311" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.benchmarkscientific.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2017%2F09%2FC1008-NEW-MyFuge-Mini-Brochure-HR-1.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The MyFuge™ Mini centrifuge is a personal centrifuge that virtually fits in the palm of your hand. Ideal for quick spin downs of microtubes and PCR tubes, the MyFuge is extremely easy to use. Simply close the lid and the rotor instantly reaches 6,000 rpm. Open the lid, and the rotor quickly decelerates to a stop for removing samples.
An increased capacity, eight-position microtube rotor is included and comes installed. Also included is a second rotor for 0.2ml PCR tubes and strips which is stored (together with the rotor removal key) in a convenient compartment on the bottom of the centrifuge. When the rotor is not in use, storage in this compartment prevents loss or misplacement of the rotor.
- Clik-N-Lok™ INSTANT rotor attachment
- Eight position microtube rotor
- Storage compartment for PCR rotor & 0.5ml adapters
- Near silent operation
- Decelerates in just one second
- Four position PCR strip rotor
Specifications
Speed | 6,000rpm / 2,000xg |
Capacity | 8 x 1.5/2.0ml 32 x 0.2ml 4 x PCR Strips |
Dimensions | 5.7 x 6.9 x 4.5 in. (14.5 x 17.8 x 11.4 cm) |
Weight | 2.2 lbs / 1kg |
Electrical | Universal Voltage, 100 to 240V, 50-60HZ, 250W |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

PlateFuge Microcentrifuge
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Centrifuge[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_gallery interval="5" images="319" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.benchmarkscientific.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2017%2F08%2FC2000-PlateFuge-Brochure-HR-EM.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Benchmark’s PlateFuge™ is the first “mini” sized centrifuge with a swing out rotor for microplates. Centrifuging plates before PCR ensures all reactants are in the bottom of the wells for proper concentrations and improved yields.
In spite of its remarkably small footprint (9×10 in.), the PlateFuge™ includes a uniquely designed, swing out rotor (patent pending) capable of securing 2 microplates. The easily accessible rotor chamber includes two plate carriers that rest at a 75° angle. This allows plates to be inserted confidently without sealing tapes or caps. Upon closing the lid of the centrifuge, the rotor accelerates and the centrifugal force “swings” the plates into a horizontal position. Any droplets on the walls of the plate quickly concentrate into the well bottoms.
With a g-force of 600 xg, most samples can be spun down in less than 20 seconds. To end a run, simply open the lid and the automatic, electric brake brings the rotor to a quick, smooth stop in just 4 seconds. Plates can then be easily removed from the rotor.
- Quickly spins down droplets in PCR plates
- Unique swing-out rotor design prevents spillage (patent pending)
- Half the size of traditional centrifuges
- Accepts all popular types of PCR plates (skirted, semi, and non) and most microtiter plates
Specifications
Speed | 2,550 rpm/ 600 xg |
Capacity | 2 x 2PCR Plates 2 x microtiter plates (up to 25mm) 24 x 0.2ml PCR strips |
Deceleration | 4 Seconds |
Dimensions (W x D x H) | 9.2 x 10.2 x 7.75 in. (23 x 26 x 19.7 cm) |
Weight | 9 lbs/ 4.1 kg |
Electrical | 115V or 230V, 50-60 Hz, 250W |

Mortexer Vortex Mixer BV1005
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Mixer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="325,326" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The Mortexer™ is MORE than your standard vortex mixer. The unique design of the Multi-Head™ (included) features a traditional cup head for general purpose mixing, plus holds up to eight microcentrifuge tubes.
The drive system is balanced with Q-Drive™ technology, providing a smooth vortexing action, while minimizing noise and excessive vibration. This results in quieter, more efficient and longer lasting operation. Increased speed, up to 3400 rpm produces an instant vortex of even the largest sample sizes, including full 50ml tubes.
Other features include: “no-walk” suction feet, cold room/incubator compatibility and spill-proof electronic controls.
- Unique Multi-Head™ for general purpose vortexing PLUS holds up to eight microtubes (Patent Pending)
- Powerful motor for INSTANT vortexing
- Continuous or "touch" operation
- Q-Drive™ dynamic balancing system
- Variable speed from 200 to 3400 rpm
- Wide variety of accessories
Speed: | 200 to 3400 rpm |
Operating modes: | Touch or continuous |
Orbit: | 3mm |
Operating Temp. Range: | +4 to +65°C |
Dimensions: (w x d x h) | 5 x 6.3 x 6.7 in. / 13 x 16 x 17 cm |
Weight: | 8.4 lbs (3.8 kg) |
Electrical: | 115V or 230V, 180W |
Order no. | Description |
BV1005-E | Mortexer Vortex Mixer |
BV1000-FLAT | Optional 3 in. flat head attachment |
BV1000-COMBO | Optional combination head for one microplate & microtubes (38x1.5 & 28x0.5) |
BV1000-H15 | Optional attachment for 12 x 1.5ml, horizontal |
BV1000-H150 | Optional attachment for 4 x 15ml, horizontal |
BV1000-H500 | Optional attachment for 2 x 50ml, horizontal |


- 独特的多头桅杆(Multi-Head™ )通用涡旋加上可放置多达八个微管(专利待审)
- 强力马达可提供瞬间混合
- 连续或者按压启动
- Q-Drive™ 动态平衡系统
- 无极可调速度由 200 至 3400 rpm
- 多种配件可以选
规格
速度 | 200 至 3400 rpm |
操作模式 | 按压启动或者连续 |
轨道 | 3mm |
使用温度范围 | +4 至 +65°C |
尺寸 (w x d x h) | 13 x 16 x 17 cm |
重量 | 3.8 kg |
电源 | 230V, 180W |

Benchmark Hotplate & Stirrer
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Hotplate & Stirrer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="329" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Benchmark hotplates, stirrers and hotplate-stirrers feature an exceptionally durable, chemical resistant, white ceramic work surface. Their space-efficient design (7 X 10.5 in. footprint), makes them ideal for use on crowded benchtops and inside bio-hoods.
Advanced microprocessor controls allow quick, precise adjustment of speed and temperature. The large, backlit LCD display provides constant visualization of the speed and temperature while a safety LED indicates when the top plate is above 50°C. In addition, an optional probe is available for applications that require precise temperature contol. When connected, the probe provides direct feedback to the microprocessor,
which continuously adjusts and maintains the selected temperature in the sample within +/- 0.5°C.
With a square 6.5 in. work surface, all three models are compatible with a wide variety of popular sizes of borosilicate glass beakers, flasks, bottles and other vessels. An optional support rod (H3760-ROD) is available for mounting thermometers, temperature probes, etc.
- Large , backlit LCD display
- Ceramic work surface, 6.5 x 6.5 in.
- Safety LED indicates hot surface
- Control actual temperature (with optional probe)
- Three models: heat-stir, heat only or stir only
Specifications:
Temp. Range: | Ambient +5 to 380°C |
Speed Range: | 200 to 1500 rpm |
Platform Dimensions: | 6.5 x 6.5 in./ 16.6 x 16.5 cm |
Operating Temp. Range | +4 to +65°C |
Dimensions: (w x d x h) | 7 x 10.5 x 4 in./ 18 x 26 x 10.1 cm |
Weight: | 6.4 lbs. / 2.9kg |
Electrical: | 120 or 230V, 50-60Hz 500W |
Ordering information:
H3760-HS-E | Benchmark Digital Hotplate & Stirrer, EU plug |
H3760-S-E | Benchmark Digital Magnetic Stirrer, EU plug |
H3760-H-E | Benchmark Digital Hotplate, EU plug |
H3760-TP | Optional Temperature Probe |
H3760-ROD | Optional Support Rod |

- 大尺寸,背光LCD显示屏
- 陶瓷面板, 16.5 x 16.5 cm
- 安全LED提示热表面
- 控制实际温度(需要配温度探头)
- 三种类型:加热, 搅拌或者加热搅拌
规格
温度范围 | 室温 +5 至 380°C |
速度范围 | 200 至 1500 rpm |
平台尺寸 | 16.5 x 16.5 cm |
使用温度范围 | +4 to +65°C |
尺寸(w x d x h) | 18 x 26 x 10.1 cm |
重量 | 2.9kg |
电源 | 230V, 50-60Hz 500W |

IncuShaker Mini Shaking Incubator
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Incubating Shaker[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4150,4151,4152" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The Incu-Shaker™ Mini is the most compact shaking incubator in its class. Despite the remarkably small footprint, a large 11.5 x 9.5 in. work space accepts several platforms and a variety of flasks, tubes and other common vessels.
The standard platform (included) features a non-slip, rubber coated surface, ideal for tissue culture flasks, Petri dishes and staining trays.
The convenient MAGic Clamp™ (PATENTED) platform is also available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique, magnetic attach- ment method is the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes.
- Extremely compact, just 11" wide
- Exceptional temperature uniformity
- Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
- Instantly exchange flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories (PATENTED)
Temperature Range: | Ambient +5° to 70°C |
Temperature Increments: | +0.1°C |
Temperature Uniformity: | ±0.25°C |
Temperature Accuracy: | ±0.1°C |
Shaking Speed Range: | 30 to 300rpm |
Speed Increments: | 1rpm |
Shaking Orbit: | 19mm (4/4") |
Operating Temp Range: | +4 to +65°C |
Platform Dimensions: | 9.5 x 11.5 in./28 x 41 x 33 cm |
Exterior Dimensions (W x D x H): | 11 x 16.2 x 13 in. / 28 x 41 x 33 cm |
Height with Lid Open: | 25 in. / 63 cm |
Timer: | 1 min. to 48 hours / continuous |
Weight: | 25 lbs (11.5kg) |
Electrical: | 115 or 230V, 50-60Hz, 300W |
Order no. | Description |
H1001-M-E | Incu-Shaker Mini with flat mat platform |
Optional Platforms | |
H1000-MR | MAGic Clamp™ universal platform for flasks and tube racks (9.5 x 11.5) |
H1000-P-MP | 4 x microplate platform |
H1000-P-SP | Spring platform for unique vessel types |
MAGic Clamp™ Accessories | |
H1000-MR-CMB | ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 5x500, 8x250 or 12x125ml) |
H1000-MR-25 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 25ml, max.20 |
H1000-MR-50 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.20 |
H1000-MR-125 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.12 |
H1000-MR-250 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max.8 |
H1000-MR-500 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max.5 |
H1000-MR-1000 | Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1000ml max. 2 |
H1000-MR-MP | Clamp for 1 x microplate for H1000-MR, max. 4 |
H1000-MR-1550 | Tube Rack, 30x15ml &20x50ml tubes with Magnets on Bottom (max. 1) |
H1000-MR-T15 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 2 |
H1000-MR-T50 | Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 2 |
H1000-MR-T600 | Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500/600ml bottle, max. 1 |
H1000-MR-T15H | Tube Rack, 12x1.5ml horizontal, max. 2 |
H1000-MR-TSR | Angled tube rack holder, adjustable tilt (max. 1) |

- 非常紧凑, 只有28cm宽
- 杰出的温度均匀性
- 水平19mm圆形轨道,可用于曝气和搅拌
- 瞬间更换瓶夹MAGic Clamp™ (专利)
规格
温度范围 | 室温 +5° to 70°C |
温度增量 | +0.1°C |
温度均匀性 | ±0.25°C |
温度精度 | ±0.1°C |
摇动速度范围 | 30 至 300rpm |
速度递增 | 1rpm |
摇动轨道 | 19mm |
使用温度范围 | +4 to +65°C |
平台尺寸 | 28 x 41 x 33 cm |
外壳尺寸 (W x D x H) | 28 x 41 x 33 cm |
盖打开时的高度 | 63 cm |
计时器 | 1 分钟至 48 小时 / 连续 |
重量 | 11.5kg |
电源 | 230V, 50-60Hz, 300W |

AP Series – Advanced Performance UniBloc Balance / Semi – Micro Analytical Balance
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1375" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fanalytical%2Fap-semimicro%2Fap_series.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Highly-sophisticated simulation technology produced advanced UniBloc AP ™
Increased weighing capacity from 135mg to 220g (0.01mg model)
Micro amount weighing over 135mg (read 0.01mg step) is possible.
Faster Response and Higher Stability
High Speed - Fast weighing response The response time for trace measurements (from 1 mg) is reduced to about 2 seconds. This significantly improves weighing efficiency.
Stress Free - A variety of accessories and options suitable for semi-micro measurements The STABLO-AP ionizer can be mounted. This eliminates the influence of static electricity, achieving reliable measurements in a simpler procedure.
For Regulation-for the Pharmaceutical Industry Interlocking with LabSolutions Balance enables compliance with a variety of regulations for measurement data integrity, including ISO 17025 for testing laboratories, ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 for the manufacturing industry, and GLP/GMP and the United States Pharmacopeia (USP) for the pharmaceutical industry.
For HPLC Functions are included for the preparation of buffer solutions used in HPLC. As a result, the operation can be performed accurately and easily, even by non-specialists.
Save Your Operation Equipped with USB as standard. Includes many diverse functions to support users.
Features:- Minimum display: 0.01mg / 0.1mg
- Maximum capacity: 52g to 320g (Depends on model)
- Included built in calibration
- Response time for trace mesaurement reduced to about 2s
- Optional ionizer eliminates static electricity in 1s
- Engineered to resist temperature changes and disturbance.
- High visability EL display
- Waring signal of minimum sample quantity
- Registered sample name or ID can be associated with measurement values
- Specific gravity can be measured with specific gravity measurement kit
Easy-to-Read Organic EL Display (All models)
Because the pixel elements in the organic electroluminescence display emit light, the screen can be seen clearly even in dark locations. Multi-language display capability*2 provides a more intuitive operating interface. A wider viewing angle has also improved the visibility of measurement values, which helps increase the efciency of measuring operations.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]


Built-in High-Performance Ionizer (Optional)
The ionizer eliminates influence of static electricity in 1/10 the time of previous models. Note: Example of typical static electricity removal time (±1000 V --> ±100 V) 1 sec. for STABLO-AP and 10 sec. for STABLO-EX[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/WC369euxu1o" align="center" title="AP series"][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:Model | Capacity | Minimum Display | Repeatability (standard deviation) | Linearity | Response Time | Pan size |
AP225W NEW! | 220g | 0.01mg | 0.015mg (to 20g) 0.03mg (to 100g) 0.05mg (to weighing capacity) | 0.1mg | 8s | 91mm |
AP135W | 135g | 0.01mg | 0.05mg | 0.1mg | 8s | 91mm |
AP125WD | 120g/52g | 0.1mg/0.01mg | 0.1mg/0.02mg | 0.2mg/0.05mg | 2s/8s | 91mm |
AP225WD | 220g/102g | 0.1mg/0.01mg | 0.1mg/0.05mg | 0.2mg/0.1mg | 2s/8s | 91mm |
AP124W | 120g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP224W | 220g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP324W | 320g | 0.1mg | 0.15mg | 0.3mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP124X | 120g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP224X | 220g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP324X | 320g | 0.1mg | 0.15mg | 0.3mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP124Y | 120g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP224Y | 220g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP324Y | 320g | 0.1mg | 0.15mg | 0.3mg | 2s | 91mm |

快速
- 采用新型质量传感器 UniBloc AP,反应速度和稳定性均得以大幅提升。可实现快速稳定的测量。
- 采用新处理方法软件(AP-I系统),提升测量操作感,让您更舒适和自由地使用天平。
可靠
- 消除静电对测量的影响,确保可靠的测量结果。(需要选配件STABLO-AP)
操作简便
- 标准配备USB和RS232C连接器。可同时向打印机和PC输出数据。通过USB主设备(W系列配备),可连接USB存储器、键盘、条形码识别器。
- 采用在黑暗处也可清晰看清屏幕的“有机EL显示器”。
- 支持用户检查天平的功能。选择检查功能,操作界面即显示检查操作步骤。
- 标准配备缓冲溶液的制备模式,样品制备模式,调配配方模式等。
- 安全可靠的用户管理功能
- 符合ISO/GMP/GLP的打印功能
- Labsolutions balance可实现天平称量数据在数据库中的一元化管理
- Labsolutions balance可实现天平称量数据在数据库中的一元化管理
型号 | 量程 | 精度 | 重复性 | 线性 | 平均响应时间 | 称盘尺寸 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AP135W | 135g | 0.01mg | 0.05mg | 0.1mg | 8s | 91mm |
AP125WD | 120g/52g | 0.1mg/0.01mg | 0.1mg/0.02mg | 0.2mg/0.05mg | 2s/8s | 91mm |
AP225WD | 220g/102g | 0.1mg/0.01mg | 0.1mg/0.05mg | 0.2mg/0.1mg | 2s/8s | 91mm |
AP124W | 120g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP224W | 220g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP324W | 320g | 0.1mg | 0.15mg | 0.3mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP124X | 120g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP224X | 220g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP324X | 320g | 0.1mg | 0.15mg | 0.3mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP124Y | 120g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP224Y | 220g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP324Y | 320g | 0.1mg | 0.15mg | 0.3mg | 2s | 91mm |

快速
- 采用新型质量传感器 UniBloc AP,反应速度和稳定性均得以大幅提升。可实现快速稳定的测量。
- 采用新处理方法软件(AP-I系统),提升测量操作感,让您更舒适和自由地使用天平。
可靠
- 消除静电对测量的影响,确保可靠的测量结果。(需要选配件STABLO-AP)
操作简便
- 标准配备USB和RS232C连接器。可同时向打印机和PC输出数据。通过USB主设备(W系列配备),可连接USB存储器、键盘、条形码识别器。
- 采用在黑暗处也可清晰看清屏幕的“有机EL显示器”。
- 支持用户检查天平的功能。选择检查功能,操作界面即显示检查操作步骤。
- 标准配备缓冲溶液的制备模式,样品制备模式,调配配方模式等。
- 安全可靠的用户管理功能
- 符合ISO/GMP/GLP的打印功能
- Labsolutions balance可实现天平称量数据在数据库中的一元化管理
- Labsolutions balance可实现天平称量数据在数据库中的一元化管理
型号 | 量程 | 精度 | 重复性 | 线性 | 平均响应时间 | 称盘尺寸 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AP135W | 135g | 0.01mg | 0.05mg | 0.1mg | 8s | 91mm |
AP125WD | 120g/52g | 0.1mg/0.01mg | 0.1mg/0.02mg | 0.2mg/0.05mg | 2s/8s | 91mm |
AP225WD | 220g/102g | 0.1mg/0.01mg | 0.1mg/0.05mg | 0.2mg/0.1mg | 2s/8s | 91mm |
AP124W | 120g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP224W | 220g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP324W | 320g | 0.1mg | 0.15mg | 0.3mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP124X | 120g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP224X | 220g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP324X | 320g | 0.1mg | 0.15mg | 0.3mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP124Y | 120g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP224Y | 220g | 0.1mg | 0.1mg | 0.2mg | 2s | 91mm |
AP324Y | 320g | 0.1mg | 0.15mg | 0.3mg | 2s | 91mm |

Orion™ Dual Star™ pH, ISE, mV, ORP and Temperature Dual Channel Benchtop Meter
[vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Double your measurement capabilities with the Thermo Scientific™ Orion™ Dual Star™ pH and ISE Benchtop Meter and record accurate and reliable pH, ion concentration, mV, ORP and temperature measurements on two available meter channels, ideal for high throughput pH and ion analysis in the lab. Perform up to 6 point pH and ISE calibrations, log up to 1000 data point sets with time / date stamp and easily transfer to a printer or computer. Use the two channels to measure a pH sample and ISE sample, two pH samples or two ISE samples simultaneously or view each channel separately.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

ATX/ATY Series – Analytical Balance
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1378" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fqn504200000065ni-att%2Fc054-e066c.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
- Minimum display: 0.1mg
- Maximum sample capacity: 62g to 320g (Depends on model)
- Superior performance and budgeted balance
- Designed to set large container on the pan up to 91mm diameter.
- Allow internal calibration by pressing keys (ATX Series only)
- External calibration can perform by span calibration
- Easy setting to adjust the desire ratio of stability and response
- Convenient for making multiple measurement of sample and also the total mass
- Compare sample to target values or pass/fail criteria
Model | ATX84 | ATX124 | ATX224 | ATX324 | ATY64 | ATY124 | ATY224 | ATY324 |
Capacity | 82 g | 120 g | 220 g | 320 g | 62 g | 120 g | 220 g | 320 g |
Minimum Display | 0.1 mg | |||||||
Repeatability (Standard Deviation) | ≤0.1 mg | |||||||
Linearity | ±0.2 mg | |||||||
Stabilisation Time*1 | Approx. 3.0 seconds | |||||||
Operating Temperature and Humidity Limits | 5-40°C 20-85%*2 | |||||||
Temperature Coefficient for Sensitivity (10-30°C) | ±2ppm/°C | |||||||
Pan Size (mm) approx. | Φ91 | |||||||
Main Body Dimensions (mm) approx. | 213(W) x 356(D) x 338(H) | |||||||
Main Body Weight (kg) approx. | 6.2 | 6.0 | ||||||
Power requirement | 12V, 1A | |||||||
Internal Calibration | ✔ |

型号 | 量程(g) | 精度(mg) | 重复性(mg) | 线性(mg) | 平均响应时间(S) | 称盘尺寸(mm) |
ATX224 | 220 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2.5 | 91 |
ATX124 | 120 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2.5 | 91 |
ATX84 | 82 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2.5 | 91 |
ATY224 | 220 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2.5 | 91 |
ATY124 | 120 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2.5 | 91 |
ATY64 | 62 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2.5 | 91 |

型号 | 量程(g) | 精度(mg) | 重复性(mg) | 线性(mg) | 平均响应时间(S) | 称盘尺寸(mm) |
ATX224 | 220 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2.5 | 91 |
ATX124 | 120 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2.5 | 91 |
ATX84 | 82 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2.5 | 91 |
ATY224 | 220 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2.5 | 91 |
ATY124 | 120 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2.5 | 91 |
ATY64 | 62 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 2.5 | 91 |

Star A110 series
[vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Take simple, routine pH, mV and temperature measurements with the Thermo Scientific™ Orion™ Star A111 pH Benchtop Meter, an easy-to-use and budget-friendly instrument for basic pH analysis in the lab. Perform up to a three point pH calibration with easy recall of calibration points and slope. Quickly navigate setup menus and ensure consistent calibrations using the simple keypad layout and on-screen text prompts. Use the included electrode stand to easily place sensors in samples and simplify storage to minimize breakage.
Website: https://www.thermofisher.com/order/catalog/product/STARA1110[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

TX Series – Top-loading Balance
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="539,529" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Ftoploading%2Fqn504200000065zu-att%2Fqn50420000007k36.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
- Mininum display: 0.1g / 0.01g / 0.001g (Depends on model)
- Maximum sample capacity: 320g to 6200g (Depends on model)
- Extremely capable balance with easy to operate key layout
- Expanded Piece Counting function of enter, store and recall up to 5 different samples
- Can be used anywhere with battery power (TXB series only)
- Power will automatically turn off after a fixed or pre-set time
- Sliding glass door windbreak system to assure fine measurement (TX series with 0.001g minimum display)
- Display provides prompts for calibration procedure
- Able to convert into various of units
TX series
Model | TX223L | TX323L | TX423L | TX2202L | TX3202L | TX4202L |
Capacity | 220g | 320g | 420g | 2200g | 3200g | 4200g |
Minimum Display | 0.001g | 0.001g | 0.001g | 0.01g | 0.01g | 0.01g |
Repeatability | 0.001g | 0.01g | ||||
Linearity | ±0.002g | ±0.02g | ||||
Operating Ambient Temperature | 5-40°C | |||||
Temperature Coefficient Sensitivity (ppm/C) | ±3 | |||||
Pan Size (mm) approx. | ø110 | 167(W)×181(D) | ||||
Main Body Dimensions (mm) approx. | 206(W)×291(D)×241(H) | 200(W)×291(D)×80(H) | ||||
Weight (kg) approx. | 3.8kg | 2.8kg | ||||
Power requirement | AC adaptor ( DC12V, 1A ) |
TXC series
Model | TXC323L | TXC623L |
Capacity | 320ct | 620ct |
Minimum Display | 0.001ct | |
Repeatability | 0.001ct | |
Linearity | ±0.002ct | |
Operating Ambient Temperature | 5-40°C | |
Temperature Coefficient Sensitivity (ppm/C) | ±3 | |
Pan Size (mm) approx. | ø80 | |
Main Body Dimensions (mm) approx. | 206(W)×291(D)×241(H) | |
Weight (kg) approx. | 3.8kg | |
Power requirement | AC adaptor ( DC12V, 1A ) |
TXB series
Model | TXB222L | TXB422L | TXB622L | TXB2201L | TXB4201L | TXB6201L | TXB621L | TXB6200L |
Capacity | 220g | 420g | 620g | 2200g | 4200g | 6200g | 620g | 6200g |
Minimum Display | 0.01g | 0.1g | 1g | |||||
Repeatability | 0.01g | 0.1g | 1g | |||||
Linearity | ±0.01g | ±0.02g | ±0.1g | ±0.2g | ±0.1g | ±1g | ||
Operating Ambient Temperature | 10-30°C | |||||||
Temperature Coefficient Sensitivity (ppm/C) | ±15 | ±10 | ±5 | ±15 | ±10 | ±5 | ±20 | |
Pan Size (mm) approx. | ø110 | ø160 | ø110 | ø160 | ||||
Main Body Dimensions (mm) approx. | 199(W)×260(D)×77(H) | |||||||
Weight (kg) approx. | 1.5kg | |||||||
Power requirement | AC adaptor ( DC12V, 1A ) or 6AA batteries |

型号 | 量程(g) | 精度(g) | 重复性(g) | 线性(g) | 平均响应时间(S) | 称盘尺寸(mm) |
TW223L | 220 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1-2.5 | 110 |
TW323L | 320 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1-2.5 | 110 |
TW423L | 420 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1-2.5 | 110 |
TX223L | 220 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1-2.5 | 110 |
TX323L | 320 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1-2.5 | 110 |
TX423L | 420 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1-2.5 | 110 |
TX2202L | 2200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1-2.5 | 167×181 |
TX3202L | 3200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1-2.5 | 167×181 |
TX4202L | 4200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1-2.5 | 167×181 |
TWC323L | 320ct/64g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.002ct/0.0004g | 1-2.5 | 80 |
TWC623L | 620ct/124g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.002ct/0.0004g | 1-2.5 | 80 |
TXC323L | 320ct/64g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.002ct/0.0004g | 1-2.5 | 80 |
TXC623L | 620ct/124g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.002ct/0.0004g | 1-2.5 | 80 |
TXB222L | 220 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 1-2 | 110 |
TXB422L | 420 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1-2 | 110 |
TXB622L | 620 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1-2 | 110 |
TXB621L | 620 | 0.1 | 0. 1 | 0.1 | 1-2 | 110 |
TXB2201L | 2200 | 0.1 | 0. 1 | 0.1 | 1-2 | 160 |
TXB4201L | 4200 | 0.1 | 0. 1 | 0.2 | 1-2 | 160 |
TXB6201L | 6200 | 0.1 | 0. 1 | 0.2 | 1-2 | 160 |
TXB6299L | 6200 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1-2 | 160 |

型号 | 量程(g) | 精度(g) | 重复性(g) | 线性(g) | 平均响应时间(S) | 称盘尺寸(mm) |
TW223L | 220 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1-2.5 | 110 |
TW323L | 320 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1-2.5 | 110 |
TW423L | 420 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1-2.5 | 110 |
TX223L | 220 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1-2.5 | 110 |
TX323L | 320 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1-2.5 | 110 |
TX423L | 420 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1-2.5 | 110 |
TX2202L | 2200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1-2.5 | 167×181 |
TX3202L | 3200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1-2.5 | 167×181 |
TX4202L | 4200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1-2.5 | 167×181 |
TWC323L | 320ct/64g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.002ct/0.0004g | 1-2.5 | 80 |
TWC623L | 620ct/124g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.002ct/0.0004g | 1-2.5 | 80 |
TXC323L | 320ct/64g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.002ct/0.0004g | 1-2.5 | 80 |
TXC623L | 620ct/124g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.001ct/0.0002g | 0.002ct/0.0004g | 1-2.5 | 80 |
TXB222L | 220 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 1-2 | 110 |
TXB422L | 420 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1-2 | 110 |
TXB622L | 620 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1-2 | 110 |
TXB621L | 620 | 0.1 | 0. 1 | 0.1 | 1-2 | 110 |
TXB2201L | 2200 | 0.1 | 0. 1 | 0.1 | 1-2 | 160 |
TXB4201L | 4200 | 0.1 | 0. 1 | 0.2 | 1-2 | 160 |
TXB6201L | 6200 | 0.1 | 0. 1 | 0.2 | 1-2 | 160 |
TXB6299L | 6200 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1-2 | 160 |

Conductivity Measurement
[vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Our benchtop and portable conductivity meters, conductivity probes, conductivity cells, and conductivity standards are designed to offer maximum repeatability and accuracy in your conductivity readings.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

UW/UX Series – Top- loading Balance
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1382" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Ftoploading%2Fqn504200000065rm-att%2Fc054-e038e.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
- Minimum display: 0.1g, 0.01g, 0.001g (Depends on model)
- Maximum sample capacity: 220g to 8200g (Depends on model)
- Automatic calibration can perform once ambient temperature variatons detected or at a selected time
- Calibration report can be print with optional electronic printer
- Customized combination of units can be done by user
- Upper and lower limit can be set, display can continually indicate whether the sample is within the range, over range or under range
UW series (with built-in calibration weights)
Model | UW220H | UW420H | UW620H | UW820H | UW1020H | UW2200H | UW4200H | UW6200H | UW420S | UW820S | UW4200S | UW8200S |
Capacity | 220g | 420g | 620g | 820g | 1020g | 2200g | 4200g | 6200g | 420g | 820g | 4200g | 8200g |
Minimum Display | 0.001g | 0.01g | 0.1g | |||||||||
Repeatability | ≤0.001g | ≤0.01g | ≤0.008g | ≤0.08g | ||||||||
Linearity | ±0.002g | ±0.003g | ±0.02g | ±0.01g | ±0.1g | |||||||
Response time | 1.5 - 2.5s | 0.7 - 1.2s | ||||||||||
Pan Size (mm) approx. | 108 x 105 | 170 x 180 | 108 x 105 | 170 x 180 |
UX series (standard model)
Model | UX220H | UX420H | UX620H | UX820H | UX1020H | UX2200H | UX4200H | UX6200H | UX420S | UX820S | UX4200S | UX8200S |
Capacity | 220g | 420g | 620g | 820g | 1020g | 2200g | 4200g | 6200g | 420g | 820g | 4200g | 8200g |
Minimum Display | 0.001g | 0.01g | 0.1g | |||||||||
Repeatability | ≤0.001g | ≤0.01g | ≤0.008g | ≤0.08g | ||||||||
Linearity | ±0.002g | ±0.003g | ±0.02g | ±0.01g | ±0.1g | |||||||
Response time | 1.5 - 2.5s | 0.7 - 1.2s | ||||||||||
Pan Size (mm) approx. | 108 x 105 | 170 x 180 | 108 x 105 | 170 x 180 |

PSC 全自动内校(UW系列)
型号 | 量程(g) | 精度(g) | 重复性(g) | 线性(g) | 平均响应时间(S) | 称盘尺寸(mm) |
UW220H | 220 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UW420H | 420 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UW620H | 620 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UW820H | 820 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UW1020H | 1020 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UW2200H | 2200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 170×180 |
UW4200H | 4200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1.5-2.5 | 170×180 |
UW6200H | 6200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1.5-2.5 | 170×180 |
UW420S | 420 | 0.01 | 0.008 | 0.01 | 0.7-1.2 | 108×105 |
UW820S | 820 | 0.01 | 0.008 | 0.01 | 0.7-1.2 | 108×105 |
UW4200S | 4200 | 0.1 | 0.08 | 0.1 | 0.7-1.2 | 170×180 |
UW8200S | 8200 | 0.1 | 0.08 | 0.1 | 0.7-1.2 | 170×180 |
UX220H | 220 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UX420H | 420 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UX620H | 620 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UX820H | 820 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UX1020H | 1020 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UX2200H | 2200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 170×180 |
UX4200H | 4200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1.5-2.5 | 170×180 |
UX6200H | 6200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1.5-2.5 | 170×180 |
UX420S | 420 | 0.01 | 0.008 | 0.01 | 0.7-1.2 | 108×105 |
UX820S | 820 | 0.01 | 0.008 | 0.01 | 0.7-1.2 | 108×105 |
UX4200S | 4200 | 0.1 | 0.08 | 0.1 | 0.7-1.2 | 170×180 |
UX8200S | 8200 | 0.1 | 0.08 | 0.1 | 0.7-1.2 | 170×180 |

PSC 全自动内校(UW系列)
型号 | 量程(g) | 精度(g) | 重复性(g) | 线性(g) | 平均响应时间(S) | 称盘尺寸(mm) |
UW220H | 220 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UW420H | 420 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UW620H | 620 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UW820H | 820 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UW1020H | 1020 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UW2200H | 2200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 170×180 |
UW4200H | 4200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1.5-2.5 | 170×180 |
UW6200H | 6200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1.5-2.5 | 170×180 |
UW420S | 420 | 0.01 | 0.008 | 0.01 | 0.7-1.2 | 108×105 |
UW820S | 820 | 0.01 | 0.008 | 0.01 | 0.7-1.2 | 108×105 |
UW4200S | 4200 | 0.1 | 0.08 | 0.1 | 0.7-1.2 | 170×180 |
UW8200S | 8200 | 0.1 | 0.08 | 0.1 | 0.7-1.2 | 170×180 |
UX220H | 220 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UX420H | 420 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UX620H | 620 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UX820H | 820 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UX1020H | 1020 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 108×105 |
UX2200H | 2200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.002 | 1.5-2.5 | 170×180 |
UX4200H | 4200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1.5-2.5 | 170×180 |
UX6200H | 6200 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.02 | 1.5-2.5 | 170×180 |
UX420S | 420 | 0.01 | 0.008 | 0.01 | 0.7-1.2 | 108×105 |
UX820S | 820 | 0.01 | 0.008 | 0.01 | 0.7-1.2 | 108×105 |
UX4200S | 4200 | 0.1 | 0.08 | 0.1 | 0.7-1.2 | 170×180 |
UX8200S | 8200 | 0.1 | 0.08 | 0.1 | 0.7-1.2 | 170×180 |

Multiparameter Meters
[vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Measure pH, ion concentration, conductivity, dissolved oxygen, and temperature with a single, powerful meter. Our benchtop and portable multiparameter meters are designed to increase your productivity in the lab and in the field.
Website: https://www.thermofisher.com/hk/en/home/life-science/lab-equipment/ph-electrochemistry/multiparameter-meters.html[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

BL Series – Top- loading Balance
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Balance
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="1384,527" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Ftoploading%2Fqn5042000000663y-att%2Fqn50420000007kb4.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
- Minimum display: 0.01g, 0.001g (Depends on model)
- Maximum sample capacity: 220g to 3200g (Depends on model)
- High resolution balance with quick response
- High stability even the environment is not ideal for precision weighing
- Analog bar graph display able to show remaining weighing capacity
- Protective in-use cover can be added for measurement
- Able to convert into various of units
- Bright LCD display
Model | Capacity | Minimum display | Pan size (mm) | |
BL220H | 220g | 0.001g | 100 x 100 | |
BL320H | 320g | 0.001g | 100 x 100 | |
BL2200H | 2200g | 0.01g | 160 x 124 | |
BL3200H | 3200g | 0.01g | 160 x 124 | |
BL3200HL | 3200g | 0.01g | 160 x 124 | |
BL320S | 320g | 0.01g | 100 x 100 | |
BL620S | 620g | 0.01g | 160 x 124 | |
BL3200S | 3200g | 0.1g | 160 x 124 |

Dissolved Oxygen Measurement
[vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Whether in the lab or in the field, our dissolved oxygen meters, rugged dissolved oxygen probes, and solutions are designed to meet your standards for performance and price for your dissolved oxygen readings.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Ion Concentration Measurement (ISE)
[vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]
We offer meters, electrodes, and solutions designed to measure a range of ions, including fluoride, chloride, ammonia, sodium, silver sulfide, bromide, cadmium, calcium, carbon dioxide, cyanide, and more[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

pH & ORP measurement
[vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]
- pH and ORP measurements are necessary for sample analysis in a wide range of applications.
- Meet your pH and ORP needs with an extensive line of pH meters, pH electrodes, buffers, and kits designed to make your complex lab and field measurements routine and reliable

BW-K/BX-K Series- High precision platform Balance
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Balance
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1386" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fqn50420000006682-att%2Fqn50420000007khw.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The patented UniBloc (OPF) sensor achieves high-performance, compact size, and durability at the same time. Shimadzu introduced this wire-cut block sensor to high-precision platform balances in 1989. Combination of low-profiled body and large pan is for operator comfort during bulk weighing.
- Minimum display: 1g, 0.1g (Depends on model)
- Maximum sample capacity: 12kg to 52kg (Depends on model)
- Simple structure and overload protection mechanism results in maximum durability.
- Sensitivity guaranteed
- Equipped with built-in calibration weight (BW-K Series only)
- Upper and lower limit can be set, display can continually indicate whether the sample is within the range, over range or under range
BW-K (with built-in calibration weights)
Model | Capacity | Minimum display | Pan size (mm) | |
BW12KH | 12kg | 0.1g | 345 x 250 | |
BW22KH | 22kg | 0.1g | 345 x 250 | |
BW32KH | 32kg | 0.1g | 345 x 250 | |
BW32KS | 32kg | 1g | 345 x 250 | |
BW52KS | 52kg | 1g | 345 x 250 |
BX-K (Standard)
Model | Capacity | Minimum display | Pan size (mm) | |
BX12KH | 12kg | 0.1g | 345 x 250 | |
BX22KH | 22kg | 0.1g | 345 x 250 | |
BX32KH | 32kg | 0.1g | 345 x 250 | |
BX32KS | 32kg | 1g | 345 x 250 | |
BX52KS | 52kg | 1g | 345 x 250 |

MOC-120H Moisture Analyzer
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1388" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fmoisture%2Fqn504200000066a4-att%2Fqn50420000007kq8.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Accurate moisture measurement with new weight sensor: UniBloc
The moisture content of a variety of samples can be measured using an array of drying modes. The drying status can be seen at-a-glance with the fluctuation range display. Active in a variety of fields (cereals, starch, flour, noodles, brewed products, sea foods and marine products, meat products, spices, sweets, dairy products, dried foods, vegetable oils and other food articles; pharmaceuticals; ores; cokes; glass materials; cement; chemical fertilizers; pulp and paper; cotton; various fabrics and other industrial goods); enabling measurement of samples (cereals, foods, and chemical products) under various conditions (powder, particles, paste, and liquid).Large Pan
A large sample pan (130mm diameter) enables a large amount of sample to be placed evenly in a thin layer. This results in accurate and fast measurements with minimal drying non-uniformities.Long-life heater
A mid-wave infrared quartz heater provides effective drying without interference for a wide range of samples. In addition to the excellent drying performance, it offers a long operational life of 20,000 to 30,000 hours.UniBloc sensor
The internal precision weighing balance is engineered with a Shimadzu UniBloc cell. The mechanism provides excellent stability and a long operational life against repeated temperature changes, enabling easy measurements down to 0.001g.Moisture vaporization monitoring
The moisture vaporization rate is monitored and can be visually seen on a bar graph display. This is useful to know as the measurement nears completion. It updates every 30 seconds.Three drying modes besides standard drying mode
Rapid drying mode
Slow drying mode
Step drying mode
Predictive measuring mode
- Minimum display: 0.001g
- Maximum sample capacity: 120g
- Moisture content measurement range: 0.01% to 100%
- Temperature range: 30°C to 180°C
- Designed to set large amount of sample on the pan (1300mm diameter)
- Equipped with mid-wave infrared quartz heater and able to operate up to 30,000 hours
- Moisture vaporization rate is monitored and can be seen on the display
- Sample drying process can be done in 4 ways (Rapid, Slow, Step drying and Standard drying)
Model | MOC-120H (#321-63300-10) |
Measuring method | Heat drying and weight loss |
Sample pan size | 130mm dia |
Minimum display in weighing | 0.001g |
Measurement range of moisture content | 0.01% to 100.00% |
Moisture content minimum display | 0.01% |
Sample capacity | 120g |
Measurement modes | Automatic or Timed ending modes, Standard, Rapid, Slow and Step drying modes, Predictive Measuring mode |
Drying heater | Mid-wave infrared quartz heater |
Setting temperature range | 30 to 200°C by 1°C increments (Sample position temperature) |
Dimensions | 220W × 415D × 190H (mm) |
Weight | 4.5 kg |
Operational temperature and humidity range | 5 to 40°C, 85% RH or lower |
Power requirements | AC 100 to 120 / 220 to 240 V, 640 W maximum |
Standard accessories | Sample pan 2 pcs, Sample pan handler 2 pcs, Aluminum sheet 20 pcs, Spoon, Spatula |
Stored procedures | 10 |

型号(P/N) |
MOC-120H |
(321-63300) |
|
测定方式 | 红外线加热干燥质量测定方式 |
称量盘尺寸 |
30mm |
称量部最小显示值 |
0.001g |
水分率测定范围 |
0.01%~100.00% |
水分率最小显示位 |
0.01% |
最大试样量 |
120g |
测定方式 | 自动停止、时间停止、快速干燥、慢速干燥、分段干燥、预测(比较)测定 |
干燥热源 | 中波长红外线石英加热器 |
温度设定范围 |
30~180℃(步距1℃) |
主机尺寸·重量 |
220W×415D×190H(mm),4.5kg |
工作温湿度范围 |
5~40℃,85%RH以下 |
所需电源 |
AC100~120/220~240V,最大640W |
附件 | 试样盘×2个,盘托、防风具、试样盘夹、铝片×20张 |

型号(P/N) |
MOC-120H |
(321-63300) |
|
测定方式 | 红外线加热干燥质量测定方式 |
称量盘尺寸 |
30mm |
称量部最小显示值 |
0.001g |
水分率测定范围 |
0.01%~100.00% |
水分率最小显示位 |
0.01% |
最大试样量 |
120g |
测定方式 | 自动停止、时间停止、快速干燥、慢速干燥、分段干燥、预测(比较)测定 |
干燥热源 | 中波长红外线石英加热器 |
温度设定范围 |
30~180℃(步距1℃) |
主机尺寸·重量 |
220W×415D×190H(mm),4.5kg |
工作温湿度范围 |
5~40℃,85%RH以下 |
所需电源 |
AC100~120/220~240V,最大640W |
附件 | 试样盘×2个,盘托、防风具、试样盘夹、铝片×20张 |

8102BNUWP ROSS Ultra combination pH electrode with extended life
[vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]
- Top performance for quality control and research
- Superior measurement stability
- Fast response
- High accuracy and precision in samples with varying temperature
- No long-Term drift
- Unique Coil Reference Design

9107APMD AquaPro pH/ATC with low maintenance polymer, epoxy body
[vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]
- Rugged design with clog free open junction
- suitable or use in samples with TRIS, protein, and sulfides
- low maintenance gel filled

MOC63u Moisture Analyzer
[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4182,4181" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fmoisture%2Fqn5042000000hxro-att%2Fqn5042000001b2dg.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance
Trust the MOC63u for Both Speedy and Accurate Measurements
Moisture ratio measurements are indispensable for quality control and as checks of raw materials in a variety of industries including food products, chemistry, and pharmaceuticals. The MOC63u electronic moisture analyzer is capable of accurate, quick and easy moisture ratio measurements. Just place the sample in the sample pan and close the cover to start the measurement. This instrument can accommodate virtually any sample, and will contribute to enhanced user productivity.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]Customers in the Food Product Industry








Model | MOC63u (#321-71500-12) | |
Capacity | Max | 60g |
Min | 0.02g | |
Minimum readability | 0.001g | |
0.01/0.1% (Selectable) | ||
Repeatability | 0.15% (2g) 0.05% (5g) 0.02% (10g) | |
Drying Heater | Straight type halogen heater | |
Power | 400W | |
Temperature range setting | 50-200°C (1°C increments) (There is a time restriction when exceeding 180°C.) | |
Display | LCD with backlight | |
Pan size | Ø95mm | |
Dimensions (WxDxH) mm | 202 × 336 × 157 | |
Weight | Approx 4.2kg | |
Operational temperature and humidity range | 5 to 40°C, 85%RH or lower | |
Measurement modes | Standard (Easy start/Automatic end/Timed end) | |
Rapid drying (Easy start/Automatic end/Timed end) | ||
Slow drying (Easy start/Automatic end/Timed end) | ||
Step drying (Easy start/Automatic end/Timed end) | ||
Timer setting | 1-240 minutes or continuous (max 12 hours) | |
Interface | RS-232C (9-pin connector) I/O port | |
USB port | ||
Measurement conditions data memory | 10 | |
Data memory | 100 | |
Temperature calibration kit | Option | |
Standard accessories | Sample pans (3 aluminum pans), pan supporter, windbreak, Heater insulation plate, aluminum pans (50 disposable pans), Sample pan handler, power cable, spare fuses (2), protective display cover, hexagonal wrench |

Printers (EP-110/EP-100)
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="1392,1393" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fprinter%2Fn9j25k00000m0utp-att%2Fn9j25k00000m0v72.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Built-In Clock
Enables printing time and date information even with a balance that doesn't have a clock function.Enhanced Support for ISO/GLP
EP-100 can output time/signature information. In addition to this information, EP-110 can output other information based on your demands together with measured values. See samples below for details.OLED Dot Matrix Display (EP-110 only)
Offers easy-to-read, brightly illuminated OLED display.
Automatically Set
Automatically sets the appropriate communication with a balance. An operator doesn't have to worry about its setting.EP-110 Provides further applications
- Pipette calibration Calibrate capacity of pipette and flask
- User-defined calculation Operator can set coefficients (handy for converting result to local unit)
- Tare/Net/Gross weight printing Print out Tare/Net/Gross weight separately
- SUM mode Print out the total values of samples
- Averaging mode Print out the average of samples
- Formulation mode Print out each sample's weight independently when blending samples
- Comparator mode Print out result whether weight of sample is within target range
- Interval printing mode Print out current weight at a regular interval
Model | EP-100 | EP-110 |
Display | - | OLED 128 x 64 Dot Matrix Display |
Protected Date Setting | - | Prevents unintended changes of time and date setting. |
Printing |
Method: 8-pin reciprocating impact dot matrix |
|
Speed: Approx. 1.7 lines/sec. Printer head life; 1 million linesCharacter size; Approx. W1.7 mm × H2.6 mm. | ||
Interface | RS-232 DB9 | |
Power Supply |
AC adapter: Input 100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz; Output 12 V DC /1500 mA |
|
Power consumption: 8 W (while printing)Standby power 0.5 W (when not printing) | ||
Installation Environment | Temperature 5 to 45 °C, humidity 10 to 80 % No condensation | |
Compatible balance models | AU, AT, UW/A95:C102UX, TW/TX, TXB, BW-K/BX-K, ELB, AW/AX/AY series, MOC63u |

- ♦ 内置时钟功能
- ♦ 符合ISO/GMP/GLP法规要求
- ♦ 液晶显示屏(EP-110)
- ♦ 自动设定功能
型号 | EP-100 | EP-110 |
---|---|---|
显示屏 | - | 液晶显示屏(128mmx64mm) |
数据保护功能 | - | 防止意外更改时间或其他参数 |
打印 | 方法:针式打印;速度:约1.7行/秒;打印头寿命:100万行;字体大小:约1.7mm(W)x2.6mm(H) | |
接口 | RS232 D89 | |
电源 | 交流电:AC 100-20/220-240,50/60Hz,DC12,1.5A 功率:8W(打印时);待机功率:1.5W(不打印时) | |
安装环境 | 温度5~45℃ 湿度10~80% |

- ♦ 内置时钟功能
- ♦ 符合ISO/GMP/GLP法规要求
- ♦ 液晶显示屏(EP-110)
- ♦ 自动设定功能
型号 | EP-100 | EP-110 |
---|---|---|
显示屏 | - | 液晶显示屏(128mmx64mm) |
数据保护功能 | - | 防止意外更改时间或其他参数 |
打印 | 方法:针式打印;速度:约1.7行/秒;打印头寿命:100万行;字体大小:约1.7mm(W)x2.6mm(H) | |
接口 | RS232 D89 | |
电源 | 交流电:AC 100-20/220-240,50/60Hz,DC12,1.5A 功率:8W(打印时);待机功率:1.5W(不打印时) | |
安装环境 | 温度5~45℃ 湿度10~80% |

9157BNMD pH/ATC triode with epoxy body
[vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]
- Refillable and durble
- long lasting
- Epoxy body for ruggedness

Bucket set for Animal Balance
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Balance
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top" equal_height="yes"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="1395,1396,1397" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes" css_animation="none"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Dedicated software brings quick and reliable results of live animal weighing.
Upon removing the weighed animal, the weight of remaining feces and output are automatically tared off, and the balance presents zero for the next animal. Order a standard balance plus one of the applicable animal bucket sets.Model | Catalog No. | Balance Series | Reduced Capacity (approx.) |
Small Animal Bucket set | 321-62150 | UW/UX (Capacity 2200g or more) | Bottom 110dia, Top 200dia, Height 130 |
Medium-size Animal Bucket set*1 | 321-62545-03 | BX-K | Bottom 305 x 215, Top 377 x 245, Height 215 |
321-62545-04 | BW-K | Bottom 305 x 215, Top 377 x 245, Height 215 | |
Large Animal Bucket set*2 | 321-62545-01 | BX-K (Capacity 22kg or more) | Bottom 335 x 245, Top 445 x 395, Height 345 |
321-62545-02 | BW-K (Capacity 22kg or more) | Bottom 335 x 245, Top 445 x 395, Height 345 |

Orion pH Buffer Bottles
[vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Catalog number | Quantity | Description |
910104 | 475ml | pH 4.01 (Pink) Buffer |
910107 | 475mL | pH 7.00 (Yellow) Buffer |
910110 | 475mL | pH 10.01 (Blue) Buffer |
916099 | 60ml | All-in-One Buffer Kit (pH 4.01, 7.00, 10.01) |

STABLO-AP Static Electricity Remover
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1390" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fn9j25k00000on4su-img%2Fstablo-ap.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
STABLO-AP provides reliable measurement by removing static electricity.
- AC corona discharge method enables excellent ion polarity balance
- Wide angle static removal
- High performance maintained over a long period of use
- No inverse charging
- Shimadzu's unique 2-WAY Ionizer: hand-held / on stand
Static Electricity Removal by Ion Irradiation
With the high-frequency AC corona discharge method, Shimadzu’s STABLO-AP ionizer provides a stable ion balance and excellent static removal performance on samples and containers. Precision weighing work becomes remarkably efficient. Electrodes are safely housed inside the unit.
AC Method Produces Excellent Ion Balance
AC method: AC voltage is applied on the discharge needle and a well-balanced mixture of positive/negative ions is emitted in rapid alternation from one electrode. DC method: DC voltage is applied to a couple of electrodes. One is positive and the other is negative. Each electrode emits ions of one polarity only. An effective static removal angle is limited if the two electrodes are distanced. As electrodes deteriorate, initial ion balance is lost.

Applications:
On Stand

Ion Generation Method | AC corona discharge method |
Ion Balance | ±10V |
Effective Static Removal Range | 50 - 400 mm from the outlet |
Static Elimination Time (approx.) | 1 second (Typical value) (from ±1000 V to ±100 V) |
Ozone Concentration | 0.06 ppm |
Electrode Probes | Tungsten (durability: 30,000 hours) |
Weight | Approx. 710 g (Main unit: 395 g, Stand: 315 g) |
Operating Temperature and Humidity | 0 ºC to + 40 ºC, 25 % RH to 85 % RH (non-condensing) |
Rated Electric Power Supply | DC 24 V, 1.0 A |

可大幅提升消除静电效率的静电消除器上市了!
消除称量过程中产生的静电,获得可靠的测量结果。 可有效消除粉末样品、药品包装用纸、容器等产生的静电。- 卓越的静电消除能力!(采用可确实消除静电的AC方式)
- 宽大的离子出口可实现无风快速除电(除电时间仅为原来的1/10)
- 可长期稳定使用,不产生逆带电。
- 设计小巧,可灵活放置。
- 附带岛津特有的2WAY支架,可手持使用。

可大幅提升消除静电效率的静电消除器上市了!
消除称量过程中产生的静电,获得可靠的测量结果。 可有效消除粉末样品、药品包装用纸、容器等产生的静电。- 卓越的静电消除能力!(采用可确实消除静电的AC方式)
- 宽大的离子出口可实现无风快速除电(除电时间仅为原来的1/10)
- 可长期稳定使用,不产生逆带电。
- 设计小巧,可灵活放置。
- 附带岛津特有的2WAY支架,可手持使用。

Thermal Bath Fluids
- Wide temperature range
- Low viscosity
- High stability
- Good heat conductivity
- Minimum odor
- Low corrosion tendency
- Low toxicity
- Long shelf life

PRESTO™ – Best Performance in Highly Dynamic Temperature Control Systems
{:en}
- Highly precise external temperature
- Wide working temperature ranges using one bath fluid
- Extremely fast heating and cooling
- Highest performance with small footprint
- Powerful circulation pumps, select a stage or a specific pressure
- No condensation or ice build-up


JULABO PURA 系列新款通用水浴槽
{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Water Bath
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4620,4621,4622" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_prev_next_buttons="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
The all-new PURA water baths High quality. Practical. Durable.

Important Advantages
- Working temperature range from 1) +18 °C to +99.9 °C
- Models with bath volumes from 0.8 to 36 liters
- Temperature stability 2) of ± 0.15 °C
- Heating capacity up to 2 kW
- Bright display
- Splash-proof protected mains switch
- Built-in dry running protection
- Specially designed edge surfaces, which drain condensed fluid back into the bath
- Removable platform for full immersion of the sample containers (included in the delivery)
Order No. | Model | Working temperature range (℃) | Temperature stability (℃) | Heating capacity (kW) | Volume (Lit) | Bath opening (in.) |
9550504 | PURA 4 | +18 … +99.9 | +/- 0.15 | 0.8 | 0.8 … 4.5 | 12 x 27 /14 |
9550510 | PURA 10 | 1.2 | 1.4 … 9.5 | 22 x 27 / 14 | ||
9550514 | PURA 14 | 1.8 | 2 … 14 | 33 x 27 / 14 | ||
9550522 | PURA 22 | 2 | 3.4 … 25.5 | 55 x 27 / 18 | ||
9550530 | PURA 30 | 2 | 4.8 … 36 | 77 x 27 / 18 |









使用最新的全平面加热系统及内槽超硬珐琅镀层技术
- 温度范围:室温 +5 ~ +99.9℃
- 温度稳定性:±0.2℃
- 防水防尘操作面板,高亮白光LED显示,可以显示实际温度值和设定值
内槽超硬珐琅瓷镀层
- 玻璃般坚硬,防刮伤,只有暴力破坏才能损伤镀层
- 卫生级洁净,细菌无法在镀层表面附着生长,不产生菌膜
- 超级耐腐蚀,所有与液体接触部分均耐腐蚀(去离子水,3%盐水适用)
- 清洁超简单,浴槽无死角,无须清洁剂,直接擦拭即可清洁
全平面加热系统
- 加热速度快,最高的加热速率/体积比
- 温场极均匀,专门设计的自然循环模式,不使用循环泵即可保证极高均匀性
- 极限省空间,浴槽容积与外部尺寸比最大
- 水深跨度宽,最低1-2cm水深即可开始实验,适合一些低矮器皿的恒温
全面的安全保障
- 设备具备防干烧功能
- 低液位声光报警功能和自动断电功能
使用及操作简便
- 标配集成式的放水阀,接口及软管,放水操作简单省力
- 试管架自沥水功能,一提,一插,即可轻松实现试管沥水,保证实验台及操作者的洁净
- 透明浴槽盖采用无工具安装设计,并可耐受100℃高温
- 可使用沙浴,金属粒浴(加热功率需要提前调整)
- 标配计时功能,倒计时结束后报警通知,可选继续运行或自动关机
- USB通讯,和电脑连接,实现远程开关机,设定温度,读取温度,加热功率等

使用最新的全平面加熱系統及內槽超硬琺瑯鍍層技術
- 溫度範圍:室溫 +5 ~ +99.9℃
- 溫度穩定性:±0.2℃
- 防水防塵操作面板,高亮白光LED顯示,可以顯示實際溫度值和設定值
內槽超硬琺瑯瓷鍍層
- 玻璃般堅硬,防刮傷,只有暴力破壞才能損傷鍍層
- 衛生級潔淨,細菌無法在鍍層表面附著生長,不產生菌膜
- 超級耐腐蝕,所有與液體接觸部分均耐腐蝕(去離子水,3%鹽水適用)
- 清潔超簡單,浴槽無死角,無須清潔劑,直接擦拭即可清潔
全平面加熱系統
- 加熱速度快,最高的加熱速率/體積比
- 溫場極均勻,專門設計的自然迴圈模式,不使用迴圈泵即可保證極高均勻性
- 極限省空間,浴槽容積與外部尺寸比最大
- 水深跨度寬,最低1-2cm水深即可開始實驗,適合一些低矮器皿的恒溫
全面的安全保障
- 設備具備防幹燒功能
- 低液位聲光報警功能和自動斷電功能
使用及操作簡便
- 標配集成式的放水閥,介面及軟管,放水操作簡單省力
- 試管架自瀝水功能,一提,一插,即可輕鬆實現試管瀝水,保證實驗台及操作者的潔淨
- 透明浴槽蓋採用無工具安裝設計,並可耐受100℃高溫
- 可使用沙浴,金屬粒浴(加熱功率需要提前調整)
- 標配計時功能,倒計時結束後報警通知,可選繼續運行或自動關機
- USB通訊,和電腦連接,實現遠端開關機,設定溫度,讀取溫度,加熱功率等

Membranes for Dispensers
Sterile MCE Membranes for Dispensers
- Available in 0.45μm and 0.80μm pore sizes
- White or Black membranes with gridded surface
- Pre-sterilized and ready to use
- 100 individually sealed filters in a continuous pleated band
- Compatible with various dispensers(Microsart e.motion, EZPak, Membrane-Butler)
- Membrane specifications and lot number are printed on clear cover of each filter.




濾膜
{:en}
[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Introduction
Membrane filters or “membranes” are microporous plastic films with specific pore size ratings. Also known as screen, sieve or microporous filters, membranes retain particles or microorganisms larger than their pore size primarily by surface capture. Some particles smaller than the stated pore size may be retained by other mechanisms.
Advantec membranes are produced by three different processes. Mixed Cellulose Esters and Cellulose Acetate, are reverse phase solvent cast membranes, where controlled evaporation or removal of the complex solvent system forms the porous structure. Both hydrophilic and hydrophobic PTFE are made by a patented process where the membranes are stretched biaxially to form the porous structure. Polycarbonate membranes are track etched.
Performance Characteristics of Advantec Membranes
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]
- Strong: Advantec membranes are monitored for both burst (longitudinal) and tensile (lateral) strength.
- Chemically and biologically clean: As part of a comprehensive quality program, only high purity reagents and raw materials are used to produce Advantec membranes. Once cast, the membranes are handled in a class 1000 clean room to minimize ambient contamination. While some membranes require a small amount (0.1–3 weight %) of an aqueous wetting agent, Cellulose acetate has the lowest aqueous extractables (0.1 weight %). All Advantec membranes are Triton-free.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]
- Thin membranes with high porosity: Uniformly thin membranes (typically 150 μm) with high porosity (about 80%) provide high gas and liquid flow per unit area. High porosity also provides high surface area for adsorption or binding
- Thermostable: All Advantec membranes can be sterilized by autoclaving. Operating temperatures of up to 180°C can be achieved depending upon the membrane polymer (see individual membrane specifications for details). Advantec membranes exhibit minimal shrinkage at elevated temperatures
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]
Quick Guide to Selecting Membrane Filters
- Determine what liquid or gas will be filtered
- Check which membranes are chemically compatible (following and appendix)
- Determine the maximum pore size required to achieve the results you want
- Check the membrane specifications for any unusual process conditions that might otherwise limit your choice of membrane (e.g. temperature)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs active_section="1"][vc_tta_section title="Properties of Membrane Filters" tab_id="propertiesofmembranefilters"][vc_column_text]MEMBRANE COMPARISON
Membrane polymer |
Sample applications |
General compatibility |
Hydrophilic | Hydrophobic | Pore size range available (μm) | ||||||||
0.1 | 0.2 | 0.45 | 0.8 | 1.0 | 3.0 | 5.0 | 8.0 | 10 | |||||
Mixed Cellulose Esters (MCE) |
- General purpose Microbiology - Particle Analysis |
Aqueous solutions | ✓ | ||||||||||
Cellulose Acetate | - General filtration - Cytology -Binding studies |
Aqueous solutions | ✓ | ||||||||||
Coated Cellulose Acetate | - Clarify solutions Prefilter | Aqueous solutions | ✓ | ||||||||||
Hydrophilic PTFE | - HPLC solutions Clarify or sterilize aqueous - organic mixtures |
Aqueous and organic solutions | ✓ | ||||||||||
Hydrophobic PTFE | - Gas venting - Clarify or sterilize strong acids or solvents |
Non-aqueous solvents | ✓ | ||||||||||
Hydrophobic PTFE with supported PP net |
|||||||||||||
Polycarbonate | - Microscopy Beverage testing | Aqueous solutions | ✓ |
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed Cellulose Esters" tab_id="mixedcelluloseesters"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Mixed Cellulose Esters (MCE)
- Composition: Mixed cellulose esters including cellulose nitrate and cellulose acetate, also known as nitrocellulose
- High porosity provides superior flow rates
- High protein binding can be blocked by pretreatment or utilized in applications
- High purity: Triton-free
- Autoclavable: Withstands autoclaving temperatures up to 130°C without adversely affecting bubble point, flow rate or microbiological recovery
- Rapid wetting time: <3 seconds to wet a 47 mm diameter disc with aqueous 1% methylene blue
APPLICATIONS
- Standard membranes for many laboratory applications including filter sterilizing biological fluids, microbiology, contamination analysis and air monitoring
- Can be transparentized to view collected particles
- – using compatible liquid (immersion oil, toluene),
OR
– select Opticlear membranes for the “hot block”acetone vapor method - Gridded filters available for quantifying microbial growth
- Available non-sterile or sterilized by ethylene oxide (EtO)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Cellulose Acetate" tab_id="celluloseacetate"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Cellulose Acetate
- Composition: Mixture of cellulose triacetate and diacetate
- Characteristics: Low static charge and high strength
- Autoclavable: Withstands autoclaving temperatures up to 130°C without adversely affecting bubble point, flow rate or microbiological recovery
- Clean: Lowest aqueous extractables (0.1 wt%) of all Advantec membranes
- Relative to MCE (Mixed Cellulose Esters, Nitrocellulose): – improved solvent resistance to low molecular weight alcohols
– better heat resistance
– lower protein binding
APPLICATIONS
- Enhanced recovery of fastidious gram positive organisms
- Filtration of enzyme solutions
- Diagnostic cytology
- Receptor binding studies
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Hydrophobic PTFE" tab_id="hydrophobicptfe"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Hydrophobic PTFE
- Properties: Thin, highly porous, behaves as an absolute retentive membrane
- Inert to most chemically aggressive solvents, strong acids and bases
- Operating Temperature Range: -120 ~ 260ºC
- Autoclavable
APPLICATIONS
- Sterilize gases: traps aqueous aerosols
- Air and gas venting: allows gases to pass freely while blocking aqueous liquids, protect vacuum pumps and critical samples
- Sterilize and clarify strong acids and many other solvents incompatible with other membranes
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Hydrophobic PTFE with Supported PP Net" tab_id="hydrophobicptfewithsupportedppnet"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Hydrophobic PTFE with Supported PP Net
- Properties: Thin, highly porous, behaves as an absolute retentive membrane
- Supported: polypropylene laminated to one side to improve handling
- Inert to most chemically aggressive solvents, strong acids and bases
- Thermostable: can be used up to 100ºC
- Operating Temperature Range: -35 ~ 130ºC
- Autoclavable
APPLICATIONS
- Sterilize gases: traps aqueous aerosols
- Air and gas venting: allows gases to pass freely while blocking aqueous liquids, protect vacuum pumps and critical samples
- Sterilize and clarify strong acids and many other solvents incompatible with other membrane
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Hydrophilic PTFE" tab_id="hydrophilicptfe02"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Hydrophilic PTFE
- Characteristics: Maximum chemical and pH resistance
- High flow rates with minimal aqueous extractables (<0.3 wt%)
- Optically clear when wet with water
- Non-supported
- Thermostable: can be used up to 100ºC
APPLICATION
- Ideal for HPLC and other mixtures of aqueous and organic solvents
Note: Hydrophilic PTFE membrane filters are not autoclavable.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Coated Cellulose Acetate" tab_id="coatedcelluloseacetate"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Coated Cellulose Acetate
- Composition: Cellulose acetate cast onto a non-woven polyester support
- Characteristics: Non-fiber releasing
- Low protein binding relative to nitrocellulose
- Low static charge matrix with enhanced chemical compatibility to low molecular weight alcohols
- Autoclavable
APPLICATION
- Use as a clarifying filter or prefilter
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Polycarbonate" tab_id="polycarbonate01"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
Polycarbonate
- Characteristics: Low non-specific binding and optically translucent, extremely uniform, cylindrical pores
- Thin screen-type membranes minimize entrapment within the filter structure; resulting in surface capture of particles on the membrane
- Stable: excellent chemical resistance, good thermal stability, non-hygroscopic and extremely weight stable
- Autoclavable: at 121º C, 30 min.
APPLICATIONS
- Epifluorescence microscopy: available in black for this method
- Electron microscopy: smooth surface is ideal for observing captured particles
- Light microscopy: easily transparentized for optical illumination
- Beverage and sterility testing
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][vc_column_text]
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
{:}{:zh}
混合纤维素酯 Mixed Cellulose Esters (MCE)
- 成分:混合纤维素酯(Mixed Cellulose Esters)包括硝酸纤维素(cellulose nitrate)和醋酸纤维素(cellulose acetate),也称为硝化纤维(nitrocellulose).
- 高度多孔结构提供较大流速.
- 高蛋白质捆绑性,可使用预处理作为预防.
- 高纯度:没有表面活性剂(Triton-Free).
- 可高温高压消毒:可承受高温高压温度最高130°C不会影响起泡点,流速或微生物的过滤性能.
- 快速湿润时间:使用1%亚甲基蓝(methylene blue)湿润47mm直径滤膜,时间小于<3秒.
用途
- 标准滤膜可使用在不同实验室应用,包括生物液体过滤消毒,微生物分析,污染分析和空气监控.
- 可以透明化观看收集的颗粒 – 使用兼容液体(浸油(immersion oil),甲苯(toluene)), 或 – 选择透光滤膜用于”热障碍”丙酮蒸汽法(“hot block”acetone vapor method).
- 有方格滤膜可量化微生物生长.
- 可选没有消毒或经环氧乙烷(ethylene oxide)消毒两种滤膜.
醋酸纤维素 Cellulose Acetate (CA)
- 成分:三醋酯纤维和二醋酸纤维混合物
- 特性:低静电电荷和高强度
- 可高温高压消毒:可承受高温高压温度最高130°C不影响起泡点,流速或或微生物的过滤性能
- 高纯度:在所有Advantec的滤膜中,是最低水容提取量(0.1重量%)的一种滤膜
- 相对于混合纤维素酯(MCE): –增加对低分子量醇类的抵抗性 –比较好的热抵抗性 –比较底的蛋白质捆绑性
用途
- 增强过滤难处理的革兰氏阳性(gram positive)微生物的重获能力
- 酵素溶液的过滤
- 细胞学诊断
- 受体捆绑研究
疏水性 PTFE
- 特性:薄,多孔性,可用作绝对性保留滤膜
- 惰性:对强溶剂,强酸和碱没有化学反应
- 使用温度范围: -120–260°C
- 可高温高压消毒
用途
- 气体消毒:捕捉液体气雾
- 空气和气体通气:容许气体自由通过,同时阻止液体通过,可保护真空泵和重要样品.
- 消毒和过滤强酸和其它滤膜不能处理的溶剂
亲水性 PTFE
- 特性:最高的化学和pH值抵抗性.
- 高流速,同时有最小的水溶提取量(<0.3重量%)
- 透光当用水润湿时
- 没有支撑
- 温度稳定性:最高使用温度100°C
用途
- 理想用于HPLC和其它水溶液和有机溶剂的混合. 注意: 亲水性 PTFE 滤膜不可以高温高压消毒.
涂层醋酸纤维素
- 成分:涂层醋酸纤维素编排在无纺聚酯支撑
- 特性:没有纤维散出
- 低蛋白捆绑量,相对于硝酸纤维素(nitrocellulose)
- 低静电电量矩阵,增强对低分子量的醇的兼容性
- 可高温高压消毒
用途
- 净化过滤滤膜或预过滤滤膜
聚碳酸酯(PC)
- 特性:低非特殊捆绑性和透明,高一致性,圆柱形细孔
- 薄的幕式滤膜:减少滤膜本身结构对过滤物的吸收,颗粒只留在滤膜表面.
- 稳定:良好耐化学性,好温度稳定性
- 可高温高压消毒 121°C,30分钟
用途
- 荧光EPI显微镜:提供适合使用的黑色滤膜
- 电子显微镜:平滑表面,理想用于观察滤膜上保留的颗粒
- 光学显微镜:容易透明化,可配合光学照明
- 饮料和消毒性测试

混合纖維素酯 Mixed Cellulose Esters (MCE)
- 成分:混合纖維素酯(Mixed Cellulose Esters)包括硝酸纖維素(cellulose nitrate)和醋酸纖維素(cellulose acetate),也稱為硝化纖維(nitrocellulose).
- 高度多孔結構提供較大流速.
- 高蛋白質捆綁性,可使用預處理作為預防.
- 高純度:沒有表面活性劑(Triton-Free).
- 可高溫高壓消毒:可承受高溫高壓溫度最高130°C不會影響起泡點,流速或微生物的過濾性能.
- 快速濕潤時間:使用1%亞甲基藍(methylene blue)濕潤47mm直徑濾膜,時間小於<3秒.
用途
- 標準濾膜可使用在不同實驗室應用,包括生物液體過濾消毒,微生物分析,污染分析和空氣監控.
- 可以透明化觀看收集的顆粒 – 使用相容液體(浸油(immersion oil),甲苯(toluene)), 或 – 選擇透光濾膜用於”熱障礙”丙酮蒸汽法(“hot block”acetone vapor method).
- 有方格濾膜可量化微生物生長.
- 可選沒有消毒或經環氧乙烷(ethylene oxide)消毒兩種濾膜.
醋酸纖維素 Cellulose Acetate (CA)
- 成分:三醋酯纖維和二醋酸纖維混合物
- 特性:低靜電電荷和高強度
- 可高溫高壓消毒:可承受高溫高壓溫度最高130°C不影響起泡點,流速或或微生物的過濾性能
- 高純度:在所有Advantec的濾膜中,是最低水容提取量(0.1重量%)的一種濾膜
- 相對於混合纖維素酯(MCE): –增加對低分子量醇類的抵抗性 –比較好的熱抵抗性 –比較底的蛋白質捆綁性
用途
- 增強過濾難處理的革蘭氏陽性(gram positive)微生物的重獲能力
- 酵素溶液的過濾
- 細胞學診斷
- 受體捆綁研究
疏水性 PTFE
- 特性:薄,多孔性,可用作絕對性保留濾膜
- 惰性:對強溶劑,強酸和堿沒有化學反應
- 使用溫度範圍: -120–260°C
- 可高溫高壓消毒
用途
- 氣體消毒:捕捉液體氣霧
- 空氣和氣體通氣:容許氣體自由通過,同時阻止液體通過,可保護真空泵和重要樣品.
- 消毒和過濾強酸和其它濾膜不能處理的溶劑
親水性 PTFE
- 特性:最高的化學和pH值抵抗性.
- 高流速,同時有最小的水溶提取量(<0.3重量%)
- 透光當用水潤濕時
- 沒有支撐
- 溫度穩定性:最高使用溫度100°C
用途
- 理想用於HPLC和其它水溶液和有機溶劑的混合. 注意: 親水性 PTFE 濾膜不可以高溫高壓消毒.
塗層醋酸纖維素
- 成分:塗層醋酸纖維素編排在無紡聚酯支撐
- 特性:沒有纖維散出
- 低蛋白捆綁量,相對於硝酸纖維素(nitrocellulose)
- 低靜電電量矩陣,增強對低分子量的醇的相容性
- 可高溫高壓消毒
用途
- 淨化過濾濾膜或預過濾濾膜
聚碳酸酯(PC)
- 特性:低非特殊捆綁性和透明,高一致性,圓柱形細孔
- 薄的幕式濾膜:減少濾膜本身結構對過濾物的吸收,顆粒只留在濾膜表面.
- 穩定:良好耐化學性,好溫度穩定性
- 可高溫高壓消毒 121°C,30分鐘
用途
- 螢光EPI顯微鏡:提供適合使用的黑色濾膜
- 電子顯微鏡:平滑表面,理想用於觀察濾膜上保留的顆粒
- 光學顯微鏡:容易透明化,可配合光學照明
- 飲料和消毒性測試

定量/堅固濾紙
{:en}
• Highest quality alpha cotton cellulose
• Ash Content: 0.01%(Except No.4A 0.025%)
• Acid washed: Double acid washed in hydrochloric then hydrofluoric acid (No. 3, 5A, 5B, 5C, 6), then rinsed with ultrapure water to neutralize. No. 4A is further treated with nitric acid before washing
APPLICATIONS
• Gravimetric analysis
• Environmental monitoring
Grade | Comments |
No. 3 Ashless | Medium retention (5-10 μm), fast flow rate Analysis of soils, fertilizers, cement, and minerals |
No. 5A Ashless | Fast flow rate, retains coarse particulates and gelatinous precipitates (>10 μm). Filter hydroxides and metallic aerosols, environmental monitoring, determine silica content in steel |
No. 5B Ashless | Retains medium particles (5-10 μm) such as CaCO3, PbSO4, CaCO4, MnCO3, ZnCO3, ZnS, AgCl |
No. 5C Ashless | Collect fine precipitates (<5 μm) such as SrSO4, BaSO4, HgCrO4, and colloidal dispersions; gravimetric analysis |
No. 6 Ashless | Retains medium-fine particulates (2-10 μm), trace and precious metals |
No. 7 Ashless | Highest purity for retaining medium particles (5-10 μm), precise gravimetric analysis |
No. 4A Hardened | High wet strength, suitable for Hardened use under high pressure, high chemical and pH resistance, retains fine crystalline precipitates (<5 μm), slow flow |


级别 | 介绍 |
No.3 无灰 | 中等保留能力(5-10μm),高流速,用于泥土,肥料,水泥和矿物分析. |
No.5A 无灰 | 高流速,保留粗糙微粒和凝胶状物和沉淀(>10μm).过量氧化物和金属浮质,环境监控,测定钢铁的二氧化硅含量. |
No.5B 无灰 | 保留中等大少微粒(5-10μm)如CaCO3,PbSO4,CaCO4,MnCO3,ZnCO3,ZnS,AgCl. |
No.5C 无灰 | 收集细微微粒(<5μm)如SrSO4,BaSO4,HgCrO4,和胶体分散液;重量分析. |
No.6 无灰 | 保留中至细微微粒(2-10μm),微量和贵重金属分析. |
No.7 无灰 | 最佳用于保留中等大少微粒(5-10μm),精确重量分析. |
No.4A 坚固 | 高湿润强度,使用于高压,高化学和pH抵抗力,保留细微结晶沉淀(<5μm),低流速. |

級別 | 介紹 |
No.3 無灰 | 中等保留能力(5-10μm),高流速,用於泥土,肥料,水泥和礦物分析. |
No.5A 無灰 | 高流速,保留粗糙微粒和凝膠狀物和沉澱(>10μm).過量氧化物和金屬浮質,環境監控,測定鋼鐵的二氧化矽含量. |
No.5B 無灰 | 保留中等大少微粒(5-10μm)如CaCO3,PbSO4,CaCO4,MnCO3,ZnCO3,ZnS,AgCl. |
No.5C 無灰 | 收集細微微粒(<5μm)如SrSO4,BaSO4,HgCrO4,和膠體分散液;重量分析. |
No.6 無灰 | 保留中至細微微粒(2-10μm),微量和貴重金屬分析. |
No.7 無灰 | 最佳用於保留中等大少微粒(5-10μm),精確重量分析. |
No.4A 堅固 | 高濕潤強度,使用于高壓,高化學和pH抵抗力,保留細微結晶沉澱(<5μm),低流速. |